podora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH MOI f
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND [| “° cation Committee

VOLUME 26

1924

Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3f.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

v

P AC aa y,

FHodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP tiet Publication Committee

Vol. 26. January, 1924. No. 301.

CONTENTS:
Some Changes in Nomenclature. K.M.Wiegand..............1
Revision of Mt. Desert Hepatic List. Annie Lorenz.............6
Reports on the Flora of the Boston District.—XLII ............. 13
Correct Name for the Spearmint. O. A. Farwell................ 19
Erucastrum Pollichii in West Virginia. S. F. Blake............22
Pseudotaenidia in Maryland. C.P.Smith....................... 23

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to :
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mase.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Herpariom, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto penes issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of ¿ in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. January, 1924. No. 301.

SOME CHANGES IN NOMENCLATURE.
K. M. WIEGAND.

DvniNc the progress of work on the flora of the central portion of
New York State a number of changes in nomenclature have been
found necessary. It has seemed desirable to bring these together
and publish them as a group. |

TYPHA ANGUSTIFOLIA L., var elongata (Dudley), comb. nov. T.
latifolia, var. elongata Dudley, Cayuga Flora (Bull. Cornell Univ.,
Science ii. 102, 1886). T. angustifolia, var. longispicata Peck, Rep.
N. Y. State Bot. xlvii. 162 or 36 (1894). T. angustifolia, var. virginica
Tidestrom, Rnopona xiii. 242 (1911).

Dudley's type has not been seen, but the plant occurring in “large
thick masses near the shore or in the water on Canoga and Cayuga
Marshes and north of Hill's Branch” is this plant. It is the most
abundant form of Typha on the Montezuma Marshes, in the bogs at
the east end of Lake Ontario and along the St. Lawrence River at `
least as far north as Ogdensburg. It also occurs about Oneida Lake.
Typical 7. angustifolia is 1-1.5 m. high with lower leaves 3-7 mm.
wide and pistillate spike in fruit, 8-13 cm. by 10-17 mm. In var.
elongata the height is 2-3.5 m., lower leaves 9-15 mm. broad and pistil-
late spikes 15-25 (30) cm. by 20-23 mm.

MUHLENBERGIA MEXICANA (L.) Trin., forma commutata (Scribn.),
forma nov. M. mexicana, subsp. commutata Scribn. RHODORA ix.
18 (1907). M. mezicana, var. commutata Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad.
Sci. xvii. 181 (1916).

MUHLENBERGIA FOLIOSA Trin., forma ambigua (Torrey), forma
nov. M. ambigua Torr. Nicollet's Rep. 164 or 237 (1843). M.
foliosa, subsp. ambigua Scribn. Rnopona ix. 20 (1907).

bo

Rhodora [JANUARY

Following the practice of recent years, awned plants of a normally
unawned species are considered as forms, not varieties, unless there
are other points of difference.

AGROSTIS TENUIS Sibth., forma aristata (Parnell), forma nov. A.
vulgaris aristata Parnell, Grass. Scot. 34 (1842).

Until it is decided whether A. capillaris L. is A. vulgaris With. as
held by Hitchcock! and Schinz,? or some other species as held by
several botanists including Piper,’ we may follow Piper in using the next
oldest name that applies unquestionably to A. vulgaris, namely
A. tenuis Sibth. This name antedates A. vulgaris With. by two years.
The awned form of this species has often been cited as var. aristata
Gray, but reference to the original description‘ will show that Gray
regarded his plant as an awned form of A. alba, not of A. vulgaris.
The earliest name found by the writer for the awned form of A.
tenuis (A. vulgaris) is that of Parnell cited above.

ERIOPHORUM VIRGINICUM L., forma album (Gray), forma nov. E.
virginicum, var. album Gray, Man. ed. 5. 566 (1876).—The form
with white bristles.

CAREX TENERA Dewey, var. echinodes (Fernald), comb. nov. C.
straminea, var. echinodes Fernald, Proc. Amer. Acad. xxxvii. 474
(1902).

Mackenzie? has recently shown that C. straminea as understood by `
Fernald and others is not C. straminea Willd. but is the C. tenera of
Dewey.

CAREX UMBELLATA Schk., forma vicina (Dewey), forma nov. C.
umbellata, var. vicina Dewey, Amer. Jour. Sci. x. Tab. D, f. 13 (1826);
xi. 317 (1826).

Plants of C. umbellata often occur with rather tall culms at the top
of which are one or two pistillate spikes in addition to the staminate
spike. This form would seem to be worthy of notice as it might be
mistaken by the beginner for C. communis or other species of the
group. These plants do not seem to constitute a definite race.

CAREX HYSTERICINA Muhl., forma Dudleyi (Bailey), forma nov.
C. hystricina, var. Dudleyi Bailey, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club i. 54 (1889).
C. Pseudo-Cyperus X C. hystricina? Dudley, Cayuga Flora, 118
(1886). C. hystericina, var. Cooleyi Robins. & Fernald, Gray's Man.
ed. 7. 251 (1908), not C. Cooley? Dewey, Amer. Jour. Sci. xlviii. 144
(1845), and not C. hystricina B Dewey, Wood's Classb. 206 (1861).

1 Gen. N. A. Grasses. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 772, Mar. (1920).

2 Mitth. Bot. Mus. Zürich, xcii. 261 (1921).

3 Bull. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 692, July (1918).

* Man. ed. 1. 578 (1848).
s Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xlii. 603 (1915).

1924} Wiegand,—Some Changes in Nomenclature 3

Dewey’s plant had long peduncles but short spikes, and the plant
was said to be prostrate. Our plant is a tall robust form of C. hysteri-
cina with ordinary peduncles but long pistillate spikes.

Potyconum MUHLENBERGII (Meisn. Watson, forma natans,
forma nov.—Caulibus submersis elongatis natantibus; foliis natanti-
bus glabris lucidis.

Stems elongated, rooted at base, submerged, floating above; leaves
floating, glabrous, glossy. Some specimens examined are: Massa-
CHUSETTS: Lake Cochituate, Natick, 1908, K. M. Wiegand & M.
Heatley. New York: Hermon, O. P. Phelps, no. 1550. Coronapo:
Fort Logan, 1915, P. A. Munz, no. 26. WASHINGTON: Moscow,
1913, W. C. Muenscher, no. 129 (Tyre in Herb. New York State
College of Agriculture.) It occurs occasionally through central New
York.

This form bears the same relation to typical P. Muhlenbergi that
the floating form of P. amphibium does to f. terrestre (Leers) Blake
and f. Hartwrightii (Gray) Blake. It can usually be distinguished
from P. amphibium by the more acute leaves, longer spikes (3-9 em.)
and flowers of a deeper pink.

OENOTHERA PARVIFLORA L., var. angustissima (Gates), var. nov.
O. angustissima Gates, Ruopora xv. 46 (1913).

OENOTHERA BIENNIS L., var. nutans (Atkins. & Bart.), var. nov.
` O. nutans Atkinson & Bartlett, Rnopona xv. 83 (1913).

OENOTHERA BIENNIS L., var. pycnocarpa (Atkins. & Bart.), var.
nov. O. pycnocarpa Atkinson & Bartlett, RHopoRA xv. 83 (1913).

In recent years the writer has given much attention to the “ bien-
nis" group of Oenothera, both in the field and in the larger herbaria,
but without very satisfactory results. There seem to be two species
in the eastern United States of the kind usually understood as species
by taxonomists. These have been given expression in Gray's Man.
ed. 7 as O. muricata and O. biennis. 'The two species differ by good
structural characters, but these are not the characters usually desig-
nated in our manuals. In the former species the pubescence of the
foliage, if present, is strigose, the body of the seeds about 1.7 to 2.2
mm. long and 1.0 to 1.5 mm. broad, and the sepal-tips often subter-
minal. In O. biennis the leaves are velvety beneath and somewhat
thinner in texture, the seeds 1.2 to 1.8 mm. long and about 0.8 mm.
broad, and the sepal-tips usually terminal and connivent. All other
forms with which the writer is familiar are not distinct structurally,
but intergrade, and the differences are frequently very slight and
difficult to recognize. The status of the large-flowered forms variously
called O. Lamarckiana, O. grandiflora, etc., is not clear. They may

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

be good species or only forms of the above two species. They evidently
represent more than one race. The writer believes that the names
O. parviflora L.' and O. muricata L.? apply to the same species.* O.
parviflora was said by Linnaeus‘ to differ from O. biennis in having
the apex of the fruit "coronatus margine octifido nec quadrifido”’
and to have stems with scattered hairs without tuberculate bases,
leaves repand-subdentate less soft, calyx tube "* quadruplo-brevior, ""
denticulate below the apex (therefore the mucros distant before anthe-
sis) and distant petals half as large as those of O. biennis. No species
other than the so-called O. muricata answers this description. This
species in many of its forms does not have muricate hairs and the
petals are often small. 'The eight-lobed fruit would seem to have
been an error or based on an unusual plant; but the four lobes are in
many plants slightly retuse, and it would not be strange if Lin-
naeus' plant were an extreme in this respect. None of the numerous
names proposed in Oenothera seem to apply to the three New York
State forms here under consideration other than those cited above.
Since these three forms are characteristic types in central New York,
it is necessary to give them legitimate varietal names. In so doing O.
biennis L. is interpreted in the sense of Bartlett.’

RHODODENDRON NUDIFLORUM (L.) Torr., var. roseum (Lois.), var:
nov. Azalea rosea Lois. in Duham. Traite Arb. Arbust. ed. 2, v.
224, t. 64 (1812). Rhododendron roseum Rehder, Monog. Azaleas,
Pub. Arnold Arb. ix. 138 (1921). A. prinophylla Small, N. Amer.
Flora xxix. 42 (1914).

The earlier var. rosea Sweet was a nomen nudum. After a study of
his own material and that in the Gray Herbarium the writer is unable
to accept the view of Rehder that this is a species distinct from R.
nudiflorum. In fact it seems to grade into that and at most the dif-
ference is one of pubescence only. 'The writer has been unable to
make out a stamen difference as cited by Rehder.

Aster lucidulus (Gray), sp. nov. A. puniceus, var. lucidulus,
Gray, Synopt. Flora N. Amer. i. pt. 2, 195 (1884). A. puniceus,
var. lucidus MacMillan, Met. Minn. 517 (1892).

This is a good species, having shorter internodes than A. puniceus,
smoother and more glossy leaves, more congested heads with pale

! Systema Nat. ed. 10, 998 (1759).

? Systema Nat. ed. 12, 263 (1767).

? See also Farwell, Am. Mid. Nat. viii. 272 (1923).
4 Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 492 (1762).

5 Ruopora xv. 48 (1913).

1924] Wiegand,—Some Changes in Nomenclature 5

lilac instead of violet-blue rays, about 35 instead of 50 disk flowers
and straighter less spreading involucral bracts. The two species
when growing together would rarely be confused. Gray cites A,
lucidus Wend. as a synonym, but neither de Candolle nor Nees von
"Esenbeck was clear as to the identity of Wenderoth’s plant, and
Gray gave no reasons for his interpretation. The original description
of Wenderoth is not convincing. A. lucidus Wend. is antedated by
A. lucidus Moench, which also is difficult to interpret.

BIDENS FRONDOSA L., var. pallida Wiegand, comb. nov. B. melano-
carpa pallida Wiegand, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxvi. 406 (1899).

The taxonomic status of the plants included originally under this
variety is not clear. They have the appearance of hybrids, also of
ecological forms. Sporadic plants of this type still are found about
Cayuga Lake.

ARCTIUM MINUS Bernh., var. corymbosum, var. nov. 4. nemorosum
(b) and (c) Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora xii. 46 (1910).— Capitulis
plus minusve corymbosis.

Heads more or less corymbose instead of subspicate. Native of
Europe and widely scattered in the New World.

Authors have variously interpreted this form as the Lappa vulgaris

Hill or L. intermedia Lange.! Hill's plate might represent this form
but has more the appearance of A. Lappa. Lange’s illustration in

Flora Danica might be interpreted as our form or as a chance extreme
of A. minus, but his description definitely calls for racemose heads,
and Reichenbach so figures them. Also A. minus, var. paniculatum
Lange? would not seem to be quite our plant. As no name has been
found which applies with reasonable surety to the plant in question
a new name is here proposed. Much of the material of this variety
in the Herbarium of Cornell University has the aspect of a hybrid
between A. Lappa and A. minus, but whether this is its true origin
cannot be said. In 1910 Fernald and Wiegand (l. c.), following some
European authors, retained A. nemorosum Lejeune as distinct from
A. minus (Hill.) Bernh. In the opinion of the writer, observations
in the field since that time have not tended to support this view, as
the projection of the florets beyond the involucre varies much in the
same plant, and the achenes vary in color, especially in the proportion
of light and dark markings. It seems best to treat these forms all as
A. minus.
CORNELL University, Ithaca, N. Y.

1 Evans, Jour. Bot. li. 113 (1913).
? Lange, Dansk. Fl. ed. 4, 357 (1886).

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

A REVISION OF THE MT. DESERT HEPATIC LIST.

ANNIE LORENZ.

Mr. Desert is popularly regarded as a mountainous island,
whereas it is really a low,-glacial-drifted region slashed across by the
granite range of Lafayette National Park. It is difficult to describe
Mt. Desert to anyone unfamiliar with its delights without being
suspected of membership in the Bar Harbor Board of Trade.

As a matter of fact, the hepatic flora is anything but exciting,
being north German rather than alpine. Furthermore, the mountains
have been so burned over, except for a few places, that the original
moss-covering is gone.

For more details of topography, geology, etc., the reader is referred
to Rand and Redfield’s Mt. Desert Flora. The original hepatic list,
determined by Underwood, contained 49 species, and, on recent
examination of the collection, although there were a few withdrawals,
the number remained the same, between modern segregations and
overlooked admixtures. Three of these were new to Maine, including
Diplophyllum albicans, its only New England station, although abun-
dant in the island. The others were Calypogeia fissa and Scapanta
paludosa.!

The writer has had four seasons’ investigation there, and has brought
the list up to 97, including five more new to Maine, one, Lejeunea
patens, being likewise new at that time to New England. The others
were Lunularia cruciata, Calypogeia sphagnicola, C. Sullivantii, and
Radula obconica.’

Of the many more species presumably resident upon the island,
the majority are to be sought within the western part, as that has
been less thoroughly explored.

The writer wishes to thank Mr. Rand, who kindly let her take the
hepatic collection home for leisurely study. Miss Shaw and Prof. W.
R. Taylor have also contributed specimens. Further material will
be most gratefully received from anyone visiting the island.

1 Ruopona, vol, 23, p. 284, Dec. 1921.

! Ruopora, vol. 25, p. 97, June 1923.
3 RHODORA, vol. 21, p. 169, Sept. 1919; vol. 23, p. 284, Dec. 1921.

1924] Lorenz,—Revision of Mt. Desert Hepatic List 7
RIcCcIACEAE.

Ricci SULLIVANTII Aust. Clayey roadsides, Young's District;
Great Pond; road toward Prettymarsh (L.).

REBOULIACEAE.

ASTERELLA TENELLA (L.) Beauv. Clayey roadside near Indian
Point (L.).

MARCHANTIACEAE.

CoNOCEPHALUM CONICUM (L.) Dumort. On damp ground, common.
Aunt Molly's Beach (Rand); Bar Harbor (Miss Furbish); Cadillac
Cliff (L.).

LUNULARIA CRUCIATA (L.) Dumort. Mt. Desert Nurseries’ green-
house, Bar Harbor (L.).

MancHANTIA POLYMORPHA L. On the ground, frequent. Beech

Hill; High Head; Somesville and elsewhere (Rand); near Anemone
Cave (L.).

RICCARDIACEAE.

METZGERIA FURCATA (L.) Dumort. Ledges, Newport Mt., Pemen-
tic (L.).

ParLAvICINIA FLOTOWIANA (Nees) Lindb. In Thuja swamp,
Canada Brook, south of Appalachian Mountain Club camp (L.).

P. Lyetim (Hook.) S. F. Gray. Sunken Heath Brook (Rand);
Canada Brook (L.).

RICCARDIA LATIFRONS Lindb. Roberts’ Meadow, Bar Harbor
(L.); Great Cranberry Heath (L.).

R. muttiripa (L.) S. F. Gray. Wet rocks, infrequent. Green
Mt. Gorge; Stanley Brook (L.).

.R. PALMATA (Hedw.) Carruth. Peaty ground, old logs, infrequent.
Baker's I. (L.); Stanley Brook (Rand, as Aneura palmata).

R. prncuis (L.) S. F. Gray. Upper Hadlock Pond (L.); Bass Harbor
(W. R. Taylor).

PELLIACEAE.

BLASIA PUsILLA L. Seal Cove road, Southwest Harbor (W. R.
Taylor).

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

FossOMBRONIA FOVEOLATA Lindb. Pond shores and roadsides,
common. Jordan Pond; Ripples Pond; Great Pond (Rand, as F.
Dumortieri); Canada Brook; Bubbles Pond (L.); Manset (Taylor).

PELLIA EPIPHYLLA (L.) Corda. On damp ground, common.

LOPHOZIACEAE.

CHILOSCYPHUS FRAGILIS (Roth) Schiffn. Southern end of Great
Pond (Rand, as C. polyanthos). On dripping rocks, northern end of
Beech Mt. (Rand, as C. polyanthos var. rivularis); Hunter Brook
(L.); Southwest Harbor (Taylor).

C. PALLESCENS (Ehrh.) Dumort. On damp ground. Spring on
Spring trail, Jordan Mt. (L.).

C. RIVULARIS (Schrad.) Loeske. Stanley Brook (L.).

GEOCALYX GRAVEOLENS (Schrad.) Nees. On logs and rocks.
Beech Mt. (Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.). Common.

JAMESONIELLA AUTUMNALIS (DC.) Steph. Common on logs and
rocks. Listed as J. Schraderi. Somes Pond (Rand, as Jungermannia
pumila).

JUNGERMANNIA LANCEOLATA L. Spring trail, Jordan Mt. (L.).

J. PUMILA With. Stanley Brook, Jordan Stream (L.).

LoPHocoLEA HETEROPHYLLA (Schrad.) Dumort. On ground and
old logs. Head of Great Pond (Rand, as L. bidentata); Jordan Pond
path (L.); near Ripples Pond (Rand); Islesford (L.).

LopHozIA ALPESTRIS (Schleich.) Evans. Sargent Mt.; Baker's
I. (L.).

L. ATTENUATA (Mart. Dumort. Common on logs and rocks.
Beech Mt.; Cranberry Heath (Rand, as L. excisa); Sargent Mt. (L.).

L. BARBATA (Schreb.) Dumort. On rocks, Western Mt. (Rand, as
Jungermannia barbata); Bar Harbor; Brown's Mt. Notch (L.).

L. BICRENATA (Schmid.) Dumort. Roadside near Asticou; Upper
Hadlock Pond (L.).

L. CONFERTIFOLIA Schiffn. Great Head; Otter Cliffs; ledges on
Cliff Drive, Seal Harbor (L.).

L. incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. Old logs and peaty soil. Baker's I.
Hunter Brook; Ocean Drive (L.); Great Pond (Rand, as Junger-
mannia incisa).

L. INFLATA (Huds.) M. A. Howe. On ground and rocks (listed as
Jungermannia inflata by Rand), too common; variable. Brown's

1924] Lorenz,—Revision of Mt. Desert Hepatic List 9

Mt. (Rand); Beech Mt. (Rand); Sargent Mt. (Rand); Robinson
Mt. (E. Faxon); Ocean Drive (L.).

L. Kunzeana (Huben) Evans. In bog-holes with L. inflata, etc.
Day Mt.; Pemetic; Great Cranberry I., near Club House (L.).

L. LoNGIDENS (Lindb.) Macoun. On rocks and old logs. Ledges
near Ocean Drive; Giant’s Slide; south end of Beech Mt. (L.).

L. LONGIFLORA (Nees) Schiffn. On sphagnum in boggy places.
Pemetic; Baker’s I. (L.).

L. MARCHICA (Nees) Steph. On Sphagnum Russowii, Beech Mt.
(Rand, as Jungermannia marchica). Spec. in herb. C. Warnstorf.
Specimen not seen.

L. poRPHYROLEUCA (Nees) Schiffn. On old logs. Jordan Pond
path; Baker's I. (L.).

L. vENTRICOSA (Dicks.) Dumort. On ground and rocks. Beech
Mt. (Rand, as Jungermannia ventricosa); Hunter Brook (L.).

MARSUPELLA AQUATICA (Lindenb.) Schiffn. Rocks in Deer Brook,
Western Mt. (Rand, as M. emarginata.)

M. EMARGINATA (Ehrh.) Dumort. Wet rocks, frequent.

M. SuLLIvANTII (De Not.) Evans. Damp rocks, Green Mt. (D.
C. Eaton, E. Faxon, as M. adusta); Beech Cliff (Rand); Anemone
Cave (L.).

My ia ANOMALA (Hook.) S. F. Gray. Among sphagnum, Freeman
Heath (E. Faxon); Aunt Betty's Pond (Rand, as M. Taylori); Roberts’
Meadow; Great Cranberry Heath (L.).

NARDIA CRENULATA (Sm.) Lindb. Roadsides, Ocean Drive; Great
Pond; Upper Hadlock Pond (L.).

N. GEoscvPHus (De Not.) Lindb. Clayey roadside, Upper
Hadlock Pond (L.).

N. oBSCURA Evans, Hunter Brook, Stanley Brook; Spring on Jordan
Mt. trail; Green Mt. Gorge (L.).

PLAGIOCHILA ASPLENIOIDES (L.) Dumort. In wet places, common.
Cold Brook; Intervale Brook; northern end of Beech Mt. (Rand);
Hunter Brook (L.).

SPHENOLOBUS EXSECTAEFORMIS (Breidl.) Steph. On peaty ground,
rocks, etc. Ledges near Ocean Drive; Baker's I. (L.).

S. exsEcTUS (Schmid.) Steph. On old logs and rocks, Seal Harbor;
Spring trail to Jordan Mt.; old logs on new Appalachian Mountain
Club path (L.).

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

S. HELLERIANUS (Nees) Steph. On old logs. Head of Green Mt.
Gorge; Seal Harbor (L.).

S. Micnauxm (Web.) Steph. Seal Harbor (E. L. Shaw.)

S. minutus (Crantz) Steph. On rocks. Northern end of Beech
Mt. (Rand, as Diplophyllum Dicksoni). Giant’s Slide; Brown's
Mt. Notch (L.).

CEPHALOZIELLACEAE.

CEPHALOZIELLA BIFIDA (Schreb.) Schiffn. On dry ground. Day
Mt. (L.).

C. nYssACEA (Roth) Warnst. Ledges and peaty soil. Robinson
Mt. (Faxon); Sargent Drive; Baker's and Big Cranberry Ids. (L.);
Sargent Mt. (Rand, as Cephalozia divaricata.).

C. ELACHISTA (Jack) Schiffn. Roberts’ Meadow, Bar Harbor;
Cranberry Heath (L.).

C. HaMPEANA (Nees) Schiffn. Seal Harbor; shore of Great Pond
(L.).

CEPHALOZIACEAE.

BAZZANIA TRILOBATA (L.) S. F. Gray. Very common in damp
woods. Hadlock Upper Pond; Interlaken Brook; Cold Brook; north-
ern foot of Beech Mt. (a slender form, Rand); Brown's Mt. (Redfield).

B. DENUDATA (Torrey) Trevis. On rocks and ledges. Spring
trail to Jordan Mt. (L.).

CALYPHOGEIA FISSA (L.) Raddi. On bank, Seal Harbor (Rand, as
Kantia Trichomanis).

C. NEESIANA (Massal. & Carest.) C. M. Frib. Jordan Pond path
on bank (L.).

C. SPHAGNICOLA (Arn. & Perss.) Warnst. & Loeske. On sphagnum.
Roberts’ Meadow, Cranberry Heath (L.).

C. suecica (Arn. & Perss.) K. Müll. On old log, Jordan Pond path
(L.).

C. SULLIVANTH Aust. On damp bank, Upper Hadlock Pond (L.).

C. Tricnomants (L.) Corda. On ground and logs, common. Wood
road to Western Mt. (Rand, as Kantia Trichomanis); Jordan Pond
path (L.). ;

CEPHALOZIA BICUSPIDATA (L.) Dumort. Logs and soil, common.
Jordan Pond trail from Northeast Harbor (Rand); Norwood Cove
(Rand); Hunter Beook, Great Head, Baker's I. (L.).

1924] Lorenz,—Revision of Mt. Desert Hepatic List 11

C. CATENULATA (Hiiben) Spruce. Damp logs. Great Pond (Rand,
as C. virginiana); Jordan Pond path, near Appalachian Mountain
Club camp, Echo Lake.

C. CONNIVENS (Dicks.) Lindb. On peat. Baker's I., Cranberry
Heath, Roberts’ Meadow (L.).

C. CURVIFOLIA (Dicks.) Dumort. On old logs, Northwest Arm
woods (Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.).

C. FLUITANS (Nees) Spruce. Pools in sphagnum, Sunken Heath
(Faxon & Rand); Upper Breakneck Pond (L.).

C. MACROSTACHYA Kaal. On sphagnum. Sunken Heath (Rand,
as C. multiflora); Cranberry Heath (L.).

C. MEDIA Lindb. Old logs, common. Beech Mt. (Rand); Jordan
Pond path (L.).

LEPIDOZIA REPTANS (L.) Dumort. Among mosses on logs and
rocks. Northern end of Beech Mt.; Norwood Cove (Rand); Jordam
Pond path (L.).

L. sETACEA (Web.) Mitt. In sphagnum. Aunt Betty's Pond
(Faxon & Rand); Roberts’ Meadow; Cranberry Heath (L.).

ODONTOSCHISMA DENUDATUM (Mart.) Dumort. Seal Harbor;
Baker’s I.; Appalachian Mountain Club camp, on old logs (L.).

. O. ELONGATUM (Lindb.) Evans. On damp 'peaty soil. Bubbles
Pond (both ends); Jordan Pond (L.).

PTILIDIACEAE.

BLEPHAROSTOMA TRICHOPHYLLUM (L.) Dumort. On logs and ledges.
Stanley Brook (Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.).

PTILIDIUM CILIARE (L.) Nees. Common. Slopes of Green Mt.
(D. C. Eaton); Brown’s Mt.; Pemetic; Sargent Mt.; Beech Mt.;
Dog Mt.; Western Mt.; Great Cranberry Heath (Rand); Baker’s
I. (L.).

P. PULCHERRIMUM (Web.) Hampe. Very common. Gorge between
Triads; Beech Hill; Great Pond road; Otter Cliffs; near Aunt Molly’s
Beach (Faxon & Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.).

TRICHOCOLEA TOMENTELLA (Ehrh.) Dumort. In moss, Cold Brook
(Rand).

SCAPANIACEAE.

DiPLOPHYLLUM ALBICANS (L.) Dumort. On ledges, frequent.
Brown’s Mt. Notch (Rand); Spring and South End trails, Jordan
Mt.; Giant’s Slide (L.).

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

D. TAXIFOLIUM (Wahl.) Dumort. On ledges, less common. West
branch of Hadlock Brook (Rand); Brown’s Mt. Notch; Western Mt.;
Spring Trail, Jordan Mt. (L.).

ScaPANIA CURTA (Mart.) Dumort. On banks. Thunder Hole;
Newport Mt. (L.).

S. peNTATA Dumort. Brook-bed on Eagle Lake Carry (L.).

S. IRRIGUA (Nees) Dumort. In boggy places. Baker's I.; shore of
Great Pond (L.).

S. nemorosa (L.) Dumort. Very common in damp places. Green
Mt. Gorge (D. C. Eaton); Beech Mt.; Dog Mt.; Brown's Mt.;
Jordan and Sargent Mts.; Western Mt.; near Ripples Pond; Upper :
Breakneck Pond (Rand); Hunter Brook; Giant's Slide; Sargent
Drive (L.).

S. PALUDICOLA Loeske & K. Müll. In bog-holes. Pemetic; Big
Cranberry L, near Clubhouse (L.).

S. eALUDOSA K. Müll. Sunken Heath Brook (Rand, as S. undulata).

S. umBrosa (Schrad.) Dumort. Woods, Norwood Cove (Rand, as
S. nemorosa).

S. UNDULATA (L.) Dumort. Cold Brook; rill near Breakneck
Pond; Western Mt.; Somesville; Stanley Brook; Jordan Pond (Rand);
Hunter Brook; Ocean Drive (L.).

RADULACEAE.

RapULA COMPLANATA (L.) Dumort. Rocks and trees, common.
Intervale Brook (Rand, mixed in Frullania eboracensis) ; Jordan Pond
path (L.).

R. osconica Sull. Wet rocks. Spring on Pemetic trail; Stanley
Brook (L.).

PORELLACEAE.

PoRELLA PLATYPHYLLOIDEA (Schwein. Sull. Common. Seal
Harbor (Redfield, as P. platyphylla); Deer Brook (Rand); Hadlock
Brook (Rand); Breakneck Road (Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.).

LEJEUNEACEAE.

FRULLANIA ASAGRAYANA Mont. On trees and rocks, common.
Eliot’s Point (Redfield); wood road to Great Pond, Southwest Harbor;
northern foot of Beech Mt. (Rand); Jordan Pond path; on Thuja

1924] Flora of the Boston District,—XLII 13

in woods south of Appalachian Mountain Club camp, Echo Lake
(L.).

F. BnrrroNiAE Evans. On Thuja, Canada Brook (L.).

F. EBORACENSIS Gottsche. Common on trees and rocks. Somes-
ville; Brown's Mt.; Sargent Mt. (Rand); Jordan Pond path (L.).

JUBULA PENNSYLVANICA (Evans) Steph. On wet rocks, Intervale
Brook (Rand, as J. Hutchinsiae var. Sullivantii); Spring on Pemetic
trail (L.).

LEJEUNEA CAVIFOLIA (Ehrh.) Lindb. On trees and rocks. Northern
end of Beech Mt. (Rand, mixed in Plagiochila).

L. PATENS Lindb. On trees and rocks. Spring on Pemetic trail;
Green Mt. Gorge; Stanley Brook; on Thuja in woods south of Appa-
lachian Mountain Club camp (L.).

ANTHOCEROTACEAE.

ANTHOCEROS LAEVIS L. On damp ground. Seal Harbor; Cadillac
Cliff at Sea Cave; Great Pond; roadside near Prettymarsh (L.).

NoTOTHYLAS ORBICULARIS (Schwein.) Sull Clayey roadside
between Town Hill and Indian Point (L.).

HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLII.

RUBIACEAE.
ASPERULA.

A. ODORATA L Ponkapaug spring in rich woods, Blue Hill Reser-
vation, Randolph (J. R. Churchill, June 13, 1908; J. R. Churchill,
C. H. Knowlton & R. A. Ware, Aug. 1, 1908). Native in Europe,
northern and western Asia.

CEPHALANTHUS.

C. occidentalis L. Swampy places, common throughout.

GALIUM.

G. Aparine L. Woods and open places, especially on the coast.
G. asprellum Michx. Roadsides and moist thickets, common.

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

G. BOREALE L. Mowing-field by brook, Woburn (C. H. Knowlton,
July 4, 1906); Needham (Miss Gertrude Morton, July 7, 1879, July
1, 1881).

G. circaezans Michx. Dry open woods and hillsides, common.

G. Claytoni Michx. Swamps and wet meadows, common.

G. ERECTUM Huds. Georgetown near Pentucket Pond (J. H. Sears,
June 12, Aug. 9, 1905); Oak Island, Revere (H. A. Purdie, June 2,
1895, others later); E. Somerville (C. E. Perkins, June 25, 1879).

G. lanceolatum Torr. Dry woods, occasionally in moist soil;
apparently common, but no reports from southern towns.

G. Morrvco L. Fields and roadsides, rare; Andover, Danvers,
Somerville, Boston, Newton, Needham, Natick, W. Bridgewater.

G. palustre L Swamps and wet places, frequent.

G. pilosum Ait. Dry soil; well distributed and frequent, but only
three stations in Essex county.

G. svLvATICUM L. N. Andover (A. S. Pease, Sept. 14, 1901);
Wellesley Hills, (H. A. Purdie, July 18, 1897). Specimens in herb.
N. E. Botanical Club.

G. tinctorium L. Moist soil, common.

G. trifidum L. Forming prostrate mats on floating debris, margin
of Pilling Pond, Lynnfield (M. L. Fernald, Oct. 21, 1917); marshy
margin of Lake Waban, Wellesley (F. W. Hunnewell, Aug. 24, 1912).

G. triflorum Michx. Woods and glades, common.

G. veruM L. Dry fields and open woods; occasional at Danvers,
Arlington, Natick, Lincoln, Dorchester; abundant in Norfolk county
from Hyde Park and Dedham south to Norfolk and Medfield.

HOUSTONIA.

H. caerulea L. Fields, very common throughout.

H. lanceolata (Poir.) Britton. Dry sandy pasture, Newburyport
(Wm. Wendte, June 30, 1898); dry soil, Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis,
June 20, 1911). Specimens in herb. Gray, and Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist.

H. longifolia Gaertn. Dry ledges and hillsides around Boston and
suburbs, and the Blue Hill Reservation; also at Groveland, Boxford,
Marlboro, Braintree, Sharon, Medfield and Wrentham.

MITCHELLA.

M. repens L. Woods, common. White-fruited form collected in
Middleton and Concord.

1924] Flora of the Boston District,—XLII 15 .

SHERARDIA.

S. ARVENSIS L. Newburyport (J. H. Sears, June, 1887; E. Moulton,
no date); Parker Hill, Roxbury (C. E. Faxon, June, 1877); Boston
(C. J. Sprague, 1853).

CAPRIFOLIACEAE.

DIERVILLA.

D. FLORIDA Sieb. & Zucc. Open ledgy hilltop at least one-half
mile from nearest house, Conomo Drive, Essex (F. T. Hubbard,
June 14, 1913); by old house, Randolph Ave., Blue Hill Reservation
(N. T. Kidder, June 17, 1819). A cultivated species introduced
from northern China.

D. Lonicera Mill. Dry woods and rocky places, common.

LINNAEA.

L. borealis L., var. americana (Forbes) Rehder. Rich woods,
frequent in Essex Co., especially on Cape Ann; occasional elsewhere
from Arlington and Dover northward.

LONICERA.

L. caerulea L., var. calvescens Fernald & Wiegand. See RHODORA
xii. 210, 1910. Swamps, common from Needham, Sherborn and
Framingham to Franklin and Wrentham, also at Medford. Especially
abundant in Sharon.

L. caerulea L., var. villosa (Michx.) Torr.& Gray. The same habitat
reported from Framingham, Dedham, Sharon, Walpole, Medfield,
Norfolk, Medway.

L. canadensis Marsh. Rich woods, rare; Haverhill, Hamilton,
Manchester, Beverly, Littleton, Sherborn; Framingham, according
to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 43, 1888.

[L. hirsuta Eat. Damp rocky woods, Sudbury, according to George
B. Emerson. Report on trees and shrubs growing naturally in Massa-
chusetts, 355-7, 1846. Specimen not seen.]

L. JAPONICA Thunb. Rich woods at Wellesley, Sherborn and
also in Blue Hill Reservation; probably elsewhere.

L. Morrow1 Gray. Escaped from cultivation to roadsides and
thickets at Salem, Swampscott, Arlington, Blue Hill Reservation,
Boston, Holbrook, and Halifax.

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

L. PROLIFERA (Kirchn.) Rehder. See Ruopora xii. 166-167.
Woodlot, Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, 1912 and 1913). Specimen
in herb. Gray.

L. sempervirens L. Dry woods and thickets, frequent; possibly
native in some places. Occasional with yellow flowers (var. flava
Regel).

L. Suttivantit Gray. Wild in woods, Reading (Mrs. Franz
Schneider, June 9, 1919). Specimen in herb. Gray.

L. TARTARICA L. Escaped from cultivation, rare; Medford,
Cambridge, Newton, Sherborn, Wellesley.

L. XvrosrEuw L. Escaped to woods and open places; Concord,
Wellesley, Natick, Blue Hill Reservation, Holbrook.

SAMBUCUS.

S. canadensis L. Swamps and wet places, common throughout.
S. racemosa L. Woods and rocky places in moist soil, frequent
from Blue Hills and Sherborn northward; reported from Hingham
by T. T. Bouvé.
SYMPHORICARPOS.

S. ALBUS (L.) Blake, var. LAEVIGATUS (Fernald) Blake. (S.
racemosus Michx., var. laevigatus Fernald. See RHODORA xvi. 119,
1914.) Persistent around old places, and frequently spreading.

S. ORBICULATUS Moench. Escaped from cultivation near farm-
house, Chelmsford (C. W. Swan, July 20, 1890; Sept. 8, 1889); many
plants on rocky knoll near site of old greenhouse, Arlington (C. A.
Weatherby, Aug. 4, 1908).

TRIOSTEUM.

T. aurantiacum Bicknell. Dry rocky woods and open places;
frequent, except in southern and northwestern towns. .

T. perfoliatum L. Low woods and rocky pastures, rare; W eston,
Weymouth.
VIBURNUM.

V. acerifolium L. Dry woods, common.

V. alnifolium Marsh. Woods and swamps, frequent in Essex
county, also at Concord, Littleton, W. Roxbury, Brookline, Dedham,
Holbrook.

V. cassinoides L. Swamps and moist woods, frequent throughout.

V. dentatum L. Wet places and wet thickets, common throughout.

1924] Flora of the Boston District, —XLII 17

V. Lentago L. Wet thickets and shores, common throughout.

V. Oputus L. Bradford, apparently escaped from cultivation;
also at Beaver Brook Reservation; probably elsewhere.

V. Opulus L., var. americanum Ait. See RHopora xx. 15, 1918.
Cold swamps in the northern towns, rare.

VALERIANACEAE.
VALERIANA.

V. oFFICINALIS L. Escaped from cultivation at Revere, Lincoln,
Natick and Milton.

DIPSACEAE.

DIPSACUS.

D. sytvestris Huds. About a dump, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald
& B. Long, Aug. 28, 1913). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club. Also at Danvers.

KNAUTIA.

K. arvensis (L.) T. Coulter. Near Natural History building,
Boston (C. W. Swan, 1883); overrunning a field, Hanover (II. A.
Purdie, June 6, 1897).

SCABIOSA.

S. CoLUMBARIA L. Boston (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 20, 1880); Speci-

men in herb. N. T. Kidder.
SUCCISA.

S. PRATENSIS Moench. Bank of Merrimac River, Riverside,
Haverhill, (J. R. Lunt, Aug. 22, 26, 1911). Specimens in herb. Gray.
See Ruopora xiv. 174, 1912.

CUCURBITACEAE.

The garden vegetables in this family are annuals, very sensitive to
frost, and although they come up freely in waste places, it is doubt-
ful if they ripen fruit in a wild state and reappear a second season.

CITRULLUS.

C. VULGARIS Schrad. Waste places in Woburn, Arlington, Cam-
bridge and Boston.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

CUCUMIS.

C. ANGURIA L. Pacific Mill yard, Lawrence (M. E. Gutterson,
August, 1909). Specimen in herb. Gray. A tropical species fre-
quently escaping as a weed.

D. Meio L. Waste ground and dumps in Cambridge and Boston.

C. sativus L. Waifs running wild at Gloucester and East Boston.

CUCURBITA.

C. MAXIMA Duchesne. Reported from dumps in Wakefield and
Malden.
C. Pero L. Waste places, Revere and Cambridge.

ECHINOCYSTIS.

E. lobata (Michx.) T. & G. Native in alluvial thickets; often
cultivated, and frequently escaping to waste places.

LAGENARIA.

L. vuLGARIS Ser. Revere, near beach (Helen E. & F. W. Grigg, Aug.
27, 1894). Specimen in herb. F. W. Grigg.

SICYOS.

Š. ANGULATUS L. Frequent in waste places, apparently not a
native plant in our area.

CAMPANULACEAE.
CAMPANULA.

C. aparinoides Pursh. Meadows and swamps, frequent.

C. GLOMERATA L. Dry fields and pastures, abundant along the
Newburyport turnpike in Danvers and Topsfield since the days of
William Oakes; also at Boxford, Danversport and Salem.

C. PERSICIFOLIA L. Persisting from garden and widely spreading
in yard, Newton (F. W. Grigg, June 16, 1911 to date). Introduced
from Europe.

C. RAPUNCULOIDES L. Spreading from old gardens to roadsides
and waste places, common.

C. rotundifolia L. Riverbanks, ledges and fields, occasional
north of Boston.

C. TRACHELIUM L. Persisting on dump, edge of marsh, Milton
(N. T. Kidder, July 21, 1919). Specimen in herb. N. T. Kidder.

C. uliginosa Rydb. Meadows, swamps and marshes, frequent.

1924] Farwell,—Correct Name for the Spearmint 19

JASIONE.

J. montana L. Gravelly bank, E. Lexington (Miss H. M. Fay,
Oct. 3-10, 1916); dry soil, cemetery, Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis,
July 31, 1913). Specimens in herb. W. Deane and herb. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist.

SPECULARIA.
S. perfoliata (L.) A. DC. Dry hillsides and ledges, common.

LOBELIACEAE.
LOBELIA.

L. cardinalis L. Brooks, swamps and pond shores, well distributed
throughout, but in danger of extermination.

L. cardinalis L., forma alba (A. A. Eaton) St. John. See RHODORA
xxi. 217-218, 1919. Lynn, Melrose, Bedford, Needham, Foxboro.
L. Dortmanna L. Ponds and wet shores, frequent throughout.

L. inflata L. Open ground in moist or dry soil, common through-
out.

[A sheet of L. Kalmii in herb. N. E. Botanical Club, collected by
E. S. Hoar in 1857 has the double label * Concord, July 8, 1857, or
Hopkinton Springs, July 11-14, 1857." Both localities and dates are
unlikely for this species.]

L. SIPHILITICA L. Introduced in low ground, Cambridge (M. L.
Fernald, September, 1891). Specimens in herb. Gray and herb. N.
E. Botanical Club.

L.spicata Lam. Fields and meadows, frequent throughout.

C. H. KNOWLTON Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

THE CORRECT NAME FOR THE SPEARMINT.
OLIVER A. FARWELL.

Ir HAS become quite general for American authors to discard the
name Mentha viridis L. for M. spicata L. when writing of the Spear-
mint. This application of the name, M. spicata, seems to be unwar-

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

ranted. In the Ist edition of the Sp. Pl. p. 576 (1753) Linnaeus
published the complex M. spicata as follows:
spicata. 2. MENTHA floribus spicatis, foliis oblongis serratis.
Hort. ups. 168.
Mentha sylvestris, longioribus nigrioribus & minus in-
canis foliis. Bauh. pin. 227.

viridis. æ. Mentha spicis solitariis interruptis, foliis lanceolatis.
serratis sessilibus. Hort. cliff. 306. Roy. lugdb. 325. Dalib.
paris. 177.
Mentha angustifolia spicata. Bauh. pin. 227. Mentha
HI. IV. Dod. pempt. 95.
Mentha aquatica spicata, foliis oblongis viridibus serratis.
acuminatis. Gron. virg. 167.

longifolia. 8. Mentha spicis confertis, foliis serratis tomentosis
sessilibus. Hort. cliff. 306. Roy. lugdb. 325. Dalib. paris.
177. Mat. med. 279. Gort. gelr. 341.
Mentha sylvestris, folio longiore. Bauh. pin. 227.
Menthastrum spicatum, folio longiore candicante. Bauh.
hist. 3. p. 321.

rotundifolia. y.. Mentha sylvestris, rotundiore folio. Bauh. pin.
227. Habitat in Dania, Germania, Anglia, Gallia. 2/.
In the 2nd Edition of the Species Plantarum pages 804 and 805
(1762) Linnaeus lists the three following species in place of M. spicata
and its varieties of the 1st Ed.
sylvestris. 1. MENTHA spicis oblongis, foliis oblongis tomentosis
serratis sessilibus, staminibus corolla longioribus. Hort.
cliff. 306. Hort. ups. 168. Mat. med. 279. Dalib. paris.
177. Gort. gelr. 341. Huds. angl. 221 [M. longifolia}.
Mentha sylvestris, folio longiore. | Bauh. pin. 227.
Menthastrum spicatum, folio longiore candicante. Bauh.
hist. 3. p. 321.
Habitat in Dania, Germania, Anglia, Gallia. 2.
Folia albida.

viridis. 2. MENTHA spicis oblongis, foliis lanceolatis nudis
serratis sessilibus, staminibus corolla longioribus. Mentha
spicis solitariis interruptis, foliis lanceolatis serratis
sessilibus. Hort. cliff. 306. Roy. lugdb. 325. Huds. angl.
221 [M. spicata].
Mentha angustifolia spicata. Bauh. pin. 227.

1924] Farwell,—Correct Name for the Spearmint A

Mentha Cam. epit. 477.

Mentha III, IV. Dod. pempt. 95.

Mentha aquatica spicata, foliis oblongis viridibus serratis

acuminatis. Gron. virg. 167.

Habitat in Germania, Anglia, Gallia. 2/.

Affinis nimium M. sylvestri, sed minor & glabra.
rotundifolia. 3. MENTHA spicis oblongis foliis subrotundis

rugosis crenatis sessilibus. Huds. angl. 221.

Mentha sylvestris, rotundiore folio. Bauh. pin. 227.

Menthastrum, folio rugoso rotundiore, spontaneum, flore

spicato odore gravi. Bauh. hist. 3. p. 219.

Habitat in Angliae aquosis. Y.

A careful analysis and comparison of Linnaeus's treatment of this
group of species in the two editions of the Species Plantarum will
show (1) that the description of M. sylvestris is the description of the
var. longifolia, enlarged and modified; (2) that the description of
M. viridis is the description of the var. viridis enlarged and modified;
(3) that M. sylvestris is a plant with white tomentose leaves and that
M. viridis is a plant with green and glabrous leaves; (4) that of the
eight citations under M. sylvestris six are from the var. longifolia and
one from M. spicata the other being extraneous; (5) that of the seven
citations under M. viridis 5 are from var. viridis (none from M.
spicata), the others being extraneous. The only conclusion to be
deduced from a consideration of the above is that M. spicata formed a
part of M. sylvestris and not at all of M. viridis.

M. spicata was founded on Hort. ups. 168 [sp. no. 2] which is as

follows:
2. MENTHA floribus spicatis, foliis oblongis serratis.
a. Mentha spicis confertis, foliis serratis sessilibus.
Hort. cliff. 306.
Mentha sylvestris, folio longiore. Bauh. pin. 227.
B. Mentha [ete. which is M. viridis].
Haec q folis est subtus villosis & tomentosis

Excluding var. 8. which is var. viridis, the above citations prove
that M. spicata founded thereon, is identical with M. sylvestris the
species with white or tomentose leaves.

'The 2nd synonym under M. spicata evidently represents a plant
with tomentose leaves and therefore can not, together with the
binomial, be relegated to M. viridis, a plant with glabrous leaves.

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

Hudson in Flora Anglica, page 221 (1762), elevated the Linnaean
varieties to specific rank, retaining the names longifolia and rotundi-
folia for these species respectively; but in raising the variety viridis to
specific rank he discarded that name and transferred to this plant
the specific name spicata. To summarize:—

I. M. spicata L. is a plant with tomentose leaves and therefore the
binomial can not be applied to the Spearmint, a plant with glabrous
leaves, well represented by the Mentha angustifolia spicata Bauhin.

II. M. spicata L., M. longifolia (L.) Huds. and M. sylvestris L.
are based upon the same species, well represented by the Mentha
sylvestris, folio longiore Bauhin, Pin. 227; M. spicata L., being the
oldest name, is the valid one.

III. The synonymy of the Spearmint is as follows:—

Mentha VIRIDIS (L.) L.
Mentha spicata L. var. viridis. L. Sp. Pl. 756, 1753.
Mentha spicata Huds. Fl. Angl. 221, 1762; Britt. & Brown
Ill. Fl. III. 119, 1898 and 2nd ed. III, 149, 1913; Robins.
& Fern. in Gray's New Manual, 710, 1908, not L. 1753.
Mentha viridis L. Sp. Pl. 2nd ed., 804, 1762.

Dept. of Botany, PARKE, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich.

ErucastrumM POLLICHII IN West VinGiNIA.— The occurrence of
Erucastrum | Pollichii Schimp. & Spenn. in the United States was
first recorded by Dr. B. L. Robinson,! on the basis of specimens
collected along a street-car line at Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 18 Oct.,
1903, by William Finger, and along a railroad at Sherborn, Massa-
chusetts, 4 Sept., 1910, by Miss M. L. Loomis. In this paper the
specles was described and its synonymy listed. Soon afterward it
was recorded by the writer? from the railroad yard at St. Albans,
Vermont, where two specimens were collected on 22 Aug., 1911. So
far as I am aware no specimens have since been recorded from
the eastern States. On 17 Oct., 1919, I collected a single plant, now in

1 Ruopora 13: 10-12. 1911.
2 Ruopona 16: 40. 1914.

1924] Blake,—Erucastrum Pollichii in West Virginia 23

the National Herbarium, along the railroad at Harpers Ferry, West
Virginia.

Although evidently sporadic and rare in the East, this European
crucifer seems to have taken a foothold in North Dakota. It was
first reported’ as well established in the vicinity of Fargo, where it
had been collected in Oct., 1909, by O. A. Stevens. H. F. Bergman,”
in his * Flora of North Dakota," records it from along railroad tracks
at Fargo, Grand Forks, and Walhalla. O. A. Stevens,’ recording it
from other localities, states that it “has now been found at many
places, chiefly along the railroad tracks,” and that “seeds have been
identified in several samples of timothy and millet coming from near
Grand Forks." A specimen collected by him at Fargo, Sept., 1912,
is in the National Herbarium. In a recent letter, Mr. Stevens informs
me that he has since found the plant at several localities in Minnesota
near the North Dakota line—near East Grand Forks, at Moorhead,
and in considerable abundance along the roadside near Sabin. During
the past summer he also collected a specimen along a prairie trail
in southern MeKenzie County, western North Dakota, some 30 miles
from a railroad.—S. F. BLAKE, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington,
D. C.

PSEUDOTAENIDIA IN ManvLAND.—Hunnewell's recent reference
(RHoporaA 25: 168. 1923) to this local plant has reminded me of a
long neglected intention of reporting the genus from a station several
miles north of its accredited home. September 14, 1917, while I was
returning from a business trip into Western Maryland, operations
of a highway construction gang enforced an unpremeditated stop of
about half an hour at the western base of Polish Mountain, in Alle-
ghany County, Maryland. Browsing around, to pass away the time,
I found this rare and strange umbellifer, with the foliage of Taenidia
and the fruit of Pastinaca. Seed only was collected, I not being pre-
pared at that time to care for herbarium specimens. On September
10, 1918, a premeditated stop was made at this station, and then a
few specimens were carefully stored away in a small press brought
along for the purpose. As far as observed, the plants were scarce
and scattered.

On this second trip, a large colony of Taenidia integerrima was
found along this same highway, where it descends the eastern side of

1 Ann. Rep. N. D. Agric. Exp. Stat. 22: 80. 1912.

? Bienn. Rep. Agric. Coll. Surv. N. D. 6: 194. 1918.
3 Bull. Torrey Club 49: 94. 1922,

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

Warrior Mountain, a ridge a few miles west of Polish Mountain.
Seed only of this was taken.

More careful botanizing in this region might show Pseudotaenidia
to be more common in Maryland than indicated by my accidental
finding of a few plants. The species could easily be exterminated at
this place. My specimens have been deposited with the Gray Her-
barium, the California Academy of Science, and the Dudley Herbarium
of Stanford University.—C. P. SMITH, San José, California.

Vol. 25, no. 300, including pages 205 to 236 and title-page of volume, was
issued 13 February, 1924.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP R ami Publication Committee

Vol. 26. February, 1924. No. 302.
CONTENTS:

Notes on American Lespedezas. S. F. Blake... ...... s.s. 25

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —LIII............ 34

Eleocharis tuberculosa in New Hampshire. 4. S.Pease........ 37

Two Wool-waste Plants from Westford, Mass. C. A. Weatherby 38

Gentiana linearis, var. latifolia in Maine. LM CNN inns 40

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

tO

RHODORA,—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions &ppear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi nícations to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. :
Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all k
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

nown species of the

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of § in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26 February, 1924. No. 302.

NOTES ON AMERICAN LESPEDEZAS.
S. F. BLAKE.

Tuae following notes on bush clovers may be prefaced by a short
account of the papers which have contributed most materially to
our knowledge of the American forms of Lespedeza. The first good
general treatment was that in Torrey and Gray’s “Flora of North
America.”! In this the importance of the apetalous flowers in
classification was pointed out for the first time, and the species were
divided into the two primary groups which have been retained by all
later writers. The synonymy of several species was corrected on
the basis of Dr. Gray’s investigations of type material, and a good
foundation laid for subsequent study of the group. The specific
units in this treatment were too broadly conceived, however, and the
improvements introduced in Torrey and Gray’s scheme by later
authors have been mainly in the direction of a closer delimitation of
species. |

For more than half a century little change was made in Torrey and
Gray’s treatment. Maximowicz’s? revision of the genus, published
in 1873, followed in general the work of Torrey and Gray for the
American species. L. violacea and L. reticulata (=L. virginica),
which had been considered conspecific by Torrey and Gray, were
separated, L. repens and L. procumbens were united under the name
L. repens, and L. capitata var. angustifolia Pursh was transferred to
varietal rank under L. hirta. In 1876 Gray, in connection with the

1 Fl. N. Amer. 1: 366-369. 1840.

2 Act. Hort. Petrop. 2: 327-388. 1873.
3 Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 57. 1876.

26 Rhodora : [FEBRUARY

publication of the unique Lespedeza leptostachya Engelm., treated
Lespedeza. angustifolia as specifically distinct from L. capitata, and
briefly noted the diagnostic characters of the species of the L. hirta
group.

Our present-day concept of the American species is based mainly
on Britton’s paper “The North American species of the genus Les-
pedeza,’’' published in 1893. All of the twelve species here described
are now generally adopted under the names used by Dr. Britton,
with the single exception of L. intermedia, now called L. frutescens;
and in this case, as shown further on (see no. 5), it is necessary to
return to the name L. intermedia, in place of L. frutescens proposed
by Britton in 1894. The account of “The Lespedezas of Missouri,”
published in 1902 by Mackenzie and Bush,” followed Britton's treat-
ment rather closely, but contained descriptions and figures of three
new species and a new variety, while a variety already proposed by
Britton was raised to specific rank.

The last important contribution to the knowledge of American
Lespedezas is contained in A. K. Schindler's “Einige Bemerkungen
über Lespedeza Michx. und ihre nächsten Verwandten,” which is
based on work in the herbaria at London and Paris, as well as at Berlin.
The nomenclature of several of the American species is discussed
critically, after examination of the type specimens, and a table is
given showing the modern equivalents of the names used in practi-
cally all papers of any importance referring to the genus. Latin
descriptions of most of the American species are given, and attention
is called to some differences in floral structure not sufficiently appre-
ciated hitherto. The most novel fact brought out in Schindler's
treatment is the occurrence of cleistogamous flowers in the group
composed of L. hirta and related forms, which had previously been :
characterized in part by the supposed absence of such flowers.

1. LESPEDEZA PROCUMBENS var. elliptica, var. nov. Leaflets
narrowly elliptic, nearly or quite four times as long as wide, the larger
1.8-3.4 cm. long, 4-9 mm. wide; otherwise similar to the typical
form.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: VIRGINIA: In dry meadow, near Lorton,
Fairfax Co., 16 Sept. 1923, S. F. Blake 8621 (TYPE no. 1,111,347,

t Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 57-68. 1893.
? Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12: 11-19. pl. 1-4. 1902.
s Bot. Jabrb. 49: 570-658. 1913.

1924] Blake,—Notes on American Lespedezas 27

U. S. National Herbarium; duplicate in the Gray Herbarium); same
locality, 3 Oct. 1923, Blake 8653 (U. S., Gray, N. Y. Bot. Gard.);
Point of Rocks, near Avoca, Altavista, Campbell Co., 7 Sept. 1913,
Juliet Fauntleroy 632 (U. S.). ALABAMA: Near Mountain Home,
Lawrence Co., 23 Sept. 1892, C. Mohr (U. S.).

In its numerous procumbent stems, up to 125 cm. long, its dense
short spreading pubescence, its long-peduncled racemes of petaliferous
flowers, its flower structure, and its pods, this plant agrees with typical
Lespedeza procumbens Michx. In that plant, as shown-by Michaux's

1

Fra. 1. Leaf of L. procumbens v. elliptica (Blake 8621) X 1.
Fic. 2. Leaf of L. procumbens (Bush 40) X 1.

original plate and by a long series of specimens, the leaflets are oval,
not more than twice as long as wide, the larger 1.2-2.5 cm. long by
7-15 mm. wide. No specimens really intermediate between the typi-
cal form and the variety here described as new have been examined.

Lespedeza acuticarpa Mackenzie & Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St.
Louis 12: 16. pl. 3. 1902, from Missouri, appears to be related to L.
procumbens var. elliptica. I have not seen the type collection, Mac-
kenzie 449, but the specimen in the National Herbarium of Bush 67,
the second number cited, is similar in most respects to var. elliptica.
The plant is described as erect or suberect, while var. elliptica is
truly procumbent or prostrate. Of later specimens in the National
Herbarium distributed by Bush under the name L. acuticarpa, one
sheet (Bush 6524) is L. Stuevet Nutt., while another (Bush 7886)
is L. intermedia (Wats.) Britton.

2. LESPEDEZA VIOLACEA var. PRAIREA Mackenzie & Bush, Trans.
Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12: 14. pl. 1. 1902.— Lespedeza prairea Britton;

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. ed. 1. 641, 1332. 1903.— This variety, originally
distinguished from L. violacea by its smaller size, non-paniculate
inflorescence, and much shorter pedicels, was raised to specific rank
in Small's "Flora of the Southeastern United States", and separated
in Small's key from L. violacea by its elongated peduncles, lax in-
florescence, and shorter calyx lobes (about 14 as long as the pod),
L. violacea being distinguished by its short peduncles, close inflores-
cence, and calyx lobes about 14 as long as the pod. Inasmuch as the
long peduncles of L. violacea are one of its fundamental characters,
it is difficult to consider them as distinctive of prairea. "The dif-
ference in length of calyx lobes compared with the pod rests on no
better foundation, since the short calyx lobes are those characteristic
of the apetalous flowers, and the longer calyx lobes those of the
petaliferous flowers. The greater part of the material of L. violacea
in the National Herbarium from throughout the range of the species
has the short calyx supposed to be characteristic of L. prairea. In
this species the petaliferous flowers seem to perfect fruit only rarely,

The smaller leaflets and shorter pedicels ascribed to L. violacea
var. prairea in the original description are not of any more rea
consequence than the characters already discussed. Although the
type number (Bush 93) and a few other specimens from Missouri
have small leaflets (2 cm. long or less), they differ in no other way
from L. violacea. A variety based on such a character, particularly
when this reduction in size of leaflets can with much probability be
associated with the difference in habitat (var. prairea being, according
to Mackenzie & Bush, a plant of dry prairies, while L. violacea, ac-
cording to the same authors, is found in rocky woods), seems alto-
gether too artificial to be maintained. Later collections (Bush 3288
and 5108) distributed by Bush as L. prairea have leaflets 2-3 em.
long and are in no way distinguishable from ordinary L. violacea
(L.) Pers. Schindler! refers L. violacea prairea to L. violacea without
discussion.

3. LesPEDEZA STUEVEI Nutt. Gen. 2: 107. 1818.—The name of
this species has almost universally been written Lespedeza Stuvei.
It was published by Nuttall in the form * Stürvei," which should be
transcribed " Stuevet” in accordance with Recommendation XI. c of
the International Rules, as is done by Schindier. The species was

1 Bot. Jahrb. 49: 613. 1913.

1924] Blake,—Notes on American Lespedezas 29

dedicated by Nuttall to “the memory of my friend W. Stuve, M. D.,
of Bremen, who discovered it.”

4. LESPEDEZA STUEVEI var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Britton, Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. 12: 63. 1893 (as Stuvei).— Lespedeza Stuvei neglecta Britton,
Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 206. 1894. Lespedeza neglecta Mackenzie
& Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12: 17. 1902.—' The new name L.
Stuvei neglecta was given by Britton on account of the earlier L.
angustifolia (Pursh) Ell., but this change is not required by either
the International or the American Rules, under both of which L.
Stuevei var. angustifolia is valid for the plant in its varietal rank.

The status of this form is problematical. In the densely short-
pilose or almost tomentose stems and under leaf-surface it agrees
with L. Stuevei, but the habit and the shape of the leaflets are essenti-
ally those of L. virginica, and it is possible that it represents a hybrid
between these two species. In the original description the range of
var. angustifolia was given as from New Jersey and Pennsylvania to
North Carolina, Missouri, and Texas. "Through the kindness of Dr.
N. L. Britton, I have been able to examine two sheets of the original
material, one from the pine barrens of New Jersey, without collector’s
name, marked “assigned type" by Dr. Britton, and one collected in
the vicinity of Heilig's Mill P. O., Rowan Co., North Carolina, 13-18
Aug. 1891, by J. K. Small and A. A. Heller. There are two sheets
in the National Herbarium, one collected at Knoxville, Tennessee,
July 1898, by A. Ruth (no. 311), the other collected near Waldorf,
Charles Co., Maryland, 30 Sept. 1923, by S. F. Blake (no. 8639).
Another sheet of specimens collected at Coulterville, Illinois, 25
Aug. 1914, by W. H. Emig (no. 242), 1s so nearly intermediate between
this plant and L. virginica that it is difficult to decide its proper posi-
tion.

5. LEsPEDEZA FRUTESCENS (L.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club
5: 205. 1894.— This name, based on Hedysarum frutescens L. Sp.
Pl. 2: 748. 1753, has for some years been in practically universal use
for a common bush clover of the eastern United States closely related
to L. virginica, and distinguished chiefly by its oval or oblong-oval
leaflets. In his revision of the North American species of Lespedeza,
Britton stated! that “the Linnaean Hedysarum frutescens is clearly
the same plant [as L. intermedia Britton, L. Stuvei var. intermedia
Wats.], as illustrated by the Gronovian specimen on which it is based

1 Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12: 64. 1893.

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

in the herbarium of the British Museum, bearing the following label,
which is the name cited by Linnaeus: ‘Hedysarum foliis ternatis
subovatis, caule frutescente, Gron. Fl. Virg. 174.’ " A. K. Schindler,!
on the other hand, refers Clayton 174, on which Gronovius' reference
is based, to L. violacea on the basis of its elongate keel, which he con-
siders the only constant distinguishing character of L. violacea.?
The plant which American authors, following Britton, have called
Lespedeza frutescens, is considered by Schindler to be merely a variety
of L. virginica, differing from that plant in its broader obtuse or retuse
leaflets, looser branching, and fewer leaves, and is listed as L. virginica
var. sessiliflora (Nutt.) Schindler (l. c. 616). Even if Schindler's
reduction of the plant to varietal rank were correct, the name chosen
is unfortunate. Nuttall’s L. sessiliflora is clearly that of Michaux,
although the latter's name is not cited under it, and the specimens in
Michaux's herbarium, according to both Britton and Schindler, are
L. virginica (a typica of Schindler), although his description? includes
both L. virginica and L. “frutescens.”

The plants currently called L. virginica and L. frutescens (Schindler's
L. virginica var. x typica and var. 8 sessiliflora) are certainly very
closely related, but they are nevertheless almost always readily recog-
nizable in the field and in the herbarium, and may advantageously be
retained as species. Lespedeza “ frutescens” is a more freely and loosely
branched plant, with less leafy stems and broader oval or oblong-
oval rather than linear or linear-elliptic leaflets, and it frequently
has longer peduncles. On the whole, the two plants are quite as well
distinguished as other pairs of closely related species in the genus,
and it does not seem desirable to follow Schindler in his reduction of
L. “frutescens” to a variety of L. virginica.

1 Bot. Jahrb. 49: 591-2. 1913.

2?“ Das Blütenmerkmal, nämlich die lang hervorstehende Carina, hat er überhaupt
nicht beachtet, und doch ist dies, nach dem so überaus reichen Material, das ich unter-
sucht habe, das einzige, weil unter allen Umstünden konstante, Merkmal der L.
violacea gegenüber den verwandten Arten.” (Schindler, 1. c. 592.) The same char-
acter was used in Maximowicz's key (Act. Hort. Petrop. 2: 358. 1873) to separate
L. violacea from related species.

3 Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 70. 1803.

SESSILIFLORA. L. erecta: foliolis oblongis: fasciculis florum sessilibus, numerosis:
lezuminibus calyce minuto subnudatis, acutis.
Hepysarum junceum. Warr.
Mepicaco virginica. LINN.
Oss. Variat foliolis latiuscule oblongo-ellipticis et sublinearibus tuncque.
Hepysaro junceo congeneri subsimilis.
Han. in Virginia et Carolina.

1924] Blake,—Notes on American Lespedezas 31

Schindler’s reference of the type of Hedysarum frutescens to Lespe-
deza violacea is based on a character which seems to be really distinc-
tive of this species. Examination of the material in the National
Herbarium shows that in L. violacea the keel regularly exceeds both
the banner and the lateral petals, rarely merely equaling the latter,
while in L. “frutescens” the keel is distinctly shorter than the lateral
petals and the banner. A new name must therefore be found for the
plant which has been passing as Lespedeza frutescens. Michaux’s
L. sessiliflora, as shown above, included as to description both L.
virginica and L. "frutescens." His specimens preserved at Paris,
however, are properly to be taken as the types of his species, and as
they are typical L. virginica according to both Britton and Schindler,'
the name Lespedeza sessiliflora Michx. must be referred to the
synonymy of L. virginica (L.) Britton. Lespedeza reticulata (Muhl.)
Pers. has sometimes been referred to L. “frutescens,” but the type in
Willdenow’s herbarium is L. virginica var. typica, according to Schind-
ler. The name to be used for L. frutescens of authors (for example,
Gray’s Manual ed. 7 and Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora) is
LESPEDEZA INTERMEDIA (Wats.) Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12:
63. 1893, based on L. Stuvei var. intermedia Wats. in Gray, Manual
ed. 6. 141. 1889.

It may be noted in passing that the binomial Lespedeza frutescens,
commonly quoted from Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 205. 1894,
had been previously made independently by Hornemann in 1815?
(omitted in Index Kewensis), by Elliott? in 1822, and by de Candolle*
in 1825, and that in each case reference is made to the name-bringing
synonym Hedysarum frutescens L. (except in the case of Hornemann,
where the reference is to Willd. Sp. Pl., which is based on Linnaeus).
In each case the plant described is L. capitata Michx., but on the
principle generally followed, at least by American authors, that the
application of a name in such cases is to be determined by the name-
bringing synonym and not by the description, the combination
Lespedeza frutescens (L.) should be ascribed to Hornemann.

z

1 According to Schindler (1. c. 631) the material in Michaux 's herbarium under
the name L. sessiliflora consists of two specimens of L. virginica « typica and a capsule
of the Old World L. juncea (L.) Pers., but the latter is obviously not connected with
Michaux’s description.

2 Hort. Reg. Bot. Hafn. 2: 699. 1815.

3 Sketch Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 206. 1822.

4 Prodr. 2: 329. 1825.

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

6. LESPEDEZA INTERMEDIA var. Hahnii, var. nov. Stem and
branches densely hispidulous-puberulous with wide-spreading to some-
what ascending hairs; otherwise as in the typical form.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: INDIANA: Vicinity of Bascom, August
1906, W. L. Hahn (rype no. 609738, U. S. National Herbarium).

The typical form of this species is so consistently appressed-
puberulous or strigillose on the stem and branches that the form with
spreading pubescence seems to merit recognition by name. The
specimens examined are closely similar to typical examples of L.
intermedia in all other features, being densely leafy, with short-
petioled leaves of oval retuse leaflets, these strigose beneath, and
sessile or subsessile clusters of flowers. The varietal name is given
in memory of the collector, Dr. Walter L. Hahn, who died from over-
exposure in 1911 while serving as naturalist for the Bureau of Fish-
eries in the Pribilof Islands.

7. LEsPEDEZA HIRTA var. appressipilis, var. nov. Stem and leaves
finely pubescent with appressed hairs; leaflets obovate to oval, the
larger 1.3-2 em. long, 5-12 mm. wide, usually retuse, mucronulate.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: FLoripa: Dry pine barrens, near Jackson-
ville, 25 Sept. and 20 Oct. 1896, A. H. Curtiss 5780 in part (U. S.);
dry pine barrens, Duval Co., October, Curtiss 639 (rype no. 517623,
U. S. National Herbarium); Clarcona, Orange Co., 25 Sept. 1899,
Marie Meislahn 62 (U. S.).

Like its near relative L. capitata Michx., Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hor-
nem. is a very variable species. The variety here distinguished as new,
chiefly on the nature of its pubescence, grades into the typical spread-
ing-pilose L. hirta through various specimens from the Southern
States. It is also closely allied to L. angustifolia (Pursh) Ell., agreeing
with it in pubescence and differing chiefly in its broader obovate or
oval leaflets. No intermediate specimens connecting it with L.
angustifolia have been seen.

Lespedeza angustifolia var. brevifolia Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 12: 68. 1893, based on material collected by Chapman in Florida,
seems scarcely distinct enough from typical L. angustifolia to require
recognition in nomenclature. A sheet of the type material lent from
the New York Botanical Garden herbarium, collected at Camp-
bellton, western Florida, by Dr. Chapman, has the leaflets of the
middle leaves up to 2.2 em. long and 2.5 mm. wide, thus no shorter
than is common in leaves of the middle portion of the stem in this

species.

1924] Blake, —Notes on American Lespedezas 33

8. Since the time of Torrey & Gray,! the primary division of the
native American species of Lespedeza has been into two groups; one
(Section Mulespedeza Torr. & Gray), with two kinds of flowers (com-
plete but usually infertile flowers in pedunculate to sessile racemes or
clusters, and apetalous but very fertile flowers, these either in sessile
axillary clusters or intermixed with the petaliferous ones), calyx
usually much shorter than the corolla and pod, and violet or purple
corollas; the other (Section Lespedezaria Torr. & Gray) with the flowers
all alike and complete in dense spikes or heads, calyx as long as the
pod or longer, and whitish or ochroleucous corollas bearing a purple
spot on the banner. These two groups are for the most part well
defined, although apparently connected by the two little-known
species Lespedeza Manniana and L. simulata Mackenzie & Bush.
These have much the appearance of L. capitata, with an inflorescence
of petaliferous flowers more like that of species of the Eulespedeza
group, and axillary clusters of apetalous flowers; the sepals are long,
as in the L. capitata group, and the flowers purple as in the Eulespedeza
group.

In his paper on the genus Schindler pointed out that one of the
traditional differences between the two groups of American species
—the presence of cleistogamous flowers in the purple-flowered species,
and their absence in the whitish-flowered species

has no existence
in nature. He states? that he has been able to determine the presence
"an L. hirta
(in which he includes as a variety L. angustifolia) and L. capitata. In

gt

of "apopetale Blüten mit parthenogonischen Früchten

the specimens of L. hirta, L. capitata, and L. angustifolia examined,
I have found no flowers with corolla and stamens so greatly reduced
as is common in the purple-flowered species. In all three species,
however, it 1s easy to find intermixed in the spikes cleistogamous
flowers with reduced corolla, strongly hooked style, very short staminal
sheath, and anthers dehiscing in the bud. The fruits of these cleisto-
gamous flowers can be distinguished by the very short sheath of the
persistent stamens and the short hooked style, often with a stamen
adhering to the stigma. In the very distinet Lespedeza leptostachya
Engelin.,* the remaining species of this group, the flowers, while

1! Fi. N. Amer. 12 366-369 1840.

1 Bot. Jahrb. 49: 574. 1913

3 The leaves of all Lespedezas are regularly piunately 3-foliolate. Two specimens
of L. leptostachya in the National Herbarium bear single 4-foliclate leaves and one
of them has a 5-foliolate leaf. These abnormal leaves represent a combination of
the pinnate and di-itate modes. the terminal leaflet being borne on a short rachis.
the others merely petiolulate at the apex of the petiole.

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

. complete, are apparently usually cleistogamous. In the eight sheets
examined in the National Herbarium, all collected in Emmet County,
Iowa, by R. I. Cratty, very few flowers with fully developed corolla
and stamens have been found.

In the purple-flowered group all gradations exist between the nearly
or quite apetalous flowers, with stamens greatly reduced or perhaps
sometimes entirely wanting, and the petaliferous flowers. The pres-
ence of cleistogamous flowers in all four species of the L. hirta group,
and their extreme development in L. leptostachya, make it necessary
to abandon this character in the future in distinguishing our two
groups of species.

Bureau oF PLANT INDUSTRY,

Washington, D. C.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLIII.

COMPOSITAE.
ACANTHOSPERMUM.

A. AUSTRALE (Loefl.) Ktze. See Rnopona ix. 26, 1907. Cabbage
field, from woolwaste, Lawrence (Mrs. E. S. Schneider, no date);
S. Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, (?) Sept. 25, 1881).

ACHILLAEA.

A. LANULOSA Nutt. Dry sandy soil, rare; Newbury, Manchester,
Revere, Malden, Wellesley, Readville.

A. MiLLEFOLIUM L. Dry fields and roadsides, very common
throughout.

A. Prarmica L. Moist soil, spontaneous in gardens and escaped;
Danvers, Lynn, Salem, Jamaica Plain.

A. TOMENTOSA L. Woolwaste, Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher,
1884 et seq.). Specimen in herb. Gray. See RHopona x. 127, 1908.

AGERATUM.

A. HovsroNriANUM Mill. (A. mexicanum Sims.) Lynn (E. & C.
E. Faxon, Sept. 23, 1880). Specimen in herb. Gray. Native of
Mexico.

1924] Flora of the Boston District, -X1 35

AMBROSIA.

A. APTERA DC. Huntington Ave., Boston (Wm. Boott, Sept. 12,
1879; C. E. Perkins, Sept. 20, 1880); waste land, S. Boston (C. E.
Faxon, Sept. 30, 1878; H. A. Young, Sept. 25, 1879); Sharon (S. F.
Poole, September, 1900). Range from Texas to Arizona and ad-
jacent Mexico.

A. ARTEMISHFOLIA L. Dry fields and roadsides, too common
throughout.

A. TRIFIDA L. Waste places, occasional from Milton and Boston
west and north.

A. TRIFIDA L., var. INTEGRIFOLIA (Muhl.) T. & G. Sidewalk,
Brewster Place, Cambridge (W. Deane, Aug. 17, 1888); grassland,
Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis, Aug. 9, 1911).

ANAPHALIS.
A. margaritacea (L.) B.& H. Dry upland, frequent throughout

ANTENNARIA.

. canadensis Greene. Dry fields and hillsides, common.

. fallax Greene. Dry open places, common throughout.

. neglecta Greene. Fields, common throughout.

neodioica Greene. Dry fields and open woods, common
throughout.

A. neodioica Greene, var. grandis Fernald. Off Clark Road,
Brookline (F. F. Forbes, May 25, June 6, 1904). Specimens in herb.
Gray.

A. occidentalis Greene. Sterile field, Hamilton (F. T. Hubbard,
June 14, 1913); clay roadside, Wakefield (R. C. Bean, June 3, 1916
et al. to date); dry field, Halifax (4. S. Pease, May 30, 1907); dry
soil, Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis, May 19, 1911).

A. Parlinii Fernald. Dry open woods and fields; frequent from
Boston north and west.

A. petaloidea Fernald. Dry hillside, Lexington (M. L. Fernald,
May 11, 1913); N. Easton (A. A. Eaton, May 21, 1903).

A. plantaginifolia (L.) Richards. Dry soil, common throughout.

A. plantaginifolia (L.) Richards., var. petiolata (Fernald) Heller.
Nine stations north and west of Boston. See Muhlenbergia i. 5.
1900

>P > > >

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

ANTHEMIS.

A. ARVENSIS L. Waste places, occasional.
A. ARVENSIS L., var. AGRESTIS (Wallr.) DC. Waste places, occa-
sional. .

A. CorUvLA L. Roadsides and waste places, common.

A. TINCTORIA L. Roadside thicket, Rockport (M. L. Fernald, F.
W. Hunnewell & B. Long, Sept. 11, 1913); Magnolia [Gloucester-
Manchester] (Miss Cora H. Clark, July 4, 1906).

ARCTIUM.

See Fernald & Wiegand, in Ruopora xii. 43-47, 1910.

A. Lappa L. Waste land, occasional, especially near Boston.

A. minus (Hill) Bernh. Waste land, very common.

A. NEMOROSUM Lejeune. Waste land, rare; Gloucester, Brighton,
Cambridge, Boston, Sherborn.

A. TOMENTOSUM Mill. Vacant lot, Cambridge, now eradicated
(W. Deane et al., July 16, 1885 to 1910); field where rubbish had been
dumped, Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, July 12, 21, 1909).

ARTEMISIA.

A. ABSINTHIUM L. Escaped from gardens, occasional.

A. BIENNIS Willd. Waste land, very abundant in and about Boston,
rare elsewhere.

A. annua L. Salem (E. S. Rogers, September, 1876); near woolen
mill, Medford (F. W. Grigg, Oct. 13, 22, 1919).

A. caudata Michx. Seashore and sandy fields along the coast from
Salisbury to Duxbury.

A. LUDOVICIANA Nutt. Waste land, introduced and thriving,
Newbury (E. F. Williams, Aug. 7, 1899). Specimens in herb. Gray
and N. E. Botanical Club.

A. PONTICA L. Escaped to roadsides and waste places, rare;
Newbury, Tewksbury, Medford. Native of Caucasus region, and
Soongaria in central Asia.

A. STELLERIANA Bess. Sandy sea-beaches from Ipswich to Dux-
bury; also garden escape at Tewksbury (C. W. Swan, July 10, 1883).

A. VULGARIS L. Waste places, common.

C. H. KNowrrow | Committee on
WALTER DEANE | Local Flora.

1924] Pease,—Eleocharis tuberculosa in New Hampshire 37

ELEOCHARIS TUBERCULOSA IN NEW HAMPSHIRE.
ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE.

On 28 July, 1923, I chanced to be detained for a few hours in the
‘ain at Mt. Whittier (West Ossipee), N. H., and recollecting that
a fisherman had told me that White Lake in Tamworth was lined by
a sandy beach I decided to improve the time by hunting it up. The
pond lies about a mile from West Ossipee village, in the midst of
wooded sandy plains which are characteristic of much of the country
immediately to the south of Chocorua and Pequawket Mountains.
It rained too hard for me to explore much of the strand, but at one
point, on the southwest side, at the upper edge of a beach of fine
white sand, I came upon two plants which struck me as novelties
for the region, one being Xyris caroliniana Walt. and the other an
Eleocharis unfamiliar to me. This, when I was later able to examine
it with a lens, proved to be E. tuberculosa (Michx.) R. & S., made
perfectly distinctive, though still very immature, by the enormous
tubercles upon the achenes. This species has not been previously
reported north of Massachusetts, save for its discovery by Messrs.
Fernald and Long in Shelburne Co., N. S., and it seemed worth
while to secure better material. Accordingly on 23 August I
visited White Lake again, finding the Eleocharis in excellent condition
and the Xyris in fruit, with Cyperus dentatus Torr. and Solidago
tenwifolia Pursh nearby, on the upper edge of the beach. Among the
dense yellow masses of Gratiola aurea Muhl. which covered other
parts of the damp sands was a considerable area of a form with creamy
white flowers, forma helveola Bartlett, and near it, just above or just
be ow the water-line, Isoetes Tuckermani A. Br. and Myriophyllum
tenellum Bigel., while in the shallow water on the sandy bottom
Elatine minima (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer was abundant.

Encouraged by these outliers of the coastal plain flora at the very
foot of the White Mountains, I then visited some of the other ponds
and lakes in the region. On the west side of Lake Ossipee I was re-
warded by finding, on the sandy beaches, not only Solidago tenuifolia,
as at White Lake, but also Panicum spretum Schultes, Hemicarpha
micrantha (Vahl) Pax (which I had previously found in abundance
near the monument commemorating Lovewell’s fight with the
Indians, at the north end of Lovewell Pond in Fryeburg, Maine),
and Eleocharis diandra C. Wright, known from the sands of the lower

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Androscoggin, the lower Merrimac, and well inland along the Con-
necticut. Notable also, though not abundant, was Scirpus Smithit
Gray. In a previous visit, at the northwest corner of Lake Ossipee.
I had found Myriophyllum tenellum also.

Province Lake in Wakefield proved, at least on its sandy southern
side, where I was able to examine it, of less interest, though Solidago
tenuifolia was present there, as I fancy it is at many of the ponds of
the region (I have found it at Lovewell Pond and at Silver Lake in
Madison). More interesting to me, however, and more common
than at the other ponds I visited was Scirpus Smithii, and not far
from it, abundant but not at all conspicuous, was Subularia aquatica
L., a representative of a northern aquatic flora appearing a little out
of place among its coastal plain neighbors.

A few moments of collecting on the west shore of Mirror Lake in
Tuftonborough yielded Subularia and Myriophyllum tenellum
again, and a single plant of Scirpus Smithii was the first thing to
greet me on the sandy north end of Lake Wentworth in Wolfe-
borough, where approaching dusk cut short my collecting just when
it began to promise well.

These interesting features of a hasty sampling, during parts of two
days, of very restricted portions of a few of the many ponds in the
east central region of New Hampshire suggest that more prolonged
and careful investigation might furnish valuable and perhaps sur-
prising results for our knowledge of the distribution of coastal plain
extensions in a district comparatively neglected by botanical col-
lectors. Specimens of the plants mentioned in this article have been
deposited in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, and
for assistance in the determination and verification of several of them
I am greatly indebted to Professor Fernald.

URBANA, ILLINOIS.

Two more Woor-wasrE PLANTS FROM WESTFORD, Mass.—In
going over the herbarium of the late Emily F. Fletcher, two wool-
waste plants have been detected which it may be worth while to
record by way of completing the list of her “finds” published by her-

1924] Weatherby,—Wool-waste Plants from Westford, Mass. 39

self and in various installments of the Flora of the Boston District.) A
necessarily hasty search in literature indicates that neither plant has
been noticed before in North America.

1, AGRIMONIA FUPATORIA L. This species is widely distributed
in the Eurasian continent. It resembles our native 4. gryposepala
in that the stem and the rachis of the inflorescence are clothed with
minute glandular puberulence mixed with long, non-glandular hairs.
It is readily recognized, however, by its commonly more compact
habit, the lower internodes of the stem tending to be short, thus
bringing the leaves close together, by its generally smaller leaflets,
and by the characters of the fruiting calyx. The body of the mature
hypanthium is rather narrowly top-shaped and measures from the
base to the point of insertion of the hooked bristles about 5 mm.
In A. gryposepala the corresponding measurement is about 3 mm.
and the hypanthium is very broadly turbinate. Miss Fletcher's
label gives no information as to the circumstances under which the
plant was found, but the nature of its fruit marks it as a likely subject
for introduction with wool.

2. VERBASCUM THAPSIFORME Schrad. "This is a native of central
Europe, known in Germany as “wild tobacco." It seems a rather
critical species, but is maintained as a species in nearly all recent
European floras. It is closely related to V. phlomoides, from which
it differs principally in its long-decurrent leaves, the wings of the
stem formed by them extending from the point of insertion of each
leaf to that of the one below. From V. Thapsus it differs, as does V.
phlomoides, in its larger flowers (3—4 cm. in diameter), in its spatulate
and decurrent (instead of capitate) stigmas, and in the large anthers
(3.5-4 mm. long) of the two longer (inferior) stamens, which are
inserted laterally on the filament. The smaller anthers of the inferior
stamens of V. Thapsus are inserted obliquely across the apex of the
filament.

According to Miss Fletcher’s label, there was “an eighth of an acre”
of the plant at Westford when she collected it in September, 1911.
A fragmentary specimen in the herbarium of the New England Botani-
cal Club, collected at Georgetown, Mass., by Mrs. C. N. S. Horner,
may also be referable to V. thapsiforme.—C. A. WEATHERBY, Gray
Herbarium.

1 For an account of Miss Fletcher and her work, see Ruopona xxv. 149-150, Sept.,
1923.

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

GENTIANA LINEARIS, VAR. LATIFOLIA IN MAINE.—In September,
1922, two or three tall stalks of a plant which I immediately saw to
be an unfamiliar gentian were brought to me out of the woods. There
had already been killing frosts, and the flowers were brown and
withered, but they could be referred only to Gentiana linearis, var.
latifolia, as described in the latest edition of Gray’s Manual. Last
year (1923) I visited both in August and in September the locality
in the town of Norridgewock from which the plants had come. It
is on a farm remote from the highway, and the plants were found
along the edge of extended woods, upon a strip of land which had
been cleared and had grown up with numerous young elms, some of
them a dozen or fifteen feet high, together with a scattering of gray
birch and scrub willows. The ground was covered with close-set
rounded stones, well sodded and overgrown with grasses and old
field plants, principally asters, solidagos and Joe-Pye weed. The
gentians were growing in loose groups of four to a dozen each,
generally underneath and quite near a tree, or beside an old fence.
They stood high, a good part of them from two to three feet, and
each stalk bore a large cluster of rather dull blue flowers, already on
September 14 a little passed. They extended over quite a space,
and were abundant enough so that the twenty or more I gathered
made slight impression. I discovered a couple of months later that
each flower-cluster had harbored a larva, which had worked in the
press and eaten out the heart of the cluster. Prof. M. L. Fernald
of the Gray Herbarium informs me that this is the first time this
gentian has been reported from New England, although it or a simi-
lar form has been found in New Brunswick and on Lake Superior.—
Louise HELEN Cosurn, Skowhegan, Maine.

Vol. 26, no. 301, including pages 1 to 24, was issued 26 February, 1924.

Fa A / tal

Dodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP * Publication Committee

Vol. 26. March, 1924. No. 303.
CONTENTS:

Mies Day. B. L; Robinson- 6 AG Sa was ET ridus M

An Epilobium under Estuarine Conditions. N. C. Fassett...... 48

Another Davenport Fern Herbarium. C. A. Weatherby........ 49

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, ——XLIV............ 55

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mase.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO,,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. .
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pesos issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

IRbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. March, 1924. No. 303.

MISS DAY.
B. L. ROBINSON.
(With portrait.)

Mary Anna Day, for thirty-one years librarian of the Gray Her-
barium, died at Cambridge, Massachusetts, January 27, 1924, in
her seventy-second year. She never regarded herself as a botanist
—indeed, she always approached the identification even of the com-
monest plants with much diffidence—yet from her extraordinary
familiarity with botanical literature, keen interest in the progress
and history of botany, and long service in close and helpful relation
to botanical research she became a notable figure in American science.

It is customary to seek explanation of special talent in some marked
personal taste, innate urge, early training, or at least in favorable
environment during formative years. In most cases such contri-
buting influences can doubtless be found. It was not so with Miss
Day, and her long and successful career becomes the more remarkable
from the fact that she lived more than half her life without the slight-
est impulse toward any natural science or the least foreknowledge
that botanical literature was to become the subject of her chief interest
and for many years of her unremitted activity.

She was born, of colonial ancestry, in the little hill town of Nelson
in Cheshire County, New Hampshire, October 12, 1852. She was
the daughter of Sewell and Hannah (Wilson) Day.' In personality
she is said to have inherited many traits from her mother's side and

1 It is learned from her relatives that Miss Day was christened Mary Annah, but
in maturity she usually indicated her middle name merely by an initial and on the
rare occasions when it was written out spelled it without the final hi

42 Rhodora [MARCH

one of those was, unfortunately, a reluctance to speak much about
her own experiences. It thus happens that even those who worked
in her company for many years knew little of her earlier life and
activities. The Day family moved from Nelson during the Civil
War and took up their residence at Lancaster, Massachusetts, and
it was in the Lancaster Academy that Miss Day received her educa-
tion in the later sixties. From 1871 to 1878 she taught in the Mas-
sachusetts public schools, first at Sudbury, then in Clinton, where
she later was for six years the first assistant in the Clinton Public
Library. Here she also acquired some experience as an accountant.

In the autumn of 1892, from a desire to improve her position, she
wrote to Mr. W. C. Lane, the Librarian of Harvard College, asking
whether she would be eligible for work in his staff. It happened that
the librarian of the Gray Herbarium, Miss Josephine A. Clark, had
just accepted a call to the United States Department of Agriculture,
and Miss Day’s application, together with several others, was re-
ferred to the Curator of the Herbarium while he was considering
candidates to fill the vacancy. Though brief and formal her note
was striking from the unusual excellence of its writing, which was a
“library hand” in the best sense, combining regularity and perfect
clearness with individuality and strength. She was invited to a con-
ference, came promptly, and produced a decidedly favorable impres-
sion. It was evident—indeed she took conscientious pains to make
it so—that she knew nothing of botany or of botanical literature
beyond the titles of three or four current text-books; but she had
had practical experience in library work and it soon became clear
that she had a special genius for all matters relating to records, files,
accounts, and the like. i

As to appearance she was of medium height and slight in build,
suggesting "wiriness" rather than robust health. Her hair was
already graying and without being asked she stated her age to be
forty. She conveyed the impression of capability, evenness of temper,
and of probable industry, with a goodly dash of the * New England
conscience." Offsetting her inexperience in botany she showed more
than ordinary confidence that she could make good if allowed to try
and perfect herself in this new field. Being by far the most promising
of the available candidates Miss Day was given the position, for
which the salary was lamentably small. She came to Cambridge,
and began her work at the Herbarium, January 1, 1893.

1924] Robinson,—Miss Day 43

The establishment was then housed in a small story-and-a-half
brick structure between the Gray frame residence and a small labora-
tory and auditorium, which in their turn adjoined the conservatories.
Inadequate as was its building, the Herbarium was even less well
endowed than housed, and at the time was meeting a rather appalling
annual deficit. The library, already notable from the rarity of many
of its works, was sadly cramped in shelving and had grown Topsy
fashion, books being inserted on the principle of temporary conveni-
ence rather than any logical system. "The previous librarian, Miss
Clark, well trained at the Albany Library School, had sought to bring
it into order, but her tenure had been short, the cramped conditions
had hampered progress, and she had never been given much freedom
in making changes in the shelving. Conditions could not have been

. very encouraging for a new incumbent. However, Miss Day took
up her work with good courage.

The Curator was then engaged in completing, editing and preparing
for press the posthumous manuscripts of Dr. Asa Gray and Dr.
Sereno Watson in continuation of the Synoptical Flora of North Amer-
ica and had one fascicle fairly advanced. Miss Day was given as her
initial task the verification of some 5000 bibliographical references
in this work! In later years she often referred to this with amusement
but admitted that no more immediate or effective plunge into her
new activities could have been devised. It had been her own wish
to begin with the cataloguing and reshelving of the library, but as
she afterwards testified she could have done no very satisfactory
work in such ways until she had acquired practice in the actual
use of a technical reference library, and just this exercise in the
verification of many citations gave her the needful experience, teach-
ing her the relative importance of different works, the meaning of
countless abbreviations, the significance of synonymy, the geographic
relation of floras, value of priority in nomenclature, and such matters
fundamental to scientific taxonomy.

She plowed through this task conscientiously and with great
patience and good humor, quickly recognizing errors when called to
her attention and not rarely suggesting improvements in the citations.
She was almost immediately interested in the work and alert to per-
fect its details. She studied punctuation and typography as a fine
art and soon came to have a correct feeling for all such matters,
which made her later very expert as a proof-reader.

44 Rhodora [Marcu

At this period the financing of the Herbarium became a pressing
matter. A Visiting Committee was appointed, and a vigorous
campaign for endowment initiated. In these matters Miss Day,
who was called upon to keep all the records and accounts, took a
lively and exceedingly helpful interest. Indeed, from that time she
carried very effectively the statistical side of the work at the Her-
barium, not merely as to budget, but regarding the growth of the
collections, data for the annual report, summation and balancing
of exchanges, and the like, all of them matters requiring unflagging
attention to secure proper accuracy.

In 1895 the New England Botanical Club was formed and Miss
Day, already acquainted with most of the charter members, was
cordially interested in the organization. When the Club started its
journal some four years later, she was one of the earliest contributors
to the publication, preparing for it her list of the “Local Floras of
New England" and “Herbariums of New England,” papers which
have been subject to much reference and have been decidedly useful
in the work of the Club. For many years she prepared the index for
Ruopona, at first declining remuneration for this considerable service.

For a few years Miss Day devoted a part of her brief summer outings
to botanical field-work and brought back creditable collections
from Manchester, Vermont, in 1898 (2900 specimens), Nantucket in
1900 (700 specimens), Adams in Berkshire County, Massachusetts,
in 1901 (600 specimens), with lesser gatherings of later date from
East Andover and Deerfield. She also aided in collecting some of
the plants for the Exsiccatae Grayanae.

For nearly ten years the major part of the activity at the Herba-
rium was directed to the revision, indeed almost the rewriting, of
Gray’s Manual. This involved no end of bibliographical work and on
that side of the undertaking Miss Day’s aid was constant and invalu-
able, as it was later in the verification and proof-reading.

Then came the period from 1909-1915 during which through the
liberality of the devoted Visiting Committee the Gray Herbarium
was able to rebuild and greatly enlarge its plamt. The reconstruction
was carried forward a section at a time. The scientific work mean-
while went on continuously and the collections, books, catalogues
and files had to be shifted several times from one part of the building
to another, always kept accessible for reference, guarded against
confusion, and protected from dust. It was a strenuous time for the

1924] Robinson,—Miss Day 45

small staff and in this work also Miss Day showed much executive
capacity. As one of her fellow-workers once remarked she was “ never
happier than when confronted by some clearing-up job.”

Her satisfaction in the new quarters as they emerged from the
turmoil of building operations was touching. Then for the first time
could the books which had been crowded two and three deep upon
the shelves be given logical arrangement. Long and carefully did
Miss Day study the problems involved. The obsolete plan of “ fixed
shelf numbering" was abandoned and a new “expansive system”
devised permitting the easiest possible interpolation of accessions.
The labeling of the books was similarly studied to secure the best
combination of simplicity, neatness, and clarity. The proper binding
and treatment of pamphlets came in for careful attention. The whole
catalogue had to be made over. "The files of records, correspondence,
labels, maps, exsiccatae-lists and autograph manuscripts, all were
carefully subjected to reordering as they were placed in their new
filing receptacles.

It had been fortunately possible to give Miss Day for her personal
use one of the private offices. There she installed the historic files
of the older correspondence, the very numerous filed botanical
portraits, the records of some 250 botanical exploring expeditions
and what she called her “gossip corner." This last was made up
of documents individually of trifling value and temporary significance
but in combination rather remarkable—announcements and programs
of botanical meetings of many organizations, accounts of scientific
celebrations, prospectuses of botanical summer schools, notices
about field excursions, applications for scientific funds, menus of
botanical banquets, and newspaper clippings regarding botanical
events and discoveries. During her last weeks at the Herbarium,
when impaired health had sadly depleted her strength, she turned
to this heterogeneous accumulation and gave it remarkably neat,
compact, and lucid arrangement so that at a moment's notice it is
now possible to turn, for instance, to the announcements of any one
of many organizations at any particular date. It is of interest to
note that even during the brief period since her death there have
been several occasions on which it has become necessary to refer to
this collection to secure much needed data in the course of scientific
publication, thus justifying Miss Day's confidence that it would prove
useful.

46 Rhodora [Mancn.

Miss Day's largest bibliographical work, a task which extended
through twenty years, was the “Card Index of New Genera, Species
and Varieties of American Plants." This publication had been
planned and carried through the first twenty issues (including about
28,000 cards) by Miss Clark at Washington between 1894 and 1903,
at first by herself but later with Miss Day's collaboration. In 1903
it was formally turned over by Miss Clark with its good will to the
Gray Herbarium.

To grasp the magnitude of this task it is necessary to understand
that it involved the indexing page by page of more than 130 scientific
serials through many years, as well as very numerous monographs,
published in all parts of the world and in many languages, for American
plants are often given their first scientific description or are still more
frequently renamed quite incidentally and inconspicuously in works
relating primarily to the flora of some remote portion of the Old
World. Indeed, until recently, the major part of the botanical litera-
ture relating to South America was published from European estab-
lishments. The Index was brought out in quarterly issues ranging
from 1000 to 2500 cards each. About eighteen of the duplicate sets
were sold to the leading botanical establishments throughout the
country and in Europe. In the verification and proof-reading Miss
Day had the effective aid of Miss Edith M. Vincent, the assistant
librarian, but by far the greater part of the actual indexing was done
by herself. When she relinquished her task last November the
Index contained nearly 170,000 cards, each carrying its bibliographical
reference or its message regarding synonymy, each bearing data sought
out and recorded individually. It should be borne in mind that this
great work was merely incidental in Miss Day's routine, a species of
knitting work, carried on in the intervals between many other duties.
Fortunately she had the gratification of seeing the Card Index be-
come increasingly useful and to know that it was finally regarded as
a well nigh indispensable feature in the equipment of any establish-
ment seriously engaged on American botanical classification.

During much of her life in Cambridge Miss Day was fortunate
in having the companionship of a sister, Miss Helen E. Day, and
the two kept house together. Miss Helen Day acquired a wider social
acquaintance than Miss Mary and became much valued for her help-
ful services in various charitable and philanthropic enterprises. The
two sisters traveled in Europe in the summer of 1907 and their journey

1924] Robinson,—Miss Day 47

included visits to Kew, the British Museum of Natural History,
the Jardin des Plantes in Paris and the great botanical establishments
in Geneva. In 1911 they made another trip to Europe in company
with a third sister, the wife of the Rev. Burke F. Leavitt. There is
no doubt that Miss Day much enjoyed these. journeys and that they
considerably broadened her interests but she rarely spoke of them.

After the death of her sister Helen, Miss Day made her home with
Mr. and Mrs. Leavitt who had come to Cambridge on his retirement
after long service in the ministry. It thus was possible for Miss
Day to have the comforts of a home and consolation of being among
near relatives during the three months of her final illness.

Miss Day’s position at the Herbarium brought her a wide acquaint-
ance—students puzzled by the elements of botany, candidates for
the doctorate struggling with their dissertations, distinguished explor-
ers planning expeditions, government experts from Washington,
authors finishing textbooks, artists drawing botanical plates, research
workers in the midst of the most baffling problems. All of them turned
to her for aid when it came to the literature of their subject. She
was friendly with all, interested in their work, sympathetic with their
difficulties. She seemed to remember everybody.

She had a wide correspondence, that is to say she constantly received `
letters from former students and assistants of the Herbarium who
had become established elsewhere, and she answered them as best
she could. They always remembered her, remained her friends, and
turned to her for assistance. They asked all imaginable questions
and made the most varied requests—for transcriptions of technical
matter, for citations, titles, dates of editions, advice regarding book-
purchases, counsel in domestic difficulties, and one of them, settled in
a far western state, asked her to send him a wife.

Miss Day became one of the oldest of Harvard's great band of
specialized workers. Up to her seventieth year she changed little,
retaining remarkably her energy and vigor, and to the rapidly passing
four-year generations of students seemed almost as much a fixture
in the University as Appleton Chapel or Memorial Hall. She rarely
lost a day by illness, habitually worked after the closing hour, and
voluntarily assumed many small duties in addition to her regular
work. She would have made equally good in many other occupations.
It was by chance that she entered botany—a chance truly fortunate
for the science since her contribution to its development was individual
in character, notable in extent, and of an enduring nature.

48 Rhodora [Marcu

AN EPILOBIUM UNDER ESTUARINE CONDITIONS.
Norman C. FASSETT.

Tue distinguishing characteristic of the tribe Epilobiae of the Ona-
graceae is the tuft of hair, or coma, on the seeds, but the writer finds
in a collection made during the summer of 1923 by Mr. H. K. Svenson
and himself a plant which exactly matches Epilobium glandulosum
Lehm., var. adenocaulon (Haussk.) Fernald! in every character except
that the seeds have no suggestion of a coma. This plant was collected
on the tidal flats of the St. Lawrence River at St. Vallier, some twenty
miles below the city of Quebec, and examination of the specimens
in the Gray Herbarium shows that the same form was collected a
year earlier by Professors M. L. Fernald and A. S. Pease at Berthier,
ten miles below St. Vallier.

According to Hildebrand,” who investigated E. hirsutum, the coma
is formed while the flower is still in bud, long before fertilization has
taken place. But in this form from the shores of the St. Lawrence
there is no trace of a coma at any stage, either before or after the bud
has opened, so we may not consider that the coma is lost, but that it
does not develop at all, and that this is perhaps a reversion to an earlier
type.

Ordinary plants of wet habitats take on strange forms and often
undergo reversions when they become well established upon estuaries,
as, for example, Leersia oryzoides (L.) Sw., forma glabra A. A. Eaton,’
of the tidal flats of the Merrimac and Kennebec Rivers, which has
not only lost its scabrosity, but has become cleistogamous, and Sium
suave Walt., forma fasciculatum Fassett, of the Kennebec River
estuary, which is prostrate, rooting at the nodes, with fascicles of
simple leaves which are of the same form as those of the seedlings of
the normal plant. It is possible that the plant under discussion has
adapted itself to estuary conditions, where the seeds may be carried
off by the rising water; that is, a normally wind-disseminated plant
has become water-disseminated.

EPILOBIUM GLANDULOSUM Lehm., var. ecomosum, var. nova,
varietatem adenocaulon simulans, sed seminibus comam carentibus.

! Ruopona, xx. 35 (1918).
? Bot. Zeit. xxx. 235 (1872).
3 Ruopora, v. 118 (1903).
4Ruopora, xxiii, 111 (1921).

1924] — Weatherby,—Another Davenport Fern Herbarium 49

Like variety adenocaulon, but with the seeds destitute of coma.
PROVINCE oF QuEBECc: shaly beach of the River St. Lawrence,
Berthier, Montmagny Co., July 14, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no.
25196; rocky tidal shore of the St. Lawrence, St. Vallier, Aug. 9,
1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 874 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

ANOTHER DAVENPORT FERN HERBARIUM.
C. A. WEATHERBY.

PROBABLY most fern students in America know that the Davenport
Fern Herbarium is the property of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society and is kept in their building in Boston. It consists of speci-
mens of the ferns known, at the time when it was formed, to occur in
North America north of Mexico, carefully selected, where selection
was possible, to show the characteristics and range of variation of
each species, with a few extra-limital specimens for comparison.
Its extent is still indicated with a fair degree of accuracy by the Cata-
logue of 1879 and the supplement thereto of 1883, though after the
latter date Davenport added occasional sheets of newly discovered
species or of old ones whose representation he thought inadequate.
It contains the types of the following species and varieties:—A spidium
simulatum, Cheilanthes fibrillosa, C. Parishii, C. Pringlei, C. villosa,
C. viscida, Cystopteris fragilis, var. laciniata, Notholaena Grayi, N.
Schaffneri, var. mexicana, and Pellaea Wrightiana, var. compacta.
Critical notes by Davenport himself and letters from Asa Gray, J.
G. Baker, and D. C. Eaton are now and then pasted into the folders
which contain the specimens. Altogether, the collection is of more
than ordinary interest.

But Davenport's herbarium-making was not confined within the
limits set for this collection. Almost up to the time of his death in
1907, he continued to acquire specimens from many parts of the world.
The resultant collection remained in the possession of his family until
December, 1922, when it was given to the Gray Herbarium by his
daughter, Miss Mary Elizabeth Davenport. As there received, it
numbered about 4500 sheets, of which perhaps 150 were flowering
plants, mosses, and algae, the remainder ferns. Nearly all of them
were unmounted, and they had apparently never been fully organized.

50 Rhodora (Marcu

Any collection of such size, belonging to a botanist of Davenport’s
reputation, will contain some rejicienda in the form, for example, of
scraps sent in for identification by thoughtless correspondents. And
any unmounted collection, no matter if, as in this case, it is preserved
with pious care, is liable to mishaps such as the loss of labels. Daven-
port’s has not escaped; there are in it a considerable number of
specimens totally without data. But, after all deductions from such
causes have been made, there remains a mass of material of very real
value and sometimes of unexpected interest—as when there turned up
a frond from one of the isotypes of Aspidium mohrioides Bory, de-
scribed from the Falkland Islands in 1828, or when there were found
some half dozen ample collections of European Botrychium matri-
cariaefolium, previously represented at Cambridge by two meager
specimens. This residue—and it is large—forms a very welcome
addition to the Gray Herbarium; some further account of what it
contains may be of interest.

First and foremost come the types of all the species and varieties
described by Davenport except those listed above as at the Horti-
cultural Society. Of all these latter there are isotypes, if some frag-
ments of Cheilanthes fibrillosa! and a single pinna of C. Parishii may
be so regarded. In several cases, the types are accompanied by larger
or smaller amounts of duplicate material. It may be doubted if there
is anywhere else so large and fine a set of Asplenium Pringlei as Daven-
port possessed.

Davenport did not collect extensively himself. His own specimens
are mostly of ferns from localities readily accessible from his home
in Medford, or taken from his garden. They are commonly chosen to
illustrate variation, or they form large duplicate series of species or
forms in which he was especially interested—the Botrychia, Thelyp-
teris cristata X marginalis, T. simulata, and crested forms of the
marsh fern and the pasture fern. With these, and with sets received
from Pringle and Mrs. E. H. Terry in Vermont, William Stout in

1In view of the fact that this species is still known only from the scanty type
collection, it may be of interest to record that there is another isotype in the herbarium
of Brown University. C. fibrillosa was detected by Davenport (according to a letter
of his to D. C. Eaton, Feb. 4, 1885) among a set of specimens of Cheilanthes collected
by Parish for William Stout. They arrived after Stout's death and were sent by his
sister, Miss Anna E. Stout, to Davenport for examination. He kept a comparatively ə
small portion of the material of C. fibrillosa for himself, returning the rest to Miss

Stout. Later she gave her brother's herbarium to Brown. The specimen of C.
fibrillosa there is probably the best in existence.

1924] Weatherby,—Another Davenport Fern Herbarium 51

New York and other correspondents, the ferns of the northeastern
United States are adequately, but, except in the special cases men-
tioned, by no means copiously, represented.

As to other regions, the scope of the herbarium may be indicated
by the following list of the larger and better known collections from
which it has material.

NEWFOUNDLAND: Robinson & Schrenk.

EASTERN CANADA: Fernald & Collins, Gaspé.

SOUTHEASTERN UNITED States: Donnell Smith, various states; A. H.
Curtiss and Mary C. Reynolds, Florida; W. C. Dukes, Alabama—an inter-
esting series of the ternate Botrychia of that region.

Texas: E. Palmer; Reverchon.

SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES: Pringle, Lemmon, E. Palmer, and
numerous correspondents in California—so many that the species of that
region are often better represented than those of the Northeast.

NORTHWESTERN AMERICA: Suksdorf’s earlier collections; Howell, Oregon
and Alaska; L. M. Turner, Alaska.

Mexico: An apparently almost complete set of the ferns of Pringle’s
earlier collections (sent in for naming), including several numbers not before
represented at the Gray Herbarium; sets of E. Palmer, Conzatti & González,
C. L. Smith and Millspaugh (Yucatan): a few specimens each from Rovirosa
and Fink.

West INDIES: Full sets of the ferns of Millspaugh’s Plantae Utowanae
and Plantae Antillanae; J. R. Churchill, Jamaica; Hahn, Martinique, some
of whose specimens are from localities on the slopes of Mont Pelée doubtless
blown into dust or buried under lava in the great eruption.

SOUTH AMERICA: Fendler, Venezuela—a good set; Leprieur, French Guiana.

Europe: R. A. Ware; H. Christ—a set containing series of named varieties
and forms of various species.

REGION OF THE PactiFic: Vieillard, different islands; William Wendte,
Hawaiian Islands; Ferrie, Loo Choo (a few only); Verreaux, Australia; Eric
Craig, New Zealand.!

Interest of another sort is added to the collection by Davenport's
habit of keeping with his specimens letters relating more or less to
them. There are perhaps a hundred of these letters from persons of
all degrees of obscurity and prominence. Among them are—to men-
tion a few—J. G. Baker, H. Christ, Raynal Dodge, A. A. and D. C.
Eaton, Engelmann, Thomas Howell, Leggett, Pringle, Redfield, and
John Robinson. A large proportion of the letters are of interest chiefly
as autographs; some, however, cast side-lights on the biography, the
character, or the opinions of their writers, or record incidents not
unworthy of note.

! Craig used to prepare dried bouquets of ferns and mosses which he sold to those
who fancied such things and, so far as he is known to botanists, may be infamous
accordingly. But he also issued sets of real botanical specimens, for the most part
accurately named, some of which came into the hands of American amateurs but

seem only now to be making their way into public herbaria. Their defect is lack of
detailed data; “ New Zealand" is the only information vouchsafed.

52 Rhodora (Marcu

Pringle writes from Vermont, Dec. 15, 1901: “The thought of going
out alone again was appalling at first; but I am making up my mind
to face the dreariness and peril. Pity my lonely life.” It is good to
learn that, the plunge once made, things were not always so bad. “I
trust,” he writes from Monterey in 1906, “that you can be grateful,
as I am, for every remaining day of life in this beautiful world
I have waited . . . sixteen years . . . to return to this
Monterey region; and now I am rewarded by finding here the most
magnificent flora I ever met with. Never a garden so gay with flowers,
no field with so multitudinous species." It appears, if any evidence
were needed, that botanists of a generation ago sometimes took
nomenclatorial argument very seriously; and that they did not always
admire one another. “ seems determined to keep his
stupidity before the scientific world . . . I have advised the
editor of his incapacity and conceit.” It appears, too, that they had
their foibles. One collector, sending in two insignificant fragments,
one sterile, for determination, wrote:—“ I alone am entitled to what-
ever credit there may bein getting these ferns . . . If we discover
a new Notholaena, I hope you will associate my name with it."
Davenport submitted this letter and the specimens to John Robinson,
and that downright gentleman replied, in phrases which seem the
more emphatic in his bold handwriting:—“ The man who sent these
specimens to have named would send a finger nail to an anatomist
to get the name of the man or woman who pared it off. The man who
would send such immature and fragmentary specimens to have new
names has impudence worthy of the man who, having had a pair of
boots given to him, asked the donor to black them for him. Give
him fits!"

As to incident, here is a pleasantly characteristic letter from D.
C. Eaton, accompanying a specimen of Cheilanthes lanosa from New
Haven.

Dec. 17, 1892
My dear Mr. Davenport :—

Have a fern new to New England! and gathered within three miles of my
house. Mr. Van Ingen climbed a trap rock cliff till he could get neither up
nor down, found this fern, and waited till men let down a rope from the top
and hauled him up. I do not think I shall try it—though I did climb clear
to the top 42 years ago.

Yours very truly,
Daniel C. Eaton.

Perhaps the most interesting of all, as they certainly are the most
surprising, are a series of letters from William Stout. Stout was an

1924] Weatherby,—Another Davenport Fern Herbarium 53

amateur of New York who gathered a considerable herbarium of
ferns and evidently came to know them well and to take a highly
intelligent interest in the problems of their classification. In parti-
cular he was attracted to the group of scaly Cheilanthes of the south-
western United States, the taxonomic difficulties of which have
recently been so happily cleared up by Dr. Maxon.! In the fall of
1879 he visited New Haven where he spent several days in examining
Eaton’s material? and devised a scheme of classification which, as
the admirably clear statements in his letters show, agreed not only
essentially, but in many details, with that worked out long afterward
and quite independently by Maxon. He separated the same species
(except C. villosa which he evidently had not seen) and by the same
characters of rootstock and scales.

Stout submitted his conclusions to Eaton, apparently with per-
mission to use them as he liked in the “Ferns of North America,”
then still in process of publication, and to Davenport. Eaton, as one
of his letters shows, was at first sufficiently impressed not only to
give a manuscript name to one of Stout’s species,’ the Californian
plant now to be known as C. Covillei Maxon, but actually to send a
description of it to the Torrey Bulletin for publication. Before it
could be printed, however, he changed his mind and withdrew it,
remarking to Davenport, “Mr. Stout may publish the species, which
is really his own, if he wishes.” Davenport, after some vacillation,
proved rather more receptive. In Feb., 1880, he even wrote a long
letter to Eaton urging the recognition of the Californian plant as a
species. But before this letter was copied, the receipt of new specimens
which broke down a character he thought he had discovered caused
him also to change his mind, and the letter was never sent. He was
still disposed to recognize Stout’s segregates as varieties of C. Fendlert,
a disposition of them which by no means satisfied Stout. Finally
the matter was referred to J. G. Baker at Kew; he replied that all

! Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington xxxi. 139-152 (Nov. 29, 1918).

? “ Professor Eaton," he writes to Davenport, ‘‘received me with the utmost kind-
ness and courtesy, much better than I knew how to treat him, and I could not help
feeling myself at a disadvantage in that regard. I feel very uncomfortable in being
so much in the attitude of questioning his judgment and can but deprecate my too
direct manner of expressing my opinion when my mind is clear. My comfort is that
the facts have seemed to support me.” The passage speaks clearly of the quality of
both men.

3 See Maxon, op. cit. 148.

54 Rhodora [Marcu

the plants concerned were only forms of a single species, C. myriophylla.
Eaton ultimately adopted the same view.

But Stout proved worthy of his name. Having convinced himself
that he was right, he refused to yield to any array of authority, how-
ever distinguished. “I am a very wicked man” he wrote to Daven-
port, “and do not care a fig for labels when the plants confute them,
even though they come from Kew. You must know that I recd a
serious shock when I found there was no botanical Pope &, in con-
sequence, have become a monstrous botanical skeptic . . . I
think I am right in listening to the plants first & with confidence, to
authorities next & always more or less doubtingly." He maintained
his position vigorously through a long epistolary argument with Daven-
port, which he closed at last, in June, 1880, with a bit of half-serious
extravagance and a wholly serious resolve. “Throwing our scaly
Cheilanthes into myriophylla seems to me very like throwing scientific
botany to the four winds. Apply a similar scale of reduction to the
3000 ferns and what would be left? A few groups, divisions and sub-
divisions of genera. Specific lines would be practically abandoned.
What is the use, then, of vexing ourselves about nice points of specific
distinction? Let us call all the plants greens & make a salad of them.
‘Better is a dinner of herbs’ than scientific botany gone daft
Still I am ready to study these Cheilanthes all over again when I can
get sufficient fresh material . . . I cannot differ as I do from all
authorities without being much concerned lest it is I who have gone
daft."

Between June, 1880, and March, 1883, before this re-examination
could be undertaken, Stout died. In the latter year Davenport
began an article expounding his own views; the half-finished manu-
script is among his papers. With it have lain, unknown to everyone,
the letters of Stout which set forth his treatment. 'That it was not
he who was "daft" has remained for Dr. Mason to prove.

There is nothing to indicate that Stout had had previous experience
in taxonomic work. He saw only scanty material—two sheets of
Cheilanthes Wootoni and so little of C. intertexta that he was not sure
of its status, though he thought it distinct. It is extraordinary that
under such circumstances he should have struck out on a line of his
own, at variancé with the prevailing taxonomic ideas of his day,
and should have produced a revision of a difficult (though small)
group so good that after forty years and the accumulation of much

1924] Flora of the Boston District, —K LIV 55

more material, an expert specialist in ferns could do no better. An
excellent pteridologist was wasted in William Stout.!

Gray HERBARIUM

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLIV.

COMPOSITAE.
ASTER.

A. acuminatus Michx. Low woods; frequent, but no reports south
of Norwell, Rockland and Norwood.

A. amethystinus Nutt. Moist ground, rare; Beverly, Cambridge,
Arlington, Belmont, Brighton; Westford, according to Dame &
` Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 48, 1888.

A. coMMUTATUS (T. & G.) Gray. Railway, Lowell Junction [Wil-
mington| (J. R. Churchill, Sept. 27, 1884). Specimen in herb. J. R.
Churchill. A western waif.

A. cordifolius L. Low ground, common throughout.

A. cordifolius L., var. polycephalus Porter. Open woods, common,
Danvers (J. H. Sears, Sept. 20, 1884); Medford (Mrs. P. D. Richards,
no date); Winchester (F. W. Grigg, Sept. 23, 1911); Cambridge (F.
W. Grigg, Sept. 28, 1921).

A. divaricatus L. Dry woods, very common throughout.

A. dumosus L. Dry fields and pastures, very common throughout.

A. dumosus L., var. coridifolius (Michx.) T. & G. Dry pasture,
Hingham (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 9, 1916); Dover (F. W. Hunnewell,
Sept. 18, 1915); Ipswich (Wm. Oakes, no date); Tewksbury (no
date).

A. dumosus L., var. strictior T. & G. Damp border of South
Reservoir, Medford (W. P. Rich, July 23, 1894); dry field, Chelmsford
(C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 7, 1914); Stony Brook Reservation (N. T.
Kidder, Aug. 16, 1919); dry pasture, Hingham (C. H. Knowlton,
Sept. 9, 1916); dry fields, Sharon (J. A. Cushman, Aug. 23, 1909),

1 The few facts here given are all that I have been able to find out about Mr. Stout.
If any reader chances to possess further information it will be welcomed by me.

I am indebted to Dr. George F. Eaton and to Prof. J. F. Collins for the loan of
letters and other assistance in collecting information on some of the matters here
touched upon.

56 Rhodora [Marcu

A. ericoides L. Dry sandy soil; common in southern towns, be-
coming less common northward, with hardly any reports from Essex
County.

A. ericoides L., var. villosus T. & G. Dry soil, Bedford (C. W.
Jenks & M. L. Fernald, Sept. 10, 1899); dry open ground, Stoneham
(F. W. Grigg, Nov. 5, 1911); dry field, Hingham (C. H. Knowlton,
Sept. 18, 1910); dry field, Halifax (C. H. Knowlton & W. P. Rich,
Sept. 23, 1906).

A. Herveyi Gray. Borders of dry oak woods, rare; Brookline,
W. Roxbury, Hyde Park, Milton. First discovered in 1866 at New
Bedford by E. W. Hervey.

A. infirmus Michx. Dry open woods, rare; Lincoln, Lexington,
Concord, Carlisle; Acton (C. W. Swan) according to Dame & Collins,
Fl. Middlesex Co. 48, 1888.

A.laevis L. Dry sandy soil; very common except in southeastern :
towns below Weymouth and Hingham. Broad-leaved form (var.
amplifolius Porter) reported from Essex County and W. Roxbury.

A. lateriflorus (L.) Britton. Open ground, wet or dry, very common
and variable.

A. lateriflorus (L.) Britton, var. hirsuticaulis (Lindh.) Porter.
Mt. Hope Station, W. Roxbury (E. Faxon, Oct. 2, 1889). Specimen in
herb. W. Deane.

A. linariifolius L. Dry sandy and gravelly soil, very common
throughout. White-flowered form rare.

A. longifolius Lam. Moist soil, rare; Georgetown, Medford,
Lexington, Brighton, W. Roxbury, Stony Brook Reservation, Blue
Hill Reservation.

A. macrophyllus L. Woods and low ground; common in general,
but not reported from southeastern towns below Hingham.

A. macrophyllus L., var. ianthinus (Burgess) Fernald. In
similar places, occasional; Ipswich, Cambridge, Dorchester, Milton,
Sherborn, Hopkinton.

A. multiflorus Ait. Dry fields and roadsides, very common
throughout.

A. multiflorus Ait., var. exiguus Fernald. On rocks at edge of
sea, Pride's Crossing, Beverly (Miss Anna L. Jackson, Oct. 2, 1894);
Dedham (C. E. Faxon, no date); dry soil, Hingham (C. H. Knowlton,
Oct. 8, 1916).

1924] Flora of the Boston District,—XLIV 57

A. nemoralis Ait. Wet sphagnum bogs, rare; Georgetown, Box-
ford, Andover, Tewksbury, Lynn, Melrose, Milton (plants from
Milton not quite typical); Dracut (C. W. Swan) according to Dame
& Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 48, 1888.

A. nemoralis Ait., var. Blakei Porter. Wet woods and swamps,
rare; Hamilton (F. W. Hunnewell, Oct. 1, 1916); Chelmsford (C.
H. Knowlton, Sept. 20, 1902); Bedford (C. W. Jenks, Aug. 26, 1889
et seq.). |

A. novae-angliae L. Moist fields and meadows, frequent and often
abundant, but not reported south of Scituate, Hingham and Canton.
White form reported from Woburn, according to M. P. Cook, RHODORA
i. 82, 1899.

A. novae-angliae L., forma roseus (Desf.) Britton, Proc. Nat.
Sci. Assn. Staten Isl, Nov. 8, 1890. Andover, Salem, Cambridge,
Boston, Acton, Hingham, Scituate.

A. novi-belgii L. Swamps and wet places, very common through-
out.

A. novi-belgii L., var. atlanticus Burgess. "Chelsea Beach,"
Revere (C. E. Faxon, no date). Specimen in herb. Gray. See Britton
& Brown's Illustrated Flora iii. 370-371, 1898, ed. 1.

A. novi-belgii L., var. Brittonii Burgess. Salt marsh, “Chelsea
Beach," Revere, collector and date unknown; railway track, Long-
wood [Brookline] (Sept. 30, 1877, collector unknown.) Specimens
in herb. Gray. See Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora, iii. 370—
371, 1898, ed. 1.

A. novi-belgii L., var. laevigatus (Lam.) Gray. Wet places;
Middlesex Fells, Cambridge, Chelsea, Sherborn, Sharon. A large-
flowered variety, with thin leaves, and loose, nearly equal bracts in
the involucre. Seldom collected, and not well known.

A. novi-belgii L., var. litoreus Gray. Salt marshes and rocky
seashores, common.

A. novi-belgii L., forma roseus Rand & Redfield. See Rand &
Redfield, Fl. Mt. Desert, Maine, 115, 1894. A single fair-sized clump
growing a little above the level of the salt marsh, Salisbury (R. S.
Mulliken, Sept. 29, 1920). Specimen in herb. Gray.

A. paniculatus Lam. Swamps and moist places, irregularly
distributed throughout.

A. paniculatus Lam., var. acutidens Burgess. Stony Brook near

58 Rhodora [Marcu

Boylston station, Jamaica Plain (E. Faxon, Oct. 9, 1883; Sept. 15,
1889). Specimens in herb. W. Deane.

A. paniculatus Lam., var. simplex (Willd.) Burgess. Roadside
near Punkatasset Hill, Concord (E. Faxon, Oct. 3, 1890). Specimen
in herb. W. Deane.

A. patens Ait. Dry fields and woods, common throughout.

A. polyphyllus Willd. Dry soil, rare; “Essex Co.," Medford,
Hingham.

A. puniceus L. Swamps and wet woods, common throughout.

A. puniceus L., var. compactus Fernald. Low ground, occasional
(12 stations).

A. puniceus L., var. demissus Lindl. Marsh, W. Somerville (M.
L. Fernald, Oct. 17, 1896). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

A. puniceus L., var. firmus (Nees) T. & G. Jamaica Plain [W.
Roxbury] (E. Faxon, October, 1883).

A. radula Ait. Borders of woods and swamps; frequent north-
ward, but no reports from southeastern towns.

A. salicifolius Ait. Moist soil, rare; Lowell, Lexington, Revere,
Hingham; Malden (H. L. Moody) according to Dame & Collins,
Fl. Middlesex Co. 47, 1888. A doubtful species in our area.

A. spectabilis Ait. Dry sandy soil; frequent from Brookline and
Needham south and east; also at Boxford.

A. subulatus Michx. Salt marshes, common along the coast.

A. tardiflorus L. Woburn (Wm. Boott, 1849). Specimen in herb.
Gray.

A. tenuifolius L. Salt marshes; Ipswich, Medford, Dorchester,
Weymouth, Hingham, Duxbury.

A. Tradescanti L. Collected without data as to habitat at Danvers,
Medford, Needham, and Jamaica Plain. A doubtful species in our
area.

A. umbellatus Mill. Swamps and thickets, common throughout.

A. undulatus L. Dry fields and woods, very common throughout.

A.vimineus Lam. Moist fields and meadows, very common
throughout.

A. vimineus Lam., var. foliolosus (Ait.) Gray. Andover, Malden,
Lynn, Marshfield.

A. vimineus Lam., var. saxatilis Fernald. Lowell (C. W. Swan,
July 20, 1882); bank of Merrimac River opposite Lawrence (J.

1924] Flora of the Boston District, — XLIV 59

Robinson, Aug. 5, 1879); shore of Winter Pond, Winchester (K. M.
Wiegand, Sept. 28, 1908).

A. undulatus L. X novi-belgii L. See M. L. Fernald, RHODORA
iv. 186-187, 1902. Damp sandy thicket, Carlisle (Miss E. L. Shaw,
October 1900 and 1901).

Other hybrids have been reported for this genus in our area, but
none of them has been published. As some of the species show a
great natural variability, and the question of the origin of the reported
forms is at best a very difficult one to settle, it has seemed best to
omit the reported hybrids from this paper.

BACCHARIS.

` B. HALIMIFOLIA L. Escaped from cultivation in Cambridge, in
Brighton, in the Fenway district of Boston, and perhaps elsewhere.

BAERIA.

B. GRACILIS Gray, var. TENERRIMA Gray. N. Chelmsford (W. P.
Alcott, June 4, 1879). Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. Adven-
tive from California.

B. ULIGINOSA Gray. N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott, June 10, 1879).
Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. Adventive from California.

BELLIS.

B. PERENNIS L. Escaped from cultivation at Oak Grove, Malden
(F. S. Collins, May 31, 1886). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanica:
Club.

BIDENS.

B. artstosa (Michx.) Britton. Dump, Lowell (C. W. Swan, Sept.
9, 1884); rubbish heap, Botanic Garden, Cambridge (M. L. Fernald,
1890).

B. AnisTOsA (Michx.) Britton, var. FRIrcaeyI Fernald. See Rno-
DORA xv. 74-78, 1913. Made land, S. Boston (C. E. Faxon, August,
1878). Specimen in herb. Gray.

B. artstosa (Michx.) Britton, var. mutica (Gray) Gattinger.
See Ruopora l. ce. Soldiers Field, Brighton (A.S. Pease, Oct. 6, 1903);
Sharon (S. F. Poole, September, 1905).

[B. Beckii Torr. is recorded under Megalodonta.|

B. BIPINNATA L. A rare weed at Lowell, Malden, Boston and

Dedham.

60 Rhodora [Marcu

B. cernua L. Swamps and wet places; not reported southeast of
Blue Hills and Hingham, but frequent elsewhere.

B. cernua L., var. elliptica Wiegand. See Torr. Bull. xxvi.
417-418, 1899; Ruopora xxiv. 206-207, 1922. Occasional north of
Boston, also at Sharon.

B. cernua L., var. oligodonta Fernald & St. John. See RHODORA
xvii. 25, 1915. Fleshy form near salt water, Watertown (F. S. Collins,
Aug. 24, 1886). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

B. comosa (Gray) Wiegand. Rich moist soil, rare (eight stations).

B. connata Muhl. Moist soil, common.

B. connata Muhl., var. fultior Fernald & St. John. See RHODORA
xvii. 24, 1915. Shore of Lake Massapoag, Sharon (E. F. Williams,
Sept. 10, 1899). Specimen in herb. Gray.

B. connata Muhl., var. petiolata (Nutt.) Farwell. See RHODORA
x. 197-200, 1908. Occasional from Salisbury to Duxbury along the
coast, inland to Concord and Needham.

B. coronata (L.) Britton. (Includes B. trichosperma (Michx.)
Britton and var. tenuiloba (Gray) Britton. Bot. Gaz. 56, 495, 1913).
Swamps. Common and very abundant in Essex County, also along
the Neponset and its tributary brooks in Norfolk County, and at
Easton and Raynham in Bristol County; occasional in Middlesex
County.

C. H. KNowrrow | Committee on
WALTER DEANE J Local Flora.

Vol. 26, no. 302, including pages 25 to 40, was issued 19 March, 1924.

SHodova

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH `
EDWARD LOTHROP Mes Publication Committee

Vol. 26. April, 1924. No. 304.
CONTENTS:

Notes on North American Scutellarias C. W. Penland........ 61

A new Satureja from Florida. C. A. Weatherby.............. 80

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —XLV............ 82

Hibiscus oculiroseus in Rhode Island. S. N. F. Sanford. ..... 88

Boston, Mass. | Probidence, R. $.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOES,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO,,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HrnBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pes issued at ingur intervals, sold separately. __
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tifie Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of § in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $8.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. April, 1924. No. 304.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD
UNIVERSITY.

New SEniESs.—No. LXXI.

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SCUTELLARIAS.

C. WILLIAM PENLAND.

(Plates 140, 141.)

Dr. Asa Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 370), after remarking as
to the placing of the genus Scutellaria in a subtribe, goes on to state
that “ The winged nutlets of Perilomia, however, are curiously imitated
in one or two species of Scutellaria, only obscurely so in S. parvula,
as has been noted by Dr. Torrey, . . . but strikingly in S. ner-
vosa, Pursh, and in a Japanese species not otherwise very similar

" The presence of this membranaceous wing, together
with a reputed difference in shape of the corolla, is used as a basis
of separation of the above-mentioned genus Perilomia from Scutellaria
by Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (Nov. Gen. & Sp. Amer. ii. 326).
Prof. Fernald (Ruopora, xxiii. 85), after examining sheets of the Old
World S. galericulata and of the North American form, which for
many years had passed as 5. galericulata, came to the conclusion that
the Old World plant is really not found as such on this side of the
Atlantic, but that it has a closely related representative here. This
was demonstrated chiefly by nutlet-characters, the exact significance
of which will be clarified in the sequel.

These facts have combined to indicate that perhaps a critical
inspection of the group in question, from the standpoint of the fruit,
might serve to throw light on, if not to clear up, some well known
taxonomic difficulties existing here. From an examination of over

62 Rhodora [APRIL

two thousand sheets of herbarium material, it was found that the
nutlet-characters indicated in a striking way the relationships of
species and sections within the genus.

At this point it will be convenient to establish the generic and
tribal relations of Scutellaria. In 1832-36, Bentham (Labiatarum
Genera et Species) put Scutellaria and Perilomia—a South American
genus—into a single tribe, but later, in 1848 (De Candolle’s Prodro-
mus), he added Brunella and Cleonia to these two and threw them
into a sub-tribe Scutellarieae of the tribe Stachydeae. Briquet, in his
treatment of the genus in Engler & Prantl’s Die Natürlichen Pflanzen-
familien, assigns Scutellaria and Salazaria Torrey to the tribe Scutel-
larioideae, placing Perilomia in a separate tribe, Stachyoideae. It is
noteworthy that in his grouping of the Perilomia entities he includes
certain forms which other authors have put with Scutellaria, e. g., S.
Mociniana Benth., and which apparently do not differ from that
genus except by the alleged upright position of the seed. This special
portion of the genus even has the scutellum on the calyx,—a character
lacking in other sections. Undoubtedly the position of the seed is
important in the classification, but its infallibility is questionable
when it separates such apparently closely related forms. It is to
be regretted that more material of these forms is not at hand. It is
thought that the presence of the scutellum might serve as a more
reliable generic character.

Scutellaria then, is characterized by its bilabiate calyx, with lips
entire and closed in fruit. From the upper lip is a projection known
as the scutellum. Its co-genus Salazaria is set off on account of its
calyx which becomes swollen in fruit.

As somewhat detailed accounts of the genus, we have the earlier
work of Arthur Hamilton, "Monographie du Genre Scutellairé,’’
Bulletin Seringe, 1832, and Bentham's treatise in the work above
mentioned. Both these earlier writers have seen fit to make a number
of sections, separated according to the nature of the inflorescence,
Bentham confessing on his part the inadequacy of these characters.
Hamilton makes but three sections and includes in them fifty-two
species, fourteen of which are assigned to North America. Bentham
makes five sections into which sixty-three species are placed, fifteen
of which are North American. Inasmuch as in the present investi-
gation the fruit has been specially studied, and since the Old World
specimens available were too infrequently fruiting for accurate
observation and too scarce for authoritative judgment, it was thought

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 63

best to confine attention to North American material, exclusive of
Mexico.

Interestingly enough, the sections earlier adopted in classification
are, with a few exceptions, confirmed by the reproductive characters.
Briquet, following the work of Gray, was evidently the first to expand
on the more conservative, and therefore more reliable reproductive
characters, to indicate taxonomically the natural relationships.
The presence or absence of a membranaceous wing does not establish

Diagram 1. Showing relation of species of Scutellaria. (Forms with
winged nutlets are in the circle.)

generic differences, as indicated by Bentham, for at least three well
defined American species of the genus have this wing. It is also well
to remark here that the two sheets referred to Perilomia (P. ocymoides)
which are found in the Gray Herbarium do not have the winged
achenia attributed to the genus. Apparently, therefore, we have
double evidence as justification for the discard of this character as
a generic distinction. However, the membranaceous wing is important
within the genus Scutellaria and might afford a basis for the first
division into component parts in an artificial key.

It is believed that even this nutlet-character is artificial, since it
apparently has been secondarily acquired, appearing as it does in
several different groups. It seems beyond a doubt, that Scutellaria

64 Rhodora [APRIL

lateriflora and S. epilobiifolia are nearest the ancestral branch of the
phylogenetic tree (diagram 1). Both are very wide-spread in distri-
bution. According to the diagram, as I have conceived the situation,
they represent the first forks of the tree, and both have given rise
to groups showing the character in question. Further, in a hasty
review of nutlet-characters of the other genera of the Labiatae, it
appears that the character referred to is absent. "This is another
justification for believing it is of more recent development.

The first division was taken up by Gray, later adopted by Briquet
and is now in use by authors of the larger manuals in this country.
Briquet introduced names for these divisions or sections. "The section
Scutellariopsis should be extended to include at least two more North
American species. Hitherto Scutellaria nervosa has been classed as
our sole representative of this group. Yet it is difficult to understand
why 5. parvula, the achene of which has a conspicuous band, amazing
in its constancy, should be left out. Here too we should place the
S. angustifolia group, one species of which has nutlets with wings
rivaling even those of S. nervosa.

The present status of the work and the limited area covered do not
justify the grouping of the species of the genus into sections. It is
hoped that later a survey of the world representatives may be made,
at which time such sectional characters may be properly adjudged.
It is hoped also, that a study of the immediately related genera may
be taken up, following the more critical reproductive characters.

The arrangement of species given below follows a more or less
natural system. As arranged, numbers 1, 2 and 3; 4 and 5; 6, 7, 8,
9, 10 and 11; 12, 13, and 14; and 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21, form
fairly well defined groups. It will be seen that they do not agree
with treatments given by other students of the group. The fact
that militates against this kind of grouping, of course, is that it
indicates an impossible linear evolution. True relationships are
better shown in the tree (diagram 1).

There remains to say a word or two upon the acceptance of nutlet-
characters as a basis for the separation of sections. This can best
be brought out by means of an example: Perhaps one of the best-
marked groups of species, the interrelations of which are shown by
nutlet-characters, is the series consisting of S. lateriflora, S. galeri-
culata and S. epilobiifolia. All three have canary-yellow achenes
which are not duplicated elsewhere in the genus. Of these three S.
galericulata (I am using this Old World species for purposes of illustra-

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 65

tion) comes between the others, both from a superficial standpoint
and from the characters of the nutlets. S. lateriflora has small papillae
or wart-like protuberances on the surface of the achene, while S.
epilobiifolia has the surface of the achene merely scabridulous.
The European S. galericulata has nutlets closely resembling those of
5. lateriflora, while the vegetative characters are very similar to those
of S. epilobiifolia. The corolla of the latter exceeds by about 1 cm.
that of S. galericulata, which attains a length of no more than 1.5 em.
From this comparative examination, based on reproductive characters,
it would seem anything but following the natural system to break off
S. lateriflora and put it into a separate section as both Bentham and
Briquet have done.

I desire to record my thanks to Prof. M. L. Fernald, who has
supervised this work and given invaluable advice; to Dr. B. L. Robin-
son, Dr. J. M. Greenman, and Mr. Bayard Long, for the loan of
herbarium material of their respective institutions; to Miss Mary
A. Day and other members of the Gray Herbarium staff for help
rendered along various lines during the execution of the work.

The key, based upon nutlet-characters, is artificial, since, as already
explained, species which seem to have come through different lines
of descent are thrown together. In the citation of specimens all
which are not in the Gray Herbarium are indicated by initials in
parentheses: N, Herbarium of New England Botanical Club; M,
Missouri Botanical Garden; P, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

ANALYTIC KEY BASED ON NUTLET-CHARACTERS.!

A. Nutlets banded or winged, or conspicuously compressed
dorso-ventrally B.
B. Nutlets conspicuously winged C.
C. Nutlets not over 1 mm. in diameter; wing more or less
median D.
D. Nutlets with muriculate papillae; wing relatively wide 7. S. nervosa.
D. Nutlets with bluntish papillae; wing relatively narrow 6. S. parvula.
C. Nutlets mostly over 1 mm. in diameter; wing somewhat
basal, giving the nutlet a flattened appearance E.
E. Nutlets with relatively narrow, unexpanded and non-
Bea Das WIDZS. ue e Mi 8. S. angustifolia.
E. Nutlets with very wide, membranaceous wings. 9. S. antirrhinoides,
B. Nutlets mostly merely compressed, never with conspicu-
ous wings I. :
I. Nutlets dull yellow or grayish, with somewhat conical
| COMMENCEMENT Pis 11. S. nana.

1 In the absence of mature nutlets some species have to be omitted from this key.
Though in the succeeding descriptions they are placed in what appears to be their
natural sequence.

66 Rhodora [APRIL

I. Nutlets dull black, with somewhat tuberculate, flattish `
e sce ERR SAW EESTI EP RE I 10. S. Brittonii.
A. Nutlets not winged except rarely and in immature condition

J. Nutlets merely rugose or finely granulate-papillate K.
K. Nutlets canary yellow L.
L. Nutlets merely scabridulous, 7. e., with inconspicuous
BENE oma ys. epee k ca ee 1. S. epilobiifolia.
L. Nutlets with minute, wart-like papillae........ 3. S. lateriflora.
K. Nutlets black or brown, finely granulate-papillate....12. S. resinosa.
J. Nutlets with conspicuous papillae M.
M. Nutlets yellowish or orange..................... 4. S. Bolanderi.
M. Nutlets brown or black N.
N. Nutlets with conical, more or less sharp-pointed
papillae O.
O. Nutlets with very slender elongate papillae... .21. S. saxatilis.
O. Nutlets with the papillae short, broad at base,
abruptly pointed....................0000: 20. S. versicolor.
Nore: S. versicolor frequently has the nutlets orange.)
N. Nutlets with tuberous, flattened, obtuse papillae P.
P. Nutlets strikingly rosulate in appearance... .16. S. integrifolia.
P. Nutlets not conspicuously rosulate Q.
Q. Nutlets with thin, laminate papillae...... 13. S. Drummondii.
Q. Nutlets with thick papillae R.
R. Nutlets with irregularly disposed muriculate

BAHDIABI osse Uu uL a 5. S. tuberosa.
R. Nutlets with papillae regularly disposed S.
S. Nutlets about 2 mm. in diameter.......... 19. S. serrata.
S. Nutlets 1-1.5 mm. in diameter............ 15. S. pilosa.
J. Nutlets with short, truncate papillae T.
T: Noto DBE a E stv a piece Gale ce» L ea s 14. Š. cardiophylla.

T. Nutlets brownish U.
U. Nutlets with processes flat on top, frequently with
median depression.......................... 18. S. canescens.
U. Nutlets with papillae rounded on top, smooth....17. S. Bushii.
(Nore: S. canescens might be looked for here; the nut-
lets are light brown or olive-green in color.)

1. Š. EPILOBIIFOLIA Hamilton. Fria. 6. Stem simple or branched,
erect, 1.5-8 dm. high, smooth or somewhat pubescent: leaves ovate
or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, sessile or subsessile, serrate, fre-
quently purplish underneath, 1.5-6 cm. long; the upper gradually
diminishing into the bracts: flowers solitary in the axils of the upper
leaves; corolla with pale tube and violet-blue lips and galea, rarely
pink or white, 1.5-2.5 em. long; lower lip somewhat protruding:
achenes yellow, merely scabridulous or slightly pebbled, about 1.5
mm. in diameter.—Monog. 32 (1832). S. galericulata of American
authors, not L.—Newfoundland to British Columbia and south-
ward to Arizona. The following specimens are representative.
NEWFOUNDLAND: M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, nos. 3930, 3929
and 6107: B. L. Robinson & H. von Schrenk, no. 103. QuEBEc: H.
St. John, no. 90694; J. Macoun, no. 68667. Nova Scotia: C. D.
Howe & W. F. Lang, no. 529; M. L. Fernald & B. Long, no. 22363.
New HawrsuinE: C. C. Stewart, no. 4408. Massacnuusetts: J. M.
Greenman, no. 2079. New York: 0. P. Phelps, no. 805. ONTARIO:
J. Macoun, no. 20850. Micuican: J. H. Ehlers, no. 125. INDIANA:

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 67

O. E. Lansing, no. 2829. Minnesota: M. A. Barber, no. 7. SOUTH
Daxora: P. A. Rydberg, no. 948. Nesraska: P. A. Rydberg, no.
1490. AssiNIBOIA: J. Macoun, no. 5848. Montana: F. L. Scribner,
no. 216. Wyomine: A. Nelson & E. Nelson, no. 6558. UTAH:
S. Watson, no. 835. Arizona: J. T. Rothrock, no. 245. CALIFORNIA:
C. F. Sonne, no. 287 (P). OnEGoN: W.C. Cusick, no. 1939a. BRITISH
CoLUMBIA: S. Brown, no. 748.

Forma RosEA (Rand & Redfield) Fernald, RHopora xxiii. 86 (1921).
S. galericulata, forma rosea Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mt. Desert, 157
(1894).

Forma ALBIFLORA (Millsp.) Fernald, l. c. (1921). S. galericulata,
forma albiflora Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 428 (1892).

2. S. CHURCHILLIANA Fernald. A form intermediate between S.
lateriflora and S. epilobiifolia and possibly a hybrid of these two:
stems «rect, branching, flexuous, the angles covered with minute
ascending pubescence: flowers borne singly in the axils of the upper
leaves or in axillary racemes, similar to those of S. lateriflora: corolla
violet-blue, 1-1.5 em. long: leaves thin, ovate, acuminate, short-
petioled—Ruopora iv. 137 (1902).—Gravelly river-thickets of
Maine and adjacent New Brunswick. The following specimens are
characteristic. Marne: M. L. Fernald & B. Long, nos. 14455 (P),
14452, 14454 and 260; M. L. Fernald, no. 2088; W. W. Eggleston &
M. L. Fernald, Valley of St. Francis River, August 12, 1902; M. L.
Fernald, Valley of Aroostook River, September 8, 1897; K. A. Mac-
kenzie, no. 3590 (M); O. W. Knight, Veazie, August 6, 1905, and no.
100; J. A. Cushman, no. 2134 (N); J. R. Churchill, Fort Kent, July
19, 1908 (N); Kate Furbish, East Livermore, July & August 1896
(N), South Poland, 1893 (N), Great Diamond Island, 1888 (N),
Great Chebeague Island, June 11, 1902. New Brunswick: M. L.
Fernald & B. Long, no. 14453. f

3. S. LATERIFLORA L. Fic. 7. Erect, mostly branched, 2-6 dm.
high, smooth: leaves thin, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate,
rounded at the base, petioled, 3-9 em. long: inflorescence in axillary,
rarely terminal, racemes: corolla bluish to whitish, 5-8 mm. long;
lips equal in length: achenes yellow, with minute papillae on the
surface.—Sp. Pl. ii. 598 (1753).—River-thickets or wet shaded places,
from Newfoundland to British Columbia and southward to Florida
and New Mexico. The following are representative. NEWFOUND-
LAND: M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 6102. QueEBEc: S. F.
Blake, no. 5619; M. L. Fernald & H. B. Jackson, no. 12152. PRINCE
Epwarp Istanp: M. L. Fernald, B. Long & H. St. John, no. 7960.
Nova Scotia: H. St. John, no. 1443. Massacnuserts: B. L.
Robinson, no. 588. New Jersey: Gershoy, no 589. PENNSYLVANIA:
A. A. Heller & E. G. Heller, no. 653. Wrst VIRGINIA: J. M. Green-
man, no. 480. ONTARIO: J. Macoun, no. 21859. Onto: J. M. Green-
man, no. 1399. IrriNois: Chase (P), no. 514177. MISSISSIPPI:
S. M. Tracy, no. 8752. Missovmr: E. J. Palmer, no. 2651. Ne-
BRASKA: F. Clements, no. 2781. New Mexico: C. Wright, no. 1538.

68 Rhodora [APRIL

OrEGon: J. C. Nelson, no. 1832. Wasuinaton: W. N. Suksdorf,
no. 1001. British CoLUMBIA: J. Macoun, no. 54677.

Forma RHODANTHA Fernald, Ruopora xxiii. 86 (1921). A form
with pinkish flowers, found in Quebec.

Forma ALBIFLORA (Farwell) Fernald, RHopora xxiii. 86 (1921).
S. lateriflora var. albiflora Farwell, Mich. Acad. Sci. Ann. Rep. xix.
249 (1917). A form with white flowers.

4. S. BoLANDERI Gray. Erect, tall and very slender, virgulate or
branched from below, 1.5—5.5 dm. high, leafy, pubescent or short-hairy :
leaves broadly obovate, obtuse, sessile, crenate, or the upper nearly
entire; corolla nearly as in S. antirrhinoides, but white or creamy in
color and dilated at the throat, 10-15 mm. long; lips subequal: nut-
lets yellowish, with slender papillae.—Proc. Am. Acad. vii. 387 (1867).
—River-bottoms, etc., in California from Plumas County southward.!
The following are characteristic. H. M. Hall, no. 696 (M); G. Hansen,
no. 448 (M); C. R. Orcutt, no. 429 (M); A. Eastwood, no. 4199.

Var. californica (Gray), n. comb. Differs from the above in being
very finely puberulent, somewhat more rigid; all but sometimes the
lowest pairs of leaves entire, petioled; the corolla mostly white,
sometimes tinged with blue, 15-18 mm. long.—S. californica Gray,
Syn. Fl. ii. 381 (1878). Including S. viarum Heller, Muhlenbergia,
i. 32 (1904).—In CALIFORNIA from Amador County northward to
Tehama County. The following represent the variety. J. D. Hooker
& A. Gray, Calaveras County, 1877; A. A. Heller, nos. 5786, 7020,
12379; E. Braunton, no. 1047 (M); T. Bridges, no. 304; J. Torrey, no.
406; C. F. Sonne, no. 286 (M); A. Eastwood, no. 1530; M. E. Jones,
no. 13485 (M); J. P. Tracy, no. 2297.

This variety includes a number of forms intermediate between S.
Bolanderi and S. antirrhinoides. In fact it might well be regarded as
a hybrid of these two. In the main it has more of the characters of
the former than of the latter and hence is referred here rather than to
S. antirrhinoides as at first done by Gray. Fruiting material is too
poorly represented for good comparison.

5. Š. TUBEROSA Benth. Fic. 12. Mostly simple and erect, fre-
quently with many leafy stems from a common base, or even decum-
bent, villous to nearly glabrous, 2.5-15 cm. high, or, when trailing,
up to 3.5 dm. long: leaves villous or nearly glabrous, petioled, broadly
ovate, with few coarse crenations; base rounded, truncate or sometimes
cuneate: flowers short-pedicelled, solitary in the upper axils: corolla
dark-blue or purple, rarely curved, 1-2 cm. long; the lips subequal:
calyx villous: nutlets with projections somewhat muriculate, dark-
brown when fully mature.—Lab. Gen. et Sp. 441 (1832-1836).—
Foothills or valleys throughout California and southern Oregon.
The following specimens are representative. CALIFORNIA: W. H.

! One sheet is from Indian Valley, Plumas County, J. G. Lemmon, autumn, 1886;
the rest from Amador Co, southward.

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 69

Brewer, no. 357; C. C. Parry, no. 338; W. W. Jones, no. 285; J. G.
Lemmon, no. 338; A. A. Heller, no. 7288; C. R. Orcutt, no. 1343 (M).
OnkGON: H. S. Prescott, Grants Pass, April 5, 1912; T. Howell, no.
1252 (M); E. W. Hammond, no. 329 (M).

6. S. PARVULA Michx. FiG. 2. Erect, simple or branching, 1-3.5 ,
dm. high, usually many-stemmed from a moniliform tuberiferous base,
pubescent nearly throughout: leaves thin, greenish, oblong-ovate,
much broader at the base, 0.8 to 2 cm. long, prominently nerved
beneath; the upper sessile; the lower short-petioled, occasionally with
few coarse teeth: flowers solitary in the upper axils: corolla 0.7-1
cm. long, blue; the lower lip longer and flaring: calyx with upper
lip commonly purple: nutlets papillose with tubercles, banded,
showing close relation with S. nervosa.—Fl. ii. 11 (1803). S. campestris
Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, v. 283 (1894). S. parvula, var. mollis
Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. 380 (1878), in part.—On richer soils of the Great
Lake region and the Mississippi valley, Quebec and Ontario south-
ward to Georgia and Texas. The following are characteristic. QuE-
BEC: W. F. Macrae, “in river St. Lawrence opposite Montreal" (M);
A. S. Pease, no. 12940; Mrs. Shepard. ONTARIO: J. Macoun, Pelee
Point, Lake Erie, August 6, 1901. MICHIGAN: ex. Herb. E. F. Smith,
Ionia, 1877. Vermont: L. R. Jones & W. W. Eggleston, Burlington,
July 12, 1894. New York: A. Wood, Dexter. Onto: E. L. Moseley,
Marblehead, May 25, 1895. IrrtNois: H. M. Smith, no. 5924; A.
S. Pease, no. 12555; J. M. Greenman, no. 2614 (M). TENNESSEE:
E. J. Palmer, no. 17333 (M); S. M. Bain, no. 38. VIRGINIA: J. Q. A.
Fritchey, Richmond, August 28, 1888. GEonarA: T. J. Wray, Augusta
(P); S. Boykin (P). Missouri: 0. E. Lansing, no. 3033; J. Davis, no.
3434 (M); E. J. Palmer, no. 5632 (M). Texas: E. J. Palmer, no.
5034 (M); J. Reverchon, no. 3245 (M). Lourstana: E. J. Palmer, no.
7217 (M). OKLAHoMA: E. J. Palmer, no. 5956 (M); H. W. Houghton,
no. 358214. Arkansas: B. F. Bush, no. 1435 (M).

Var. AMBIGUA (Nutt.) Fernald. Similar to above but slightly
more rigid in aspect; stem and under surface of leaves usually pur-
plish, glabrous or with very slight appressed puberulence; the upper
surface of the leaves sometimes with spreading hairs; the leaves nar-
rower and rarely toothed.—Ruopora iii. 201 (1901). S. ambigua
Nutt. Gen. ii. 37 (1818). S. parvula, authors.—In drier habitats,
Maine to Minnesota and southward to Texas and westward to
Nebraska. The following are characteristic. Marne: M. L. Fernald,
no. 466; J. C. Parlin, no. 305. Connecticut: G. Thurber, East
Haven, 1855; E. B. Harger, no. 6411 (P). PENNSYLVANIA: W. F.
Detwiller, Mercersburg, May 19, 1845 (P); S. D. Ingram, Harrisburg
(P). New Jersey: P. Dowell, no. 6027. DELAWARE: W. M. Canby,
Rehoboth, July, 1878 (P). Inprana: A. H. Young, Lafayette, June,
1879 (P). TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, Knoxville, June, 1897 (P). IrrtNors:
S. B. Mead, Augusta, 1845 (P); H. N. Patterson, Oquawka, August,
1873; H. A. Gleason, Rantoul, July 5, 1907. Missourt: B. F. Bush

no. 336; O. E. Lansing, no. 2977. LovistANA: J. Hale, Alexandria

70 Rhodora [APRIL

(P). Texas: E. Hall, no. 453 (M). Oxtanoma: G. W. Stevens, no.
2235. Iowa: R. Coombs & C. R. Ball, no. 569 (M). Kansas: J.
B. Norton, no. 411 (M). NEBRASKA: H. J. Weber, Lincoln, June,
1890 (M). Sourn Daxora: H. O. Powell, White Rock, June, 1902.
. MINNEsorTA: E. P. Sheldon, Princeton, July, 1892.

7. S. NERVOSA Pursh. Fic. 1. Very slender, mostly simple, but
frequently branched, 1.5 dm. high: internodes separating widely the
opposite pairs or leaves: leaves ovate or oblanceolate, toothed,
smooth, but occasionally sparsely strigose on the upper surface, 2-4.5
cm. long; the lower short-petioled; the upper sessile: flowers solitary
in the axils of the entire upper leaves: corolla bluish, about 1 em.
long; the lower lip protruding beyond the upper: nutlets winged,
yellowish or buff, with muriculate papillae —Fl. ii. 412 (1814).
S. gracilis Nutt. Gen. ii. 37 (1818).—Pennsylvania to Virginia, west-
ward and southward to Missouri and Alabama. "The following speci-
mens are representative. PENNSYLVANIA: E. B. Bartram, Home-
wood near Pillsbury, June 15, 1907 (P); S. Brown, Quakertown, June
3, 1894 (P); A. A. Heller, Lancaster, May 28, 1889. NEW JERSEY:
J. Torrey. DELAWARE: W. M. Canby, June 12, 1897 (P). Mary-
LAND: E. B. Bartram, Conowingo, May 30, 1907 (P). VIRGINIA:
C. S. Williamson, Great Falls of Potomac, May 28, 1909 (P). West
ViRgGINIA: W. M. Pollock, May 30, 1896. KENTUCKY: S. F. Price,
Bowling Green, May 12, 1900 (M); E. J. Palmer, no. 17803 (M).
TENNESSEE: FE. J. Palmer, no. 17601 (M); A. Ruth, Knox Co., May,
1893 (M). ALABAMA: H. Eggert, Etowah Co., June 30, 1897 (M).
Missourt: B. F. Bush, Dunklin Co., May 22, 1892 (M); H. Eggert,
St. Louis Co., June 5, 1877 (M); S. B. Mead, May 30, 1848 (M);
E. J. Palmer, no. 15585; E. Hall, no. 11397 (M). INDIANA: A. H.
Young, Hanover, August, 1881 (P). Onto: W. S. Sullivant, 1840 (P);
E. L. Moseley, Florence, August 7, 1897.

Forma ternata, n. f., foliis ternatis.—One sheet collected by C.
W. Short at Lexington, KENTUCKY, 1835 (P).

8. S. ANGUSTIFOLIA Pursh. Fra. 3. Erect, stems many from the
base, or branched above, or frequently solitary, 1-2 dm. high, minutely
pubescent or almost glabrous, from a moniliform tuberiferous or
somewhat fibrous base, purplish below: leaves linear to oblong-
ovate, obtuse, practically sessile, commonly conduplicate, entire, 1—3
cm. long, except the lower; these when present, petioled, few-toothed,
cordate, small, commonly purplish below: flowers in the upper axils,
on pedicels 5-8 mm. long: corolla curved at the slender base, commonly
2-2.5 cm. long but reaching 3 cm., not broadening until 5-10 mm.
above the calyx: lips subequal or the lower slightly longer, various
as to color, deep blue to purple: nutlets large, with slender papillae
and faintly banded at the base.—Fl. ii. 412 (1814). Including S.
Austineae Eastw., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxx. 493 (1903) and S.
linearifolia Eastw., l. c. 493 (1903).—Stream-bars or on rocky hill-
sides from British Columbia and Idaho to southern California.
The following are representative. Ipano: W. Trelease, no. 4883

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 71

(M); A. A. & E. G. Heller, no. 3150 (P); J. H. Sandberg, no. 8689
(M); J. B. Leiberg, no. 1548; J. F. Machride, no. 104. BRITISH COLUM-
BIA: J. M. Macoun, no. 67887. WASHINGTON: F. O. Kreager, no. 10;
C. V. Piper, nos. 1570, 1571; A. D. E. Elmer, no. 900; R. M. Horner,
no. R178B411. Orecon: E. W. Hammond, no. 330 (M); W. C. Cusick,
nos. 75, 2145; M. Spalding, April 28; E. P. Sheldon, no. 8007. CALI-
FORNIA: Culbertson, no. 4446; C. C. Parry & J. G. Lemmon, no.
337; A. Gray, Chico (field), February to May, 1885; C. A. Purpus,
no. 5605 (M); S. B. Parish, no. 3122 (M); L. Abrams, no. 2778; H.
M. Hall & H. P. Chandler, no. 242; A. A. Heller, no. 7889; A. East-
wood, no. 1015.

Var. canescens Gray. In many respects similar to the above, mostly
simple, virgulate, canescent; leaves linear-oblanceolate, 2—4.5 cm.
long, nearly tomentose, firm, not conduplicate, ascending sharply;
corolla slender and gracefully curved.— Bot. Calif. i. 603 (1876). S.
siphocampyloides Vatke, Bot. Zeit. xxx. 717 (1872).—In CALIFORNIA
from Sierra County southward on foot-hills and mountains. "The
following are representative. H. N. Bolander, nos. 4946 (M), 3947; W.
R. Dudley, no. 4131; A. D. E. Elmer, no. 4434 (M); W. H. Brewer,
no. 1285.

9. S. ANTIRRHINOIDES Benth. Fic. 4. Mostly erect, somewhat
spindling, simple or branched, from a chiefly fibrous base, 1-3.5 dm.
high, minutely pubescent: leaves ovate-oblong, obtuse, mostly
short-petioled, never over 2.5 cm. long; all but the very lowest
entire: flowers in the upper axils, on pedicels 5-10 mm. long, com-
monly 1-1.5 em., never over 2 cm. long; the corolla-tube flaring from
immediately above the calyx; the lower lip usually longer, deep
blue to violet in color: nutlets with slender papillae, frequently
strikingly winged, suggesting those of S. parvula and S. nervosa.—
Bot. Reg. viii. 1493 (1822). S. sanhedrensis Heller, Muhlenbergia,
i. 31, (1904). S. nevadensis Eastwood, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxx.
492 (1903).—Rocky banks and slopes, Idaho and Utah to California
and Oregon. The following are characteristic. Ipano: J. F. Mac-
bride, nos. 937 (M), 482 (M); A. Nelson & J. F. Macbride, no. 1208.
Utan: L. H. Pammel & R. E. Blackwood, no. 3778. NEvADA: A. A.
Heller, no. 11120; M. E. Jones, no. 4036; A. Nelson & J. F. Macbride,
no. 1927. CALIFORNIA: A. A. Heller & P. B. Kennedy, nos. 8798,
8843 (M); J. P. Tracy, no. 3399; L. E. Smith, no. 316; A. A. Heller,
nos. 5894, 12111. OnkEGoN: E. Hall, no. 398; J. C. Nelson, no. 2668;
T. Howell, no. 1253 (M).

10. S. BnrrroNi Porter. Erect, simple or branched, minutely
pubescent or puberulent, usually 1-2 dm. high: underground stems
frequently with moniliform tubers: leaves obovate, acuminate at
each end or obtuse at tip, somewhat viscid, sometimes purplish
beneath, 1.5-3 cm. long, hardly petioled; margins subrevolute; nerves
prominent dorsally: corolla slender at base, gradually dilated to
ampliate throat and lips, blue, 2-3 cm. long: nutlets dull black, mostly
angled with tuberculate processes.—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi.

72 Rhodora [APRIL

177 (1894). S. resinosa of Gray, not Torrey —On foot-hills or plains
in northern Colorado and southern Wyoming. The following speci-
mens are representative. CoLorapo: G. E. Osterhout, no. 2587 (P);
H. N. Patterson, no. 296; C. C. Parry, no. 85 (P); T. S. Brandegee,
no. B 413 (P); E. B. Payson, Eldora, July 7, 1919. Wyomtne: A.
Nelson, nos. 94 and 7009.

11. S. NANA Gray. Fic. 5. Small, usually 4-6 em. high, cinereous-
puberulent, several branches from the base: rootstocks yellow, with
moniliform tubers or simply tuberiferous: leaves entire, ovate to
obovate, with long attenuate base, or sometimes spatulate, 1-2 cm.
long; nerves usually conspicuous on the lower surface of the leaf:
corolla white, the lips equal: nutlets dull yellow with conical protuber-
ances, sometimes angled or compressed.—Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 100
(1876). S. Footeana A. I. Mulford, Bot. Gaz. xix. 118 (1894).—
Dry sandy hillsides in northwestern Nevada, northern California,
southern Oregon, and southwestern Nevada. The following are
representative. CALIFORNIA: L. E. Smith, no. 390; A. A. Heller, no.
8086; H. E. Brown, no. 613; E. Palmer, no. 2602 (P). Nervapa: J.
G. Lemmon, no. 538; M. E. Jones, Wadsworth, June 16, 1897 (M);
P. B. Kennedy, no. 1028 (M). OnkGoN: M. E. Peck, no. 6747; J. B.
Leiberg, no. 472; W. C. Cusick, no. 1980. Ipamo: A. I. Mulford,
Black Cafion, June 18, 1802.

12. S. RESINOSA Torr. Fic. 8. Stems erect, few to many, from a
wocdy base, 1-3 dm. high, puberulent: leaves ovate, entire, or the
lower subcrenulate, attenuate at the base, slightly petioled or sessile,
minutely pubescent, resiniferous, 1-2 cm. long; nerves prominent on
the upper surface of the leaves: corolla bluish to violet, 12-20 mm.
long; upper lip forming an arch with the tube; lower lip occasionally
lightly blotched, equal to or exceeding the upper: nutlets about 1
mm. in diameter, black, minutely granular.—Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii.
232 (1826). S. Wrightii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 370 (1872).—
Kansas to Texas and westward to Arizona, on dry grassy slopes or
prairies. The following sheets are representative. Kansas: J. M.
Bates, no. 4552; C. L. Shear, no. 72; A. S. Hitchcock, no. 410; E. Bar-
tholomew, June 6, 1889 (M). Okranowa: R. L. Clifton, no. 3025;
G. W. Stevens, no. 1291; P. J. White, no. 28 (M); W. H. Emig, no.
776 (M). Texas: E. Hall, no. 457; E. Palmer, no. 1086-7; A. A.
Heller, no. 1606; F. Lindheimer, no. 674; E. J. Palmer, nos. 14117
(M) 11563 (M), 13738 (M), 10229 (M). New Mexico: G. Thurber,
no. 286; C. Wright, no. 1540; O. B. Metcalfe, no. 934; A. Gordon, no.
67 (M). Arizona: L. N. Goodding, nos. 848, 224 (M); J. G. Lemmon,
no. 2860; D. Griffiths, no. 4809; C. G. Pringle, no. 15956.

Var. brevifolia (Gray), n. comb. Stems from a ligneous base,
mostly over 2 dm. high, cinerecus-puberulent: leaves narrowly
oblong, entire: corolla 20-25 mm. long, flaring at the top.—5. integri-
folia, var. brevifolia Gray in E. Hall, Pl. Tex. no. 458 (1873), name
only. S. brevifolia Gray, Syn. Fl. ii. 380 (1878).—Northeastern Texas,
on dry calcareous hills or rocky bluffs. The following specimens

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 73

represent the range and habit of the variety. E. Hall, no. 458 (P);
J. Reverchon, nos. 440, 2059, 771 (M) and 2126 (M); G. W. Letterman,
Texarkana, October 15-24, 1894, and Dallas, August, 1882.

This form was first given recognition by Dr. Gray as a variety of
S. integrifolia, but was later raised to specific rank. It is, however,
merely a variety of S. resinosa. An inspection of the range of S.
integrifolia shows that it has no representative in Texas except
var. hispida. Finally, the nutlet of S. brevifolia is an exact duplicate
of that of S. resinosa. Although with leaves somewhat longer than
those of the ordinary S. resinosa (about 1 em.) a quirk in the nomen-
clatorial rules gives to this plant the somewhat paradoxical name of
S. resinosa, var. brevifolia. Originally connected with S. integrifolia,
the application of the name was apparent.

13. S. DRumMonp1 Benth. Fic. 11. Stems many, erect, branching
at the base, villous-pubescent, mostly 1-2.5 dm. high: leaves slightly
petioled or subsessile, oblong-ovate or oval, entire, 1-2 cm. long, or
commonly less, undulate-crenate: calyx villous, frequently tinged
with purple: corolla short, 8-12 mm. long, bluish purple or violet;
the lower lip exceeding the upper, flaring, notched, violet-spotted:
nutlets yellowish to dark brown, or blackish with age, with conical
or frequently laminate processes.—Lab. Gen. et Sp. 441 (1832-1836).
—S. Helleri Small, Fl. So. U. S. 1024 (1903).—Mostly on rich plains
or in open woods throughout Texas, in adjacent Oklahoma and New
Mexico, and running into Mexico. The following sheets are repre-
sentative. New Mexico: C. Wright, nos. 1539 and 1540. OKLAHOMA:
G. W. Stevens, nos. 695 and 1078. Texas: S. M. Tracy, no. 7994;
G. Thurber, San Antonio, April, 1853; F. Lindheimer, nos. 1095 and
143; E. Hall, no. 456; B. F. Bush, no. 627; E. J. Palmer, nos. 9685
(M) and 13482 (M); G. Jermy, no. 101 (M); W. M. Canby, no. 201 (M);
J. Reverchon, no. 2065 (P); H. A. Pilsbry, New Braunfels, April
17-19, 1903 (P); A. A. Heller, no. 1503 (P); H. C. Hansen, no. 542
(M).

Somewhat variable in the size of respective parts, this species is
yet constant enough not to warrant any breaking up into subdivisions.
The shape of the corolla is especially constant. The nutlets serve to
indicate a connection with the S. nervosa—S. parvula group.

14. S. CARDIOPHYLLA Engelm. & Gray. Stems slender, upright,
branching, 3-6 dm. tall, puberulent, often purplish-tinted on the
lower part: leaves petioled, deltoid or subcordate, mostly obtuse,
crenate, 1.5-4 cm. long: inflorescence loose, leafy-bracted: corolla
slender, 12-17 mm. long, blue: crest of calyx commonly purple:
nutlets black, tuberculate with truncate processes, never merely
granular as in Š. resinosa.—Pl. Lindh. i. 19 (1845).—Arkansas and
Texas, on gravelly hillsides or sandy woods. The following sheets

74 Rhedora [APRIL

are representative. ARKANSAS: F. L. Harvey, no. 114; E. J. Palmer,
no. 10503 (M); G. W. Letterman, Hot Springs, August 4, 1879 (M),
and July or August, 188- (M). Texas: J. Reverchon, no. 3910; R. A.
Dixon, no. 339; F. Lindheimer, no. 144; E. Hall, no. 454; E. J. Palmer,
no. 7887 (M); H. Eggert, Palestine, June 10, 1899.

A distinct species with achenes that show closer relation to 5.
pilosa than to any other Scutellaria. The leaves also suggest a relation.
It is interesting to note that toward the west S. pilosa runs out in
Arkansas, though no intermediate forms between these two are found.

15. S. rrLosA Michx. Stem erect, mostly slender and simple, the
inflorescence sometimes branched, finely pubescent or hirsute, 2-7
dm. high; internodes frequently 10 cm. long: leaves petioled, crenate;
the lower ovate or oblong-ovate, obtuse, abrupt or even truncate at
the base, 2-8 em. long; the upper subsessile and somewhat oblong-
spathulate: corolla slender, bluish, 1-1.5 em. long; lips subequal;
the upper arched: calyx villous: nutlets with protuberances as in
S. serrata (fig. 13) but smaller (1-1.5 mm. in diam.).—Fl. Bor.-
Am. ii. 11 (1803). ? S. caroliniana Walt. Fl. Car. 163 (1788). Includ-
ing var. 8. Benth. (S. ovalifolia Pers. Syn. ii. 136 (1807) ) and 5.
altamaha Small, Fl. So. U. S., 1022 (1903).—River-banks or wood-
lands, New York to Michigan and southward to Georgia and Texas.
The following are characteristic: New Yonk: J. Schenk, Long Island,
June 28, 1878 (M). PENNSYLVANIA: T. C. Porter, Easton, July 10,
1868 (P); B. Long, Lancaster, June 22, 1909 (P). NEW JERSEY:
C. W. Short, Princeton, July 11, 1850 (P); B. Long, no. 5641 (P).
District oF CoLtumBiA: Washington, E. S. Steele, June 15, 1896.
VIRGINIA: A. H. Curtiss, Bedford County, June 15, 1871; H. D. House,
no. 1046. West VIRGINIA: J. M. Greenman, no. 478 (M). Norru
CAROLINA: J. R. Churchill, Hot Springs, June 1, 1899; A. A. Heller,
Hickory, June 23, 1893 (P). SourH CAROLINA: W. Stone, no. 546
(P); Rev. J. Backman, Charleston. GEonGtA: A. H. Curtiss, no.
6826 (M); R. M. Harper, no. 1358. ALABAMA: C. Mohr, Mobile,
May, 1884 (M); F. S. Earle & C. F. Baker, Auburn, June 5, 1897
(M). Mississippi: J. Skehan, no. 77; S. M. Tracy, no. 4451. Louisi-
ANA: J. Hale, Alexandria (P); C. R. Ball, no. 656 (M). Texas:
C. Wright. OkranoMa: G. W. Stevens, no. 2732. AnKaNsas: N.
M. Glatfelter, Eureka Springs, July 17, 1898 (M). Missovmr: K.
J. Palmer, no. 5802 (M); B. F. Bush, no. 667 (M). TENNESSEE:
H. Eggert, Sherwood, June 6, 1897 (M); T. H. Kearney, no. 871 (M).
Kentucky: C. W. Short, Lexington (P). IwprANa: C. C. Deam,
no. 20417. Micuican: (M) no. 109374. ILurNotmB: E. J. Palmer, no.
15399.

Var. HIRSUTA (Short) Gray. Like the preceding but taller and with
leaves having coarser crenations, and longer pubescence.—Syn. Fl.
ii. 379 (1878). S. hirsuta Short, Cat. Pl. Ken. 8 (1835).—Not a very
marked variety; found only in northern KENTUCKY. We have
examined the following sheets, all collected by C. W. Short: Louis-

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 75

ville, September, 1835 (P), 2 sheets; 1842, 2 sheets; 1842, no. 109393
(M); 1846, no. 109395 (M); 1848, nos. 109394 (M), 109396 (M),
and 109397 (M).

16. S. INTEGRIFOLIA L. Fic. 10. Erect, simple or branched at
the top, 2-7 dm. tall, covered with fine puberulence: the upper leaves
linear-oblong, gradually narrowed (when present) to the short petiole,
1.5-6 cm. long; the lower strongly petioled, ovate or cordate, obtuse,
crenate, sometimes deciduous, leaving the stem with only entire leaves:
corolla 18-24 mm. long, bluish or purple; the lower lip very ampliate;
the upper broad and arching: nutlets with flattish papillae giving it
a rosulate appearance.—Sp. Pl. ii. 599 (1753). S. hyssopifolia L.
Sp. Pl. ii. 599 (1753). S. polymorpha Hamilt. Monog. 38 (1832).—
Low moist ground from Massachusetts south to Florida and Missis-
sippi. The following are representative. PENNSYLVANIA: Ë. B.
Bartram, no. 1078; F. W. Pennell, no. 69 (P); H. W. Pretz, no. 7559
(P). New Jersey: B. Long & S. Brown, no. 17 (P); W. Stone, Med-
ford, July 4, 1910 (P). DkraAwanE: E. Tatnall, Wilmington, 1886,
Porter, June 6, 1874. ManvraANp: W. R. Maxon, no. 5918. VIRGINIA:
A. A. Heller, no. 930; B. L. Robinson, Buckroe, May 21, 1912. Nort
CAROLINA: T. G. Harbison, Waynesville, July 1, 1897; Biltmore
Herbarium, no. 954. SovrH CAROLINA: J. Perkins, Summerville,
April 29-May 10, 1918; J. Davis, no. 8381 (M). Geroretra: H.
Eggert, Belair, May 22, 1899 (M). Fiorina: S. M. Tracy, no. 9162;
A. A. Eaton, no. 1410. ALABAMA: A. Ruth, no. 540 (M); C. Mohr,
Mobile, May, 1891 (M). Kentucky: C. W. Short, Flats of Red
River (P). TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, no. 120; H. Eggert, Tullahoma,
June 9, 1897 (M). Mississippi: J. Skehan, no. 63.

Var. MAJOR Chapm. More rigid in habit, rather heavily pubes-
cent, 2-8 dm. high; with several pairs of dentate, petioled basal leaves,
these larger than the bracts.—Fl. So. U. S. 323 (1860). Incl. S.
arenicola Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxv. 143 (1898).—Low sandy
locations, Georgia and Florida to Mississippi. The following speci-
mens are characteristic. FLorma: A. H. Curtiss, nos. 2060 and 2058;
G. V. Nash, no. 1316; A. A. Eaton, no. 1153; H. J. Weber, no. 514 (M).
Mississippi: S. M. Tracy, no. 4453 (M); J. Skehan, Ocean Springs,
May 8, 1895 (M) and no. 62. Grorcia: Mrs. Say (?), Savannah (P).

Var. HispIDA Benth. A slender form, reddish in color when dried,
stem and leaves distinctly pilose: the leaves thin: the crenate basal
ones, when present, not exceeding the upper cauline leaves.—Lab.
435 (1832-1836).—Florida to Arkansas and Texas on moist sandy
ground. The following are characteristic. FLORIDA: A. H. Curtiss,
no. 6645 (M); S. M. Tracy, no. 9162 (M), (M) no. 109080. Groreta:
H. Eggert, DeKalb Co., July 24, 1897; (M) no. 788487. LOUISIANA:
J. Hale, Alexandria (P); E. J. Palmer, no. 7604 (M); C. R. Ball,
no. 517; J. F. Joor, Madisonville, May 4, 1888 (M); T. Drummond,
no. 248. Texas: J. Reverchon, no. 2127 (M); E. Hall, no. 455. ARK-
ansas: E. J. Palmer, no. 10522 (M), H. Eggert, Jefferson Co., June
8, 1898 (M).

76 Rhodora [APRIL

Var. MULTIGLANDULOSA Kearney. A short-stemmed leafy form,
never exceeding 2.5 dm.; puberulent or pilose on the leaf-nerves and
margins and on the stem: leaves oblong-ovate or spatulate, slightly,
if at all petioled, entire, revolute-margined; occasionally 1-3 pairs of
small, dentate petioled basal leaves, but these always shorter than the
upper: flowers in the upper axils, the inflorescence appearing scarcely
racemose: corolla as in the species.— Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi. 482
(1894).—Pine barrens or dry open ground, Georgia and Florida to
Louisiana. The following are characteristic. FLORIDA: A. S. Hitch-
cock, Suwanee Co., June-July, 1898 (M), and no. 477 (M); C. S.
Williamson, Palatka, April, 1897 (P); Dr. Leavenworth, Fort King
(P). Groreta: R. M. Harper, no. 822. ALABAMA: Gates & Jewett,
Mobile. Louisa: E. J. Palmer, no. 7959 (M).

Var. glabriuscula (Fernald), n. comb. Much like the variety
hispida: slender, 2-5 dm. high, simple or branched, very slightly
pubescent or glabrous: inflorescence racemose: leaves on distinct
petioles, practically glabrous; the lower sometimes dentate: corolla
subglabrous.—S. glabriuscula Fernald, Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. 156 (1902).
“S. hyssopifolia L.” on many herbarium sheets, nomen dubium.—
Mostly on sandy pine lands, Georgia and Florida to Mississippi. The
following serve to represent the variety. GEonara: R. M. Harper,
no. 885. FLomipa: A. H. Curtiss, nos. 6097, 3, and 13425 (M);
G. V. Nash, no. 2277. ALABAMA: H. Eggert, Cullman, June 18, 1897
(M); F. S. Earle & C. F. Baker, Evergreen, June 6, 1897 (M). Missis-
siPPI: J. Skehan, no. 22603; S. M. Tracy, no. 4900.

Var. floridana (Chapm.), n. comb. <A very slender linear-leaved
form, minutely pubescent: lips of the corolla very broad.—S. floridana
Chapm. Fl. So. U. S. 324 (1860).—Probably confined to the pine
barren swamps near Apalachicola in western coastal Florida. The
following are representative. (M) nos. 788588 (Apalachicola),
108997 (D. U. Dean), 108999, 109000 (Herb. Chapm.); A. W. Chap-
man, no. 13207 (M), and Apalachicola (ex. Herb. J. Carey).

17. S. Busu Britton. Fie. 15. Erect, mostly caespitose in habit;
stems simple, whitish-pubescent or puberulent, 1.5-3.5 dm. high:
leaves entire, oblanceolate, obtuse, sessile: nutlets with more wart-
like, less rosulate papillae: otherwise as iu S. integrifolia var. mul-
tiglandulosa to which it is nearest related.—Man. 785 (1901).—
Rocky barrens or hillsides in Carter and Shannon Counties, Missovnr.
The following are representative: B. F. Bush, nos. 49 (M), 189, 378,
7817 (M), 461 (M), 48 (M), 4737 (M); E. J. Palmer, no. 19496.

18. S. CANESCENS Nutt. Fia. 14. Erect, tall, much branched at
the top, canescent throughout except the upper surface of the leaves,
3-12 dm. high: leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute to cordate at the base,
crenate, usually glabrous above, 5-12 em. long, on petioles 1.5—4 cm.
long: inflorescence mostly panicled: corolla 18-25 mm. long; upper
lip very much arched over the shorter lower one: nutlets with trun-
cate papillae, brownish, close to those of S. serrata but smaller and
with blunter papillae.—Gen. ii. 38 (1818). S. incana Muhl. Cat.

1924) Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 77

56 (1813), nomen subnudum.—Dry woods, river-banks, etc., Pennsyl-
vania to Wisconsin and south to Arkansas and Georgia. The fol-
lowing represent the plant and its range. PENNSYLVANIA: O. E.
Jennings, Glenshaw, August 3, 1918; 7. C. Porter, Huntingdon
Co. Inptana: C. C. Deam, no. 5183. ILuINols: H. A. Gleason,
no. 2617. Wisconsin: T. J. Hale, Lake Pepin, 1861. Kansas:
A. S. Hitchcock, no. 797. Missovmr: B. F. Bush, no. 6113; E. E.
Sherf, no. 635. Arkansas: F. L. Harvey, no. 109. TENNESSEE:
S. M. Bain, no. 323. KENTUCKY: C. W. Short, 1840 (M). WrsT
VIRGINIA: W. M. Pollock, Upshur Co., July 8, 1895 (M). Norv
CAROLINA: T. G. Harbison, Waynesville, May 30, 1897. GEORGIA:
R. M. Harper, no. 1368.

Var. PUNCTATA Chapm. Like above but with foliage glabrate and
densely punctate.—Fl. So. U. S. 323 (1860).—North Carolina, Georgia
and Florida. The following are characteristic. NORTH CAROLINA:
J. D. Smith, August 7, 1882, C. S. Williamson, Balsam, July, 1897.
GEoRGIA: J. K. Small, Rabun Co., August 11, 1893; C. S. Williamson,
Atlanta, August, 1896. Fronipa: G. V. Nash, Bellair, September 3,
1895, (M) nos. 108778 and 108875.

19. S. SERRATA Andr. Fic. 13. Stem erect, 2.5-6 dm. high, nearly
always simple, with from 3-5 pairs of leaves: leaves thin, mostly
glabrous, ovate, acuminate at both ends or rounded at the base,
serrate or crenate, 2.5-10 cm. long, on slender petioles 2.5 em. or less
long; the lower pairs smaller; the floral leaves abruptly reduced and
becoming entire: inflorescence with rare exceptions a simple terminal
raceme: corolla violet-blue, 2-3 em. long; the lower lip nearly equalling
the upper, sometimes appearing longer by protrusion at right angles
from the tube: nutlets dark brown, about 2 mm. in diameter, with
obtusely pointed papi 808). S. laevigata
Aiken in Eaton, Man. ed. 6: 333 (1833).— Woods and damp habitats,
Pennsylvania to Missouri and North Carolina. The following repre-
sent the plant and its range. PENNSYLVANIA: G. W. Smith, Delaware
Co., June 23, — (P); J. Pennell, no. 2713 (P); E. B. Bartram, Darby
Creek, July 21, 1907 (P); U. C. Smith, no. 1177 (P). MARYLAND:
J. D. Smith, Patapsco Valley, Howard Co., May 25, 1881; J. J. Carter,
Conowingo, June 1, 1906. Districr or CoLuMBIA: E. S. Steele,
Washington, May 19, 1896; T. Morong, May 21, 1877 (M). West
Vircinia: F. W. Hunnewell, July 4-6, 1914. VIRGINIA: S. D.
Buckley, June, 1838 (M); A. H. Curtiss, Bedford Co., June 6, 1872
(M); H. D. House, no. 858 (M). Nort CAROLINA: W. W. Ashe,
no. 6445; Biltmore Herbarium, Biltmore, no. 1250b. TENNESSEE:
A. Ruth, no. 116. Ivuinots: ex. Herb. G. Thurber. Missourt:
Pilot Knob, June 17, 188-.

Var. montana (Chapm.), n. comb. Similar to above, but stems
and leaves glandular-pubescent; occasionally the upper leaves nearly
hastate or very simply serrate: corolla bluish, strongly ampliate
upward, 3 cm. or slightly more in length.—5. montana Chapm., Bot.
Gaz. iii. 11 (1878). Inc. S. Mellichampit Small, Fl. 1022 (1903).—

78 Rhodora [APRIL

In the mountains of northern Georgia, western North Carolina,
South Carolina, southern Tennessee, and northern Alabama. The
following are representative. SovurH CAROLINA: Mellichamp, no.
14 (M), and Bluffton, 1872 (M). Grorata: A. W. Chapman, Rome
(M); (M) nos. 109124, 109125, 788591 and 109485. Norru CAROLINA:
T. G. Harbison, Highlands, July 20, 1904. TENNESSEE: J. R. Church-
all, Chattanooga, May 21, 1911; J. F. James, Spring City, June 11,
1883. ALABAMA: H. Eggert, Springville, July 7, 1898; S. Watson,
Queensboro, 1857.

20. S. VERSICOLOR Nutt. Fic.9. Erect, glandular-hairy, especially
in the inflorescence, which is commonly branched, 2-8 dm. high:
leaves broad, cordate, rugose, crenate, 3-12 cm. long, long-petioled:
corolla 1.7-2.5 cm. long, slender up to the throat, ampliate at the lips,
blue to purple at the limb, but whitish on the tube: nutlets buff
to orange in color, the processes tuberculate-conical.—Gen. ii. 38
(1818). ? S. cordifolia Muhl., Cat. 56 (1813), nomen subnudum.
S. cordifolia var. pilosissima Mack. & Bush, Trans. Acad. Sei. St.
Louis, xii. 84 (1902), in part.—Wisconsin and Iowa to Louisiana and
eastward to North Carolina. "The following are representative.
Wisconsin: T. J. Hale, Maiden Rock, 1861 (M); Lapham (P).
Iowa: A. S. Hitchcock, Iowa City, 1888; C. R. Ball, no. 1588 (M).
Iuurnots: F. C. Gates, no. 10828 (M); O. E. Lansing, no. 62; H. C.
Skeels, no. 388; E. E. Sherff, no. 320; H. A. Gleason, no. 1842.
Missovmr: B. F. Bush, nos. 5851, 725 (M). ARKANSAS: no. 5912
(M). LovisraNa: Dr. Carpenter, Jackson, June; E. J. Palmer, no.
7601. Mississippi: S. M. Tracy, no. 4896. KENTUCKY: S. F. Price,
Bowling Green. TENNESSEE: E. J. Palmer, no. 17640 (M). Onto:
E. L. Moseley, Margaretta, June 6, 1895.. VIRGINIA: A. H. Curtiss,
Peaks of Otter, August 6, 1871. MARYLAND: W. E. A. Aitkin,
Harper's Ferry. Norra CAROLINA: R. Thaxter, Cullowhee, June 15-
July 15, 1887; C. S. Williamson, Weldon, August, 1892 (P). Grades
gradually into

Var. BRACTEATA Benth. This form as found in Texas is very
distinct, with floral bracts showy and much exceeding the combined
length of pedicel and calyx. The leaves of the stem gradually merge
into the bracts.—Lab. Gen. et Sp. 433 (1832-1836). S. cordifolia
var. pilosissima Mack. & Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, xii. 84
(1902), in part. Lindheimer’s no. 492, J. Reverchon's nos. 769 and 253,
and C. Wright's no. 476 are typical. It is probable also that certain
plants from Arkansas and Missouri should be referred here, but one
hardly knows where to stop.

Var. MINOR Chapm. Very similar to typical S. versicolor, having
its diminutive size but with much smaller ovate, rugose leaves.—
Fl. So. U. S. 323 (1860). S. rugosa Wood, Cl. Bk. 246 (1848).!

In his earliest description Chapman allocates this form to the
"dry woods near Washington, Wilkes County, Ga.," and later he
merely states "upper districts." The plants which seem most logi-

1 In later editions of his Class Book, Wood reduces his S. rugosa to S. saratilis.

1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 79

cally to be referred to this category occur rather scatteringly on the
southern edge of the range of S. versicolor, and some of the specimens
are not distantly related to S. saxatilis. However, Chapman had a
different plant in mind. The following are taken as representatives.
Missounr: W. Trelease, no. 721 (M); B. F. Bush, no. 791 (M); K.
K. Mackenzie, Eagle Rock, September 23, 1896 (M). ARKANSAS:
E. J. Palmer, no. 4750 (M). A plant collected at Harper's Ferry,
and answering to the description of S. rugosa, collected at the same
place, is also included here.

2]. S. saxaTILIS Riddell. Erect, or somewhat assurgent and weak,
glabrous or somewhat hairy, 1-5 dm. long: leaves thin, with few
spreading hairs on the upper surface, obovate or cordate, obtuse,
long-petioled; the upper crenate-serrate; bracts entire: corolla about
2 em. long, slender; the upper lip not arched, nearly as in S. versicolor:
nutlets resembling those of Š. versicolor, but the protuberances some-
what longer and more acute.—Supp. Cat. Ohio Pl. 14 (1836).—
Rocky woodlands from Pennsylvania to Kentucky and Tennessee.
PENNSYLVANIA: J. A. Schafer, Jacobs Creek, Westmoreland County,
July 20, 1900 (P); C. S. Williamson, Ohio Pyle, August 31, 1905.
New Jersey: C. F. Parker, no. 6619 (M). DELAWARE: E. Tatnall,
Wilmington, September 8, 1858. Disrricr or Cotumspra: W. R.
Maxon, no. 6242. Onto: H. N. Mertz, Steubenville, June 5, 1880
(P). West VIRGINIA: Mr. & Mrs. E. S. Steele, no. 31 (M). Kex-
TUCKY: C. W. Short, no. 2 (P). TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, no. 545 (M);
A. H. Curtiss, no. 2054.

Var. arguta (Buckley), n. comb. This is doubtfully given rank as
a varlety of the above. It 1s small, assurgent, with ovate, sharply
dentate leaves scatteringly pilose, and is confined to the mountains
of North Carolina and Tennessee.—S. arguta Buckley, Am. Journ.
Sci. xlv. 170, 177 (1843).— The following represent the plant. NORTH
CAROLINA: Biltmore Herbarium (G), no. 7171; TENNESSEE: A.
Ruth, no. 119, 8.

CoLoRADO COLLEGE,
Colorado Springs, Colorado.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 140 AND 141.

Nutlets of Scutellaria, about X 25. Fig. 1, S. nervosa; fig. 2, S. parvula;
fig. 3, S. angustifolia; fig. 4, S. antirrhinoides; fig. 5, S. nana; fig. 6, S. epi-
lobtifolia; fig. 7, S. lateriflora; fig. S, S. resinosa; fig. 9, S. versicolor; fig. 10,
S. integrifolia; fig. 11, S. Drummondii; fig. 12, S. tuberosa; fig. 13, S. serrata;
fig. 14, S. canescens; fig. 15, S. Bushii.

80 Rhodora [APRIL
A NEW SATUREJA FROM FLORIDA.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

Mr. W. W. Asut recently sent to the Gray Herbarium for deter-
mination specimens of a shrubby Satureja from Florida which he
suspected was undescribed and which proves to be indeed a well-
marked new species. It is a pleasure to associate with it the name
of its discoverer.

SATUREJA Ashei, n. sp., humilis, circa 2 dm. alta, fruticosa, ramosa,
tota ramis veteribus corollisque exceptis glanduloso-puberulens;
cortice griseo; foliis 5-7 mm. longis oppositis in ramulis brevibus
(3-6 cm.) plus minusve confertis et internodiis saepe longioribus,
subsessilibus, lanceolatis vel anguste obovatis, obtusis, integris,
resinoso-punctatis, marginibus valde revolutis; pedunculis singulis
in axillis foliorum superiorum non reductorum anthesi 2-3.5 mm.
longis, in speciminibus visis unifloris, basin versus bibracteatis,
bracteis oppositis foliis simillimis at 1⁄¿-1⁄4 brevioribus; calice 6-7
mm. longo, 13-nervio, nervis extus prominentibus, inter nervos
resinoso-punctato, bilabiato, fauce dense barbato; labio superiore late
patente, fere integro vel obscure obtuseque tridentato, marginibus
lateralibus subrevolutis, intus purpurascente et puberulente; labio
inferiore angustiore, profunde bidentato, dentibus 2-3 mm. longis,
lineari-lanceolatis, breviter ciliatis, intus purpurascentibus; corolla
calice subduplo longiore, textura firma, pubescente et resinoso-
punctata, heliotropii colore lilacino-punctata, bilabiata; labio superiore
circa 5 mm. longo, erecto, subplano, late obtuso, subintegro vel emar-
ginato; labio inferiore paullo longiore, profunde trilobato, lobo cen-
trali obovato, lobis lateralibus late quadratis, apice rotundatis vel
subtruncatis, marginibus omnium loborum leviter sinuatis; staminibus
4, inferioribus longioribus, inclusis, parallellis, sub labium superius
adscendentibus et eo paullo brevioribus; filamentis glabris; antheris
circa 0.75 mm. longis et latis, purpurascentibus, liberis, bilocularibus;
loculis distinctis, parallellis, margine exteriore sparse breviterque
pilosis; stylo glabro, apice bifido, lobis subulatis; nuculis (testimonio
collectoris) aurantiacis, laevibus.

A low shrub, about 2 dm. high, glandular-puberulent throughout
except the old branches and corollas; stems often nearly 7 em. thick
at base, usually many from a single root, much branched within 5 or
6 em. of the earth; bark gray, shreddy; leaves mostly 5-7 mm. long,
subsessile, opposite, rather crowded on the short (3-6 em.) branchlets
and often longer than the internodes, lanceolate or narrowly obovate,
obtuse, entire, resinous-punctate and with strongly revolute margins;
peduncles in the specimens seen one-flowered, solitary in the axils
of the upper ieaves, which are not reduced, at flowering time 2-3.5
mm. long, having near the base two opposite bracts similar to the
subtending leaves, but 15-53 smaller; calyx 6-7 mm. long, resinous-
punctate between the 13 prominent nerves, densely villous-bearded

1924] Weatherby,—A New Satureja from Florida 81

in the throat, bilabiate; upper lip broad-spreading, almost entire or
obscurely and obtusely 3-toothed, purple-tinged and puberulent
within, the lateral margins more or less revolute; lower lip narrower,
spreading, deeply bidentate, the teeth 2-3 mm. long, linear-lanceolate,
short-ciliate, purple-tinged within; corolla about twice as long as the
calyx, of firm texture, pubescent and resinous-punctate, pale helio-
trope with lilac spots, bilabiate; tube about equalling the calyx or
slightly longer, straight; upper lip about 5 mm. long, erect, nearly
plane. with broad, obtuse, subentire or emarginate apex; lower lip
slightly longer, deeply three-lobed, the margins shallowly sinuate;
central lobe obovate, lateral lobes broadly quadrate. rounded or
subtruncate at apex; stamens 4, included, parallel and ascending
under the upper lip and slightly shorter than it, the lower pair longest;
anthers about 0.75 mm. long and wide, purplish, free, bilocular, not
appendaged, the sacs distinct, parallel, sparsely short-piiose on the
outer margins; style glabrous, the apex bifid, the lobes subulate;
nutlets (according to the collector's notes) orange, smooth.—F LoRIDA:
sandy pine woods near Ocala, Marion Co., April, 1923, W. W.
Ashe, TYPE in Hb. Gray; in the “scrub” near Astor Park, Lake Co.,
April, 1923, Ashe (herb. Ashe).

In aspect S. Ashet somewhat resembles Conradina canescens of the
same general region; but in its straight corolla-tube, unappendaged
anthers, and strongly bilabiate calyx with the teeth of the upper lip
nearly or quite obsolete, clearly belongs in Satureja, sect. Calomelissa:
subsect. Coccineae of Briquet. In that subsection it is nearest
S. dentata. From its relatives of the southeastern United States it

may be distinguished as follows:

A. Leaves manifestly petioled, broadest at or below the
middle, shallowly dentate or crenate; puberulence
crisped, not glandular; cymes 3-6-flowered; corolla 1.5-2
OI ON eer D Lemon pln ks hei. wl [LR tee S. caroliniana.
A. Leaves subsessile, often broadest above the middle;
puberulence not crisped; cymes 1-3-flowered B.
B. Corolla 2 em. long or less, white to heliotrope; puberu-
lence more or less glandular C.
C. Leaves 1.2-2 cm. long, more or less dentate toward
the apex, not revolute-margined and not crowded
on the long (mostly 1.5-2.5 dm.) branchlets, usually
shorter than the internodes; upper lip of calyx with
very short but manifest teeth....................... S. dentata.
C. Leaves 5-7 mm. long, entire, strongly revolute-
margined, more or less crowded on the short (3-6
em.) branchlets, often longer than the internodes;
upper lip of calyx nearly entire or only obscurely
21 MM EM HC eS Lo 0o S. Ashei .
B. Corolla 3-4 em. long, scarlet; puberulence not glandu-
lar; leaves entire, not revolute-margined or only
slightly so in drying..............-...... 9 £29 39 ae S. coccinea .

Gray HERBARIUM.

82 Rhodora [APRIL

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLV.

COMPOSITAE.

BIDENS (Continued).

B. discoidea (T. & G.) Britton. Swamps and wet shores, frequent.

B. Eatoni Fernald. Brackish marshes and margins of Merrimac
estuary at Salisbury and Newburyport.

B. Eatoni Fernald, var. fallax Fernald. With the species at Salis-
bury and Newburyport.

B. frondosa L. Wet soil, very common throughout.

B. hyperborea Greene,var. colpophila (Fernald & St. John) Fernald.
Brackish muddy shore of the Merrimac River at Newburyport (A.
A. Eaton & M. L. Fernald, Oct. 2, 1902). Specimen in herb. Gray.
See RHODORA xx. 149, 1918.

B. laevis (L.) B 5 P. Wet soil; not reported from southern towns,
but frequent elsewhere.

B. vulgata Greene. Wet places, frequent.

B. vulgata Greene, var. puberula (Wiegand) Greene. Roadside,
Essex (C. H. Knowlton, October, 1909); waste ground, Brighton (C.
A. Weatherby, Aug. 28, 1918); Boston (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 13, 1906).

BOLTONIA.

B. AsrEROIDES (L.) L'Hér. Escaped from cultivation at Danvers,
Wakefield, Cambridge, Arlington, Ayer and Scituate.

B. LATISQUAMA Gray. Dump near old Codman place, Dorchester
(N. T. Kidder, Sept. 29, 1917).

BRAUNERIA.

B. rALLIDA (Nutt.) Britton. Near Prince’s pickle factory off
Great Plain Ave., Needham (T. O. Fuller, July 3, 1889). See RHODORA
H. 84-86, 1900.

[Echinacea purpurea (DC) Britton is reported from Lowell by Dr.
C. W. Swan in Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 51, 1888; it is also
reported from Acton by A. W. Hosmer in Ruopora i. 223, 1899;
these specimens have not been accessible to the Committee for
verification. |

1924] Flora of the Boston District, —X LV 83

CACALIA.

C. ATRIPLICIFOLIA L. Concord turnpike [Cambridge to Concord]
(C. E. Faxon, Aug. 31, 1887). Specimen in herb. Gray.

C. sUAVEOLENS L. Newton (W. G. Farlow, Sept. 25, 1895). Speci-
men in herb. Gray.

CENTAUREA.

C. ADULTERINA Moretti. White-flowered form collected at Med-
ford (Mrs. P. D. Richards, no date). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botani-
cal Club. Native of southern Europe.

C. Cyanus L. Occasionally escaped from gardens.

C. nrFFUSA Lam. Dry hillside, Norfolk (Miss R. L. Mann, July 7,
1902; J. R. Churchill, Aug. 28, 1909); open roadside in hard gravel,
Plainville (Zt. A. Ware, Aug. 7, 1909). Native of southeastern Europe
and Asia Minor.

C.JAcEA L. Lexington (Mrs. P. D. Richards, no date); Cliftondale,
Saugus (F. S. Collins, Sept. 30, 1890); field, S. Hanover (E. A.
Josselyn, June 28, 1905).

C. Jacea L., var. LACERA Koch. Waste places, rare; Bedford
(C. W. Jenks, Oct. 7, 1906); Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis, Aug. 15,
1911); Marshfield (C. H. Morss, July, 1878).

C. MACULOSA Lam. Woolwaste and also in fields, Westford (Miss
E. F. Fletcher, June 12, 1903 to July 19, 1914; C. W. Swan, Sept. 15,
1884); field recently cultivated, Dover (F. W. Hunnewell, Sept. 28,
1919).

C. MELITENSIS L. S. Boston (C. E. Perkins, Sept. 27, 1880). Speci-
men in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

C. NIGRA L. Fields and waste places; occasional, often abundant.

C. NIGRA L., var. RADIATA DC. Field, Andover (A. S. Pease, June,
1900); W. Medford (Mrs. P. D. Richards, August, 1890).

C. sorsrITIALIS L. Waste ground, Lynn (L. A. Wentworth, August,
1902). Specimen in herb. Gray.

C. VOCHINENSIS Bernh. Moist soil near river, Amesbury (C. H.
Know sai October, 1904); grassland, Ma (Cora H. Clarke,
Sept. 22, 1911).

CHAENACTIS.

C. GLABRIUSCULA DC. Woolwaste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott,
1878). Specimens in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. and N. E. Botanical
Club. Native in California from Sacramento southward.

S4 Rhodora [APRIL

CHRYSANTHEMUM.

C. BALSAMITA L., var. TANACETOIDES Boiss. Persistent in old
gardens, rarely spreading.

C. LEUCANTHEMUM L. See Ruopora v. 181, 1903. Lawn weed at
N. Easton.

C. LEUCANTHEMUM L., var. PINNATIFIDUM Lecoq & Lamotte.
Fields and pastures, very common throughout.

C. CARINATUM Schousb. Roadside, Lynn (Miss M. E. Ward,
Oct. 11, 1915). Specimen in herb. Gray. Native of Morocco.

C. PARTHENIUM (L.) Bernh. Garden escape at eight stations.

CICHORIUM.

C. INTYBUs L. Waste places, mostly in heavy soil; abundant in
Cambridge since 1783, and in Boston at least since 1814; frequent
elsewhere. See J. Robinson, Fl. Essex Co. 68, 1880.

CIRSIUM.

C. AvTISSIMUM (L.) Spreng. Waste ground near railway, Sherborn
(Miss M. L. Loomis, Sept. 4, 1914).

C. ARVENSE (L.) Scop. Pastures and waste places, common.

C. canum (L.) Bieb. Kendall Green [Weston] (Miss K. Parsons,
July 11, 1899). Specimens in herb. Gray.

C. discolor (Muhl.) Spreng. Frequent all along the coast, rarely
inland.

C. horridulum Michx. See Rnopona xiii. 238, 1911. Swamps and
brackish soil near the sea, from Plum Island to Marshfield, occasional.
Introduced inland at Concord according to Ruopora i. 223, 1899.
More frequent in southeastern Massachusetts.

C. LANCEOLATUM (L.) Hill. Waste places, common.

C. muticum Michx. Rich moist soil in woods and meadows,
occasional.

C. muticum Michx., var. subpinnatifidum (Britton) Fernald.
Purgatory swamp, Norwood (C. E. Faxon, no date). Specimen in
herb. Gray.

C. PALUSTRE (L.) Scop. Vacant lot, S. Boston (C. H. Knowlton &
W. P. Rich, July 29, 1908). Lot now covered by wool warehouse.

C. pumilum (Nutt.) Spreng. Dry fields and pastures, common.

CNICUS.

C. BENEDICTUS L. Waste heap, Cambridge (T. Morong & W.
Deane, July 16, 1885). Specimen in herb. W. Deane.

1924! Flora of the Boston District, —X LV

[9 9|
e

COREOPSIS.

C. LANCEOLATA L. Escaped from garden into dry soil at Hingham
(C. H. Knowlton, July 4, 1909).

C. rosea Nutt. Wet shores of ponds; Woburn, Winchester, Med-
ford, Sudbury, Natick, Framingham, Norfolk. Especially abundant
at Winter Pond, Winchester.

C. TINCTORIA Nutt. Roadside, Andover (F. L. Mason & F. W.
Grigg, Sept. 30, 1911); cornfield, Wenham (Walter Kemble, July 12,
1877); waste ground, Sherborn (Miss M. L. Loomis, July 12, 1913).

C. TRIPTERIS L. Vacant lots, made land, Back Bay, Boston (E.
F. Williams, Sept. 3, 1903). Specimen in herb. Gray.

COSMOS.

C. BiPINNATUS Cav. Dorchester, dump off Granite Ave. (N. T.
Kidder, Oct. 7, 1919).

COTULA.
C. coRoNoPIFOLIA L. Ballast, Chelsea (H. A. Young, Sept. 11,
1879); salt marsh, Chelsea (C. E. Perkins, August, 1880). Specimens
in herb. Gray, N. E. Botanical Club and W. Deane.

CREPIS.

C. CAPILLARIS (L.) Wallr. Weed in lawns; Medford, Brighton,
Wellesley, Milton, Franklin.

C. FoETIDA L. Woolen mill yard, Graniteville, Westford (C. W.
Swan, Aug. 22, 1883). Native in Great Britain, central and southern
Europe, southwestern Asia and northern Africa. Specimen in herb.
N. E. Botanical Club.

C. TECTORUM L. Edge of sidewalk, Medford (L. L. Dame, August,
1898). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

C. VULGARIS Cass. S. Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 22, 1879).
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. Native of the Mediterranean
region.

DYSSODIA.

D. rENUILOBA (DC.) Robinson. S. Boston (C. E. Perkins, July 20,
1883). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. A waif from
southern Texas, along and near the Rio Grande.

S6 Rhodora | APRIL

ECHINOPS.

E. sPHAEROCEPHALUS L. Rubbish heap, Cambridge (W. Deane,
Aug. 5, 1886); escaped from Fenway into vacant lots, Boston (E.
F. Williams, Aug. 12, 1903 et seq.).

ECLIPTA.

E. ALBA (L.) Haussk. S. Boston flats (C. E. Perkins, Oct. 3, 1879).
Specimens in herb. N. E. Botanical Club and N. T. Kidder.

ERECHTITES.

E. hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Meadows and borders of salt marshes,
somewhat local. See RHopona xix. 25-27, 1917, for the discussion of
the following varieties.

E. hieracifolia (L.) Raf., var. intermedia Fernald. Open ground
and waste places, frequent throughout.

E. hieracifolia (L.) Raf., var. praealta Fernald. Vide supra.
Twelve scattered stations, the northwestern section not represented.

ERIGERON.

E. annuus (L.) Pers. Fields and roadsides, common throughout.

E. canadensis L. Fields, gardens and waste places, very common
throughout.

E. philadelphicus L. Moist open woods, rare; Andover, N. Andover,
Reading, N. Reading, Groton, Malden, Stony Brook Reservation,
Milton: Hingham, according to T. T. Bouvé, in Flora of Hingham,
110, 1893.

E. pulchellus Michx. Fields and meadows, common throughout.

E. pusillus Nutt. See Ruopona xv. 205-209, 1913. Dry bank,
Methuen (F. W. Grigg, Aug. 17, 1920); dunes, Plum Island, Ipswich
(F. W. Grigg, Sept. 15, 1912); by bridge over Beaver Brook, Littleton
(J. P. Bill & F. W. Grigg, Sept. 2, 1922); sandy soil, Pembroke
(M. L. Fernald, Oct. 29, 1916); gravelly beach, Green Harbor, Marsh-
field (C. H. Knowlton, Aug. 25, 1923).

E. ramosus (Walt.) BS P. Dry fields and waste places, common
throughout.

E. ramosus (Walt.) B S P.,var. discoideus (Robbins) B S P. Occa-
sional; specimens reported from Lexington, Ashland, Dover, Stough-
ton, Marshfield.

1924] Flora of the Boston District, —XLV 87

E. ramosus ( Walt.) B SP., var. septentrionalis Fernald & Wiegand.
Ruopona xv. 59-61, 1913. Cambridge (F. S. Collins, June 23, 1914);
near Fresh Pond, Cambridge (W. Deane, June 25, 1882); Concord
(Horace Mann, June, 1862).

EUPATORIUM.

E. aromaticum L. Dry open woods, rare; apparently frequent in
Stony Brook and Blue Hill Reservations.

E. falcatum Michx. Ruopora xxii. 57-70, 157-165, 1920. Rich
woods, rare; Ipswich, Revere, Middlesex Fells, W. Roxbury, Stony
Brook Reservation, Readville, Blue Hill Reservation, Holliston,
Marshfield.

E. perfoliatum L. Grassy swamps, common throughout.

E. perfoliatum L., forma purpureum Britton. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club xvii. 129, 1890. Three or four plants, near shores of Merrimac
River a few miles below Haverhill (Miss M. Blatchford, Sept. 29,
1894); sandy margin of Winter Pond, Winchester (C. A. Weatherby &
M. L. Fernald, Sept. 19, 1908.)

E. perfoliatum L., var. truncatum Gray. Beaver Brook, Dracut
(C. W. Swan, Sept. 7, 1884); shore of Sandy Pond, Lincoln (F. W.
Grigg, Sept. 17, 1913); by Baddacook Pond, Groton (J. P. Bill
& F. W. Grigg, Sept. 2, 1921); S. Framingham (Dr. E. L. Stur-
tevant, Sept. 11, 1890). Specimens in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

E. pubescens Muhl. Open woods and sandy soil, frequent, especi-
ally southward.

E. purpureum L. Ruopora xxii. 57-70, 157-165, 1920. Open
woods and swamps, rare; Concord, Hopkinton, Stony Brook Reser-
vation, Milton, Norfolk, Randolph.

E. rotundifolium L. Dry sandy soil. Georgetown (Mrs. C. N.S.
Horner, no date); Saugus (C. E. Faxon, Aug. 18, 1879; H. A. Purdie,
Oct. 7, 1902).

E. sessilifolium L. Dry rocky soil, occasional; rare in Essex and
Plymouth Counties.

E. urticaefolium Reichard. Rich moist soil, usually in shade;
occasional north and west of Boston, not reported south.

E. verbenaefolium Michx. Low ground, especially in mucky soil;
rare in Essex and Middlesex Counties, frequent southward.

E. verticillatum Lam. MRuopora xxii. 57-70, 157-165, 1920.
Swamps, meadows and wet woods, very common throughout.

88 Rhodora [APRIL

FILAGO.

F. MINIMA Fries. Weed in cultivated ground, Reading (W. H.
Manning, September, 1891). Specimen in herb. Gray. Adventive
from ‘Europe.

C. H. KNOWLTON Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora

HIBISCUS OCULIROSEUS IN Ruope IsLAND.—The discovery of what
appears to be Hibiscus oculiroseus Britton in a brackish swamp at
Narragansett Pier, Rhode Island, may be an extension of range worth
recording. On Aug. 19, 1917, the writer found several plants of this
species sprinkled among hundreds of native Swamp Rose Mallow
(Hibiscus Moscheutos L.), their white petals with crimson bases in
striking contrast to the pink petals of the latter. Except for this
color distinction the general appearance of the two species is similar,
although there is a technical difference in the shape of the capsules
and calyx lobes.

Manuals and local floras give the range of this species as S.E. New
York, New Jersey and southward, and as far as the writer knows
Hibiscus oculiroseus has not been reported from New England.
There is no reason to believe that the plants were purposely intro-
duced by man. At any rate Hibiscus is a sturdy genus, some species
adapting themselves to fresh and brackish marshes as well as to the
drier soil of gardens, and it is probable that these plants will continue
to exist at this station, unless the entire swamp is destroyed by
threatened dredging operations for the improvement of the neigh-
borhood. :

Specimen filed at the herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club.—S. N. F. Sanrorp, Boston, Mass.

Vol. 26, no. 303, including pages 41 to 60 and portrait plate, was issued
24 April, 1924.

Plate 140

Rhodora

W. P. del.

C.

NUTLETS OF SCUTELLARIA.

Plate 141

Rhodora

<

$5
]

Pt,

E

del.

CWT:

SCUTELLARIA.

NUTLETS OF

To. Be. S.L.

podora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP deem Publication Committee

Vol. 26. May, 1924. No. 305.
CONTENTS:
Polystichum mohrioides. Dwarf Antennarias. Representatives
of Arnica alpina. M. L. Fernald....... eere 89
Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —LVI.......... 108

Field Meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society. Lena Willis 112

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3j.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily tothe Bora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at eomewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. — .
Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year 84.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. May, 1924. No. 305.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—Nrw Sertes.—No. LXXII.

M. L. FERNALD.

I. POLYSTICHUM MOHRIOIDES AND SOME OTHER
SUBANTARCTIC OR ANDEAN PLANTS IN
THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE.

POLYSTICHUM MOHRIOIDES (Bory) Presl, var. scopulinum (D. C.
Eaton), n. comb. Aspidium aculeatum, var. scopulinum D. C. Eaton,
Ferns of N. A. ii. 125, t. lxii. fig. 8 (1880). P. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton)
Maxon, Fern Bull. viii. 29 (1900). P. aculeatum scopulinum (D. C.
Eaton) Gilbert, List N. A. Pterid. 20 (1901). P. Lonchitis, var.
scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Jones, Bull. Univ. Mont., Biol. Ser. xv. 7
(1910).

After several times collecting and studying during a period of
nearly twenty years this anomalous plant, which has been treated
as a variety of Polystichum aculeatum or of P. Lonchitis, as P. mohri-
oides and as a distinct species standing midway between P. aculeatum
and P. mohrioides, I find myself firmly convinced that its relationship
is primarily with the latter plant and that it is at best a northern
variety of that wide-ranging austral species. P. mohrioides was dis-
covered on the Falkland Islands (les Malouines) by D'Urville & Lesson
during the voyage around the world of the French corvette, La
Coquille. It was described by Bory de St.-Vincent as Aspidium
Mohrioides and beautifully illustrated. Gradually our knowledge
of the plant has been extended and P. mohrioides in one form or an-
other has been found to have a wide and very distinctive range, one
which, with some modifications, is duplicated in several other groups
of plants.

1 Bory in Duperrey, Voyage autour du Monde sur La Coquille, Bot. pt. 1: 267, t.
35, fig. 1 (1829).

90 Rhodora [May

West of the Falkland Islands it is found on Tierra del Fuego, whence
it follows slightly northward on the high Andes as P. mohrioides,
var. plicatum (Poeppig) Christensen! or P. andinum Phil., which
differs from the Falkland plant only in its dwarf size (growing in
exposed alpine habitats) and in the paler and thinner scales of the
stipe. Skottsberg got a form of P. mohrioides on South Georgia,
800 miles (1290 km.) southeast of the Falklands; Moseley, during the
voyage of the Challenger, collected an extreme form on Marion
Island, 1200 miles (1930 km.) southeast of the Cape of Good Hope
and more than 3000 miles (4800 km.) northeast of South Georgia;
and the next year De l'Isle discovered the species on Amsterdam
Island, more than 2000 miles (3200 km.) east of Marion Island.
Northward, in the Andes, it occurs as P. mohrioides, var. elegans
(Remy) Christensen? or P. elegans Remy, an extreme with longer
and more divided pinnae.

In North America two members of this alliance are recognized:
P. Lemmoni Underwood and P. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Maxon,
both confined to arid regions of the Sierra Nevada-Cascade axis,
with the exception of four isolated stations for the latter, one each
in the Teton Mts. of Idaho, the Mission Mts. of Montana, the Wasatch
Mts. of Utah and the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé Co., Quebec. So
close are these North American plants to those of. the southern
Andes and the Falklands that the late D. C. Eaton, after trying to
find specific differences, described and illustrated? as typical P.
mohrioides (or Aspidium mohrioides) the Californian P. Lemmoni
and at the same time, in describing his Aspidium aculeatum, var.
scopulinum, he surmised that it belonged with P. mohrioides, saying:
“T have some doubt about the plant here named var. scopulinum, as
it differs more from all the rest than any of them do from each other.
It has a little the habit of A. mohrioides, but, though the specimens
I have seen are old, they still keep in a degree the aculeate points of
the present species."* And again he wrote that his var. scopulinum
was “almost as much like A. mohrioides as it is like A. aculeatum, but
as it has the lobes of the pinnae somewhat aculeate it is better to
leave it with the latter species." ? As already stated, Eaton had
tried to find specific characters for P. Lemmoni but was unable to do

! Christensen, Arkiv fór Bot. x. No. 2: 17 (1910).

2 Christensen, 1. c. (1910).

3 Eaton, Ferns of N. A. ii. 251, t. Ixxx. figs. 4-9 (1880).

4 Eaton, l. c. 127, 128.
t Eaton, | c. 254.

1924| Fernald,—Polystichum mohrioides 91

so, saying clearly of the Lemmon plant: “At first I believed it to be a
distinct species.”! Similarly the great Swiss specialist upon the ferns,
Christ, in monographing Polystichum Š Mohrioides had no hesitation
in treating P. Lemmoni as identical with P. mohrioides (which, as
understood by him, was chiefly var. elegans).

In his discussion of the ferns of temperate South America collected
by Skottsberg, Christensen? points out the important characters
which separate P. mohrioides from P. aculeatum and its allies; namely,
the fleshy texture, scaleless surfaces of the fronds, thick and flat ribs
and the large and immersed stomata (so immersed that under a good
lens the lower surfaces of the fronds appear pitted or punctate).
The fleshy texture, flat ribs and punctate lower surfaces are all obvious
enough in P. scopulinum, and the fronds are either with or without
some scales on the lower surface, but this latter character 1s inconstant,
some sheets of perfectly good P. mohrioides, var. typicum Christensen
from the Falkland Islands (coll. Cunningham, January 21, 1868)
before me showing numerous slender scales among the sori. The
Cunningham specimens are quite like the original plate of Aspidium
mohrioides and in outline, size, texture and punctation they are so
close to several North American specimens of P. scopulinum that
only the keenest inspection reveals slight differences. Thus Parish’s
material from Snow Canyon, San Bernardino Co., California, is a very
close match in all these characters for the Cunningham plant and
for the original plate. All the Falkland material I have seen, however,
has the basal scales of the stipe darker and firmer than in P. scopuli-
num, although the Fuegian specimens (var. plicatum) have them as
pale and thin.

P. scopulinum is regularly defined as differing from P. mohrioides
and P. Lemmoni in the sharper and more acicular tips of the upper
lobes or teeth of the pinnae. In general this character holds, but in
the Cunningham material from the type-region of P. mohrioides the
teeth of the lower pinnae are quite as sharp as in some of the North
American plants, while in the Parish material above cited only the
lowest pinnae show the sharp teeth, the upper having them quite
as blunt as in the most ideal P. mohrioides or in P. Lemmont. Further-
more the plant of Marion Island has some of the pinnae quite as
spinulose-toothed as in the most extreme P. scopulinum.

! Eaton, 1. c. 128.

2 Christ, Ueber die australen Polystichum-Arten. Arkiv för Bot. iv. No. 12: 1-3

(1905).
3 Christensen, l. c. 18.

92 Rhodora |May

Reference has been made to the fact that neither D. C. Eaton nor
Dr. Christ could distinguish P. Lemmoni from P. mohrioides, var.
elegans. Well developed fronds of the two are almost identical and
P. Lemmoni has the scaleless surfaces of theoretical P. mohrioides,
and the pits in its lower faces are unusually conspicuous. In only
one character, apparently, can the two be distinguished with satis-
faction: in var. elegans the scales at the base of the stipe are castaneous
and subcoriaceous as in typical P. mohrioides; in P. Lemmoni paler
and thinner as in vars. plicatum and scopulinum. In their extremes
P. Lemmoni and P. mohrioides, var. scopulinum are well differentiated,
but certain small plants of the former too closely simulate plants of
the latter with unusually pinnatifid pinnae; and in view of their both
possessing the essential characters of P. mohrioides and the failure of
the spinulose teeth of var. scopulinum to retain the constancy one
might wish them to, it seems the part of sound classification to treat
P. Lemmoni as

P. MOHRIOIDES, var. Lemmoni (Underw. ) n. comb. Aspidium
mohrioides D. C. Faton, Ferns of N. A. ii. 251, t. Ixxx. figs. 4-9 (1880),
as to Lemmon plant figured. P. Lemmoni Underw. Our Nat. Ferns,
ed. 6: 116 (1900).

Besides agreeing in all their fundamental specific characters, typical
P. mohrioides and its vars. scopulinum and Lemmoni are amazingly
similar in their selection of habitat. Bory’s statement, based upon
the observations of the original collectors of the Falkland plant, was
that "elle croft dans les fentes des rochers" and the latest statement,
by Skottsberg, is similar: "Rocky places, often deep down in crevices, ”
while in the "stone-runs" “Two ferns are found in solitary tufts be-
tween the blocks, Blechnum magellanicum and Polystichum mohrioides,
both finely developed."! How strikingly like Eaton’s account of the
type-station of var. Lemmoni: "Mr. Lemmon writes that this fern
grows in loose and moist granitic soil, the root-stocks hidden under
rocks;’” or like Bradley's account of the type-region of var. scopu-
linum in the Teton Canon of Idaho: “we climbed a sharp slope of
stumbling rubbish, and then found ourselves on a narrow crest,
overlooking an immense cafion, the Great Téton Canon
The descent from this crest is very steep; and, in dodging falling
masses of rock, started by those behind him, Mr. Bechler unfortunately

! Skottsberg, A Botanical Survey of the Falkland Islands, Kungl. Svenska Veten-

skapsakad. Handl. 1. No. 3: 9, 114 (1913).
? Eaton, l. c. 252 (1880).

1924] Fernald,—Polystichum mohrioides 93

got a severe sprain."! At the isolated stations at the head of Snow
Brook and on the ragged walls of Devil's Gulch on Mt. Albert,
Quebec, where I have several times collected the plant, var. scopuli-
num is in dry rock-crevices (serpentine) or under broken rock whence
its tough roots are most difficult of extraction. In the latter situations,
where the tallest and least plicate fronds naturally develop, the fronds
are often badly broken by the shifting rock-debris.

The range of the aggregate-species, Polystichum mohrioides, is, as
already stated, similar to the ranges of several other plants, although
differing, naturally, in many details. Thus Myriophyllum elatinoides
Gaudichaud occurs on New Zealand, Chatham Island, Tasmania,
the Falkland Islands, in the Ar dean region from Cape Horn to Ecua-
dor, locally in Mexico, and it is known in the western United States
in Arizona and Oregon? Empetrum rubrum Vahl, characterized by
white-woolly branchlets, leaves not reflexed in age and red drupes,
occurs on the Falklands, along the Andes from Tierra del Fuego into
Chile, on Masafuera (the western island of the Juan Fernandez group),
and 2500 miles (4025 km.) east of Patagonia on Gough Island and on
the islands of the Tristan da Cunha group. Outside the Subantarctic
and southern Andean regions the only Empetrums are the Arctic
cireumpolar E. nigrum L. with branchlets at most minutely puberu-
lent, the leaves reflexed in age and the berries black or purplish;
and two species centering on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, E. Eamesii
Fernald & Wiegand and E. atropurpureum Fernald & Wiegand,
both of which have the white-woolly branchlets, non-reflexed leaves
and red berries as in the Subantarctic E. rubrum but differ from it
in more trailing habit and in seed-characters.?

The quaint little genus Lilacopsis of the Umbelliferae has three
strongly marked species or groups of species. One, L. lineata (Michx.)
Greene, with the linear-clavate broadly round-tipped 3-6-jointed
leaves scattered and solitary along the creeping filiform stem and

! Bradley in Hayden, U. S. Geol. Surv. of Terr. 6 Ann. Rep. 219 (1873).

2 See Fernald, RHopona, xxi. 124 (1919).

3 For further discussion, see Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xv. 213-217 (1913).

4 It is probable that, when the original plant of Hydrocotyle chinensis L. Sp. Pl. i.
234 (1753) is critically examined, it will prove to be Lilaeopsis lineata, in which case
we shall have to take up for the characteristic plant of Atlantic North America
the highly inappropriate name L. chinensis (L.) Kuntze. 'The Linnean descriptiou
strongly suggests L. lineata, although the phrase “Folia . . . saepius bina ad
arliculos" is not very satisfactory. No Lilaeopsis is known from Asia and Linnaeus
evidently had his geographic data confused. His Hydrocotyle chinensis has generally
been referred to the all-inclusive L. lineata (or Crantzia lineata), but it is worthy of

note that upon examining the Linnean type Asa Gray made the memorandum
“a species of Crantzia," not our species, with which he was familiar. .

94 Rhodora [MAY

without obvious stipular margins, and with the fruits constricted at
base or pyriform, is confined to saline mud of the Atlantic coast of the
United States and of southwestern Nova Scotia. The second species
L. carolinensis Coult. & Rose, a plant with long-petioled leaves having
spatulate or oblong blades up to 2.5 em. long and 1.5 em. broad and
comparatively large globose fruits, was originally described from the
southeastern United States but it is apparently found also in Paraguay
(for example, Hassler, no. 12,271) and elsewhere in temperate eastern
South America.

The third and most widely spread group of species is typified by L.
attenuata (Hook. & Arn.) Fernald,! a plant characteristic of southern
South America and the Andes and represented northward by L.
occidentalis Coult. & Rose and L. Sehaffneriana (Schlecht.) Coult.
& Rose and southward by the plants of the Falkland Islands, New
Zealand, Tasmania and Australia which have erroneously passed as
the Atlantic North American L. lineata or Crantzia lineata (Michx.)
Nutt. The published illustrations? of fruits indicate considerable
differences and it is possible that the austral series contains other
species than L. attenuata and L. Schaffneriana but without better
material than is now at hand it would be unwise to attempt further
subdivision. The essential point in regard to the Australian, New
Zealand, Tasmanian, Falkland, Argentine and Andean plants is,
that they as well as the Mexican and Pacifie North American plants
all differ in fundamental characters from the Atlantic North American
L. lineata; for in them all the more elongate and slender or often
attenuate leaves are tufted along the comparatively stout creeping
stem, not solitary and scattered as in L. lineata; when well developed
they show 6-13 joints instead of only 3-6 (rarely 7) and they often
have scarious stipular margins which frequently persist as old shreds.
Whether they finally prove to be a single species, L. attenuata, or
several, the plants of Subantarctic regions and of temperate and
Andean South America constitute, with the Mexican and Pacific
North American plants, a distinct section of Lilaeopsis.

It is thus evident that, although differing in details of distribution,
Polystichum mohrioides, Myriophyllum elatinoides, the red-berried
Empetrums and the species of Lilaeopsis centering about L. attenuata

1 LiLAEopsis attenuata (Hook. & Arn.),n.comb. Crantzia attenuata Hook. & Arv in
Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 346 (1833).

? Hook. Fl. Antarct. ii, 287, t. C. (1847); Weddell, Chloris Andina, ii, t. 68 (1861);

Coult. & Rose, Bot. Gaz. xxiv. 48, 49, figs. and 4 (1897); Jepson, Madroño, i. 139,
fig. 25 (1923).

1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 95

are similar in having interrupted Subantarctic and Andean ranges
and in occurring in the northern hemisphere only in western America
or in the region of the Gulf of St. Lawrence or in both areas.

II. THE DWARF ANTENNARIAS OF NORTHEASTERN
AMERICA.

(Plate 142.)

The larger species of Antennaria of temperate eastern America are
reasonably understood, but there is another series of highly localized
species, chiefly of the calcareous areas from northern Labrador to
Newfoundland, eastern Quebec and the James Bay region, which
have not been so clearly defined. These are the plants which have
passed chiefly as A. alpina (L.) Gaertn. and which, with it, form a
rather natural group of species. In the cordilleran region of North
America these plants have attracted much attention and a large
number have been proposed as species. In eastern America they
occur wholly beyond the habitations of resident botanists, unless we
include in eastern America botanically quite similar Greenland. The
Antennarias of Greenland have been carefully treated and beautifully
illustrated by Porsild;! but in the region immediately to the west
and southwest of Greenland these plants are collected only by
the chance botanical visitor and our knowledge of them, like
our knowledge of the whole vast region from Gaspé and
Newfoundland northward, is in very rudimentary condition.
However, the necessity of properly identifying two quite distinct
species discovered in 1923 on the Shickshock Mountains makes it
desirable to draw into convenient form our knowledge to date of
these plants. The following synopsis of the species occurring south
of Hudson Straits is therefore presented, not because it is final but
because it may draw attention to a group about which much more
information is needed. Further exploration of Newfoundland, Anti-
costi Island, the Gaspé Peninsula and the Labrador Peninsula will
surely bring to light many additional species; and, to judge from our
experience to date, they may be most hopefully looked for on barrens
and mountains of limestone, basic schists and traps.

1 Porsild, On the Genus Antennaria in Greenland (Arbejder fra den Danske Arktiske
Station paa Disko, Nr. 9), Meddel. om Groenl. li. 267-281 (1915).

96 Rhodora [May

In order properly to orient the small-leaved boreal series here spe-
cially considered, the leading features of ihe other sections of the
genus represented in eastern America are indicated in the key.

a. Basal leaves! erect, oblanceolate to elliptic-acuminate, 2-16
cm. long, similar to the cauline ones: involucres of the pistil-
late heads brown to blackish: plants sparingly to not at all
stoloniferous.
A. eucosma Fernald & Wiegand and A. pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene.
a. Basal leaves spreading, forming depressed rosettes, strongly
contrasting in outline with the cauline leaves: plants
humifuse or freely stoloniferous b.
b. Larger basal leaves only 1.5-5 mm. wide, blunt or barely
short-mucronate c.
c. All the involucral bracts of the pistillate heads? deep-
brown, drab or blackish d.
d. Bracts subequal, narrow; the inner linear or lanceolate
and acute: heads 1-6 e.
e. Rosette-leaves terminated by a short but distinct
glabrous mucro: corollas 3.5-5 mm. long f.
f. Rosette-leaves glabrous and bright-green or
grayish-pubescent above: cauline leaves dis-
tant; the upper with an oblong glabrous scarious
appendage: corollas 4-5 mm. long: pits of the
denuded receptacle 20-30, 0.3-0.4 mm. broad,
much broader than the intermediate ridges....1. A. alpina.
f. Rosette-leaves canescent: cauline leaves crowded;
the upper with a lanceolate pubescent scarious
appendage: corollas 3.5-4 mm. long: pits of
denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad,
about as wide as the blunt-edged intermediate
WSOC Wc. soe a T MENU 2. A. Sornborgeri.
e. Rosette-leaves canescent, blunt, the terminal mucro
obsolete or in old weather-worn leaves barely
visible: corollas 3-4 mm. long g.
g. Cauline leaves 9-15; the median and upper taper-
ing to a slender subulate tip; only the very
uppermost with a lanceolate scarious appendage. .3. A. cana.
g. Cauline leaves 5-8; all but the lowermost with an
oblong-lanceolate flat scarious tip 1.5-3 mm.

i n. i P ee S nee 4. A. vewillifera.
d. Bracts in about 5 outwardly shorter series, oblong,
obtuse: head solitary......................... 5. A. pygmaea.

c. At least the inner bracts of the pistillate heads with
white or whitish tips: basal leaves whitened above
with minute pubescence h.
h. The 1-3 uppermost cauline leaves with slender scarious
terminal appendages: rosette-leaves blunt or short-
mucronate: pistillate involucres 4-7 mm. high, with
appressed-ascending bracts 7.
i. Involucre of 4-6 series of distinctly unequal pale- .
brown DIRE; i o e esie nae e e ia E i 6. A. straminea.

1 By basal leaves are meant not only those of the basal rosette but the new broad
leaves terminating the stolons or basal offshoots. On account of weathering the for-
mer are often bruised and uncharacteristic.

The only species of this series of which staminate plants are known is A. nitida.
The descriptions of all the others, therefore, are drawn only from pistillate plants.

e RM SOC T. - CW.A—-— We K 5 `

1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 97

t. Involucre of 2-3 (—4) series of subequal or obscurely
imbricated whitish, creamy or roseate bracts 7.
j. Indument of the rosette-leaves close and lustrous
as if varnished: cauline leaves 9-18: inflores-
cence glomerulate: corollas 3-3.5 mm. long k.
k. Upper cauline leaves with scarious tips 2-2.5
mm, long: involucre not viscid, with thin
bracts; the thin tips of the inner series lacer-
BUC-CIOSE u. te cee ne en tee . A. albicans.
k. All but the uppermost cauline leaf merely short-
mucronate: involucre viscid-hirsute, with
thick and firm bracts; the thick tips entire
or merely cerenulate........................ 8. A. nitida.
j. Indument of the rosette-leaves a loose tomentum:
cauline leaves 5-10: inflorescence a corymb:
corollas 3.8-5 mm. long l.
l. Flowering stems 3-7 cm. high, not glandular:
the upper cauline leaves with oblong-lanceo-
late scarious appendages 2-3 mm. long: heads
2-5: involucre not glandular: achenes smooth. .9. A. Peasei.
l. Flowering stems 0.5-1.5 dm. high, glandular-
hirsute above: upper cauline leaves with
subulate or involute tips: heads 3-9: involu-
cre glandular-viscid: achenes papillose. .10. A. subviscosa.
h. The 5-8 upper cauline leaves with broad flat scarious
appendages: rosette-leaves mucronate: involucre
(except for the whitish tips) fuscous, 6-8 mm. high,
its bracts loosely spreading..................... 11. A. tsolepis.
b. Larger basal leaves mostly wider (rarely less than 5 mm.
wide), distinctly mucronate or apiculate m.
m. Rosette-leaves comparatively small, 0.2-2.1 em. wide,
with only the midrib prominent to the tip beneath,
the lateral ribs short and evanescent n.
n. Middle and upper cauline leaves terminated by a flat

-1

or merely involute scarious appendage....A. neglecta Greene, A.
appendiculata Fernald, A. spathulata Fernald, A. canadensis
Greene.

n. Middle and upper cauline leaves subulate-tipped
or mucronate, without a scarious appendage (except
sometimes on the bracteal leaves of the inflorescence).. .. . A. peta-
loidea Fernald, A. glabrifolia Fernald, A. neodioica Greene.
m. Rosette-leaves comparatively large, 0.7-5.5 em. broad,
with 3-7 somewhat prominent ribs beneath ..A. plantaginifolia (L.)
Richardson, A. occidentalis Greene, A. fallax Greene, A. Brainerdii
Fernald, A. Parlinii Fernald, A. solitaria Rydberg.

1. A. ALPINA (L.) Gaertn. Fic.1. Humifuse, with trailing sublig-
neous branches up to 1 dm. long: stolons short and crowded: rosette-
leaves oblanceolate, 0.8—1.8 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide, narrowed to a
distinct subulate-mucronate tip, bright green or canescent above:
flowering stem slender, subflexuous, up to 2.3 dm. high: cauline
leaves 4-13, becoming distant by elongation of the stem; the middle
and upper with oblong glabrous scarious tips: pistillate heads 1—5, ses-
sile or short-stalked: involucre 7-9 mm. high, lanate at base: bracts
about 3-seriate, subequal; the outer lanceolate to oblong, fuscous,
acuminate; the inner attenuate: corollas 4-5 mm. long: longer pappus-
bristles 5-6 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.3-1.5 mm. long: pits of

98 Rhodora [May

the denuded receptacle 20-30, 0.8-0.4 mm. broad, much broader than
the intermediate ridges.
Three varieties with us:

Flowering stems 2-12 em. high, with 4-9 leaves: heads (when
more than 1) in a close corymb or glomerule.
Rosette-leaves green and glabrous above.................. Var. typica.
Rosette-leaves canescent-tomentose above............... Var. canescens.
Flowering stems elongating to 2-2.3 dm., with 9-13 leaves: ro-
sette-leaves green and glabrous above: heads 1-2, the lower
(when present) on a pedicel 1-1.5 em. long .......... Var. ungavensis.

Var. typica. Gnaphalium alpinum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 856 (1753). A.
alpina (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. ii. 410 (1791).—Arctic America, south to
Kangalaksiorvik Bay, Labrador (Owen Bryant) and mountains of
British Columbia; also northern Eurasia. Fl. July-September.

Var. CANESCENS Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. (fasc. xlvii.) 9, t. 2786, fig. 1
(1869); Fernald, Rnopona, xviii. 237 (1916). A. angustata Greene,
Pittonia, iii. 284 (1898). Var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA,
xiii. 24 (1911), in part.—The commoner extreme in eastern America,
extending south to Port Manvers, Labrador (Delabarre).

Var. UNGAVENSIS Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 238 (1916).—Known
only from the type-region, Stillwater River, Ungava District.

2. A. SonNBORGERI Fernald. Fic. 2. Humifuse, with trailing
subligneous branches up to 1 dm. long: stolons very short and crowded:
rosette-leaves oblanceolate, 6-12 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, narrowed
at summit to the short-mucronate tip, canescent-pannose: flowering
stem stiffly erect, 0.4-1.1 dm. high: cauline leaves rather crowded,
9-12, linear, 5-15 mm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. wide; the upper with villous
lanceolate scarious tips: pistillate heads 1-3, sessile, campanulate:
involucre 6-7 cm. high, lanate at base: bracts about 3-seriate, sub-
equal; the outer lanceolate, brown; the inner linear-attenuate,
yellowish-brown, erose-serrulate: corollas 8.5-4 mm. long: longer
pappus-bristles 4-5.5 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.2-1.4 mm. long:
pits of the denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad, about as wide as
the blunt-edged intermediate ridges.—Rnopona, xviii. 237 (1916).—
Rama, LABRADOR (J. D. Sornborger). Fl. August.

3. A. CANA (Fernald & Wiegand) Fernald. Fic. 3. Humifuse, the
crowded leafy stolons very short (up to 2 cm. long): rosette-leaves
narrowly cuneate-obovate or broadly oblanceolate, obtuse, not mucro-
nate, broad-based, 3-11 mm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, white above with
dense minute tomentum: flowering stems 2.5-12 cm. high, slender:
cauline leaves 9-15, rather crowded, linear; the lower 8-15 mm. long,
1-2 mm. broad, subulate-tipped; the median and upper subu ate-
tipped; only the uppermost with a lanceolate scarious tip: pistillate
heads (1—)2-6, campanulate, corymbose, on pedicels up to 1 cm.
long: involucres 5-7 mm. high, lanate at base: bracts 3-seriate,
subequal, very thin; the outer oblong, brown; the inner lanceolate,
tawny, slightly fimbriate: corollas 3.5-4 mm. long: longest pappus

1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 99

4-5.5 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.2-1.6 mm. long: pits of the mature
denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad, much broader than the acute
intermediate ridges.—hRnopona, xviii. 236 (1916). A. alpina, var.
cana Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xiii. 24 (1911), in part.—Dry
limestone barrens, western NEWFOUNDLAND. Fl. July, early
August.

4. A. vexillifera, spec. nov. (Fic. 4), humifusa, stolonibus foliosis
confertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis); foliis basalaribus late spathu-
latis vel cuneato-obovatis apice rotundatis vix mucronatis 5-12 mm.
longis 3-4 mm. latis supra albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule
florifero 6-10 cm. alto gracili; foliis caulinis 5-8 subdistantibus, imis
oblanceolatis, mediis superioribusque linearibus 5-10 mm. longis
cum apice scarioso oblongo-lanceolato 1.5-3 mm. longo munitis;
capitulis femineis 1-5 corymbosis hemisphaerico-campanulatis basi
rotundatis; involucro 6-7 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 2—3-seriatis
subaequalibus tenuissimis, exterioribus anguste oblongis obtusis vel
subacutis basi castanels, interioribus lanceolatis fulvis plerumque
acuminatis; corolla 3-4 mm. longa, lobis purpurascentibus; stylo
purpurascenti; planta mascula ignota.—Matane County, QUEBEC:
dry open gravel on the tableland-saddle (altitude about 1070 m.)
between Mt. Mattaouisse and Mt. Collins, July 8, 1923, M. L. Fernald,
Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie, A. S. Pease & L. B. Smith, no.
26,056 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Closely simulating A. cana but at once distinguished by its cauline
leaves. In A. cana these are 9-15, the median and upper ones tapering
to a slender subulate tip, only the very uppermost with a scarious
tip. In A. vexillifera the cauline leaves are fewer (5-8) and all but
the very lowermost bear conspicuous broad pennant-like scarious tips
(whence the specific name.)

A. vevillifera has the cauline leaf-tips of A. alpina, but that species
has much narrower and distinctly mucronate basal leaves, larger
heads with narrower and more fuscous involucral bracts and longer
corollas (4-5 mm. long).

5. A. PYGMAEA Fernald. Fic. 5. Dwarf, 3-4.5 em. high, mono-
cephalous, humifuse; the assurgent stolons very short, not obviously
elongated: basal leaves oblanceolate, mucronate, 8-14 mm. long, 2.5-
3.5 mm. wide, glabrous or glabrate above; the cauline abou! 9, crowded,
linear-oblanceolate, 6-14 mm. long, lanate beneath, glabrous or glabrate
above, with a lanceolate or narrowly deltoid glabrous flat scarious tip
1.5-2 mm. long: pistillate involucre hemispherical, 7 mm. high, 12-13
mm. broad (in the dried material), lanate at base: bracts in about 5
series, definitely imbricated, oblong, obtuse; the outer fuscous, with a
short stramineous tip; the inner with a long obtuse stramineous tip:
corollas 4 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—Rnopona, xvi. 129

100 Rhodora [May

(1914).—Known only from northeastern LABRADOR! (Weitz et al.).
Fl. August.

6. A. STRAMINEA Fernald. Fic. 8. Plant humifuse, the leafy
stolons very short or slightly elongated (up to 7 em. long): leaves of
the rosette spatulate, subacute, barely mucronate, 5-12 mm. long, 2-4
mm. broad, white above with dense fine tomentum: flowering stem 3-14
cm. high, slender, remotely leafy: cauline leaves 8-10, linear, 6-14 mm.
long, 1-2 mm. wide; the median attenuate to a dark subulate tip;
the upper with a linear scarious tip: pistillate heads 1-7, usually in a
close corymb, hemispheric-campanulate, rounded at base: involucre
5.5-7 mm. high, 4.5-8 mm. broad (in the dried specimens), with 4-6
series of very distinctly imbricated bracts: the outer bracts ovate or oblong,
brown, slightly lanate at base, with a thin chartaceous stramineous
obtuse or subacute tip; the median oblong, with a deltoid obtuse or
subacute stramineous tip; the inner with a lanceolate erose stramineous
tip: corollas 3.74.2 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.4 mm. long:
longer pappus-bristles 4.5-5 mm. long: style yellowish, becoming
brown: staminate plant unknown.—Ruopora, xvi. 130 (1914).—
Rocky or turfy calcareous barrens and headlands bordering Notre
Dame and Ingornachoix Bays, NEWFOoUNDLAND. Fl. July, early
August.

7. A. ALBICANS Fernald. Fic.6. Plant humifuse, the leafy stolons
very short (up to 2 em. long): basal leaves spatulate, subacute or ob-
tuse, scarcely mucronate, 3-8 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, white above
with dense minute somewhat shining tomentum: flowering stem 4.5-9
cm. high, slender, somewhat remotely leafy: cauline leaves 9-15,
linear, 6-12 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide; the median attenuate, subulate
at tip; the upper with a glabrous linear scarious tip 2-2.5 mm. long:
pistillate heads (1—)2-5 in glomerules, turbinate-campanulate: involucre

! As noted when A. pygmaea was published, this is the plant which Gray in the
Synoplical Flora treated as A. carpathica (Wahlenb,) R. Br.: “Labrador (a mono-
cephalous form!)." But Gray, of course, was writing long before the intensive and
highly productive studies of the genus had begun. A. carpathica belongs to the very
strongly defined non-stoloniferous group of species with erect and elongate basal
leaves (the section including A. eucosma Fernald & Wiegand, A. pulcherrima (Hook.)
Greene, A. lanata (Hook.) Greene, etc.), while Gray's ‘‘monocephalous form" is a
humifuse plant with depressed rosettes of tiny leaves. Dr. Theodor Holm, lamenting
the disappearance of the name A. carpathica from American literature, cites Gray's
record of the Labrador plant (A. pygmaea), which was not understood by Gray, as
proof that A. carpathica does grow in America, though in Labrador it so far departs
from the European type as to have only a single head (Ruopona, xxii. 142); and he
reinforces his argument, that A. carpathica is North American, by the statement that,
" Having examined a number of specimens of A. lanata Greene I find it impossible to
distinguish them from A. carpathica.” I have before me 19 collections of A. carpathica
of Europe and 26 of the Rocky Mountain A. lanata. In the former 2 to 4 of the median
and upper cauline leaves end in a lance- or linear-subulate scarious tip, only 1 or 2
of the uppermost leaves ever showing dilated appendages; but in A. lanata 4 to 9
of the cauline leaves have broad and conspicuous pennant-like appendages. This
perfectly obvious character, supplemeuting the broader leaves, the smaller heads,
shorter corollas and shorter pappus, clearly distinguishes A. lanata from A. carpathica
and it is doubtful if other students of Antennaria will follow Holm in forcing it and
the wholly different A. pygmaea back into the European A. carpathica.

1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 101

4.5-6 mm. high, 4.5-6 mm. wide (in dried specimens): bracts in 2-3
series, subequal, thin; the outer 3-4 mm. long, oblong or lanceolate,
obtuse or subacute, straw-color or brown, green and a little lanate at
base; inner oblong, obtuse, lacerate-erose, milk-white: corollas 3-3.3
mm. long: achenes glabrous, 0.8-1 mm. long: longer pappus-bristles
4-4.3 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—RuHopora, xvi. 197
(1914).—Dry limestone shingle, northern domes of Table Mt., Port
à Port Bay, NEWFOUNDLAND. FI. July.

8. A. NITIDA Greene. Fic. 9. Resembling A. albicans. PisTIL-
LATE PLANT with the stiffish stolons up to 6 dm. long: basal leaves
0.5-1.5 em. long: flowering stems 0.5-2 dm. high: cauline leaves 9-18;
the middle and upper merely short-mucronate: heads 5-9 in a glomerule:
involucre 6-7 mm. high, viscid-hirsute: bracts about 4-seriate, very
unequal; the outer 34.5 mm. long, oblong, obtuse, whitish, green and
densely lanate at base; the inner white, gradually narrower, obtuse,
entire or barely erose: corollas 3-3.5 mm. long: achenes 0.8-1.2 mm.
long: longest pappus-bristles 5 mm. ong. STAMINATE PLANT with
glomerules 1-2 cm. in diameter: involucre with firm creamy or
yellowish oblong to obovate entire to merely crenulate bracts: corollas
3.5 mm. long: pappus 44.5 mm. long, upwardly barbellate; the
slightly dilated (rarely broad) tips crenate.—Pittonia, iii. 283 (1898).
A. arida viscidula E. Nelson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xxiii. 710 (1901).
A. viscidula Rydberg, Fl. Colo. 369 (1906).—Dry limestone soil,
Charlton Isl., James Bay, QUEBEC to ATHABASCA and Uran. FI.
late June, July.

9. A. Peasei, spec. nov. (Fic. 11), humifusa, stolonibus foliosis con-
fertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis); foliis basilaribus late oblanceolatis
vel anguste cuneato-obovatis 7-12 mm. longis 2-4.5 mm. latis mucro-
natis supra albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule florifero 3-7 cm.
alto gracili; foliis caulinis 5-7 lineari-lanceolatis 0.8-1.5 cm. longis,
imis mediisque subulato-mucronatis, superioribus 2 vel 3 apice
scarioso oblongo-lanceolato 2-3 mm. longo munitis capitulis femineis
2-5 dense corymbosis hemisphaerico-campanulatis basi rotundatis;
invo ucro 6-7 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 2-3-seriatis subaequalibus
chartaceo-petaloideis, exterioribus oblongis subacutis pallide brunneis
basi subeastaneis, interioribus similibus acuminatis lacteis; corollis
3.8-5 mm. longis; stylo purpurascenti; achaenis glabris; planta
mascula ignota.—Matane County, QUEBEC: talus of mica-schist,
chimney east of Razorback Ridge (altitude 850-1000 m.), Mt. Logan,
July 13, 1923, A. S. Pease & L. B. Smith, no. 26057 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.).

Related to A. albicans of western Newfoundland and A. subviscosa
of Rimouski County, Quebec. From the former distinguished by the
distinctly mucronate and loosely tomentose basal leaves, the few
cauline leaves, the larger heads, the acuminate inner involucral bracts
and the longer corolla; A. subviscosa is a coarser plant with trailing

102 Rhodora Max

branches often 4 or 5 dm. long. It has 7-9 cauline leaves, the upper-
most with subulate or involute tips; its heads are more numerous
(3-9) and its glandular-viscid involucres have more definitely imbri-
cated bracts.

Various cordilleran species, A. wmbrinella Rydberg, A. pulvinata
Greene, etc., are related to A. Pease; but I am unable to find any

specles to which it can be satisfactorily referred.

10. A. susviscosa Fernald. Fie. 10. Plant densely humifuse,
the trailing branches subligneous, often 4-5 dm. long; stolons very
short and crowded: leaves of the rosettes spatulate, obtusish, scarcely
mucronate or with a very short mucro, 0.5-1.5 em. long, 2-5 mm.
broad, densely white-tomentose: flowering stems 0.5-1.5 dm. high,
white-tomentose throughout, glandular-hirsute above: cauline leaves
7-10, tomentose; the lower linear-oblanceolate, mucronate, 1.5-2.5
em. long; the upper linear-attenuate, with a subulate or involute sub-
scarious pubescent tip: pistillate heads 3-9, densely or loosely corym-
bose: involucre turbinate-campanulate, 5-6.5 mm. high: bracts about
3-seriate; the outer 3-4 mm. long, oblong, subherbaceous, greenish
or stramineous, often rose-tinged, glandular-viscid, with a thin obtuse
cream-colored or rose-pink tip; interior narrower, acutish: corollas
3.8-4.3 mm. long: achenes papillose, 1-1.2 mm. long: longer pappus-
bristles 4.5-5 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—Ruopora, xvi.
131 (1914).—Cold north-facing limestone sea-cliffs east of Bic,
Rimouski Co., QuEBEc. Fl. July.

11. A. rsoLEPIS Greene. Fic. 7. Humifuse, the leafy stolons up
to 7 cm. long: rosette-leaves oblanceolate or obovate, subacute or obtuse,
short mucronate, 0.8—2.5 em. long, 2-7 mm. broad, densely white-tomen-
tose above: flowering stems 0.7-2.5 dm. high, flexuous: cauline leaves
9-18, linear-oblanceolate, tomentose, 1.5-3 em. long, 2-4 mm. broad;
the lower with subulate tips; the 5-8 upper with broad flat scarious
tips: heads 5-9, corymbose: pistillate involucres 6-8 mm. high:
bracts of about 3 lengths, fuscous except for the oblong erose white or
whitish widely spreading petal-like tips: corollas 3-3.7 mm. long:
achenes sparingly papillose, 1-1.2 mm. long: longest pappus-bristles
4.5-5.5 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—Ottawa Nat. xxv.
41 (1911).—Coast of Hudson Strait, UNcAva District, and south
near the outer coast at least to Port Manvers, LABRADOR. Fl. July,
August.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 142.

Fra. 1, Antennaria alpina X 1; la, tip of median cauline leaf X 4. Fia. 2,
A. Sornborgeri X 1; 2a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4. Fig. 3, A. cana X 1;
3a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4. Fra. 4, A. verillifera X 1; 4a, tip of median
cauline leaf X 4. Fra. 5, A. pygmaea X 1; 5a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4.
Fia. 6, A. albicans X 1; 6a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4; 6b, inner bract
of involuere X 4. Fia. 7, A. isolepis X 1; 7a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4.
Fia. 8, A. straminea X 1; 8a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4. Fia. 9, A.
nitida X 1; 9a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4; 9b, inner bract of involucre
of staminate plant X 4. Fra. 10, A. subviscosa X 1; 10a, tip of median cauline

leaf X 4; 10c, central flower and achene X 4. Fic. 11, A. Pease; X 1; 11a,
tip of median cauline leaf X 4; 11c, central flower and achene X 4.

1924] Fernald,—Representatives of Arnica alpina 103

HI. THE EASTERN AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF
ARNICA ALPINA.

(Plate 143.)

In 1905 I published! a synopsis of the species of Arnica known in
northeastern America and at that time predicted that “doubtless
many other species will be found, especially on the mountains and
cliffs of eastern Quebec.” Although the prediction has not yet been
wholly fulfilled, two very distinct new species have been discovered,
one on the Long Range of western Newfoundland, the other in the
Shickshock Mountains. In determining the exact relationships of
one of these plants, discovered in 1923 on Mt. Logan and the neigh-
boring Mt. Mattaouisse in Matane County, Quebec, it has seemed
appropriate to present a new treatment of the eastern species with
few and small cauline leaves and with white and merely barbellate
pappus (A. alpina and its allies) and to publish Miss Brackett’s
drawings of these species. In order to show the contrast between
these plants and the well known A. mollis Hook. of the Rocky Moun-
tains and of the Gaspé Peninsula and of northern New England and
northern New York, the latter species is also included in the key,
although it seems unnecessary to discuss it in detail.

a. Stem-leaves 1-4 pairs (sometimes scattered small bracts
above), at least the upper entire or only sparingly toothed:
pappus white or whitish; its bristles merely barbellate b.
b. Achenes cop ously hirsute from base to summit c.
c. Lower leaves entire or with only remote irregular teeth d.
d. Base of involucre and summit of peduncle villous-
lanate e.
e. Leaves nearly glabrous or only minutely glandular-
hispid: involucral bracts 15-20, narrowly lanceo-
late, 2-3 mm. broad, only sparingly pubescent
above the middle: ligules with blunt lobes only
[SP EEITTEDMIOpeed r e Uc aa a aea opa Uc 1. A. alpina.
€. Leaves loosely x te: involucral bracts 8-10,
narrowly rhombic, 3-3.5 mm. broad, loosely
villous to the tip: ligules with acutish lobes 3-5
ITT OD eee | i Aen eS He ee cca LE . A. pulchella.
d. Base of involucre and summit of peduncle viscid-
villous but hardly lanate f.
f. Leaves glabrous or merely minutely pilose on nerves
and margn, entire; the cauline lanceolate to
oblong: stem glabrous or essentially so at base:
involucral bracts oblanceolate, 1 em. long, glandu-
lar-villous at base, only sparingly pilose or glab-
rate above: ligules with blunt lobes only 1-2 mm.
long. diu sape als esce a SSD D DE
f. Leaves glandular-puberulent and viscid-villous,
irregularly dentate; the cauline linear or linear-

bh

>:

. plantaginea,

1 RHopona, vii. 146-150 (1905).

104 Rhodora [May

lanceolate: stems viscid-villous at base: involu-
cral bracts linear- to lance-attenuate, 1.2-1.5 em.
long, uniformly viscid-villous: ligules with acutish
lobes 3-5 mm. long...................... 4. A. Sornborgeri.
c. Lower leaves regularly dentate g.
g. Disk-corollas 6-8 mm. long, with glabrous or only
sparingly setose lobes; the densely pilose portion
of the tube and throat 3.5-6 mm. long: mature
pappus 5-8 mm. long, bright-white........... 5. A. chionopappa.
g. Disk-corollas 9-10 mm. long, with copiously setose
lobes; the densely pilose portion of the tube and
throat 7-9 mm. long: mature pappus 9-10 mm.

long, ereamy-white............................ 6. A. gaspensis.

b. Achenes glabrous or nearly so below the middle........ 7. A. Griscomi.
a. Stem-leaves 3-5 pairs, all evenly dentate: pappus yellowish-

brown or olive-tinged; its bristles subplumose............ 8. A. mollis.

1. A. ALPINA Olin & Ladau. Fic. 1. Stem 0.5-3 dm. high, sparingly
short-villous below, densely so above, copiously villous-lanate at tip:
leaves nearly glabrous or minutely glandular hispid; the basal linear-
lanceolate, 3-9 em. long, 0.4-1.6 em. broad, entire or with few remote
small teeth; cauline 1-3 pairs, entire, sessile, the lowest usually much
longer than the reduced upper ones: heads solitary (rarely 2—4), 4-6
cm. broad: involucre densely villous-lanate at base; its 15-20 narrowly
lanceolate long-acuminate usually purplish bracts only sparingly
pubescent above the middle, 1.2-1.5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. broad: ligules
10-15, with 3 blunt lobes 1-2 mm. long: achenes hirsute: pappus
cream-white; its bristles barbellate.—Diss. 11 (1799), acc. to Ind.
Kew. A. montana, 8 alpina L. Sp. Pl. ii. 884 (1753). A. angustifolia
Vahl, Fl. Dan. ix. t. 1524 (1818).—Arctic regions, south to rocky
slopes of the Torngat Mts., Labrador, Mosquito Bay, Ungava Distr.,
northern Manitoba, and Alaska; arctic and alpine Eurasia. Fl.
August.

2. A. PULCHELLA Fernald. Fic. 2. Stem 1-1.8 dm. high, villous,
especially above, with white hairs 1-2 mm. long mixed with minute
stipitate glands: leaves loosely villous on both surfaces; the basal
lanceolate or oblanceolate, 3-15 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 em. broad, entire
or remotely callous-dentate; cauline 1-2 pairs, entire: head solitary,
4.5 em. broad: involucre densely villous-lanate at base; its 8-10 nar-
rowly rhombic long-attenuate bracts glandular and loosely villous to
the tip, 1.5 cm. long, 8-8.5 mm. broad: ligules about 10, with 3-4
sharp lobes (the longest 3-5 mm. long): achenes hirsute: pappus
white, barbellate-—Ruopora, xvii. 18 (1915).—Dry exposed lime-
stone ledges and shingle, Table Mt., Port à Port Bay, Newfoundland.
Fl. July.

3. A. PLANTAGINEA Pursh. FriG.4. Stem 1.5-4.5 dm. high, glabrous
or only very sparingly villous-hispid below, glandular-puberulent at
summit: leaves glabrous or minutely pilose on the nerves and margins,
entire; the basal oblong to oblanceolate, 0.6-1 dm. long, 1.2-2 em. broad;
cauline 3—4 pairs, sessile, the lower 7-13 cm. long, the upper much
reduced: heads 1-3, 4-5 cm. broad: involucre glandular-villous at

1924] Fernald,—Representatives of Arnica alpina 105

base; its 10-12 oblanceolate bracts 1 em. long, sparingly pilose or glabrate
above the base: ligules 10-15, with 3 blunt lobes 1-2 mm. long: achenes
hispid: pappus white, barbellate.—Fl. 527 (1814); Fernald, RHODORA,
vii. 147 (1905). A. angustifolia Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. 449 (1843), in
part, not Vahl. A. alpina Gray, Syn. Fl. i. pt. 2: 382 (1886), in part,
not Olin & Ladau. A. alpina, var. Lessingii Fernald & Sornborger,
Ott. Nat. xiii. 106 (1899), in part, not Gray.—Banks of mountain-
brooks, ete., Ramah to Nain, Labrador, west to Kooksoak River,
Ungava District. Fl. August.

4. A. SORNBORGERI Fernald. Fic. 3. Stem 1.5-2 dm. high, viscid-
villous throughout, densely so at summit: leaves glandular-puberulent
and viscid-villous, irregularly dentate; the basal linear-lanceolate to
narrowly oblong, 6-9 em. long, 0.8-1.6 em. broad; cauline 3 pairs,
linear to lanceolate: head solitary, 4.5-6 cm. broad: involucre
uniformly viscid-villous throughout; its 10-12 linear- to lance-attenuate
bracts 1.2-1.5 cm. long: ligules 10-15, with acutish lobes 3-5 mm.
long: achenes hirsute: pappus white, barbellate.—HRnHopona, vii.
147 (1905).—Rocky banks of streams, Torngat Mts., Labrador.
Fl. August, September.

5. A. cHIONOPAPPA Fernald. FiG.5. Stem 0.7-4 dm. high, loosely or
sparingly villous: leaves sparingly villous or glabrate; the basal lanceolate
to narrowly ovate, regularly dentate, 0.3-1.8 dm. long, 0.5-3.3 em.
broad; cauline 2-4 pairs, the lower slender-petioled and resembling
the basal, the upper sessile and much smaller: heads 1-4, 3-4 cm.
broad: involucre villous throughout; the 10-15 linear- to lance-attenuate
bracts 7-13 mm. long: ligules 10-15, with short bluntish lobes: disk-
corollas 6-8 mm. long, with glabrous or only sparingly setulose lobes;
the densely pilose portion of the tube and throat 3.5-6 mm. long: achenes
densely short-setulose, 4-6 mm. long; the ascending white hairs about
equaling one-half the diameter of the achene: pappus bright-white, in
fruit 5-8 mm. long.—Ruopora, vii. 148 (1905).—Calcareous 'edges,
shingle, cliffs and river-gorges, Table Mt., Port à Port Bay, New-
foundland; Cap-Rosier, Gaspé Co., Quebec to the Tobique River,
New Brunswick. Fl. late June-ear y August.

6. A. GASPENSIS Fernald. Fic. 6. Stem 3-4 dm. high, villous
below, glandular-puberulen' above: leaves sparingly pilose on both
surfaces, lanceolate; the lower with sharp spreading teeth, 6-12 cm.
long, 1.2-2.3 em. broad; the 3 or 4 pairs of cauline sessile, the upper
much reduced: heads 1—4, 4-5 em. broad: involucre glandular puberu-
lent and sparingly pilose; its S-10 oblong bracts 1 cm. long, with tri-
angular tips: ligules about 10, sharply lobed: disk-corollas slenderly
funnelform, 9-10 mm. long, with copiously setose lobes; the densely
pilose portion of the tube and throat 7-9 mm. long: achenes hirsute
with short and long hairs, the latter nearly equaling the diameter of
the achene: pappus cream-white, in fruit 9-10 mm. long.—Ruopora,
vii. 148 (1905).—Calcareous ledges and cliffs, Cap Tourelle, Gaspé
Co., Quebec. Fl. July.

7. A. Griscomi, n. sp. (Fic. 7), rhizomate gracili 0.4-1 dm. longo

106 Rhodora [May

horizontali vel oblique adscendente; caule solitario (rarissime 2-3)
piloso supra sparse villoso-hirsuto 0.8-2.5 dm. alto; foliis rosulatis
lanceolato-elliptieis 3-10 cm. longis 0.5-2 cm. latis subacuminatis
basi angustis plus minusve petiolatis supra papillosis vel sparsissime
villosis glabratisque ci iatis margine calloso-serratis, dentibus 3-7-
jugis; foliis caulinis 1-2-jugis, inferioribus oblanceolatis vel oblongis
vel lanceolato-ovatis remote serratis vel integris glabris vel papillosis,
superioribus valde reductis apice calloso-subulatis; pedunculis 1-3
nudis vel bracteolatis, bracteolis linearibus apice subulati-filiformibus;
capitulis 2.5-4 em. diametro; involucro 1-1.5 em. alto basi minute
piloso supra glabro; bracteis S-10 anguste rhomboideis 2-3 mm. latis
acuminatis ciliatis dorso glabris, paginis interioribus apice villosis;
ligulis 9-12 luteis, lamina 1-1.5 em. longa 4-5 mm. lata 7-9-nervata
apice 3-dentata, dentibus longioribus 0.5-1 mm. longis; corollis disci
6-7 mm. longis, tubo villoso 2.5-3.5 mm. longo; achaeniis 3-3.5 mm.
longis glabris vel ad apicem sparse breviterque hirsutis; pappo 6-7
mm. longo albo, setis barbellulatis.—Matane County, QUEBEC: moist
rock-walls and shelves of hornblende-schist at head (altitude about
1070 m.)of Big Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 8, 1923, M. L. Fernald,
Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie, A. S. Pease & L. B. Smith, no.
26,082; same station, August 20, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 26,085;
dry schistose crests and talus of Razorback Ridge (altitude 850-1000
m.), Mt Logan, July 13, 1923, Pease & Smith, no. 26,083; cold chim-
neys in the schist at about 900-1000 m. altitude, south of Fernald
Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, August 20, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 26,084
(TYPE in Gray Herb.).

Named for Ludlow Griscom, professional — keen
amateur botanist, tireless explorer and choice companion, who first
discovered the plant which subsequently proved to be somewhat
generally distributed on the cold walls of Mts. Mattaouisse and
Logan.

Arnica Griscomi belongs to the group of species nearly related to
A. alpina. From all of them it is distinguished by its achenes being
glabrous at base or often nearly throughout; A. alpina, A. plantaginea,
A. chionopappa, A. gaspensis and A. arnoglossa Greere, the five
species to which it is most nearly related, having the achenes densely
hirsute with omparatively long trichomes. In A. alpina, further-
more, the entire basal leaves are very narrow, and the involucre is
densely lanate at base and it has more numerous and narrower bracts.
A. chionopappa has the more numerous linear- or lance-attenuate
bracts villous throughout, the ligules more numerous, the villous
portion of the disk-corolla longer, and the achenes longer; A. planta-
ginea has the stem glabrous or essentially so at base but distinctly
glandular above and its leaves are entire; A. gaspensis (which is

1924] Reports on Flora of Boston District,—XLVI 107

known only at the type-station where it has thrice been collected)
has the involucral bracts glandular as well as pilose, its disk-corollas
slender and longer than in others of the group and with the villous
tube more than twice as long as in A. Griscom?, its achenes nearly
twice as long and its pappus creamy- or sordid-white instead of snow-
white. A. arnoglossa, described from the Black Hills, is densely
glandular-puberulent above and the very young achenes (the only
ones seen) are definitely longer than the mature ones of A. Griscomt.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 143.

Fic. 1, Arnica alpina X 1; la, disk-flowered X 4; 1b, tip of ligule x 4.
Fic. 2, A. pulchella X 1; 2b, tip of ligule X 4. Fia. 3, head of A. Sornborgeri
X 1. Fia. 4, A. plantaginea X 1. Fia. 5, A. chionopappa X 1; 5a, disk-
flower X 4. Fia. 6a, disk-flower of A. gaspensis X 4. Fia. 7, A. Griscomi X
4; 7a, disk-flower X 4.

(To be continued)

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLVI.

COMPOSITAE.
FLAVERIA.

F. girpENTIS (L.) Ktze. On woolwaste, Westford (Miss E. F.
Fleteher, Oct. 6, 1913). Specimen in herb. Gray. Adventive from
South America.

GALINSOGA.

G. ciLIATA (Raf.) Blake. (G. parviflora Cav., var. hispida DC.;
G. aristulata Bicknell. See Ruopora xxiv. 34, 1922; Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club xliii. 270-271, 1916). A weed in rich soil; common, especially
in the cities.

G. BICOLORATA St. John & White. HRnopnona xxii. 97-101, 1920.
Shore of Charles River, Cambridge (F. S. Collins, Sept. 26, 1916).
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

G. CARACASANA (DC) Sch. Bip. Weed in Botanic Garden, Cam-
bridge (M. L. Fernald, Sept. 14, 1909).

G. PARVIFLORA Cav. <A weed in rich soil; frequent in and near
Boston.

108 Rhodora [May

GNAPHALIUM.

G. decurrens Ives. Dry soil, occasional from Blue Hills northward.

G. obtusifolium L. (G. polycephalum Michx. See RHODORA xx.
71-73,1918.) Dry fields, pastures and beaches, very common through-
out.

G. PuRPUREUM L. Ipswich (J. A. Lowell, no date); dump, Lowell
(C. W. Swan, Aug. 6, 1884).

G. uliginosum L. Weed in rich moist soil, common.

GRINDELIA.

G. ROBUSTA Nutt. Colburn’s mill yard, Lowell (C. W. Swan, 1885).
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. Native on the Pacific
coast of the United States.

HELENIUM.

H. AUTUMNALE L. Merrimac River, Essex County (Miss Prince,
October, 1887). Specimen in herb. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

H. NUDIFLORUM Nutt. A rare waif at Andover, Concord, Sherborn
and Duxbury.

H. rENUIFOLIUM Nutt. Introduced, probably with wool, rare;
Georgetown, Malden, Danvers, S. Boston.

HELIAN' THUS.

H. ANNUUS L. Vacant lots and dumps, especially near the cities;
frequent and variable.

H. divaricatus L. Dry open woods and roadsides, common.

H. DEBILIS Nutt., var. CUCUMERIFOLIUS Gray. Waste ground,
Fenway, Boston (4. S. Pease, Oct. 10, 1906). Specimen in herb.
N. E. Botanical Club. Native from Texas westward.

H. decapetalus L. A plant of rich alluvial soil; Georgetown (Mrs.
C. N. S. Horner, 1876); Tewksbury (C. W. Swan, July 7, 1883);
reported from Lowell, Medford and Malden in Dame & Collins,
Fl. Middlesex Co. 52, 1888.

H. argaNTEUS L. Melrose (T. Morong, 1876); grove on Center
St., Milton (N. T. Kidder, Sept. 8, 1918).

H. GROSSESERRATUS Martens. By brook at west base of Zion's
Hill, Woburn (M. L. Fernald, September, 1899); escape at Needham
(J. R. Churchill, Aug. 31, 1901); rubbish, edge of salt-marsh, Milton

1924] Reports on Flora of Boston District, —XLVI 109

(N. T. Kidder, Sept. 11, 1921); Bellingham (F. W. Hunnewell, no
date).

H. LAETIFLORUS Pers. Marsh back of Stillman Infirmary, Charles
River, Cambridge (W. Deane, Sept. 7, 1913); sparingly escaped,
Hingham (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 5, 1909).

H. MAXIMILIANI Schrad. Sandy field by Wright’s Pond, Middlesex
Fells, Medford, spreading (F. S. Collins, Aug. 29, 1909, Sept. 7, 1910).

H. PETIOLARIS Nutt. Woollen mill, Graniteville, Westford (C. W.
Swan, Sept. 15, 1884); railway embankment, Dedham (C. E. Fazon,
Oct. 2, 1898).

H. scABERRIMUS Ell. Waste places, rare; Boston, Brookline, W.
Roxbury, Milton.

H. strumosus L. Borders of woods in rich soils, common.

H. ruBEROSUS Michx. Old gardens and waste places, occasional.

HELIOPSIS.

H.scABRA Dunal. A waif in fields at Medford, Sherborn and Lin-
coln. I
HEMIZONIA.

H. FAscicuLATA (DC) T. & G. Sown by wool refuse, N. Chelms-
ford (W. P. Alcott, July 1, 1879). Specimens in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club and Peabody Acad. Sci.

HIERACIUM.

H. AvRANTIACUM L. Fields and waste places, occasional.

H. canadense Michx. Borders of woods and other dry places,
common throughout.

H. FLORENTINUM All. Dry soil, rare; Brookline, Newton, Wellesley
Hills, Milton, Quincy.

H. Gronovii L. Dry sandy soil, rare; Natick, Norwood, Scituate,
Pembroke, Duxbury, Easton.

H. marianum Willd. Open woods, rare; Natick, Stony Brook, and
Blue Hills Reservations southward. An early-blooming plant, not
too distinct from H. scabrum.

H. paniculatum L. Open woods, frequent.

H. paniculatum L., forma glandulosum Hoffm. RHODORA xix.
37, 1917. Jamaica Plain (E. & C. E. Faxon, June 26, 1889); W.
Roxbury (E. & C. E. Faxon, July 1, 1890); Blue Hills, Milton (E. &

110 Rhodora [May

C. E. Faxon, July 22, 1889); shaded bank, border of bog, Natick
(J. P. Bill & F. W. Grigg, Aug. 12, 1922).

H. PrLosELLA L. Grassland, Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, June 27,
1912); Wellesley (F. W. Hunnewell, no date); Milton (N. 7. Kidder,
May 22, 1896).

H. PrLosELLA L., var. VIRIDE Ser. Spreading in field, Walker St.,
Cambridge (M. L. Fernald, June 6, 1894, June 6, 1895). Specimens in
herb. Gray.

H. PRAEALTUM Gochnat, var. pECIPIENS Koch. Dry pasture,
spreading, Andover (A. S. Pease, June 1, 1902 to June 12, 1904).
Specimens in herb. Gray and N. E. Botanical Club.

H. scabrum Michx. Dry woods and roadsides, common throughout.

H. sUBRHOMBOIDEUS Rydberg. (Memoirs New York Bot. Garden,
i. 419, 1900). Shady roadside, Sharon (J. P. Bill & F. W. Grigg,
Aug. 25, 1922). Native of Montana.

H. venosum Michx. Dry woods and fields; common throughout,
but very few records from Essex County.

H. venosum Michx., var. subcaulescens T. & G. Waltham (F. S.
Collins, June 17, 1886); Jamaica Plain (E. & C. E. Fazon, June 23,
1889); woodpath, Blue Hill Res. (W. P. Rich, June 9, 1895).

H. vULGATUM Fries. Border of wood, W. Roxbury (F. G. Floyd,
July 1, 1915); sparingly introduced in Milton (G. G. Kennedy, July 9,
1901; other collections by different collectors to 1919).

HYPOCHAERIS.

H. GLABRA L. Woolwaste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott, 1878).
Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci.

INULA.

I. HELENIUM L. Moist roadsides and pastures, occasional.

I. SALICINA L. Introduced near carpet factory, now eradicated,
Tapleyville, Danvers (J. E. Sears, Aug. 8, 1879). Specimen in herb.
Peabody Acad. Sci.

IVA.

I. oraria Bartlett. Salt-marshes, common all along the coast.
I. XANTHIFOLIA Nutt. Vacant lots and waste places; Danvers,
Cambridge, S. Boston, Woburn, Milton, Wellesley.

1924] ^. Reports on Flora of Boston District, —XLVI 111

KRIGIA.

[K. amplexicaulis Nutt. Reported from wet meadow, Framingham,
in Ruopona i. 97, 1899, but no specimen is available.]
K. virginica (L.) Willd. Dry fields and open woods, common.

LACTUCA.

L. canadensis L. See RHopora xxii. 10-11, 1920, for revision of
this species and its varieties and forms which follow. Moist soil,
common.

L. canadensis L., var. integrifolia (Bigelow) Gray. Occasional.

L. canadensis L., var. integrifolia (Bigelow) Gray, forma angust-
ata Wiegand. Sandy sea-beach, Pemberton (Hull) (B. L. Robinson,
Aug. 27, 1897). Specimen in herb. Gray.

L. canadensis L., var. latifolia O. Kuntze. Occasional north and
west of Boston.

L. canadensis L., var. latifolia O. Kuntze, forma exauriculata
Wiegand. Rare; Wenham (type station), Revere, Winchester, Dor-
chester.

L. canadensis L., var. obovata Wiegand. Occasional, but few re-
cords inland (type from Wellesley).

L. canadensis L., var. obovata Wiegand, forma stenopoda Wie-
gand. Salisbury (A. A. Eaton, Aug. 20, 1899). Specimen in herb.
N. E. Botanical Club.

L. canadensis L., forma angustipes Wiegand. Beaver Brook
Reservation (N. T. Kidder, Aug. 9, 1919); Needham (T. O. Fuller,
Aug. 14, 1893).

L. hirsuta Muhl. Dry fields and woods, rare.

L. Morssii Robinson. W. Medford (C. H. Morss, Oct. 4, 1902);
Green Harbor, Marshfield, reclaimed salt-marsh (C. H. Morss, Aug.
14, 1898, Aug. 22, 1899); gravelly soil, W. Roxbury, one plant (N. T.
Kidder, Sept. 25, 1919).

L. Scartota L. Waste land, Lowell (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 12,
1902). Specimen in herb. C. H. Knowlton.

L. SCcARIOLA L., var. INTEGRATA Gren. & Godr. Waste places,
occasional; especially abundant around Boston and Cambridge.

L. spicata (Lam.) Hitche. Low ground, frequent throughout.

C. H. KNow Ton Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

.

112 Rhodora [MAY

JossELYN BOTANICAL SOCIETY, ANNUAL FIELD MrErING.— The
twenty-ninth annual meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine will be held at AsHLAND, Aroostook County, July 14-19,
inclusive. Mr. J. Sterling Campbell will care for the party at the
rate of $2.50 per day. Ashland is reached by way of Ashland Junction
on the Bangor & Aroostook R. R. It is in limestone country, situated
on the Aroostook River. The days will be given to collecting; the
evenings to examination and identification of specimens with some
informal programmes. Members wishing to attend will please
write early to Mn. J. STERLING CAMPBELL, Ashland, Maine.—LENA
WILLIS, Secretary, Naples, Maine.

Vol. 26, no. 304, including pages 61 to 88 and plates 140 and 141, was issued
2 June, 1924.

Plate 142

A. E. Brackett del.

DwARF ANTENNARIAS.

Plate 143

Rhodora

Brackett del.

A. E.

RESENTATIV ES OF ARNICA ALPINA.

Rep

Your Ü KS,

— ———

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP R amet Publication Committee

Vol. 26. June, 1924. No. 306.
CONTENTS:

Senecios of Quebec and Newfoundland. New or restudied
Plants of eastern America. M. L. Fernald............. 113

Rhode Island and Massachusetts Plants. S. N. F. Sanford... 127
Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —LVII.......... 130

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mase,

Subscriptions, adverti ts, and busi communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mase.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

B.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collectors
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto prs issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates por
space of 4 in. by 38-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

- THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. June, 1924. No. 306.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—New Series.—No. LXXII.

(Continued from page 108.)

IV. SOME SENECIOS OF EASTERN QUEBEC AND
NEWFOUNDLAND.

(Plate 144.)

SENECIO RESEDIFOLIUS.—In 1818 Ledebour described from the
Altai of Siberia a monocephalous Senecio under the name Cineraria
lyrata.. The plant was subsequently collected by Bunge, Fischer,
Tiling, Turezaninow, Charles Wright and others in the Altai and
Baikal regions or at other points in Siberia eastward to Amur and
the coast of Bering Straits. It is a well marked but highly variable
plant, a single variation of which was illustrated in Reichenbach’s
Iconagraphia? In 1831 Lessing gave a beautifully detailed description
of one of Chamisso's plants from Bay St. Lawrence or Gulf of St.
Lawrence on the Asiatic side of Bering Straits as Senecio resedifolius,?
and as a synonym he cited Cineraria lyrata Less., Lessing's specific
name being unavailable on account of the older Senecio lyratus L. f.

Gradually the knowledge of Senecio resedifolius was extended
until, in 1867, Herder* recognized it as a wide-ranging species, extend-

1 Ledeb. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. v. 576 (1818).

? Reichenb. Ic. Bot. Crit. ii. 1, t. 101 (1824).

3 Lessing, Linnaea, vi. 243 (1831). Lessing's account says clearly that the original
habitat was “In sinu St. Laurentii cel. de Chamisso” and one of the original labels
in Chamisso's hand, in the Gray Herbarium, is equally explicit: ‘“‘ Sin. St. Laurent. ''
This, of course, is the well known Bay or Gulf of St. Lawrence on the west side of
Bering Straits, where many types were collected by Chamisso. Greenman in his
monograph (Ann. Mo Bot. Gard. iii. 99) erroneously cites the Chamisso material

as coming from “Alaska: St. Lawrence Island, Chamisso. ”
4 Herder, Reisen in den Süden von Ostsibirien, iii. Heft. 2: 116 (1867).

114 Rhodora [JUNE

ing from Bering Straits across arctic Siberia and south to the Altai,
and along the coast of Alaska to “Brittisch Nord-Amerika.” In
1916 its range, as understood by the monographer of the genus, Green-
man,' was essentially the same, he citing specimens from as far south
as the Aleutian and Shumagin Islands and “ Mucklung River" (sup-
posed to be in British Columbia). At the same time Senecio Fernaldii
Greenman,? from a spur of the Long Range in Newfoundland, was
described as a new species. The type of the latter was a single
rather exceptional individual,” but it showed characters in the foliage
and in its lack of ligules which seemed to separate it from the ordinarily
radiate S. resedifolius. Subsequently, however, the Newfoundland
plant (figs. 1° and 1*) has been twice collected in quantity at the type-
locality, in July, 1914 (Fernald & St. John, no. 10,873) and in July,
1921 (Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,483). A few individuals of these
later collections are good matches for the type; but of the 47 plants
of these two collections preserved in the Gray Herbarium all but
these half-dozen individuals show such departures in the toothing
and shape of the basal leaves, development and cutting of the cauline
leaves, and development of ligules that, by those who have not seen
them growing in one area of limestone shingle, and who might depend
too reliantly upon the key-characters used by Greenman, “heads

. . . discoid,” and “Lower leaves sharply dentate,” they
might readily be mistaken for several species. The basal leaves may
be sharply dentate, rounded-dentate or shallowly undulate, oblanceo-
late, rhombic, elliptic, orbicular or reniform, and at base from nar-
rowly cuneate to cordate. The middle and upper cauline leaves
likewise vary from linear- or lance-attenuate to deltoid and from
entire to pinnatifid; and the heads are either discoid or radiate. S.
Fernaldii, growing as it does upon a dry exposed limestone tableland
without shelter from wind and brilliant light, is a dwarf plant with
strong tendency to purple coloring in leaves and involucre, and in
all these features, as well as in its disk-flowers, the individuals with
crenate dentate basal leaves seem quite inseparable from Chamisso's
original material from the west side of Bering Strait of S. resedifolius,

! Greenman, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 99 (1916).

? Greenman, 1. c. 90 (1916).

3“ but after we had repeatedly made solemn vows to look at nothing else and were
finally hastening back across the barren in order to reach the settlement before dark,
an unusual appearing Senecio came riding down a mass of sliding gravel to my very

feet. This was too great a temptation, so I snatched the plant as it was sliding past. ”
—Fernald, Ruoponma, xiii, 131 (1911).

1924] Fernald,—Some Senecios of Eastern Quebec 115

while others are inseparable in foliage, involucre and disk-corollas
from material collected by Charles Wright on Arakamtchetchene
Island in Bering Straits or by Blaisdell at Cape Nome; while taller
and looser-growing individuals are almost identical with Weinmann’s
specimens from the Kuskokwim Valley in Alaska. The only difference
I can make out is that the material from about Bering Sea usually
has well developed rays; the Newfoundland plant is usually discoid,
though occasionally with short ligules; but the ligules of the Chamisso
material are nearly as short as in the radiate plants from Newfound-
land, while S. resedifolius, var. columbiensis Gray is a lax and luxu-
riant shade-form separated because of its rayless heads. I am,
therefore, unable to find any stable characters by which S. Fernaldii
can be maintained as specifically distinct from S. resedifolius.

During the summer of 1923, the party! exploring the schistose
mountains centering on Mt. Logan in Matane County, Quebec, found
a very handsome Senecio with large commonly solitary and radiate
heads. This plant (figs. 1', 1? and la), which abounds in turfy
chimneys and upon cliffs and talus at altitudes of 850-1150 m. on
Mts. Fortin, Logan and Pembroke, and which in its well developed
green leaves (basal leaves up to 3 cm. broad, cauline leaves in luxuriant
plants up to 8 em. long and 3.5 em. broad), tall stature (often 2-3
dm.) and showy elongate ligules, did not suggest in the field the little
purplish plant of the dry barrens of western Newfoundland already
discussed; but at one station, the dry upper talus and cliffs at the
head of Hanging Valley on Mt. Pembroke, plants clearly conspecific
with the large-leaved specimens of the moister chimneys had the low
stature, reduced foliage and occasionally the discoid heads of the
Newfoundland plant. Altogether the plant of the Shickshock Mts.
shows almost every conceivable variation, even for so protean a group
as Senecio, and in this series collected at three closely adjacent stations
all the recorded variations of S. resedifolius can be matched.

The variation of S. resedifolius which was described by Ledebour
from the Altai as Cineraria lyrata is so much taller and has so much
better-developed basal leaves than Chamisso's plant that it has been
treated by DeCandolle, Herder and others as a distinct variety, var.
lyratus (Ledeb.) DC., supposed to be confined to the Altai and Baikal
region; but some of the individuals from the Shickshock Mts. are

! J. F. Collins, C. W. Dodge, M. L. Fernald, Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie,
A. S. Pease and L. B. Smith.

116 Rhodora [JUNE

scarcely distinguishable from authentic Altai and Baikal material,
except in their slightly shorter and broader rays. Others again closely
match in their angulate-toothed leaves Tiling’s original specimens
from Ajan (on the west side of Ochotsk Sea) of var. multicaulis Herder;
while others have the cauline leaves even more developed than in the
type of var. columbiensis.

In the Newfoundland plant the unexpanded disk-corollas and the
outsides of the lobes are deep orange, in the Shickshock plant usually
orange-yellow; but in the latter region a single individual was found
with both disk- and ray-flowers decidedly reddish. And, as already
noted, in the plants of Newfoundland the heads are commonly discoid
but sometimes radiate, while in the Shickshock area they are com-
monly radiate but occasionally discoid. Exactly the same variations
of the heads are found in Siberia, Ledebour explicitly saying in his
description: “Capitula majora v. minora, saepissime radiata nee
nisi rarissime discoidea. Ligulae plerumque aureae variant flavae
et licet rarissime rubicundae."! In brief, Senecio resedifolius, long
supposed to be restricted to the region from Alaska across Siberia,
is now known in two extremely isolated regions, the Shickshock
Mountains of Gaspé and the Long Range of Newfoundland, where
in its numerous modifications it not only parallels but seems to
exceed the Alaskan and Siberian plant. Miss Brackett's drawings
(fig. 1) show only a few of the variations in eastern America.

SENECIO PAUCIFLORUS AND S. INDECORUS.— Two of the most
characteristic species of Senecio on the Gaspé Peninsula are strikingly
different plants which, in his Monograph of the North and Central
American Species of the Genus Senecio, are treated by Greenman?
as a single species, S. pauciflorus Pursh. One of the plants, true S.
pauciflorus (fig. 2), is in eastern Quebec confined to the alpine and
subalpine chimneys and meadows of the Shickshock Mts. and to the
calcareous terraces bordering the Straits of Belle Isle. North of the
Straits of Belle Isle it is characteristic of the mountainous region from
Cape Mugford to the northern limits of Labrador, while in western
America it extends from near the Arctic Circle in Mackenzie, Yukon
and Alaska to the mountains of Wyoming and the Yosemite region
of California. In the field S. pauciflorus is at once distinguished by
its thick and fleshy foliage, the few cauline leaves with blunt teeth

1 Ledebour, Fl. Ross. ii. 632 (1844-46),
? Greenm. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 91 (1916).

1924] Fernald,—Some Senecios of Eastern Quebec 117

and lobes; by its comparatively low stature (1 to rarely 5.5 dm.), few
(1-6, more rarely -11) broadly campanulate heads with usually
purple involucres, and disk-corollas with orange-red or deep-red lobes.

The other species (fig. 3) is the plant figured and described in Britton
& Brown, Illustrated Flora, iii. 479, fig. 4042, as S. discoideus.! "This
plant should, however, be called S. indecorus Greene, since Hooker's
S. aureus, à discoideus, upon which S. discoideus rests, proves to
be S. pauciflorus. Unlike S. pauciflorus, S. indecorus is not an
arctic-alpine plant, but it occurs in the Canadian forest at low levels,
from Gaspé County, Quebec to the Lake Superior region and at
comparatively low altitudes from southern British Columbia to
Idaho and northeastern California. In Quebec, where I have been
familiar with the two species:for twenty years, S. indecorus occurs
in thickets and woodland-swamps or on talus and cool ledges of
limestone; and in the field it is at once distinguished from the alpine
and subalpine S. pauciflorus by its thin or membranaceous basal
leaves sharply lacerate-pinnatifid and rather numerous cauline leaves,
tall stature (up to 9 dm.), more numerous (6—40) slenderly cylindric-
urceolate heads with green or merely purple-tipped involucres and
yellow flowers.

In S. indecorus the filiform tube of the corolla is 3.6-6 mm. long, in
S. pauciflorus only 3-4 mm.; and in the former the slender, strongly
costate achenes (fig. 3d) are 2-3 mm. long, the plumper, less promin-
ently ribbed and darker achenes of S. pauciflorus (fig. 2d) being
3-3.5 mm. long. When the heads are quite mature the bracts of
the involucre of S. pauciflorus (fig. 2c) spread or become only slightly
reflexed, exposing a smooth and nearly flat denuded receptacle
(fig. 2b), but in S. indecorus the mature and narrower bracts (fig. 3c)
become strictly reflexed and the convex receptacle (fig. 3b) is con-
spicuously alveolate, the walls of the pits very thin and jagged or
almost fimbriate.

Although the heads of S. indecorus are normally discoid, they, like
those of S. pauciflorus, are sometimes radiate and plants of both forms
sometimes occur in the same colonies. These radiate individuals

1 S. discoideus Hook. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. ii. 442 (1843) is usually cited as S. dis-
coideus (Hook.) Britton, 1. c. (1898), but the combination was actually published and

ascribed to Hooker in 1843.

2 The character, “discoid " or “radiate,” is very unsatisfactory in Senecio. In the

species of northeastern America the ordinarily radiate S. aureus L., S. Robbinsii

Oakes, S. pauperculus Michx., S. obovatus Muhl. and S. resedifolius Less., in addition
to those above discussed, are occasionally discoid.

118 Rhodora [JUNE

which occur in Quebec side-by-side with the commoner discoid form
of S. indecorus are quite inseparable from the type from Idaho and
other authentic specimens from British Columbia of S. Burkei Green-
man, Ott. Nat. xxv. 114 (1911) and Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. ii. 626, t.
20, fig. 1 (1915); and it is significant that many of the British Colum-
bian localities for discoid S. indecorus are identical with those cited
by Greenman for S. Burkei.

In the development of its foliage S. indecorus varies as much as
S. pauciflorus, S. aureus, S. pauperculus and S. resedifolius, the plants
showing quick responses to degrees of moisture, exposure and soil-
fertility. In different habitats of the same region may be collected
specimens with greatly reduced cauline leaves and others with them
remarkably dilated. Plants of the latter extreme from Rimouski
County, Quebec, are quite inseparable from S. idahoensis Rydberg,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 183, t. 6, fig. 5 (1900), which Greenman
recognizes as a species distinct from S. pauciflorus. S. idahoensis
has all the technical characters of S. indecorus,—membranaceous
basal leaves, laccrate-pinnatifid cauline ones, tall stature, numerous
heads, slender green involucre, characteristic corolla and achene,
and the alveolate receptacle—and the type-number is, except for
lack of ligules, a good match for the type of S. Burkei. None of the
characters of disk-corolla, achene and receptacle are mentioned by
those who maintain the distinctness of S. idahoensis; but the plant is
considered remarkable in having the "stem branched from near the
base" and "large broad stem-leaves" (Greenman, Ann. Mo. Bot.
Gard. iii. 96). The foliage of the type-number, Sandberg, MacDougal
& Heller, no. 803, is, as already implied, closely matched by that of
luxuriant individuals from eastern Quebec and by the type of S.
Burkei; but, as shown by the sheet of the type-number of S. idahoensis
in the Gray Herbarium (one of the sheets cited by Greenman), the
basal branching of this Idaho specimen is due to the fact that the
primary stem had been broken or bitten off, causing the development
of few-headed basal branches.

The type of Senecio discoideus is Hooker's S. aureus, š discoideus
from Fort Franklin in Mackenzie. An excellent photograph of
Hooker's type is preserved at the Field Museum of Natural History
and I am under obligation to Messrs. D. C. Davies and J. Francis
Macbride for an opportunity to examine it. It is certainly not the
plant (S. indecorus) which has been passing as S. discoideus in eastern

1924] Fernald,—Some Senecios of Eastern Quebec 119

America. In the lobing of its leaves the type cf S. discoideus is like
S. pauciflorus, but it has broadly deltoid instead of oblong cauline
leaves and much more numerous heads than in the typical S. pauci-
florus of Labrador and Quebec. Material from British Columbia
closely approaches the Fort Franklin plant, however, and S. discoideus
is best treated as an extreme development of S. pauciflorus.

Greene's description of S. indecorus at once suggests the plant
which has been passing as S. discoideus and a beautiful photograph of
the type which has been generously furnished me by Professor George
W. Albertson of the University of Notre Dame settles beyond question
this identity.

Briefly summarized the main characters and the bibliography of
S. pauciflorus and S. indecorus are stated below, and a few character-
istic specimens are cited.

Š. PAUCIFLORUS Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 529 (1814); Greenman,
Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. ii. 91 (1916), in part. S. aureus, 8 discoideus
Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 333 (1834). S. discoideus Hook. ex Torr. &
Gray, Fl. N. A. ii. 442 (1843), as to type but not description. S.
aureus, y borealis Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. l. c. (1843), in part. S.
Lemberti Greene, Pittonia, iii. 89 (1896). S. aureus pauciflorus (Pursh)
Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 480 (1898).—Stems rather
stout, 1-5.5 dm. high: leaves thick and fleshy; the basal long-petioled,
elliptic to reniform, cuneate to cordate at base, coarsely dentate;
the median and upper sessile, 2—5 below the inflorescence, lanceolate,
oblong or oblanceolate, with mostly obtuse lobes and coarse teeth:
heads 1-6, rarely -11, broadly campanulate, usually discoid; involu-
cres usually purple; the blunt to acute bracts 1-2 mm. broad: corollas
with filiform tube 3-4 mm. long; the lobes orange-red to deep-red:
achenes dark red-brown, plump, 3-3.5 mm. long: mature involucre
rotate or oosely reflexed; denuded receptacle smooth and nearly
flat.—Calcareous meadows, alpine slopes and wet rocks, northern
Labrador to Matane County, Quebec; Mackenzie, Yukon and Alaska
to Wyoming and California. The following are in the Gray Herbarium.
LABRADOR: hills back of Okkak, Moravian Brothers, August, 1911,
F. C. Hinckley; Hebron, Moravian Brothers; Rama, July, 1891, J. D.
Sornborger, August, 20-24, 1897, Sornborger, no. 67; Mugford, August
14, 1900, Delabarre; barrens, Forteau, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wie-
gand, no. 4172; wet mossy spots, limestone and calcareous sandstone
terraces, Blane Sablon, August 2, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4173.
QUEBEC: shore of Seal Lake, Ungava, August 3, 1896, Spread-
borough, no. 14,387 in part; little swales near summit of limy ridge,
Pointe Jones, Brest, Saguenay Co., July 29, 1915, St. John, no. 90,779;
alpine and subalpine meadows and calcareous walls, altitude 1000-
1200 m., Tabletop Mts., Gaspé Co., many collections in August of.

120 Rhodora [JUNE

1906 and 1923, Fernald & Collins, nos. 261, 263, Fernald, Dodge &
Smith, nos. 26,109, 26,110; wet hornblende-schist at base of Big
Chimney, north slope of Mt. Mattaouisse (called on label "Mt.
Logan"), Matane Co., July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,341;
schistose talus and wet shelves at base (altitude 400-600 m.) of Big
Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 10, 1923, Dodge, Griscom & Pease,
no. 26,106; moist rocks and turfy chimneys (alt. about 800-1050 m.),
Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, Matane Co,
July 13, 1923, Pease & Smith, no. 26,107; moist bushy ta us and
mouths of chimneys at about 900-1125 m. alt., Hanging Valley, Mt.
Pembroke, July 16, 1923, Griscom & Pease, no. 26,108, August 24,
1923, Fernald & Smih, no. 26,111. Mackenzie: Fort Franklin,
Richardson (tracing from photograph of Š. aureus Š discoideus Hook.).
ALBERTA: Flatts, junction of North Fork and West Branch of
Saskatchewan, June 21, 1908, S. Brown, no. 1008; Malique Lake,
July 8 and 18, 1908, Brown, nos. 1173, 1247; Blind Valley and Lakes,
alt. 7000-8000 ft., July 6, 1906, Brown, no. 414. BRITISH CoLuMBIA:
below Pipestone summit, July 6, 1904, J. Macoun, no. 65,018; upper
Spillamacheen Valley, alt 6500 ft., August 3, 1904, C. H. Shaw, no.
440; Cornwall Hills, July 28,—J. McEvoy, no. 5100; Alberni, Van-
couver Island, June 27, 1907, Rosendahl, no. 1971. WyominG: small
willows, Middle Ten Sleep Creek, Big Horn Co., August 1, 1901,
Goodding, no. 465; Little Goose Cafion, Sheridan Co., July 1, 1901,
A. Nelson, no. 2383. Ipano: Grand Saline (Salt River?), Burke.
CALIFORNIA: Yosemite region, 1893, J.-B. Lembert (S. Lemberti
Greene); Soda Springs, Tuolumne Co., July, 1894, Lembert (distri-
buted by Congdon as C 171).

S. INDECORUS Greene, Fl. Francisc. 470 (1897). S. discoideus
Hook. ex. Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. A. ii. 442 (1843) as to plant described;
Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 479, fig. 4042; not 5. aureus
š discoideus Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 333 (1834). S. idahoensis Rydb.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 183, t. 6, fig. 5 (1900); Greenman, Monogr.
Senecio, I. Teil, 24 (1901), in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. 20 (1902), Ann.
Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 96 (1916). S. Burkei Greenman, Ott. Nat. xxv. 114
(1911), Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. ii. 626, t. 20, fig. i. (1915), ibid, iii.
136 (1916).—Slender, 2-9 dm. high: leaves membranaceous; the
basal slender-petioled, oblong, elliptic or ovate, cuneate to subcordate
at base, sharply or often incisely toothed or sometimes pinnatifid;
the middle and upper usually sessile, 4-11 below the inflorescence,
oblong, lanceolate or oblanceolate, incisely and variously cut into
sharp teeth or lobes; the uppermost leaves greatly reduced or obso-
lete: heads 6-40, slender.y cylindric-urceolate (when fresh), dis-
coid or radiate: involucres usually green or merely with purple tips:
the acute bracts 0.5-1 mm. broad: filiform tube of corolla 3.6-6 mm.
long; lobes yellow: achenes drab or gray-brown, slender, strongly
costate, 2-3 mm. long: mature involucre strictly reflexed: denuded
receptacle convex, conspicuously alveolate; the walls of the pits very

1924] Fernald,—Some Senecios of Eastern Quebec 121

thin and jagged or almost fimbriate.—Rich thickets, swales and cal-
careous rock, Gaspé Co., Quebec to the Lake Superior Region; British
Columbia to Idaho and northern California. The following are in the
Gray Herbarium. QuEBEC: sandy alluvium of Rivière Ste. Anne
des Monts, Gaspé Co., August 3-17, 1905, Collins & Fernald; clearings
and bushy swales along Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts, July 22, 1923,
Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 26,095; wet calcareous
headland by the River St. Lawrence, Grosses Roches, Matane Co.,
July 17, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,340; openings in Arbor Vitae
swamps, Carleton, Bonaventure Co., July 24 and 27, 1904, Collins,
Fernald & Pease; edge of Arbor Vitae swamp, July 18-21, 1905,
Williams, Collins & Fernald; dry spruce woods at base of limestone-
conglomerate cliffs, Bic, Rimouski Co., July 16, 1904, Collins &
Fernald; meadows and swamps in slaty region south and east of Bic,
July 17, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1202 (some heads radiate); dry
limestone-conglomerate ledges, south of Bic, July 28, 1907, Fernald
& Collins, no. 1203; pastures, Riviére du Loup, Temiscouata Co.,
July, 1913, Victorin, no. 40; Roberval, Lake St. John, July 15, 1892,
G. G. Kennedy; sur les calcaires paléozoiques de l'Ouiatchouan inféri-
eur, Val-Jalbert, Lake St. John, July 22, 1921, Victorin, no. 15,436;
Spirit Lake (Abitibi), Pontiac Co., July 9, 1918, Victorin, no. 8517.
Micuican: Champion, July, 1889, J. J. Hill; Keweenaw Peninsula,
1863, Robbins: Keweenaw Co., July, 1890, Farwell, no. 776. BRITISH
CornvuMBIA: Kicking Horse Valley, alt. 4000 ft., July 15, 1906, 5.
Brown, no. 487a; river-margins, Silver City, August 7, 1885, J.
Macoun; Griffin Lake, July 6, 1889, J. Macoun; Carbonate, altitude
2700 ft., July 7, 1904, Heacock, no. 185; Wapta Lake, August 4, 1904,
J. Macoun, nos. 65,015, 65,020; Skagit Valley, altitude 2500-3000 ft.,
various dates in July and August, 1905, J. M. Macoun, nos. 69,358-
65,360; Chilliwack Valley, altitude 3000-4500 ft., various dates,
1901, J. M. Macoun, nos. 26,082-26,685; Sophie Mt., altitude 5500
ft., July 17 and 20, 1902, J. M. Macoun, nos. 64,990, 64,991; Creston,
Kootenay, June 22, 1914, J. K. Henry, no. 4; gravel-bed of mountain-
stream, Armstrong, July 4,—, E. Wilson, no. 247. InAno: meadows
at Granite Station, Kootenai Co., July 30, 1922, Sandberg, Mac-
Dougal & Heller, no. 803 (type-number of S. idahoensis Rydb.);
Forks of St. Mary's River, altitude 1100 m., July 3, 1895, Leiberg,
no. 1158; Grand Saline (? Salt River, tributary to the Snake), August
16, ——, J. Burke (type of S. Burkei). WasnuiNGTON: Big Meadows,
Stevens or Spokane Co., August 6, 1902, Kreager, no. 428; damp forest,
Newman Lake, July 9, 1916, Suksdorf, no. 8797; Mt. Constitution,
Orcas I., San Juan Islands, August, 1892, Henderson, no. 2312, June
25-August 1, 1917, Zeller, no. 1252. CALIFORNIA: wet meadows,
Pine Creek, Lassen Co., July 9, 1894, Baker & Nutting (photograph
of TYPE of S. indecorus).

Most of the eastern specimens have been distributed as S. discoideus;
the western as S. pauciflorus, S. Burkei and S. idahoensis.

122 Rhodora (JUNE

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 144.

Fig. 1', Senecio resedifolius X 1, from Mt. Pembroke, Matane Co., Quebec,
Fernald & Smith, no. 26,103; 1°, from Mt. Fortin, Matane Co., Quebee, Fer-
nald & Smith, no. 26, 101; 1? and 14, from Table Mt., Port à Port Bay, New-
foundland (S. Fernaldii), Fernald & St. John, no. 10,873; la, young plant X 1
from Mt. Fortin, Quebee, Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 26, 099; 1b, de-
nuded receptacle X 4. Fig. 2, S. pauciflorus X 1; 2b, denuded receptacle X
4; 2c, mature involucre X 1; 2d, achene X 4. Fig. 3, upper half of small
plant of S. indecorus X 1; 3b, denuded receptacle X 4; 3e, mature involucres
X 1; 3d, achene X 4.

V. NEW OR RECENTLY RESTUDIED PLANTS OF EASTERN
AMERICA.

Carex Hostiana DC., var. laurentiana (Fernald & Wiegand)
Fernald & Wiegand, n. comb. C. fulvescens Mackenzie, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Cl. xxxvii. 239 (1910). C. Hornschuchiana, var. laurentiana
Fernald & Wiegand, Rnopona, xiii. 130 (1911).

C. Hostiana DC. Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Monsp. 88 (1813) was well
described and the plate of C. fulva Host, not Goodenough, was cited.
Although Kükenthal retains for the species the name C. Hornschuchi-
ana Hoppe (1824) he definitely cites the perfectly described C.
Hostiana (as C. Hosteana) as a synonym. .

We have again studied the plant of Newfoundland and Anticosti
and can find no characters not shown by the European C. Hostiana,
merely a tendency to slightly larger size of the parts; and several
European specimens so closely approach var. laurentiana that it
might be urged with good reason that the variety 1s scarcely worthy
of separation.

Saux BEBBIANA Sargent, var. luxurians (Fernald), n. comb. S.
rostrata, var. luxurians Fernald, Ruopona, ix. 223 (1907). S. Beb-
biana, forma luxurians (Fernald) Schneider, Journ. Arn. Arb. iii. 75
(1921).

Schneider shows! that Salix rostrata Thuill. (1797) is not a perfect
synonym of S. repens L. but that it is identified with two generally
recognized varieties of that species and by those who would treat
eitLer of these variations as species the name S. rcstrata Thuill. would
have to be used. Under these circumstances the name 5. rostrata
Richardson (1823) for the characteristic American species must give
way to S. Bebbiana Sargent (1896). Schneider considers var. luxurians
as "nothing but a forma luxurians," which "should be looked for in

other localities of the type.” In the vast accumulation of American

1 Schneider, Journ. Arn, Arb. ii, 68 (1920).

1924] Fernald,—New Plants of Eastern America 123

Salix which Schneider studied, however, he saw var. luxurians only
from the *banks of the St. Lawrence from Rimouski Co. to Gaspé
Co.," Quebec. There it is the characteristic extreme of S. Bebbiana
and on account of its very long capsules (9-12 mm.) and long pedicels
(5-8.5 mm.), its plane rather than rugose leaves and its great stature
it might almost be considered a species. In S. Bebbiana (typical)
and S. Bebbiana, var. perrostrata (Rydb.) Schneider, the mature
capsules are usually 5-8 mm. long though in very exceptional speci-
mens they reach 1 cm. and the mature pedicels range from 2-6 mm.
in length.

S. BEBBIANA var. capreifolia (Fernald), n. comb. S. rostrata, var.
capreifolia Fernald, Rnopona, xvi. 177 (1914).

SaALIX hebecarpa (Fernald), n. comb. S. fuscescens, var. hebecarpa
Fernald, Ruopora ix. 224 (1907).

When S. hebecarpa was originally published it was taken for an
extreme of the Alaskan S. fuscescens Anderss. with pubescent capsules
and the shrub growing with it but having the capsules glabrous
(though the pedicels pubescent) was identified with S. fuscescens.
Collections made on Mt. Albert in July, 1923. by Messrs. Grisccm,
Mackenzie, Smith and myself at the type station for S. fuscescens,
var. hebecarpa show that the pubescence of the fruit is by no means
constant but in all other characters the Mt. Albert material forms
a consistent series; and a second sheet of true Alaskan S. fuscescens
which has recently come to hand shows that it and the Mt. Albert
shrub have quite different leaf-venation, and that the Alaskan shrub
has darker scales and smaller capsules. S. hebecarpa stands between
S. fuscescens and S. pedicellaris Pursh. From the latter it is separated
by its more obovate leaves, the more pubescent and darker scales of
the ament, the much shorter, thicker and pubescent pedicels (about
equaling.to twice as long as the scales), the long nectary and the defi-
nite style. The following specimens, all from alpine bogs on Mt.
Albert, Gaspé County, Quebec, are representative. The form with
glabrous or glabrescent capsule is marked “gl.”

August 8-15, 1905, Fernald & Collins (gl); July 21, 1906, Fernald
& Collins, no. 206 (gl), no. 207 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); July 24, 1923,
Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie & Smith, no. 25,686 (gl).

OPLOPANAX HORRIDUM (Sm.) Miquel. The Devil's Club is known
in our eastern manuals as Fatsia horrida (Sm.) B. & H. or as Echino-
panax horridum (Sm.) Decaisne & Planchon. It seems to be a mono-

124 Rhodora [JUNE

typic genus (though the Japanese plant is sometimes separated)
clearly distinguished from Fatsia, and by the International Rules of
Botanical Nomenclature its name should be Oplopanax horridum
(Sm.) Miquel. Echinopanax Decaisne & Planchon, Rev. Hort. Sér.
4, iil. 105 (1854) was started as a genus merely by the statement,
“Un autre type trés remarquable (Echinopanax Nob.) est fourni par
le Panax horridum." Absolutely no differential character was given
by which any one else could tell on what points Echinopanax rested
as a genus; that highly important detail being left for others to
struggle with, they, if successful, giving the credit for the solution to
the authors who had not taken sufficient pains themselves to point
out the differential characters. The International Rules wisely exclude
these names, the authors of which, to use the slang of the day, “pass
the buck,” stating (Art. 38) that “The mere indication of species as
belonging to a new genus or of genera as belonging to a higher group,
does not allow us to accept the genus or group in question as charac-
terized and effectively published.” The American Rules, however,
accept such irresponsible publication and by that code Echinopanax
is a properly published genus. So far as a prolonged search has re-
vealed, the first satisfactorily published generic name for the Devil’s
Club is Oplopanax Miquel, Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Batav. i. 16 (1863),
which was based upon Torrey & Gray’s Panax Š Oplopanax, a section
set off by them with a real characterization.

Nelson & Macbride, Bot. Gaz. lxi. 45 (1916), have revived the name
Ricinophyllum and have made the combination R. horridum (Sm.)
Nelson & Macbr.; but a moment's examination of the original publi-
cation would have shown that Ricinophyllum was merely indicated
in synonymy as an herbarium-name found on an old sheet of Panax
horridum Sm. The name Ricinophyllum, therefore, has no nomen-
clatorial status.

HACKELIA DEFLEXA (Willd.) Opiz, var. americana (Gray) Fernald
& Johnston, n. comb. Echinospermum deflexum, var. americanum
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 224 (1882). Lappula deflexa, var. ameri-
cana (Gray) Greene, Pittonia, ii. 183 (1891). L. americana Rydb.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 294 (1897).

When the genus Hackelia was recently taken up! the American
plant was merged with the European since the character relied upon
by Gray in separating it, namely, the presence of a few prickles on

! Johnston, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s. No. lxviii. 43-48 (1923).

1924} Fernald,—New Plants of Eastern America 125

the back of the fruit, was found to be very inconstant. Recent examin-
ation of the American material, however, shows that it differs from
the European in having the leaves elliptic-lanceolate or narrowly
ovate and acuminate, the leaves of the European type being spatulate-
oblanceolate. In the latter plant the back of the fruit is deltoid-ovate;
in the American plant more definitely deltoid. Typical L. deflexa
extends eastward into China while var. americana is present in Amur
(Maximowicz).

AGOSERIS gaspensis, spec. nov., perennis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis
flaccidis integris vel remote pinnato-incisis glabris basi ciliatis; scapo
deinde folia superante apice villoso; involucri bracteis lanceolatis
attenuatis 1.5-2 cm. longis, exterioribus viridibus apice recurvatis
basi valde villoso-ciliatis, ciliis 1-2 mm. longis, bracteis interioribus
scariosis valde purpureo-maculatis; floribus aeneis; pappo albo deinde
1.2-1.5 em. longo, setis minute serrulatis: achenio lineari-fusiformi
7-9 mm. longo glabro, rostro 5-7 mm. longo firmo vix filiformi glabro.
— Tabletop Mountains, Gaspé County, QUEBEC: dry stony subalpine
meadows, at 1100-1200 m. altitude, east of Lac Perrée, August 14,
1923, M. L. Fernald, C. W. Dodge, & L. B. Smith, no. 26,119; alpine
and subalpine meadows and brooksides, northern and northeastern
slopes (alt. 950-1300 m.) of Mt. McNab, August 7, 1923, Fernald,
Dodge & Smith, no. 26,120 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); subalpine meadows
on southern slope (alt. about 1200 m.) of Mt. Au Clair, August 10,
1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 26,121.

Strongly simulating Agoseris gracilens (Gray) Kuntze of the region
from southern Alberta and British Columbia to Wyoming, Utah,
Nevada and northern California. That species, however, as shown
by Gray’s criginal material of Troximon gracilens, has the body of
the achene only 5-7.5 mm. long and hispid at summit (in A. gas pensis
7-9 mm. long and glabrous); the delicate filiform beak 6-8 mm. long
(the stouter and firm beak of A. gaspensis 5-7 mm. long); and the
mature pappus only 8-10 mm. long (in A. gaspensis 1.2-1.5 cm.
long). Furthermore, in 4. gracilens the disk at the tip of the beak is
about 0.5 mm. in diameter, in A. gaspensis nearly twice as broad.

A. gaspensis is of peculiar interest because it is the first member
of this predominantly cordilleran genus to be found in the Shick-
shock Mountains, a region in which the cordilleran relationship is
very pronounced and already well known through such plants as
Polystichum mohrioides, var. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Fernald
(discussed on p. 89), Salix brachycarpa Nutt., Dryas Drummond
Richardson, Lonicera involucrata (Richardson) Banks, and hundreds
of others.

126 Rhodora [JUNE

The genus which was long called in America and which is maintained
by Dalla-Torre & Harms as Trorimon Nutt. should be known as
Agoseris Raf. The question was cleared by Greene in 1891,! but
more recently Hall,? who has been followed by other western botanists
has urged the retention of Troximon in the following words.

“The reinstatement of the genus Agoseris Raf. (1817) has been
proposed for those species of Troximon in which the achenes are
beaked. But the two groups are best received into one genus, being
connected by the thick-beaked 7. glaucum. Troximon was first
used as a generic name by Gaertner (1791) but since his genus is
not sustained, we may properly write Troximon Nutt. (1813) as the
name of the present group."

In Hall's argument several fundamental facts seem to have been
overlooked. In 1791 Gaertner? published Troximon as a genus based
upon three Linnean species of Tragopogon, Trag. Dandelion, T. vir-
ginicum and T. lanatum. The three species were, according to Index
Kewensis, formally named Troximon Dandelion, T. virginicum and
T. lanatum by F. W. Schmidt in 1795 and they were certainly de-
scribed under these binomials by Persoon in 1807. The first two are
species of Krigia Schreber (1791), belonging to the subgenus Cynthia
(D. Don) Gray, which is often maintained as a distinct genus Cynthia
D. Don (1829).* The third species, Trox. lanatum, is generally referred
to Scorzonera L. (1753). By whichever principle we reasor, whether
we typify Troximon Gaertn. by its first species, by the greater number
of species or by the exclusion from it of the species (T. lanatum)
which belongs to the earlier-published Scorzonera, we arrive at the
same conclusion, that

'TTRoxXIMoN Gaertn. (1791) = Cynruta D. Don (1829) and should
be used by those who maintain Cynthia as generically distinct from
Krigia Schreb. (1791). Whether Krigia (1791) has priority over
Troximon (1791) I have as yet been unable to determine.

Hall, apparently considering Troximon Gaertner as a “genus

not sustained” would retain “Troximon Nutt. (1813).”
But what was Trorimon Nutt. (1813)? The reference ordinarily
given is to Nutt. in Fraser’s Cat. nos. 83 and 84. Fraser's Catalogue

1Greene, Pittonia, ii. 176 (1891).

? Hall, Univ. Cal. Pub. Bot. iii. No. 1: 276 (1907).
3 Gaertn. Fruct. ii. 360 (1791).

ID. Don, Edinb, New Phil. Journ. vi. 309 (1829).

1924] Fernald,—New Plants of Eastern America 127

was merely a list of names and the complete treatment under nos.
83 and 84 was as follows:
“83* Troximon ciliatum. 1 M.
84* ——— glaucum. 1 M."

This certainly does not constitute satisfactory publication of a genus.
The next reference commonly given is to Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii.
505 (1814). But Pursh gave absolutely no generic diagnosis and
ascribed the genus without question to Gaertner and to Persoon.
'That Pursh had no thought of setting up a new genus is perfectly
evident from the fact that he has two species, T. glaucum which is
an Agoseris, and T. virginicum which was one of the original species
of Troximon Gaertn. Nor did Nuttall in his Genera, ii. 127 (1818)
indicate any intent to set off a new genus Trorimon as distinct from
Gaertner's genus; for he ascribed Troximon directly to Gaertner and
he so far accepted Gaertner's definition as to include the oriental
T. lanatum which belongs to the genus Scorzonera.

In 1817 Rafinesque properly published Agoseris! and again, in
1819? he gave a good characterization of the genus. "There is no
question, then, that AcosEnIs Raf. (1817) is the correct name for the
genus which still passes erroneously as Troximon " Nutt.," and that
TROXIMON Gaertn. (1791) is the correct name for Cynthia D. Don
(1829).

NOTES ON SOME RHODE ISLAND AND SOUTHEASTERN
MASSACHUSETTS PLANTS.

S. N. F. SANFORD.

GLAUCIUM FLAVUM Crantz. (Glaucium luteum Scop.) The Great-
horned Sea-poppy, an introduced plant of somewhat rare occurrence
and brief residence, is appropriately named because its mature pods
are nearly a foot long and its usual habitat is on sea cliffs or in the
beach shingle along salt rivers. Even when found in other waste
places the locality is generally near the coast.

Early botanists reported? stations on Conanicut Id., Prudence
Id., and Portsmouth, R. L, and the writer has collected the plant on
the ocean bluffs at Seaconnet Pt., Little Compton, R. I., at Mt.

1 Raf. Fl. Ludov. 58 (1817).

? Raf. Journ. de Phys. Ixxxix. 100 (1819).
*Proc. Newport (R. I.) Nat. Hist. Soc., 1885-6, p. 5, 13.

128 Rhodora [JUNE

Hope, Bristol, R. I., and on Lee's River beach, in the town of Somerset,
Mass. Mr. E. W. Hervey records! the species in waste places, vicinity
of New Bedford, Mass.

HELIANTHUS MOLLIS Lam. Two additional stations for this plant,
which the writer first reported? from Fall River, Mass., in 1904,
indicate the probable establishment of this distinctive and handsome
sunflower. One of the newer colonies, observed for several successive
years in the sterile soil of a farm, is increasing in size and blooms late
into the fall. The other, merely a patch in a woodland cart path,
was without flowers when discovered. Both stations are within the
Fall River city limits, but there is probably no connection between
the colonies as they are two and five miles respectively from the group
first seen.

RANUNCULUS ALLEGHENIENSIS Britton. When attention was
called to the distinction between Ranunculus abortivus L. and Ranun-
culus allegheniensis Britton, botanists naturally hastened to examine
their collections and to observe more carefully in the field the plants
which had been passing as R. abortivus. While both species occur
in the area covered by this article, R. abortivus is, apparently, the
prevailing plant. Passing northward, R. allegheniensis appears in
several places in Berkley, Mass., while nearer Boston (at Canton
Junction, for example) this species seems to predominate. At
Lincoln, R. I., it is not uncommon.

CELTIS OCCIDENTALIS L. The presence of the Sugarberry or Hack-
berry in isolated groups, nearly always on river banks or in unde-
veloped, rocky pastures adjoining, suggests that this plant is native
here. The species is represented in Fall River, Dighton, Somerset
and Swansea, Mass., and in Warren and Bristol, Rhode Island.
Specimens with pubescent branchlets indicate at least an seen
to var. crassifolia (Lam.) Gray.

CONOPHOLIS AMERICANA (L. f.) Wallr. This plant, although
rather widely distributed, is sufficiently rare and local to be worth
noting. One might botanize for years without seeing it. Swampy
woods, or rich soil in shaded places furnish the preferred habitat.
Specimens from Fall River and Freetown, Mass., and from Tiverton,
R. I., have been collected or seen by the writer.

ACER SACCHARUM Marsh. The sugar maple as a native is rare in
southeastern Mass., but, intermingled with red maples and large

! Flora of New Bedford and the Shores of Buzzards Bay, 1911, p. 53.
?RHopoRa, vi. 1904, pp. 88-89.

1924] Sanford,—Notes on Some Rhode Island Plants 129

oaks, in Swansea, are numerous trees of this species which are pro-
bably native, as they are a long distance from any road or yard
from which they might have originated, even if there were evidence
of parents in the neighborhood. The trees are tall and rather slender,
indicating that they have struggled upward in competition with
the surrounding growth, much of which must be over fifty years of
age.

A very large sugar maple in Fall River, about seventy-five years
old, is known to be a seedling from what is supposed to have been a
native parent.

POLYGONUM VIRGINIANUM L. Although southern New England is
well within the range of this knotweed, the species appears to be
somewhat rare and certainly local. For many years a colony in the
town of Somerset, Mass., not only persisted but spread rapidly in
several shaded ditches along wooded roadsides. Specimens from
Lincoln, R. I., have also been collected by the writer.

HIERACIUM FLORENTINUM All. A vigorous growth of this hawk-
weed, too common in Canada and eastern Maine, was observed hear
East Greenwich, R. I., and specimens collected in the late summer of
1923. The plants were probably introduced with seed in a grain field.

ILEX opaca Ait. While this species is known to grow tall, it is
not usual to find very large trees in the southeastern corner of New
England. In the town of Little Compton, R. I., however, there is a
piece of swampy woodland which contains numerous trees 20 to 30
or more feet high, many of them of large diameter, and some with
divided trunks. One tree measured thirty-one inches in circumference.
The stump of another holly, in a Westport, Mass., swamp, was more
than two feet across, indicating the size which this I/ex has, in the past,
attained. Ilex opaca with berries, although appearing in the market
at Christmas time, is becoming rare.

Nyssa SYLVATICA Marsh. Fruiting specimens of this polygamo-
dioecious tree are rare in the section treated. This is noteworthy,
as the Tupelo is of frequent occurrence throughout, often reaching
considerable size. Another peculiarity, well known and without
special significance, is the occasional presence of angularly lobed or
toothed leaves, instead of the usual obovate, entire-margined blades.
In such cases there are generally two large teeth or “shoulders” on
each side of the leaf.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

130 Rhodora [JUNE

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLVII.

COMPOSITAE.
LAPSANA.

L. communis L. Waste places in dry soil; frequent in Boston and
immediate vicinity, rare elsewhere.

LEONTODON.

L. AUTUMNALIS L. Fields, lawns and waste places, very common
throughout.

L. AvTUMNALIS L., var. PRATENSIS (Link) Koch. Rare, Andover,
Brighton, Dorchester, Milton, Canton, Hanson.

LEPACHYS.

L. PINNATA (Vent.) T. & G. Rubbish heap, Cambridge (W. Deane,
Aug. 5, 1886). Specimen in herb. W. Deane.

[L. columnaris T. & G. is reported by C. W. Jenks in RHODORA
xxv. 68, 1923, as a waif at S. Billerica, but no specimen is available.]

LIATRIS.

L. PYCNOSTACHYA Michx. Dump from garden, Milton (N. T.
Kidder, Aug. 23, 1920).

L. scariosa Willd. Dry sandy soil, frequent.

L. spicata (L.) Willd. Lawrence (S. Watson, 1877).

LAYIA.

L. pLatyGLossa Gray. Woolwaste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott,
July 4, 1879). Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. Adventive
from California.

MATRICARIA.

M. CHAMOMILLA L. Somerville (C. E. Perkins, August, 1881).
Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.

M. INopoRA L. Waste places; Andover (A. S. Pease, July 22,
1902); Marblehead (C. E. Faxon, June 24, 1890).

M. INODORA L., var. SALINA (Wallr.) DC. Rnopona xi. 239-240,
1909. Made land near sea, S. Boston (W. P. Rich, Sept. 15, 1901,

1921] Flora of the Boston District, —XLVII 131

others to 1911); Boston (C. E. Perkins, 1882). Adventive from saline
regions of Europe.

M. suAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buchenau. Roadsides, dooryards and
waste places, frequent.

MEGALODONTA.

M. Beckii (Torr.) Greene. (Bidens Beckii Torr. See Pittonia iv.
271, 1901). Ponds and slow streams; well distributed except in south-
eastern towns.

MICROSERIS.
M. Dovciasn Gray. Woolwaste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott,
1878). Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci.
MIKANIA.
M. scandens (L.) Willd. Rich soil along watercourses; frequent
and usually abundant.
ONOPORDUM.

O. AcantuiuM L. Dry soil in waste places, occasional.

PALAFOXIA.

P. rEXaNA DC. Banks of Merrimac River, Tyngsboro (collector
unknown, October, 1896). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club.
Native in Texas and Mexico.

PARTHENIUM.
P. Hysreropuorus L. Dump, Lowell (C. W. Swan, Sept. 11,

1881); waste from mills, Malden (F. S. Collins, Aug. 2, 1890). Adven-
tive from the west.
PETASITES.

P. palmatus (Ait.) Gray. Purgatory swamp, Norwood (H. A.
Young, May 30, 1878; other collectors since); swamp, Franklin (S.
Harris, June 17, 1897).

P. vurcanis Hill. Vacant lot in wet soil, Audubon Road and Brook-
line Ave., Boston, abundant for several years, now gone; also escaped
in Brookline and Dorchester. Native of Europe.

132 Rhodora [JUNE

PICRIS.

P. HIERACIOIDES L. Grassland, S. Hanover (E. A. Josselyn, June
28, 1905). Specimen in herb. Gray.
PLUCHEA.
P. camphorata (L.) DC. Salt and brackish marshes from Ipswich

south along the coast. The station at Ipswich (A. P. Morse, Sept.
2, 1921) is the northernmost limit of this species so far as known.

PRENANTHES.

P. alba L. Woods and open places, frequent north and west of
Boston.
P. altissima L. Rich woods, occasional, from Blue Hills north and
west.
P. altissima L., forma hispidula Fernald. See Ruopora xxiii. 300
(1922) 1921. Occasional, range of type.
P. serpentaria Pursh. Dry soil and open woods, apparently fre-
quent except in southern and extreme northern towns.
P. trifoliolata (Cass.) Fernald. Woods and fields, very common
throughout.
C. H. Knowrron Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

The date of the May issue (unpublished as this goes to press) will be
announced later.

Rhodora . Plate 144

= ASARNI
tree ooh & WU
Av MÀ. NEN cL s ‘A poA
A t CP palm e RU UN
( ROOT AD AN a
) W VVN V p
i) N J EE IF |
vx:
Ñ E
Ë ae SUN "HE

AA L
A Z ik

Fic. 1, SENECIO RESEDIFOLIUS. FrG.2, S.PAUCIFLORUS. FiG.3,S.INDECORUS.

A. E. Brackett del

AHovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. -

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH :
EDWARD LOTHROP R me Publication Committee

Vol. 26. July, 1924. No. 307.
CONTENTS:
Orobanche ramosa on a Coleus. W. C. Muenscher ............ 133

Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix. C. R. Ball.... 135
Some new Cladonias. C. A. Robbins. ........ eee 145
Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —cLVIII......... 149

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordored
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Masa,

Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

carda.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HenBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. AA series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. __
Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of N urserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of ú in. by 3-4 in. 1 year 84.00, 6 months $2.50.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. July, 1924. No. 307.

OROBANCHE RAMOSA ON A COLEUS.

W. C. MUENSCHER.
(Plate 145.)

SoME time ago I received a package of plants for identification.
These specimens were gathered on February 4, 1924, by a Coleus
grower in his greenhouses in Flushing, Long Island, New York. In
his accompanying letter it was stated that, “ These sucker plants are a
menacing weed in the greenhouses . . . If one of the sucker
plants is pulled up, without removing all its roots in contact with the
Coleus plant, within a month’s time it reproduces tenfold in the same
place.”

An examination of the contents of the package revealed several
plants of branched broom-rape, Orobanche ramosa L., belonging to
the Orobanchaceae, a family of parasitic phanerogams. The collection
contained several fine plants with well developed flowers and fruits
as well as several younger plants some of which were still growing
on the roots of stunted and partly dead Coleus plants. Because of the
unusual occurrence of this parasite, an examination was made of the
available literature on Orobanche, but no record could be found of
O. ramosa L. occurring as a parasite on Coleus in this country, nor
on any other host in New York State. According to Garman (2)
Orobanche ramosa L. is common on hemp, Cannabis sativa L., and
tobacco, Nicotiana Tabacum L., in Kentucky, and has been reported
on tomato, Lycopersicum esculentum L., in New Jersey. Koch (3),
in Europe, reported O. ramosa L., on a number of hosts, including
Coleus Blumei Benth. Beck (1) reported it as a parasite on 35 hosts
belonging to a number of widely separated families, especially Solana-
ceae, Urticaceae, Labiatae, and Compositae.

134 Rhodora [JuLy

Dr. R. J. Haskell informed me that the files of the Plant Disease
Survey Office contain no record of Orobanche ramosa L. on Coleus,
nor does the herbarium of the Pathological Collections in the Bureau
of Plant Industry contain any specimens of it. The only specimens of
Orobanche ramosa L. in the Gray Herbarium! are those on hemp,
or those with no host reported, from Illinois and Kentucky. This
species is represented in the National Herbarium? by specimens on
hemp from Kentucky, Illinois, and California and specimens on
tobacco and tomato from Kentucky.

According to Gray’s Manual, Orobanche ramosa L. has been intro-
duced from Europe. Garman (2) states that it was probably
imported from China with hemp seeds. The seeds are very small
and are known to have kept their vitality for 13 years while lying in the
soil, Garman (2). Immediately after germination the seedlings
attach themselves to the roots of the host plants. It is possible that
the infestation of O. ramosa L. on Long Island may have originated
from seeds that have been introduced recently. However, it is also
possible that this parasite has been growing unobserved on other
hosts in the same vicinity and that the seeds were brought into the
greenhouse with soil or mulch.

The purpose of this note is to record the occurrence of Orobanche
ramosa L. on Coleus which is interesting not only because of its
rarity but also because of the damage it was doing on Coleus in the
greenhouses. Apparently this is the first record of its occurrence on
Coleus in North America. The determination of the specimens was
verified by Dr. K. M. Wiegand, and specimens have been deposited
in the herbarium of Cornell University and also in the National
Museum.

ConNELL UNIVERSITY.

CITATIONS.

1. Beck, Gunther, Ritter von Mannagetta. Monographie der Gattung
Orobanche.
Bibliotheca Botanica 19: 1-275; Pr. 1-14; Fic. 1-11; 1890.

2. Garman, II. The Broom-rapes.
Ky. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bul. 105: 1-32; Fic. 1-15. 1903.

3. Koch, L. Die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Orobanchen. 389 pp. Pl. 1-12.
Heidelberg, 1887.

1 Courtesy of Mr. A. S. Foster.
? Courtesy of Mr. G. H. Martin.

1924] Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix 135

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 145.

Coleus plant parasitized by Orobanche ramosa L. Fic. 1, Coleus plant;
figs. 2, 3, and 4, very small Orobanche plants attached to Coleus roots; fig.
5, a small flowering plant of Orobanche; fig. 6, a larger detached Orobanche
plant not fully developed. Natural size.—Photo by W. R. Fisher.

EXTENSIONS OF RANGE AND A NEW VARIETY IN SALIX.

CARLETON R. BALL.

Our knowledge of the distribution of species, and of their numerous
variations increases steadily. Amateur, subprofessional and pro-
fessional botanists all have contributed largely to this result. The
writer has been most fortunate in having had opportunity to study
and identify many of the willow collections from all classes of botanists
in the United States and Canada. This has given rise to a series of
papers! describing new species and varieties, and recording extensions
of range.

In the third? of these papers the willows of the Black Hills of South
Dakota were discussed chiefly in the light of recent collections made
by John Murdoch, Jr., T. C. Setzer, and N. E. Petersen, of the U. S.
Forest Service. Of the 12 species listed, the one recorded as S.
fluviatilis Nutt. is S. interior Rowlee, the Nuttall plant being confined
to the lower Columbia River.’

In addition to the 12 species recorded for the Black Hills district,
cordata occurs in the eastern portion of the State. To these 13 species,
the present paper adds to the known flora of South Dakota 3 species,
missouriensis, petiolaris and candida, and a new variety of discolor.
This makes a total of 16 species of Salix recorded for the State.

1 Ball, Carleton R. Notes on North American Willows I-III. Bot. Gaz. 40: 376-
380, pls. 12-13, 1905; ibid. 60: 45-54, figs. 3, 1915: and ibid 60: 391-399, 1915, res-

pectively.
— ——.——————Undescribed Willows of the Section Cordatae. Bot. Gaz. Tl: 426-
437, fig. 1, 1921.
— — — — Notes on Willows of the Sections Pentandrae and Nigrae. Bot. Gaz.
12: 220-236, figs. 1-4, 1921.
and Kirk Whited. Pruinose Branchlets and Salix lemmoni Bebb. Am,

Jour. Bot. (in press). 1923.

? Bot. Gaz. 60: 391-399, 1915.

3 Ball, Carleton R. Notes on North American Willows II. Bot. Gaz. 60: 52-54,
1915.

136 Rhodora [Jurv

A New VARIETY OF SALIX DISCOLOR FROM SOUTH DAKOTA.

At the junctureof Minnesota, South Dakota, and North Dakota is a
district very interesting geologically and botanically. It was once the
scene of great glacial activity. In general, it lies between the Dakota
and Minnesota lobes of the Wisconsin glaciation.

Topographically this district may be separated into 3 fairly dis-
tinct parts, namely, (1) the trough, occupied by Big Stone and Tra-
verse Lakes, which lies on the boundary line between Minnesota and
the Dakotas, at an elevation of about 1,000 feet above sea level; (2)
the gently sloping plain which lies directly west of the trough and
reaches an elevation of 1200 to 1300 feet on its western edge, and (3)
the rough and dissected morainal hills which extend north and south,
forming the western boundary of the plain some 10-15 miles west
of the lakes, and extending a little way into North Dakota. These
hills, known as the Sisseton Hills, probably reach an elevation of
nearly or quite 2,000 feet at the highest points. Beyond these hills,
the higher plains stretch away to the westward.

This district is made interesting also by another topographic fact.
Big Stone and Traverse Lakes lie end to end in a curved glacial valley.
They are separated only by a low ridge or moraine a few miles wide
lying transversely across the valley floor. In spite of this proximity
and slight separation, however, they belong to entirely different
drainage systems.

Big Stone Lake drains through the Minnesota River to the Missis-
sippi and thence to the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic. Traverse
Lake is drained by the Red River of the North to Lake Winnipeg
and thence to the Arctic.

From these facts it follows that these lakes lie on the “Height
of Land” of the old geographies, which separates the Arctic and
Mississippi drainage basins. Furthermore, they are about 300 miles
south of the Canadian line. As the Missouri River enters North
Dakota far to the northwest and not far from the Canadian line, and
as the Mississippi River rises far to the northeast in Minnesota it
is seen that Traverse Lake occupies the southern apex of a triangle
of Arctic drainage projecting far south into Mississippi Basin drainage.

The Red River has its source in Traverse Lake but the Minnesota
River does not rise in Big Stone Lake. Its sources are 10 to 15 miles
northwestward in the Sisseton Hills, previously described. The
abrupt eastern face of this low range is cut by numerous deep,

1924] Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix 137

rocky, timbered coulees or cafions, which contain the headwaters of
the Minnesota River.

Through the courtesy of Prof. W. H. Over, of the University of
South Dakota, the writer was privileged to join a party from that
institution which was collecting in this district in the summer of 1923.
Though it was possible to remain for only three days, the trip was
well repaid.

The flora of the wooded eastern escarpment of the Sisseton Hills,
and of the deep rocky coulees that issue from it, is largely an eastern
flora. Among the plants are the sugar maple, bur oak, American and
beaked hazelnuts, blue cohosh, and many others.

The willows of this district are no less interesting than the other
plants. The abundant occurrence here of S. missouriensis Bebb,
far to the north of its previously accepted range, is discussed else-
where in this paper. There seems to be a general tendency toward
the production of broad-leaved forms. These were collected in the
glacial trough occupied by Big Stone and Traverse Lakes, and also
in the coulees of the Sisseton Hills, but not in the plain between. Such
amplification of the foliar organs was found in four out of seven species
collected. No specially large-leaved plants of S. interior Rowlee, S.
cordata Muhl., or S. missouriensis were noted.

One plant (Ball 2214) of S. amygdaloides And., in a group of several
plants on the ridge between the lakes, had ovate leaves, a form '
collected previously by the writer at Cottonwood, South Dakota,
west of the Missouri River. One plant of S. lutea Nutt. (Ball &
Over 2232), out of several seen in a coulee in the Sisseton Hills, had
ovate leaves very suggestive of S. lutea platyphylla Ball from the
Wahsatch and Great Basin sections. Of S. bebbiana Sarg., only a
single plant was seen, in a coulee, but it (Ball & Over 2230) has rather
large obovate-oval leaves, quite different in shape from those of the
normal plant of this species. Finally, a very broad-leaved form of
discolor is here described as a new variety.

SALIX DISCOLOR overi Ball n. var. Tree up to 8 inches in diameter
and 15-20 feet tall; branchlets short and divaricate, the bark dark
brown, reddish brown or sometimes yellowish, not shining, glabrous
or the most recent growth slightly puberulent, usually wrinkled
longitudinally; stipules none or, on sprouts, 2-7 mm. long, subreniform
to semicordate, acute denticulate, often deciduous; leaves broadly

elliptical to oval or broadly obovate, on flowering or fruiting branches
mostly obovate, subremot ely and coarsely or shallowly crenate-serrate

138 Rhodora |JuLy

commonly 2.5 x 4, 3-3.5 x 5-6, 4 x 7-8, and 4.5 x 7 cm., or on
sprouts 3 X 8, 4 x 10, and 5.5-6 x 11-12 cm., acute or subcuneate
at base, short-acuminate from an acute apex or cuspidate from a
broadly acute to obtuse apex, dark green above, subglaucous to
glaucous beneath, the yellowish-brown midrib and slender lateral
veins plane or slightly elevated above, rather strongly elevated be-
neath, glabrous throughout, or thinly pubescent with shining hairs
while unfolding.

Pistillate aments subsessile, with 1-3 small bract-like leaves at base,
5-6 cm. long; mature capsule conic-rostrate, 9-11 mm. long; pedicels
1-2 mm. long; style nearly or quite 1 mm. long; stigmas divided, 0.5
mm. long.

Variety overi is distinguished from the typical form of the species
chiefly by the larger, obovate or broadly oval leaves and perhaps
by longer styles also, though the paucity of material makes this
uncertain.

A study of 121 sheets of S. discolor Muhl. in the herbarium of the
writer and of 135 specimens in the U. S. National Herbarium fails
to discover any other collections which are referable to this variety.
Several sterile specimens collected by the writer in the southern parts
of Vermont and New Hampshire approach it somewhat in the shape
and size of the leaves. The following specimens represent this variety :

SourH Dakota: Roberts Co., west shore of Big Stone Lake, at
Hiawatha Beach, W. H. Over 14483, Aug. 12, 1922 (fol.), May 21,

"1923 (fruit); C. R. Ball & W. H. Over 2238, Aug. 9, 1923 (fol.), (both
numbers from same plant and therefore type specimens). "Traverse
Lake, inside wire fence below the spring on Sisseton road, 2 miles
northwest of Brown's Valley, Minn., C. R. Ball & W. H. Over 2249,
Aug. 10, 1923 (foliage and old staminate aments).!

The type tree is in an old channel on the left (west) of the road at
Hiawatha Beach, just before it turns west to Art Lake's house, which
stands several rods farther west. It consists of an old prostrate
trunk about 8 inches in diameter, partly buried in the mud, and bear-
ing stout branches about 4 inches in diameter, rooted at the base, and
reaching a height of 12-15 feet.

Salix discolor (Ball & Over 2236, 2237) was abundant in the swampy
ground nearby and one plant of S. missouriensis Bebb was nearby

! Orer No. 14483 is in herbaria Ball and Univ. So. Dak.; Ball & Over Nos. 2238
and 2249 have been deposited in herbaria Ball, Can. Geol. Surv., Cornell Univ.,
Field Museum, Gray, Ia. State Coll., Minn. Univ., Mo. Bot. Gard., Rocky Mt. (Wyo.),
So. Dak. Univ., and U.S. Nat. No. 2238 has been placed also in the herbaria of Calif.
Acad. Sci., N. Y. Bot. Gard , No. Dak. Agric. Coll., So. Dak. Agric. Coll., and Stan-
ford Univ.

1924] Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix 139

(Ball & Over 2240). Cornus stolonifera Michx. was common in the
immediate vicinity, as were also such grasses as Agrostis palustris
Huds., Poa palustris L., and Panicularia nervata (Willd.) Ktze.

SALIX MISSOURIENSIS IN SOUTH DAKOTA.

Salix missouriensis Bebb! was first described by Andersson as S.
cordata vestita from a specimen collected by the Duke of Neuwied
near Fort Osage on the Missouri River. The recent manuals of botany
do not give it an extensive range. Gray’s New Manual? says “ Mo. to
Nebr. and I. T.,” while Britton and Brown,’ and Britton? say “Mo.
and Nebr." The writer? in 1899 recorded its oecurrence in eastern
Iowa, near Muscatine and Davenport, and at Sioux City in North-
western Iowa.

Material in various herbaria shows the species to be distributed in
Missouri and the eastern parts of Kansas and Nebraska, and along
the Missouri River in Iowa as far as Sioux City. Typical material
collected by E. J. Palmer in extreme southern Illinois is in the National
and Arnold Arboretum herbaria. Sterile specimens from Jo Daviess
County in northwestern Illinois almost certainly belong here. Sioux
City, Iowa, has been the northwestern limit of its recorded range.

In 1922 and 1923, Prof. W. H. Over, of the University of South
Dakota, collected willows in the southeastern part (Clay Co.) and in
the northeastern part (Grant, Day, and Roberts Cos.) of the State,
and sent them to the writer for identification. Inspection of this
material, mostly foliage specimens, showed that it represented mis-
souriensis rather than cordata, though it was far to the north of the
accepted range of missouriensis.

Early in August, 1923, the writer had the opportunity to join
Professor Over for a short time in an exploration of the eastern portion
of Roberts County, South Dakota. A study was made of the willows
(1) along the west shore of Big Stone Lake, (2) near the south end of
Lake Traverse, and (3) in the coulees of the Sisseton Hills, some 5
miles west of Sisseton, the county seat of Roberts County. Here the
most abundant species of the cordata group was S. missouriensis,
previously collected in Roberts County in 1922 by Professor Over.

! Andersson, N. J. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 6: (Monog. Sal.) 159, 1867.

? Robinson, B. L., and M. L. Fernald. Gray's New Manual Bot. 323. 1908.

š Britton, N. L., and Addison Brown. Illus. Flora 1: 503, 1896.

* Britton, N. L., Man. Bot. 314-315, 1901.
š Ball, Carleton R. The Willows of Iowa. Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. 7: 153, pl. 12, 1900 `

140 Rhodora |JuLy

Along the parts of Big Stone and Traverse Lakes visited, S. missouri-
ensis was practically the only species of the cordata group present.
A single plant of cordata was found at a large spring beside the Sisseton
road about 2 miles northwest of Brown’s Valley, Minn., and near
the south end of Lake Traverse. In the coulees of the Sisseton Hills,
however, some 12-15 miles to the northwest, at elevations several
hundred feet higher, S. missouriensis was associated with S. lutea
Nutt., the latter species being fairly common there.

Salix missouriensis Bebb differs from S. cordata Muhl. chiefly in
the larger size, the more densely pubescent or tomentose one-year
branchlets, the densely tomentose or pilose bud-scales, pubescent
petioles, and the ‘usually larger leaves, more distinctly glaucous
underneath, with midveins pubescent in the basal portion of the leaf
both above and below. The furry bud-scales are especially striking
at nearly all seasons of the year. A dense coma occurs at the base
of the aments and newly developing vegetative shoots. It is composed
of long white hairs from 2 to 4 mm. long. This coma seems to be
longer and much more abundant than in S. cordata and often is quite
prominent on young growth. The aments on the only fruiting speci-
men (Over 14482A of 1923) apparently have been injured by frost
and are of little diagnostic value.

The following South Dakota specimens in the herbarium of the
writer are referred to S. missouriensis. Most if not all of these also
are in the herbarium of the University of South Dakota at Vermillion,
and those collected by Ball and Over are being distributed to several
herbaria.

Clay Co., Vermillion, Over 13830, Oct. 12, 1922; Grant Co., South-
shore, Over 15447, July 17, 1923; Day Co., sandy shore of Dry Woods
Lake, Over 14479, July 5, 1922; Roberts Co., flood plain of Spring
Creek, Hartford Beach, Big Stone Lake, Over 144824, July 17, 1922,
May 21, 1923; Ball & Over 2246, Aug. 9, 1923; Hiawatha Beach,
Big Stone Lake, Ball & Over 2240, Aug. 9, 1923; deep rocky coulee
5 miles west of Sisseton, Ball & Over 2233, Aug. 8, 1923; shallow coulee
in prairie 3 miles west of Sisseton, Ball & Over 2235, Aug. 8, 1923.

In July, 1923, a native willow was found in cultivation on the
Dickinson Substation, Dickinson, No. Dak., in the west-central part
of the State. It proved to be S. missouriensis Bebb, but the origin
of the original cuttings is not known. A similar plant cultivated on
the Northern Great Plains Field Station, Mandan, No. Dak., probably

1924] Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix 141

is missouriensis also, and equally probably came from the nearby
Missouri River at Bismarck.

Local collectorsin the Dakotas and adjacent Minnesota can do much
to determine the range of this and other species of equally doubtful
distribution.

SALIX PETIOLARIS IN THE DAKOTAS.

Salix petiolaris J. E. Smith is another species of which the western
limits of range are but little known. Recent manuals of botany
give the western limit in the United States variously as “ Wisc.,”’
“Great Lakes,” “ Ill.," and “S. D.," and its range in Canada variously

s “N. W. Ter." “Man.,” and “Sask.” The South Dakota ref-
erence is given by Rydberg! but upon what authority is not known
to the writer. MacMillan? states that it occurs in the * N. E. and S.
E. district" of the Minnesota Valley, which would confine it to the
eastern portion of southern Minnesota.

In Iowa, petiolaris occurs across the northeastern third, as far west
as Webster and Emmet (Cratty) Counties.

Salix petiolaris is widely distributed in Minnesota, as recent
collections indicate. In the herbarium of the writer are specimens
from Anoka (Metcalf 1325), Stearns (Over 15442), and Chippewa
(Moyer 401) Counties, which show a range practically across the
State from east to west just north of Minneapolis and one-third of
the way from the southern boundary to the Canadian line. It also
contains 4 specimens from the vicinity of Cass Lake, Cass County
(Pammel et al 14, 502, 583, 589), in the north-central part.

In North Dakota, the writer's herbarium shows specimens from
Hankinson, Richland County (V. Bailey), Lake George, McHenry
County (Mabbott 417), and Birchwood in the Turtle Mountains of
Rolette County (V. Bailey). In the National Herbarium there are
specimens also from Butte, Benson County (Lunell, and Under-
wood, McLean County (Metcalf 413).

If a straight line be drawn from Webster County, Iowa, the most
southwestern station for petiolaris in the State, northwest to McLean
County, in central North Dakota, most southwestern outpost of the
species in that State, the line will pass at some distance to the south
west of Chippewa County, Minnesota, and Richland County, North

1Rydberg, Per Axel. Flora of the Rocky Mountains and adjacent Plains 195.
1917.

2MacMillan, Conway. The Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. Geol. & Nat.
Hist. Surv. Rept. Bot. Ser. 1: 183. 1892.

142 Rhodora |JuLy

Dakota, other southwestern points in its known range, and will cut
off several counties in northeastern South Dakota. It is something
of a happy coincidence, therefore, that on May 23, 1923, Prof. W. H.
Over, should have collected an undoubted specimen of this species
near a spring, east of Bitter Lake, Day County, South Dakota (Over
15374, in herbaria C. R. Ball and University of South Dakota). Day
County is the second county from the northeast corner of South
Dakota and just south of Marshall County where S. candida was
found. Both contain many glacial lakes.

SALIX CANDIDA NEW TO SOUTH DAKOTA.

Salix candida Fluegge is found in cold bogs from Newfoundland,
New England and New Jersey westward to the Rocky Mountains of
Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana and Alberta, and the mountains
of British Columbia. The southern boundary of its range is found in
the glacial bogs of the northern portions of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and
north central Iowa. From there the western line of its prairie distri-
bution bent sharply far to the northward, the next stations previously
known to the northward being at Butte in Benson Co. and Under-
wood in McLean Co., both in central North Dakota, in the glaciated
area east of the Missouri River. |

In 1923, however, it was collected in “marshy places at the north-
east corner of Buffalo Lake, Marshall Co.” So. Dak., by Prof. W. H.
Over, No. 15438, on Aug. 3. The plant apparently was growing
luxuriantly and has unusually broad leaves. The material is deposited
in herb. Univ. So. Dak., Nat. Herb. and that of the writer. Marshall
Co. is in the northeastern portion of the State, lying against the North
Dakota line just west of Roberts Co., discussed previously in this
paper. This collection extends the known range considerably to the
southwest. The species may be looked for about the margins of the
numerous other swampy lakes in northeastern South Dakota and
adjacent North Dakota.

SALIX CANDIDA DENUDATA ANDERSSON.

Andersson! erected the variety denudata of Salix candida in 1868
but it has not been recognized in manuals of botany until recently.
Andersson cited no collections or localities. Robinson and Fernald?
give the range as “Gaspé Co., Que., to Wisc. and Ct.”

1 Andersson, N. J., in De Candolle Prodromus Syst. 162: 278, 1868.
2 Robinson and Fernald, Gray New Man. Bot. 327, 1908.

1924] Extensions of Range and new Variety in Salix 143

The variety differs from the species in having narrower leaves,
glabrate or glabrescent on both sides, especially above, and some-
times glaucescent beneath.

In his discussion of candida and its variations, Schneider! cites
specimens of this variety (p. 228) from Newfoundland, Quebec,
Ontario, New Jersey, New York, and Wisconsin. To this distribution
now should be added Connecticut, as stated by Robinson and Fernald,
and perhaps Indiana.

The specimens seen by the writer and their locations are listed below.
Connecticut: Open places in swamp, Salisbury, C. A. Weatherby
3634, June 6, 1915 (Nat. Herb.); Twin Lakes, Canaan, Chas. A.
Davis 3 (in part), June 1, 1912 (herb. C. R. B.). Of three full sheets
of the Davis collection only one bears material of this variety. NEw
York: 3-6 dm. high, in water, “Fiddlers Glen,” Pecksport, W. R.
Maxon 6206, June 9, 1916 (herb. C. R. B.).

The Indiana plant was collected “in a willow bog on the south side
of Pigeon River, 114 miles east of Mongo, Lagrange Co.,” Chas. C.
Deam 30458, May 27, 1920. Mr. Deam, the State forester, notes
concerning this plant “Closely associated with S. bebbiana, S. candida,
S. petiolaris, and other species of Salix. Only two specimens found.
In habit and size resembles S. candida and grew with it." The devel-
oping leaves are linear, strongly involute, and glabrous, even to part
of those just unfolding. In the numerous aments, the capsules also
are entirely glabrous and almost all have remained unfertilized.
This indicates, though it does not prove, a hybrid origin. The styles
are usually long and slender, and deeply divided.

SALIX PELLITA ANDERSSON IN MICHIGAN.

For many years this species was misinterpreted by American
botanists, as Fernald? so excellently has shown. The only locality
in the United States mentioned by Fernald was “northern Maine”
- to “the lower Androscoggin River, Maine." Schneider,’ in discussing
this species, gives its distribution as follows (p. 83):

“T have seen forms which I refer to S. pellita from southern Labrador

1 Schneider, Camillo. Notes on North American Willows VIII. Jour. Arnold
Arb, 1: 211-232, 1920.

2 Fernald, M. L. The identity of Andersson's Salix pellita. RHODORA 6: 191.
Sept., 1904.

3 Schneider, Camillo. Notes on American Willows—VI. Journ. Arnold Arboretum
1: 67-97. (Oct.) Nov. 20, 1919.

144 Rhodora [JuLy

(Fernald & Wiegand, No. 3182, st.; G., O.; forma quamvis incerta,
porro observanda), western Newfoundland, New Brunswick (as far
north as Woodstock in Carleton County), Maine (Aroostook and
Somerset Counties), Vermont (Bloomfield in Essex County), and
westward from Quebec (as far north as Lake St. John), Michigan
(Isle Royale, Houghton County), Ontario (Savanne, Thunder Bay
County), and the Lake Winnipeg region.”

Isle Royale, mentioned above, is the only station recorded by
Schneider for this species in the United States west of New England.
It is an island in the northern part of Lake Superior, in longitude
89° and latitude 48°, near the mainland at the Ontario-Minnesota
boundary. The collection (a pruinose sterile twig, in Gray Herbarium)
was made by Wm. S. Cooper (No. 6) on July 22, 1909. To this Michi-
gan locality may now be added another, in the Upper Peninsula
and about 200 miles southeast of Isle Royale. The new locality
is the swampy valley of the Tahquamenon River in Luce County.
A specimen collected by Chas. K. Dodge, identified by the writer,
and now at the University of Michigan, is labeled *abundant, low
marshy banks of the Tahquamanan River, Luce Co., Sept. 9, 1915."
À second specimen was collected there by Franklin P. Metcalf (No.
2301), on the Tahquamenon River near Newberry, Luce Co., Sept.
15, 1922. Mr. Metcalf, a botanist of the Bureau of Biological Survey,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, states that the area where his
collections were made is a swampy stretch of land about 3 miles in
diameter, through which the river meanders. It is located some
8 miles on an airline or about 15 miles by water down the river from
the town of Newberry and is surrounded by higher land bearing
timber. The locality is known locally as “Dead Man's Farm,”
because of a deserted farm on the nearby ridge. The chief vegetation
of this swampy area consists of Carex spp., Scirpus cyperinus and
Phalaris arundinacea, all abundant, Cornus stolonifera and Poly-
gonum spp., both common, and at least three species of Salix, namely,
lucida, which was abundant, and petiolaris and. pellita, both of which
were common. His specimens will be placed in the National Herbar-
ium.

The two specimens, both sterile, collected by Dodge and Metcalf,
are almost identical in appearance, with pruinose twigs and nar-
rowly lanceolate leaves about 1.2-1.4 X 8-10 or 1.5 X 7 cm. in size
and showing no sign of becoming glabrate beneath, though collected
late in the season.

Bureau or PLANT IxpvsTRY, Washington, D. C.

1924] Some new Cladonias 145

SOME NEW CLADONIAS.
C. A. RoBBINs.

In June, 1923, the writer sent a collection of Cladonias from Ware-
ham, Massachusetts, to H. Sandstede, the eminent German Cladonio-
logist, for examination. Some of the material he, in turn, sent to Dr.
Wainio. The final report has been received and it is of interest to
note that the lot yielded a new species, a new form, and two new
modifications. These should be recorded and it seems advisable to
record also certain other plants, hitherto undescribed, some of which
belong with them. All are more or less common throughout the
Buzzards Bay region and hence it appears likely that some or all of
them will be found in other localities.

Dr. Wainio's comments upon the two new plants named by him
are relative to the exhaustive analyses of Cladonia species as worked
out by him in his Monographia Cladoniarum, particularly in volumes
one and two. As the comments in themselves furnish little help
to the collector in determining the plants, descriptions are added,
together with a statement of the differences between each plant and
related species or forms which, it is hoped, will make identification
possible.

1. CLADONIA Clavulifera Wainio, sp. nov., affinis Cl. mitrulae Tuck.
sed apotheciis parvis, furcis et podetiis subcontinuis corticatis (KOH
non reagentibus) ab ea differens textura podetiorum, a Cl. alpicola
var. Karelica Wain. distinguitur.

The species belongs with the club-shaped Cladonias. The primary
squamules are persistent or disappearing, 3-10 mm. long, irregularly
lobed or incised, esorediate; podetia 5-35 mm. long, 1-5 mm.
in diameter, club-shaped, erect, the sides entire or often termin-
ated by apothecia, simple or basally branched, usually somewhat
digitately short-branched at the tips; cortex continuous to areolate,
smooth, rugose, or somewhat warty, esorediate, esquamulose, or spar-
inglv squamulose toward the base, glaucescent to subolivaceous;
apothecia brown to brownish-black.

In clusters or colonies; on sand and sandy loam; often in old fields
and open woods. Among our New England Cladonias the species is
perhaps nearest in appearance to Cl. subcariosa (Nyl.) Wainio. The
latter, however, is KOH red. It might also be confused with Cl.
cariosa (Ach.) Spreng., var. corticata Wainio. That plant differs in

1 According to Wainio's subdivision of Cladonia species, var. — varietas constantior;
f. = forma autogenetica inconstans; m. = modificatio inconstans statione producta.

146 Rhodora [JULY

being lighter in color, more branched with the branches longer and
slenderer, KOH yellow or yellowish. Cl. clavulifera is probably more
or less widely distributed and there is reason to suspect that it is
represented in American herbaria under one or the other of these
names and also under that of Cl. symphycarpa Fr. Wainio has shown,
however, (Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Dennica 10: 55. 1894, often
cited as Mon. Clad. 2: 55. 1894) that this Friesian species is a com-
pound conception with Cl. cariosa (Ach.) Spreng., var. corticata
Wainio as one of the components and Cl. alpicola (Flot.) Wainio, var.
Karelica Wainio as another.

m. subvestita Robbins, m. nov. Similar to typical form of the
species but with the podetia squamulose throughout. Common in
the Buzzards Bay region, often occurring with the species.

2. CLADONIA CARASSENSIS Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora
Fennica 4: 313. 1887, often cited as Mon. Clad. 1: 313. 1887. This
species is recorded from but one locality *In montibus Carassae in
provincia Minarum, Brasiliae." In the Brazilian plants the podetia
are “albida aut rarius cinereo-fuscescenti-variegata." One form and
two modifications are recognized. They are

f. IRREGULARIS Wainio, l. c. Podetia 20-80 mm. long, esquamulose;
cups oblique.

m. REGULARIS Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fennica 14:
237. 1897, often cited as Mon. Clad. 3: 237. 1897. f. regularis
Wainio, Ibid. 4: 315. 1887, often cited as Mon. Clad. 1:315. 1887.
podetia 20-30 mm. long, esquamulose; cups regular.

m. DIGRESSA Wainio, ibid. 14: 237. 1897, often cited as Mon.
Clad. 3: 237. 1897. f. digressa Wainio, ibid. 4: 315-316. 1887,
often cited as Mon. Clad. 1: 315-316. 1887. Podetia 20-30 mm.
long, squamulose principally at the margins of the cups; cups regular
to obsolete.

f. subregularis Wainio, f. nov. Podetia olivacea- et glauco-variegata
differens.

This form has the primary squamules persistent or disappearing,
small to medium size, crenate to subdigitately lobate, esorediate,
KOH yellow; podetia 20-40 mm. long, 1-4 mm. in diameter, subcyl-
indrical or irregularly turgescent, scyphiferous, simple or repeatedly
proliferate from the margins of the cups; cups moderately dilated,
3-7 mm. in diameter, perforate, regular; cortex continuous or areolate,
usually smooth, esorediate, and without granules, esquamulose or
sparingly squamulose toward the base, glaucescent and olivaceous
variegated, KOH yellow; apothecia small to medium size, solitary or
clustered, light brown becoming darker.

In clusters and colonies, often intermixed with related forms or other
species; on sandy loam in dry, upland woods, on peaty soil on bog
margins, occasionally on decaying and decayed wood. This form

1924] Some new Cladonias 147

differs from m. regularis only in color. The species as it is represented
in this region always manifests this color difference while at the same
time it exhibits variations similar or somewhat similar to the form
and to the other modification established by Wainio.

f. obliqua Robbins, f. nov. Podetia 20-70 mm. long, glaucescent
and olivaceous variegated, esquamulose or sparingly squamulose
toward the base; cups oblique.

m. spectabilis Robbins, m. nov. Podetia 20-70 mm. long, glauces-
cent and olivaceous variegated, squamulose throughout; cups regular
to oblique.

Wainio observes of the species (l. c.) * Facie externa fere est sicut
Cl. crispata." Our plants also closely approach forms of Cl. squamosa
(Scop.) Hoffm. Neither, however, affords the yellow reaction. Cl.
subsquamosa (Nyl.) Wainio is likewise somewhat similar in construc-
tion and agrees further in its response to caustic potash. It differs in
having the podetia more or less granular.

3. CLADONIA FURCATA (Huds.) Schrad., var. RACEMOSA (Hoffm.)
Floerk. Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fennica 4: 316. 1887,
often cited as Mon. Clad. 1: 316. 1887. m. subclausa Sandstede,
m. nov. Podetia 25-40 mm. long, 0.5-2 mm. in diameter, erect or
decumbent, cylindrical or subcylindrical, esquamulose or squamulose
toward the base, much branched especially upward; branches sub-
regularly or radiately disposed, the upper ascendent to erect, the
sterile summits slightly expanded and somewhat truncate with 2-5
irregularly or radiately spreading points thus forming small, imper-
forate or sometimes minutely perforate pseudo-cups; cortex smooth,
continuous to areolate, esorediate, glaucescent to olivaceous.

In small or large clusters; on sandy loam, often in open woods.
Common locally. This plant resembles m. subulata Floerk. but the
two are easily distinguishable since the latter has the sterile summits
forked and subulate, (cf. Tuckerman, Synopsis 1: 248. 1882).

4. CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA (Nyl.) Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et
Flora Fennica 10: 38. 1894, often cited as Mon. Cl. 2: 38. 1894.
m. squamulosa Robbins, m. nov. Podetia 5-35 mm. long, 1-4 mm.
in diameter, erect, club-shaped, more or less densely squamulose.

On sandy loam; often in old fields among grass. This plant differs
from the species only in the squamulose podetia.

5. CLADONIA UNCIALIS (L.) Web. Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna
et Flora Fennica 4: 254. 1887, often cited as Mon. Clad. 1: 254.
1887. m.soraligera Robbins, m. nov. Podetia 10-50 mm. long, 1-3
mm. in diameter, erect or decumbent, sorediate; soredia aggregated
in somewhat rounded, scattered masses, 1-12 mm. in diameter.

In small or large colonies, occasionally in subprostrate patches.
On sand or sandy loam; in dry, open, mixed woods. All forms of the
species, common in this region, seem liable to produce soredia although
it sometimes happens that in a colony of plants not all will be sorediate.
'The species is cosmopolitan in its distribution and it has always been

148 Rhodora | [JULY

considered an esorediate plant. That condition, however, may prove
to be not uncommon in different parts of its range as is the case with
Cl. sylvatica (L.) Harm. which was likewise looked upon as an esoredi-
ate species until Sandstede found it in Europe in a sorediate state
(m. sorediata Sandst.) and which occurs also in the Buzzards Bay
region.

The following plants were also reported. All are well known in
Europe but are not mentioned in New England lists.

6. CLADONIA STREPSILIS (Ach.) Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et
Flora Fennica 10: 403. 1894, often cited as Mon. Clad. 2: 403. 1894.
On sandy or gravelly loam; in old fields, upland woods and roadsides.
The species is abundant in Plymouth County and even more so in
parts of Norfolk County, as at Stoughton where it often spreads
over old upland pastures in dense colonies. The writer collected
it in June, 1923, from near the summit of Mount Wachusett. It
probably has a wide distribution but seems to be little known in this
country. Willey sent it to Wainio from New Bedford as “Cl. alci-
cornis." (l. c. 408) and G. K. Merrill (Bryologist 12: 93. 1909) states
that it “has by many authors been referred to Cl. cariosa.” It is
stouter than that species and the primary squamules are coarser,
often much elongated. A greenish or bluish-green reaction to chloride
of lime is unique among Cladonia species. The specimens sent appear
to have been f. glabrata Wain. (podetia esquamulose). Locally there
is also m. corraloidea Wain. (podetia squamulose).

7. CLADONIA PITYREA (Floerk.) Fr., var. Zwackurn Wainio, f.
SUBACUTA Wainio, Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora Fennica 10: 355.
1894, often cited as Mon. Clad. 2: 355. 1894. On tree bases, decayed
wood, often among mosses in moist places. Common. This form has
the podetia decorticate, granulose, esquamulose and without cups.
Recorded by Fink from Minnesota (Lichens of Minnesota. Contr.
Nat. Herb. 14: 129. 1910).

m. HOLOLEPIS (Floerk.) Wainio l. c. 355. In similar situations as
f. subacuta but less common. Apparently not before recorded from
North America. The plant differs from f. subacuta in having the
podetia more or less squamulose and with cups. Tuckerman does not
mention Cl. pityrea but according to Wainio (l. c. 363) Cl. squamosa,
Hoffm., f. botryoides Tuckerman, Syn. 1: 246. 1882, belongs with the
present species.

ONSET, MASSACHUSETTS.

1924] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District,—XLVIII 149

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XLVIII.

COMPOSITAE.

RUDBECKIA.

R. hirta L. Dry fields, very common throughout.

R. hirta L., var. tubuliforme Burnham. Am. Bot. xx. 22, 1914.
Wellesley Hills (Bradford Torrey, July 30, 1905). Specimen in
herb. Gray.

R. laciniata L. Meadows and wet thickets; frequent north and
west of Boston, rare or lacking in southern towns. The form commonly
cultivated under the name of “Golden Glow " is frequently persistent,
and rarely sporadic on dumps.

R. speciosa Wenderoth. Wellesley (Margaret C. Ferguson, July
5, 1889). Specimen in herb. Wellesley College.

SANTOLINA.

S. CHAMAECYPARISSIAS L. Thoroughly introduced in sandy bank
near Monponsett station, Hanson (M. L. Fernald, Oct. 29, 1916).
Specimens in herb. Gray and N. E. Botanical Club. Native of
southern Europe.

SENECIO.
S. aureus L. Swamps and meadows, common throughout.
S. JacoBAEA L. Pasture, Danvers (Mrs. J. M. Kennedy, Oct. 15,

1910). Specimen in herb. Gray.

S. MacDovcaLu Heller. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxvi. 592, 1899.
N. Andover (A. S. Pease, Sept. 17, 1893). Specimen in herb. N. E.
Botanical Club. Native of Arizona.

S. obovatus Muhl. Dry rocky and gravelly soil, rare; Boxford,
Topsfield, “in collibus siccis umbrosis ad Ipswich," (Wm. Oakes, no
date), Needham.

S. pauperculus Michx. (Includes S. Balsamitae Muhl. and vars.
pauperculus (Michx.) Fernald and praclongus Greenman. See Ann.
Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 159 1916.) Dry pastures and exposed ledges;
occasional from Blue Hills northward, also at Marshfield.

S. viscosus L. Waste places in moist soil occasional in the cities.

S vULGARIS L. Waste places in moist soil; frequent in Boston and
vicinity, occasional elsewhere.

150 Rhodora [JULY

SERICOCARPUS.

S. asteroides (L.) BSP. Dry open woods and pastures, very com-
mon throughout.
S. linifolius (L.) B S P. Dry open woods and pastures, frequent
throughout.
SILPHIUM.

S. PERFOLIATUM L. Escaped from cultivation to waste land; Dan-
vers, Cambridge, Boston (Fenway).

SILYBUM.

S. MARIANUM (L.) Gaertn. Appeared suddenly as garden weed,
Lexington (Miss E. L. Shaw, July 27, 1898). Specimen in herb. Gray.

SOLIDAGO.

S. altissima L. Open places in rich soil; few records from western
and southwestern towns, but common elsewhere.

S. arguta Ait. Woods; occasional from Blue Hills and Dover
northward.

X S. asperula Desf. Borders of salt-marshes above high tide;
frequent from Revere to Scituate, probably elsewhere.

S. bicolor L. Dry sandy soil, very common throughout.

S. caesia L. Rich woods, common throughout.

S. caesia L., var. axillaris (Pursh) Gray. Usually in drier soil than
the species, occasional.

S. caesia L, var. paniculata Gray. Rich woods, frequent.

S. canadensis L. Fields and pastures; common, except in southern
towns.

S. canadensis L., var. Hargeri Fernald. Rnopona xvii.11-12,1915.
Salisbury (A. A. Eaton, no date). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club.

S. Elliottii T. & G. Rich moist soil; frequent from Hingham,
Blue Hills, Dedham and Sherborn south, often abundant. This is
the northern limit of the species in New England, but it reappears
in Nova Scotia (see Fernald, Rnopona xxiii. 292, 1921).

S.graminifolia (L.) Salisb. Moistsoil, occasional in northern towns.

S. graminifolia (L.) Salisb., var. Nuttallii (Greene) Fernald. Fields
and roadsides, common throughout.

S. humilis Pursh. (S. uliginosa Nutt. See Ruopora xvii. 6, 1915;
x. 88-89, 1908.) Very wet meadow, Boxford (E. F. Williams, Aug.

1924] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —XLVIII 151

19, 1906); specimen in herb. Gray; “ Dedham to Ponkapoag" (Wm.
Boott, Aug. 27, 1869); specimen in herb. Wellesley College.

S. juncea Ait. Dry sandy soil, very common throughout.

S. latifolia L. Rich woods; not reported from southern towns,
occasional northward.

S. nemoralis Ait. Dry sandy fields and hillsides, very common
throughout.

S. puberula Nutt. Dry sandy soil, common throughout.

[S. rigida L. Reported from Framingham in Rnopona i. 97, 1899,
but no specimen is available.]

S. rugosa Mill. Swamps, thickets and waste places; very common
throughout.

S. rugosa Mill., var. aspera ( Ait.) Fernald. Ruopona xvii. 7, 1915.
Fields and woods, common.

S. rugosa Mill., var. sphagnophila Graves. Swamps and wet mea-
dows; frequent from Stoneham, Malden and Dedham south toward
the coast.

S. rugosa Mill., var. villosa (Pursh) Fernald. Wellesley (F. W.
IT unnewell, September, 1910). Specimen in herb. F. W. Hunnewell.

S. sempervirens L. Salt-marshes and seashores, common and
abundant all along the coast.

S. serotina Ait. Swamps and thickets; occasional from Sharon,
Needham and Ashland north.

S. serotina Ait., var. gigantea (Ait.)Gray. Swamps and meadows;
no reports from southern towns, but occasional elsewhere.

S. speciosa Nutt. Dry open woods and fields; occasional and often
abundant (18 stations).

S. squarrosa Muhl. Dry ground and open woods, rare; Beverly,
Burlington, Westford, Groton.

S. suaveolens Schoepf. (S. odora Ait., see Ruopora xxi. 69-70,
1919.) Dry woods and fields, common throughout.

S. tenuifolia Pursh. Wet meadows and sandy shores of ponds;
frequent in southern towns; rare northward (Rockport, Newburyport,
Tewksbury, Wilmington, Westford).

S. ulmifolia Muhl. Dry woods in rich soil; occasional, but appar-
ently rare in southern towns.

S. uniligulata (DC.) Porter. Bogs and peaty swamps, frequent.

S. uniligulata (DC.) Porter, var. neglecta (T. & G.) Fernald. Ruo-
DORA xxiii. 292, 1921. Bogs and swamps, very common throughout.

152 Rhodora [JULY

8. suaveolens Schoepf X rugosa Mill. Open deciduous woods,
Stony Brook Reservation, one plant (N. T. Kidder, Aug. 26, 1920).
C. H. KNOWLTON Committee on
WALTER DEANE | Local Flora.

Vol. 26, no. 805, including pages 89 to 112 and plates 142 and 143, was issued
18 June, 1924.

The date of the June issue (unpublished as this goes lo press) will be an-
nounced later.

Rhodora Plate 145

Photo by W. R. F.

COLEUS PARASITIZED BY OROBANCHE RAMOSA L.

Apodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB :

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief.

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP E Publication Committee

Vol. 26. August, 1924. No. 308.
CONTENTS:

A Study of the Genus Zizania. N.C. Fassett. ................ 153

Further Notes on British Columbia Algae. W. R. Taylor. ..... 160

Reports on the Flora of the Boston District. .................. 166

Saxifraga Aizoon on Mt. Ktaadn. R.L.Lowe............... 168

Boston, Mass. | Probidence, R. 3.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORKA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the fiora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes `:
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
im advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass,
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas,

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lista not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
8.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector'a
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersariom, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papes issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
apace of ú in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months 82.60.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. August, 1924. No. 308.

A STUDY OF THE GENUS ZIZANIA.

NorMAN C. FassETT.

IN attempting to place some unusual specimens of Zizania collected
in the summer of 1923 near the city of Quebec, the writer found it
difficult to determine to his satisfaction the precise difference between
Z. palustris and Z. aquatica as defined by Professor A. S. Hitchcock
in the seventh edition of Gray's Manual. Examination of ihe spike-
lets, however, showed that there was a distinct difference, appaiently
recently overlooked, in the texture of the pistillate lemmas; thcse
of the northern narrow-leaved form (Z. aquatica of the Manual)
are firm and tough, while those of the southern broad-leaved form
(Z. palustris of the Manual) are thin and papery. This character,
combined with the greater height, wider leaves, and more luxuriant
inflorescence of the southern form, would appear sufficient for specific
distinction, were it not for the fact that in the Middle West there is a
grass which combines the characters of these two, having the large
vegetative growth of the southern plant, and the firm lemma of the
northern one.

The Zizania palustris of Hitchcock's treatments was known as Z.
aquatica until 1908, when he applied the latter name to the small
plant of the North. Linnaeus had based Z. aquatica upon Gronovius's
Zizania of the Flora Virginica, page 189, and upon Arundo alta gracilis,
foliis viridi caeruleis, locustis minoribus, Sloan. Hist. Jamaica, page
110, plate 67. The plant of Gronovius was undoubtedly the broad-
leaved one, as the narrow-leaved plant is not found south of New

154 Rhodora [AUGUST

England; no Zizania occurs in Jamaica, and Sloane’s plant is probably
Phragmites communis (L.) Trin. Z. aquatica of the Species Plantarum
should be taken, then, as based upon Zizania of Gronovius, and the
name of the genus itself was taken, of course, directly from Gronovius.

Professor Hitchcock states' that the two specimens of Zizania in
the Linnean herbarium are the narrow-leaved form, one of which is
marked “1 aquatica,” and the other “ Zizania HU,” each in Linnaeus's
hand. Here arises a difficult nomenclatorial question. Linnaeus’s
reference in the Species Plantarum (i. e., Gronovius) obviously belongs
to one plant, and his specimen (“1 aquatica") to another? Hitchcock
solved this problem by applying the later-defined name, Z. palustris
L., to the broad-leaved plant, thus reserving Z. aquatica for the nar-
row-leaved one which was represented by a specimen in the Linnean
herbarium, saying, “The fact that later he [Linnaeus] described the
broad-leaved form as a distinct species confirms the opinion that his
idea of Z. aquatica was the narrow-leaved species." But was Z.
palustris the broad-leaved species, as Hitchcock stated? "The des-
cription of this species starts, “ Culmis bipedalis;" the broad-leaved
specles to which Hitchcock referred this name is commonly from
two to three meters high, while the narrow-leaved plant seldom ex-
ceeds a meter in height. “Gluma calycina diphylla rigidula” applies
to the firm lemmas of the narrow-leaved plant much better than to
the papery lemmas of the broad-leaved one. “Folia . . . arundi-
nia phragmitis latiora," upon which Hitchcock based his decision,
loses some of its force when we note that the leaves of the European
Phragmites communis, which Linnaeus doubtless had in mind, are in
general narrower than those of the plant with which we are familiar
in America.

Zizania palustris was definitely described from the Hortus Upsali-
ensis (* H. U.’’), and there is a sheet marked “HU” in the Linnean
herbarium, which is, according to Hitchcock, the narrow-leaved
plant, and it is fairly evident that it was from material of which this
sheet is representative that Linnaeus made the description of that
specles. Schreber, one year after the description of Z. palustris,
gave a full discussion of this plant, which he states had only recently

! Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. Pt. 3: 124 (1908).

? It is interesting in this connection to note Mr. F. V. Coville's preface to Professor
Hitchcock's work, in which he states as a principle that in such cases the Linnean
reference rather than the specimen marked by Linnaeus should determine the appli-

cation of a name.
3 Mant. 295 (1771).

1924] Fassett,—A Study of the Genus Zizania 155

been grown in the Upsala gardens,' and his colored plate represents
the small plant, not only in size of plant and width of leaf, but in the
character of the pistillate lemma, which is plainly shown. Col. Monro,
in his identification of the grasses in the Linnean herbarium,’ says,
“I. Z. aquatica, L.! The plant so named is the small state which I
believe Linnaeus, in his Mant: p. 295, intended to indicate by palus-
tris, of which form there is also a specimen from Upsal Garden,
marked ‘ palustris’ by Sm." There can be no doubt, then, that Z.
palustris is the small narrow-leaved plant.

The sheet marked *1 aquatica" was in the Linnean herbarium in
1753? but Linnaeus drew no description from this specimen, nor did
he quote any locality in addition to those given by Gronovius and
Sloane. He identified the specimen in his herbarium with the Grono-
vian plant, apparently after the publication of Z. aquatica. Later
hesegregated the narrow-leaved plant as Z. palustris, leaving the name
Z. aquatica for the tall broad-leaved plant of the more southern range,
which was its original application.

ZizANIA L. Gen. Pl. ed. 5: 427 (1754). Monoecious grasses, the
upper part of the inflorescence pistillate, the lower staminate: glumes
obsolete, represented in the pistillate spikelets by minute cupules
below the lemmas: pistillate lemma usually long-awned, closely
embracing the grain, clasping the palea by its inrolled margins,
scabrous at least on the nerves and awn; staminate lemma and palea
sub-equal, lemma sometimes short-awned: grain long-cylindrical,
black: stamens six. Type species Z. aquatica.

a. Plants without creeping rootstocks: staminate branches
of the inflorescence invariably lacking pistillate flowers;
pedicels of the pistillate spikelets coarse and clavate, those
of the staminate capillary b.
b. Pistillate lemmas thin and papery, dull, finely striate,
scabrous over the whole surface;* the aborted spikelets
e slender and shriveled, less than 1 mm. thick c.
c. Plant (0.8-) 1.2-3 m. tall: leaves (0.8-) 1-5 cm. broad;
ligules (0.6-) 1-2 (-2.5) em. long: awn of the pistillate
lemma (1.5-) 2-7 em. long............ enne Z. aquatica.

1Schreber, Beschreibung der Gräser, ii. 55 (1772). “In Betrachtung dessen
würde es vielleicht nützlich sein, dieses Gewüchs, welches in dem kóniglichen fran-
zosischen Garten zu Trianan schon seit geraumer Zeit cultivirt wird, in dem akademis-
chen botanischen Garten zu Upsal neuerlich fortgekommen ist, und auch in den
meisten Gegenden von Teutschland obnfehlbar fortkommen würde, einheimsich zu
machen. ”

? Monro, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. 51 (1862).

3 Jackson, B. D. Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 124th session, 152 (1912).

4 This character is best seen with the binocular microscope.

156 Rhodora [AuGusT

c. Plant 4-5.5 dm. tall: leaves 3-12 mm. broad; ligules 3
mm. long: awn of the pistillate lemma 1-8 mm. long. . . . var. brevis.
b. Pistillate lemmas firm and tough, with lustrous coarsely d
corrugate surface, scabrous on the margins, at the sum-
mit and along the awn, and sometimes along the nerves,
otherwise glabrous: the aborted spikelets with distinct
body 1.5-2 mm. thick d.

late spikelets of nearly the same diameter.............. Z. latifolia.

1. ZIZANIA aquatica L. Sp. Pl. ii. 991 (1753); Lamb. Linn. Trans.
vii. 264, t. 13 (1804) ;! Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. ii. 210 (1818); Elliott,
Sketch of Bot. of S. C. & Ga. ii. 585 (1824); Chapman, Fl. Southern
U. S. 549 (1860); Bentham, Journ. Linn. Soc. xix. 54 (1881) in part;
Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvi. 345 (1904) in part; not Willd. Sp.
Pl. iv. 394 (1805); nor Link, En. PI. ii. 391 (1822); nor Hitchcock,
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. Pt. 3: 124 (1908) and in Gray, Manual,
ed. 7: 120 (1908). Z. clavulosa Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 75 (1803);
Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 394 (1805). Hydropyrum esculentum Link, Hort.
Berol. i. 252 (1827) in part; Kunth, Enum. i. 9 (1833) in part, and
Suppl. 7, t. 1, fig. 1 (1835). Z. effusa Herb. L. ex Monro, Journ. Linn.
Soc. vi. 52 (1862). Z. palustris Hitchcock, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
xii. Pt. 3: 124 (1908) and in Gray, Manual, ed. 7: 120 (1908); not L.
Mant. 295 (1771).—Mouths of rivers and in brackish places, along the
Atlantic coast of North America from southern Maine to western
Florida and probably Louisiana, inland in northern New York, and
rarely in Michigan.

The following representative specimens may be cited: MAINE:
Woolwich, Sept. 15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12581; Bowdoinham,
Sept. 14 and 19, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12580. MASSACHUSETTS:
Newbury, July 21, 1913, D. White, no. 214; Harwich, Aug. 7, 1919,
Fernald & Long, no. 17904. New Yonk: Woodville, June 23, 1921,
H. D. House, no. 8217; Hammond, July 28, 1915, O. P. Phelps, no.
1371; Ithaca, Aug. 12, 1916, F. P. Metcalf, no. 5581; Glenmont, Sept.
12, 1917, H. D. House; Sandy Creek Township, Aug. 25, 1922, Fernald,
Wiegand, & Eames, no. 14161. New Jersey: Point Pleasant,

1 The plate illustrates the broad-leaved plant. Lambert states on the authority of
Smith that Linnaeus described it originally as Z. aquatica, but later called it Z.
palustris, reserving the former name for Sloane's plant (which is Phragmites communis).

2 Specimens in the Gray Herbarium and Herbarium of the New England Botani-
cal Club unless otherwise noted.

1924] Fassett,—A Study of the Genus Zizania . 157

Sept. 8, 1917, A. Gershoy, no. 78. District or CoLuMBIA: Washing-
ton, Aug. 14, 1905, Agnes Chase, Kneucker's Gramineae Exsiccatae,
no. 560; Eastern Branch, July, 1900, E. D. Merrill, no. 171. Vir-
GINIA: Carter's Wharf, Aug. 27, 1915, I. Tidestrom, no. 7729; Port
Royal, Aug. 26, 1915, I. Tidestrom. Fromma: Duval Co., A. H.
Curtiss, no. 3364 (there are two sheets under this number in the Gray
Herbarium: one is typical Z. aquatica; the other has the pistillate
lemmas partially glabrous, but still of sufficiently thin texture to
warrant referring it here). OwTaRro: Pelee Island, Aug. 21, 1915,
MacDaniels & Eames. Micuican: New Buffalo, July 20, 1911, O. E.
Lansing, Jr., no. 3279.

la. Z. AQUATICA, var. brevis, n. var., culmis 2—6.5 dm. altis soli-
tariis vel subcaespitosis; foliis substrictis 6-18 em. longis 3-9 (-11)
mm. latis, ligulis 3 mm. longis; lemmatibus femineis 5-8 mm. longis
chartaceis scabratis, aristis 1-8 mm. longis.

Culms 2-6.5 dm. tall, solitary or subcaespitose: leaves ascending,
6-18 em. long, 3-9 (-11) mm. broad; ligules 3 mm. long: pistillate
lemmas 5-8 mm. long, of thin papery texture, scabrous over the whole
surface; awns 1-8 mm. long.— Tidal flats of the St. Lawrence River
about Quebec. PROVINCE or QueBEc: St. Lawrence River above
the city of Quebec, Sept., 1912, M. O. Malte; rocky tidal flats, Levis,
Aug. 9, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 853 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); rocky
tidal flats, St. Augustin, Aug. 7, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 854;
Ste. Anne de Beaupré, Aug. 30, 1905, John Macoun, no. 68989; gréves
intercotidales de Beauport, Aug. 8, 1922, Bro. Victorin, no. 15230.
ONTARIO: Casselmann, John Macoun, no. 85842, approaches this
variety, but has awns 1-1.5 cm. in length.

lb. Z. AQUATICA, var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Hitchcock, Ruopora, viii. 210
(1906). Z. palustris L. Mant. 295 (1771); Schreber, Beschreibung
der Gräser, ii. 54. t. 29 (1772); Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 395 (1805); not
Rasp. Ann. Sci. Nat., Sér. I. v. 452 (1825); nor Hitchcock, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. xii. Pt. 3: 124 (1908) and in Gray, Manual, ed. 7:
120 (1908). Hydropyrum esculentum Link, Hort. Berol. i. 252 (1827)
in part; Kunth, Enum. i. 9 (1833) in part, not Suppl. 7, t. 1 (1835).
Melinum palustre Link, Handb. i. 96 (1829). Z. aquatica Hitchcock,
Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xii. Pt. 3: 124 (1908) and in Gray, Manual,
ed. 7: 120 (1908); not L. Sp. Pl. 991 (1753).—Eastern New Bruns-
wick to central New York and eastern Ontario; northern Indiana.
Type from Belgrade, Maine, Aug., 1895, F. L. Seribner.

The following specimens are typical: New BnuNswick: Lakeside,
Aug. 25, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 855; Westfield, Aug. 6, 1909,
M. L. Fernald, no. 1285. Marne: Calais, Aug. 3, 1909, M. L. Fernald,
no. 1284; Milford, Aug. 15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12579; Man-
chester, Aug., 1915, F. L. Scribner. Vermont: Burlington, Aug.
5, 1921, C. H. Knowlton; Hubbardton, July 31, 1915, Eames & God-
frey, no. 9070. MassacHusETTS: Pepperell, Aug. 14, 1909, L. W.
Riddle (in Herb. Wellesley College). New York: Plattsburg, Am.

158 Rhodora [AuGusT

Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 435; DeKalb, Aug. 8, 1914, O. P. Phelps, no.
172; Selkirk, Oswego Co., Aug. 24, 1922, Fernald, Wiegand, & Eames,
no. 14160. PnoviNcE or QuEBEC: Ste. Angele de Lavel, Nicolet Co.,
July 31, 1923, Chamberlain & Knowlton. Ontario: Russell, July 22,
1911, John Macoun, no. 85843; Ottawa, Sept. 16, 1912, F. Fyles;
Ottawa, Aug. 8, 1894, John Macoun, no. 7506. INDIANA: Miller,
Aug. 20, 1913, H. H. Smith, no. 5772.

le. Z. AQUATICA, var, interior, n. var., culmis 0.9-3 m. altis; foliis
2-8 dm. longis 1-3 cm. latis, ligulis 1-1.5 em. longis; ramis femineis
luxuriosissimis cum 11-29 spiculis, ramis masculis luxuriosissimis
cum (20-)30-60 spiculis (hic Z. aquaticam simulantibus); lemmatibus
femineis firmis nitentibus glabratis praeter margines nervosque et
aristas (hic var. angustifoliam simulantibus).

Culms 0.9-3 m. tall: leaves 2-8 dm. long, 1-3 em. broad; ligules
1-1.5 em. long: lower pistillate branches with 11-29 spikelets; middle
or lower staminate branches with (20-)30-60 spikelets (in these
characters simulating typical Z. aquatica): pistillate lemmas firm,
shining, glabrous except on the margins, nerves, and awns (in this
character simulating var. angustifolia).'—Z. aquatica Lapham, Trans.
Wise. State Agri. Soc. iii. 419, pl. ii. (1854).—Lake Michigan to North
Dakota and Nebraska; Texas. INDIANA: Wolf Lake, Aug. 8, 1920,
D. C. Peattie. IrurINotrñs: Bluff Lake, Union Co., Aug. 17, 1881, A.
B. Seymour (in Herb. Wellesley College). Minnesota: Lake City,
Aug. 20, 1883, W. H. Manning. Wisconsin: Brown Co., June, 1885,
J. H. Schuette. Iowa: Ogden, Aug. 20, 1898, L. H. Pammel, no. 2147;
Armstrong, Aug. 27, 1897, Pammel & Cratty, no. 764 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.) Nesraska: Whitman, July 31, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, no.
1630; Kennedy, Aug. 27, 1910, J. M. Bates. Texas: (no locality
given) 1886-9, G. C. Nealley.

2. Z. LATIFOLIA Turez. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1838, no. 1: 105
(1838), and Cat. Baical.-Dahur. 21 (1838); Stapf, Kew Bull. 1909;
385 (1909). Hydropyrum latifolium Griseb. in Ledeb. Fl. Ros. iv.
466 (1853); Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxix. Pt. 1: 2 (1856) and Fl.
Baical.-Dahur. ii. Pt. 1: 289 (1856); Maxim. Primitiae Fl. Amur.
327 (1859); Regel, Tent. Fl. Ussuriensis, 171 (1861); Miq. Prol.
Fl. Jap. 160 (1867); Franch. & Sav. Enum. Pl. Jap. ii. 156 (1879).
Z. dahurica Turez. ex Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 4 (1854). Z. palustris
Siebold, Syn. Pl. Econ. 10 (1830). Limnochloa cauduciflora "Turcz.
in Trin. Mém. de l'Acad. de St. Pétersb. Sér. VI. v. Bot. 185 (1840),
Reprint 19 (1839). Z. aquatica Benth. Journ. Linn. Soc. xix. 54 (1881)
in part; Henry, Trans. Asiat. Soc. Jap. xxiv. Suppl. 107 (1896); .
Hackel, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 1, vii. 646 (1899) and ser. 2, iii. 502

1See Brown & Scofield, Bull. no. 50 of the Bur. Pl. Ind. (1903). Plate V of this
bulletin shows this plant and typical Z. aquatica. The difference in spread of the
panicle of the two phases, here stressed, is not constant in the collection at the Gray
Herbarium, but in this plate the spikelets of the plant in Fig. 2 may be seen to be
decidedly thicker than in that of Fig. 1. Plate IV, Fig. 1, and Plate VII, C, show
the spikelets of var. interior.

1924] Fassett,—A Study of the Genus Zizania 159

(1903); Rendle, Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvi. 345 (1904) in part; Matsu-
mura, Index Pl. Jap. ii. 87 (1905); Nakai, Fl. Kor. ii. 352 (1911);
not L. Z. aquatica, var. latifolia Komarov, Fl. Manshur. i. 261
(1901).—Eastern Siberia, China and Japan. There is a full discussion
of this species by Stapf, l.c. Z. latifolia as published by Turezaninow
was a nomen mudum, but Stapf took up this name in 1909. thus
validating it.

EXCLUDED NAMES AND SPECIES.

Z. aquatica Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 394 (1803) = PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS
(L.) Trin. The author excludes the Gronovian plant, and gives the
only habitat as Jamaica.

Z. aquatica Link, En. Pl. ii. 391 (1822) = PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS
(L.) Trin.

Zizania ? aristata Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 8 (1829) = HyGroryza
ARISTATA Nees.

Z. bonariensis Balansa & Poitrass, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toul. xii.
228 (1878) = ZIZANIOPSIS BONARIENSIS Speg.

Z. ciliata Spreng. Syst. Veget. ii. 136 (1825) = LEERSIA HEXANDRAS
Sw.

Z. fluitans Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 75 (1803) = HYDROCHLOA FLUI-
TANS Nash.

Z. lenticularis Michx. ex Steud. Nom. 898 (1821) is a nomen nudum,
published without description or reference.

Z. microstachya Nees, ex Trin. in Mém. Acad. Pétersb. Sér. VI. v.
Se. Nat. i. 183 (1839), Reprint 17. = ZIZANIOPSIS MICROSTACHYA
Doell.

Z. miliacea Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 74 (1803) = ZIzANIOPSIS MILIA-
CEA Doell. & Aschers.

Z. natans Bose ex Trin. in Mém. Acad. Pétersb. Sér. VI. v. Sci.
Nat. ii. 186 (1839), Reprint, 20. = HypRocHLOA CAROLINENSIS
Beauv.

Z. nutans Steud. Nom. ed. II. ii. 799 (1841) = HYDROCHLOA
CAROLINENSIS Beauv.

Z. palustris Rasp. Ann. Sci. Nat., Sér. I. v. 452 (1825) = Corr-
ANTHUS SUBTILIS Roem. & Schult.

Z. Retz Spreng. Syst. Veget. il. 136 (1825) = HYGRORYZA ARISTATA
Nees.

Z. subtilis Rasp. |. c. 458 = COLEANTHUS SUBTILIS Roem. & Schult.

Z. terrestris L. Sp. Pl. 991 (1753) = SCLERIA terrestris (L.) n. comb.
Zizania terrestris L. Sp. Pl. 991 (1753); Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 396 (1805).
Scleria elata 'Thwaits, Enum. Pl. Zeylandie, 353 (1864); Bock. Linnaea,
xxxviii. 487 (1874); Clarke in Hooker, Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 690 (1894);
Trimen, Fl. Ceylon, v. 97 (1900); Ridley, materials for a Flora of the
Malayan Peninsula, iii. 114 (1907).

Linnaeus based Zisania terrestris on the Katou-Tfjolam of the
Hortus Malabarensis, which has a good plate illustrating clearly the

160 f Rhcdora [AUGUST

plant known as Scleria elata, so this combination becomes necessary
under the International Rules. There are apparently two well-
marked varieties of this species. S. TERRESTRIS, var. latior (Clarke)
n. comb. S. elata, var. latior Clarke in Hooker, Fl. Br. Ind. vi. 690
(1894). S. TERRESTRIS, var. decolorans (Clarke) n. comb. 5. elata,
var. decolorans Clarke l. c.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, Harvard University.

FURTHER NOTES ON BRITISH COLUMBIA ALGAE.

Ww. RANDOLPH TAYLOR.

In 1921 the writer made a camping trip through portions of the
mountains of British Columbia with Dr. M. H. Jacobs, collecting
algae and bryophytes as much as possible! During the past season
under the same leader he was able to visit other portions of this terri-
tory and to secure further collections. The party entered the Selkirk
Mountains from Golden, B. C., in late August ard traversed succes-
sively parts of Cañon Creek, the Spillamacheen River, Grizzly Creek
and the Beaver River, passing between the first three by passes in
which branches of these streams had their sources. Camps were
made at various points on the North Fork of Canon Creek giving
opportunity to visit several snow fields and small glaciers feeding
this stream, and to visit that fork of Grizzly Creek which headed
up with the North Fork. This is an entirely different Canon Creek
from that visited in 1921 near Revelstoke. From a camp on the
Spillamacheen a visit was paid to Prairie Mountain, which lies between
the upper part of that stream and the Beaver River. This is a long
grassy ridge, comparatively low, (6-7000 feet) with a few streams
and springs which proved particularly rich. The party finally left
this portion of the country at Connaught on the Canadian Pacific
Railroad. A shcrt trip was also made up the Yoho Valley at Field
and another in the neighborhood of Lake Louise in Alberta, but little
collecting was done on these trips. Material was secured under much
the same difficulties as on the previous trip and cared for in the same
way.

Instead of the rigorous weather conditions of 1921 the party in 1923
was favored with clear skies and a warm sun, so that the pools in the

rTaylor, W.R. Notes on some algae from British Columbia, Ruopora 24:101-111.
1922.

1924] Taylor,—Further Notes on British Columbia Algae 161

higher country only became slightly ice-coated at night. As a result
thc algae were in a more vigorous state, and many forms could be
identified which were missed on the previous trip. Almost all the
collecting was done in the open parkland and the alpine zones, that
is from 5500 feet to permanent ice and snow. From lack of a baro-
meter on this trip it is impossible to give very close approximations
of the altitudes at which the different species were found. The small
lakes which were at times found near the glaciers and snow patches
and above the general grassland proved uniformly barren of algae
which cculd be detected without a plankton net. The pools and
rivulets in the meadowland were, however, very rich indeed, and as
was found previously, very distinct in their individual floras This
individuality probably largely explains the considerable differences
between the forms secured on the two trips.

The small alpine bog pools generally had a scum of partly decayed
Mougeotia, Zygnema, filamentous blue-greens and unicells, while the
banks and bottoms were often coated with Scytonema, Schizothrix
and Nostoc. In the flats below the glaciers a considerable growth of
filamentous greens (mostly sterile Zygnema and Mougeotia) covered
the glacial silt among the rocks. Lower where the water fell more
rapidly the rocks were often coated with such algae as Dichothrix and
Amphithrix. 'The former was especially notable in the Yoho Valley
where in cne stream in particular the rocks were entirely covered
with the calcareous crust and nodules of D. gypsophila. A little lower
in the parkland area and down the streams well into the forest Hydru-
rus covered the stones in great masses. The heavy growth of Clado-
phora which is so familiar in the eastern states appeared to be absent.

As the study of the collections of material made in 1923 was finished
there came to hand a study by K. M. Stróm of the alpine algae of the
Sarek Mountains.! Based on quite cxtensive collections it affords
interesting material for comparison with the flora in British
Columbia. Plankton-net gatherings made a valuable addition to
the list, which also includes somc 219 desmids. Excluding desmids
and peridineae he reports about 100 species, abcut as many as the
writer has secured in British Cclumbia. The floras of the two districts
seem to be of approximately equal richness. Undoubtedly a study in
the field of living material would add greatly to these lists. Many
of the forms which were abundant in British Columbia were important

1 Ström, K. M. The alzae-flora of the Sarek Mountains. Naturwissensch. Unter-
such. Sarekgebirges Schwedisch-Lappland 3: 437-521, 1923.

162 Rhodora [AucusT

elements in the Sarek Mountains, as Chroococcus turgidus, Meris-
mopedia glauca, Nostoc commune, Synechococcus aeruginosus, T oly-
pothrix lanata and Hydrurus foetidus. In some cases it seems that
somewhat different species fill corresponding places: Gloeocapsa
magna in British Columbia seems to replace G. sanguinea in the Sarek
Mountains, Seytonema myochrous in large part replaces S. mirabile
and Batrachospermum moniliforme, B. vagum keratophytum. On the
other hand some of the algal curiosities are common to both districts:
Prasiola fluviatilis, Pediastrum tricornutum alpinum.
The following are the species found in 1923:

MYXOPHYCEAE

AMPHITHRIX JANTHINA (Mont.) B. & F. Forming a dark reddish
coating on rocks in Cafion Creek in the forest and in alpine rivulets
near the sourct of Grizzly Creek. Locally abundant.

ANABAENA AFFINIS HOLSATICA Lemm.? Rivulet near summit of
Prairie Mountain. Scarce

ANABAENA FLOS-AQUAE (Lyngb.) Bréb. In parkland pools of the
Canon Creek valley and in a rivulet near the summit of Frairie
Mountain. Scarce

ANABAENA INAEQUALIS (Ktz.) B. & F. In pools and among wet
moss by streams, Cañon Creek and on Prairie Mountain. Frequent.

ANABAENA OSCILLARIOIDES Bory. In pools and streams, Prairie
Mountain. Scarce.

APHANOCAPSA GREVILLEI (Hass.) Rich. Pools, parkland of Cañon
Creek.

APHANOTHECE PALLIDA (Ktz.) Rabenh. Generally distributed;
Cafion and Spillamacheen watersheds.

APHANOTHECE SAXICOLA Naeg. Pools, parkland; Prairie Mountain
Cafion Creek and Spillamacheen valleys. Scarce.

CALOTHRIX PARIETINA (Naeg.) Thuret. Generally distributed;
Cafion, Grizzly and Spillamacheen watersheds.

CHAMAESIPHON FUSCUM (Rost.) Hansg. With Amphithrix on rocks
in rivulet near head of Grizzly Creek.

Curoococcus Macrococcus (Ktz.) Rabenh. Parkiand pools,
Cafion Creek, scarce.

Cunoococcus minutus (Ktz. Naeg. Generally distributed,
Cañon and Spillamacheen watersheds.

Cunoococcus TURGIDUS (Ktz.) Naeg, Generally distributed,

1924] Taylor,—Further Notes on British Columbia Algae 163

Cafion and Spillamacheen watersheds. On a flooded rock by Cafion
Creek in great abundance and the major element in the association.

CoELOSPHAERIUM NAEGELIANUM Unger. Pools, parkland, Cafion
Creek, scarce.

CoELOSPHAERIUM KuTzINGIANUM Naeg. In a spring on Prairie
Mountain, scarce.

DICHOTHRIX GYPSOPHILA (Ktz.) B. & F. In a stream on the flank
of Prairie Mountain, scarce; abundant in streams near Twin Falls
and the Yoho River, Field.

DICHOTHRIX ORSINIANA (Ktz.) B.&F. Abundant in rivulets on the
east flank of Prairie Mountain.

GLOEOCAPSA ALPINA (Naeg.) Brand. Rivulet, east side of Prairie
Mountain, scarce. Among Trentepchlia and other algae, Yoho
Valley, abundant.

GLOEOCAPSA MONTANA Ktz. Frequent and widely distributed.
Cafion and Spillamacheen watersheds.

GLOEOTHECE Fusco-LUTEA Naeg. In parkland pools, Cañon
Creek and Prairie Mountain.

HAPALOSIPHON DELICATULUS W. & G. S. West. Among muck in
pool, Parkland, Cafion Creek, scarce.

HYPHEOTHRIX CALCICOLA (Ag.) Rabenh.? On rocks and in pools,
Cafion Creek and Prairie Mountain.

MERISMOPEDIA GLAUCA (Ehrb.) Naeg. Pools, parkland, Cafion
Creek and Prairie Mountain, frequent in some spots.

MERISMOPEDIA PUNCTATA Meyen. Pcols, parkland, Cañon Creek
and Prairie Mountain, scarce.

NopuLARIA HaRvEYANA (Thw.) Thuret? Among moss in a pool,
parkland, Cafion Creek.

Nostoc CAERULEUM Lyngb. Among muck in parkland pool,
Cafion Creek, scarce.

Nostoc COMMUNE Vauch. Frequent and generally distributed.
In Duchesnay Lake, near Field, in large masses.

Nostoc MacRosPoRUM Menegh. In red surface mud from a dried
pool, parkland, Cafion Creek.

NosToc microscopricuM Carm. Frequent and widely distributed.
Occasionally the major item in parkland pool muck.

NosToc PUNCTIFORME (Ktz ) Hariot. In muck from banks of pools,
Cafion Creek and Prairie Mountain, scarce.

OsCILLATORIA AMOENA (Ktz.) Gom. Forming a blue-green coating

164 Rhodora [AvGUsT

on muck or stones in rivulets or among moss, lower Cafion Creek
valley.

OSCILLATORIA CHALYBEA Mertens. Wet rocks and among mosses,
parkland of Cafion Creek and Prairie Mountain.

OsciLLATORIA FORMOSA Bory. Wet rocks and among mosses,
parkland of Cafion Creek and Prairie Mountains.

OSCILLATORIA PRINCEPS Vauch. In a parkland pool among mosses,
Cafion Creek.

OSCILLATORIA SPLENDIDA Grey. In a parlkand pool among mosses,
Cañon Creek.

SCHIZOTHRIX Sp.? Abundant in red surface mud from a dried pool,
parkland, Cafion Creek.

ScYTONEMA MYOCHROUS (Dillw.) Ktz. The major item among moss
and over bottom mud of several parkland pools in Cafion Creek valley
and on Prairie Mountain. Occasional in many collections.

STIGONEMA INFORME Ktz. From the bank of a rivulet on the east
side of Prairie Mountain.

STIGONEMA OCELLATUM (Dillw.) Thuret. Abundant in a few pools,
parkland of Cafion Creek and the Spillamacheen.

SYNECHOCOCCUS AERUGINOSUS Naeg. Occasional in muck in park-
land pools, widely distributed.

TOLYPOTHRIX LANATA (Desv.) Wartm. Occasional in muck in
parkland pools, in two cases in Cafion Creek valley the major item.

TOLYPOTHRIX PENICILLATA (Ag.) Thuret. On stones in side pools
of rivulets, Cafion Creek valley and on Prairie Mountain; the major
element where found.

CHLOROPHYCEAE

ANKISTRODESMUS FALCATUS (Corda) Ralfs. Pools, parkland of
Cafion Creek and Prairie Mountain, scarce.

ASTEROCOCCUS SUPERBUS (Cienk.) Scherffel. Pools on Prairie
Mountain and in the Spillamacheen Valley, scarce.

CHAETOPHORA ELEGANS (Roth) Ag. Abundant ina watering trough
by the road from Golden to Windermere.

CHAETOSPHAERIDIUM GLOBOSUM (Nordst.) Kleb. On algae in
pool, parkland, Cañon Creek. Scarce.

CHLAMYDOMONAS NIVALIS (Baur) Wille.? Forming Red Snow
below a ittle glacier on the west side of Cañon Creek valley. Red
Snow was also seen near the head of a branch of the Spillamacheen.

1924] Taylor,—Further Notes on British Columbia Algae 165

COELASTRUM PROBOSCIDEUM Bohlin. Frequent in a spring on the
east side of Prairie Mountain near the rocky summit.

COLEOCHAETE ORBICULARIS Pringsh. Rare in a pool in parkland,
Cafion Creek.

DimorpHococcus corDATUS Wolle. Rare, with Coelastrum.

HERPOSTEIRON VERMICULOIDES (Wolle) Collins. On cther algae,
parkland pools, Cafion Creek, scarce :

HonMoTiLA MUCIGENA Borzi. Among other algae in a parkland
pool, Cafion Creek, rare

OEDOGONIUM LONGATUM Ktz.? Fruiting among mosses in a pool in
parkland, Cafion Creek

OocvsTIs SOLITARIA Wille. On mud, rivulet on Prairie Mountain,
rare.

OOCYSTIS SOLITARIA MAJOR Wille. In parkland pools, Cañon Creek
valley and Prairie Mountain. Scarce.

PEDIASTRUM BoRYANUM (Turp.) Menegh. In a spring on Prairie
Mountain.

PEBpIASTRUM BorYANUM LONGICORNE Racib. In pools on Cañon
Creek and Prairie Mountain.

PEDIASTRUM TRICORNUTUM ALPINUM Schmidle. In a spring and
pools on Prairie Mountain.

SCENEDESMUS ABUNDANS (Kirch.) Chodat. In a spring on Prairie
Mountain.

SCENEDESMUS ARCUATUS Lemm. With the above.

SCENEDESMUS BIJUGA (Turp.) Lagerh. With the above.

SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA (Turp.) Bréb. With the above.

SCHIZOCHLAMYS DELICATULA W. West Floating in a pool in
parkland, Cafion Creek, the major item. Among mosses in another
spot.

TRENTEPOHLIA AUREA (L.) Mart. On rocks near foot of Twin
Falls, Yoho Valley near Field. Not noted as abundantly as on trip of
1921. lt was omitted from the list in the report of that trip through
an oversight.

VAUCHERIA LONGIPES Collins. On a shale bank beside Cafion
Creek in parkland, abundantly fruiting.

HETEROKONTAE

OPHIOCYTIUM PARVULUM (Perty) A. Br. In pools Cañon Creek
valley and on Prairie Mountain.

166 Rhodora [AUGUST

TRIBONEMA BOMBYCINA TENUIS Hazen. Occasional in pools in
the Cañon Creek valley and on Prairie Mountain.

FLAGELLATAE

Hyprurvus Foetipus (Villm.) Kirchn Occasionally covering
rocks in rivulets entering Cañon Creek and Grizzly Creek to the exclu-
sion of other vegetation.

RHODOPHYCEAE

LEMANEA FUCINA Bory. A rock in a large tributary which entered
the Spillamacheen from the east across Prairie Mountain from
Glacier Circle was covered below the water level with a fine fruiting
growth of this Lemanea.

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT, —XLIX.

COMPOSITAE.
SONCHUS.

S. ARVENSIS L. Waste places; frequent, especially near the sea.

S. ARVENSIS L., var. GLABRESCENS Wimm. & Grab. One plant in
garden for one year, Hingham (C. H. Knowlton, Aug. 18, 1918).
Specimen in herb. C. H. Knowlton. Adventive from Europe.

S. ASPER (L.) Hill. Rich moist soil in waste places, frequent.

S. OLERACEUS L. Waste ground, rather common.

S. OLERACEUS L., forma LAcEkRus (Willd.) G. Beck. Dumping
ground near Mt. Auburn, Cambridge (B. L. Robinson, Aug. 22, 1897).
Specimens in herb. Gray and N. E. Botanical Club. A European waif.

TANACETUM.

T. VULGARE L. Waste places, common; especially abundant in
Boston.

T. VULGARE L., var. cRisPUM DC. Persistent around old places,
and spreading to waste ground, rare.

TARAXACUM.
See Earl Edward Sherff, Bot. Gaz. lxx. 329-359, 1920.

1924] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District 167

T. vuLGARE (Lam.) Schrank. (Includes T. officinale Weber and
var. palustre (Sm.) Blytt of Gray’s Manual, 7th Ed.) Fields, lawns
and roadsides, very common throughout.

T. LAEVIGATUM (Willd.) DC. (T. erythrospermum Andrz. of Gray’s
Manual, 7th Ed.) Ledges and dry soil, frequent.

TRAGOPOGON.

T. PORRIFOLIUS L. Casual at Wellesley Hills (F. W. Hunnewell).
T. PRATENSIS L. Fields and waste places, rare.

TUSSILAGO.

T. Farrara L. Wet places, usually in clayey soil, rare (11 stations
from Amesbury to Scituate).

VERBESINA.

V. ENCELIOIDES (Cav.) B. & H., var. EXAURICULATA Robinson &
Greenman. From wool washings, Parker River Mills, Georgetown
(Mrs. C. N. S Horner, no date). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical
Club.

VERNONIA.

V. FASCICULATA Michx. Medford (L. L. Dame, August, 1886;
Mrs. P. D. Richards, Oct. 10, 1887). Specimens in herb. Gray and
N. E. Botanical Club.

V. noveboracensis Willd. Swamps and wet places; frequent from
Medford, Weston, Newton and Concord south.

XANTHIUM.

See Millspaugh & Sherff, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. iv. 9-49, pl. 7-13,
1919.

X. AMBROSIOIDES Hook. & Arn. S. Boston (C. E. Perkins, July,
1878). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. Native of South
America.

X. chinense Mill. (X. canadense of Gray's Manual, 7th Ed., not
Mill.) Sandy and gravelly shores; Lawrence, Boston, Wayland.

X. echinatum Murr. Sandy shores and waste places from New-
buryport to Duxbury, mostly near salt water.

X. italicum Moretti. (X. commune Britton.) Sandy shores and
waste places. occasional.

X. PENNSYLVANICUM Wallr. Waste places; Lawrence (A. S. Pease,

168 Rhodora [AUGUST

Sept. 18, 1901); Back Bay, Boston (T. O. Fuller, Sept. 25, 1885);
St. Botolph St., Boston (E. F. Williams, Sept. 13, 1895). Introduced
from middle states.

X. SPINOSUM L. Waste places, especially near mills, rare (12
stations).

X. STRUMARIUM L. Woolwaste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott,
according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 51, 1888); Crescent
Beach, Revere (M. L. Fernald, Oct. 20, 1912).

X. Woortont Cockerell. Made land, S. Boston flats (W. Deane,
Oct. 4, 1909; W. S. Ripley, Jr., Oct. 8, 1915). Adventive from south-
western United States.

C. H. KNowLTON | Committee on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

SAXIFRAGA AIZOON oN Mr. Kraapn.—On August 17, 1923, eight
members of the Appalachian Mountain Club made the ascent of the
Chimney on Mt. Ktaadn, Maine. On starting up a steep bank to
avoid climbing in the brook, the writer came upon several colonies of
Saxifraga Aizoon Jacq. The plants looked like some sort of cactus
and quite out of place in that cold ravine. Although they seemed
thrifty, there was no sign of any flowers, old or young. The larger
plants had sent out new ones on runners so that when I attempted to
gather a specimen, many others came up with it. This Saxifrage is
a plant commonly of calcareous regions, but Ktaadn is granitic.
The specimens collected, which are the first from Maine, are in the
Gray Herbarium.

There was colony after colony of Saxifraga stellaris L. var. comosa
Willd. all the way to the top of the Chimney. We found it also near
the top of the west wall of the Great Basin.—Racnkn L. Lowe,
Portland, Maine.

Vol. 26, no. 306, including pages 113 to 132 and plate 144, was issued 5 July,
1924.

The date of the July issue (unpublished as this goes lo press) will be announced
later.

Rant

hn ON LAS u

podora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH

EDWARD LOTHROP R Ne Publication Committee

Vol. 26. September, 1924. No. 309.
CONTENTS:

A Note on Stellaria pubera. C. A. Weatherby............... 169

The Name of the Spearmint. S. F. Blake. ................. 171

Notes on Plants of Hingham, Mass. C. H. Knowlton. ........ 175

A new Variety of Bidens heterodoxa. N. C. Fassett.......... 177

Flowering Dates for Amelanchier Bartramiana. C.H. Knowlton. 178
A Flora of Springfield, Massachusetts (Review). M. L.Fernald. 179

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. $.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass,

š et

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business cor ions to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pum issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. ——
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of N urserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of á in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. September, 1924. No. 309.

A NOTE ON STELLARIA PUBERA MICHX.

C. A. WEATHERBY.

AN attempt to name accurately a Stellaria found growing as an
introduced plant at Wilton, Conn., by Miss Anna E. Carpenter and
persistent there for at least six years, has involved me in a survey
of the forms referred to S. pubera, which, though necessarily some-
what cursory, has yielded results perhaps worth recording. Through
the kindness of Dr. W. R. Maxon, I have had the privilege of examin-
ing the material of S. pubera in the United States National Herbarium;
and Mr. C. C. Deam has generously lent me the fine representation of
the species in his private herbarium.

Although varying much in leaf-form, the great majority of speci-
meus from east of the Alleghanies are constant in the following
characters. The median leaves of the flowering stems are sessile or
subsessile and not over 4 cm. long. The larger, oblong-lanceolate
to broadly oval leaves of the sterile shoots are likewise sessile or
subsessile. Thesepals are 4-5 mm. long (rarely a littlelonger), broadly
ovate to oblong-ovate or rarely oblong-lanceolate, obtuse to acutish,
and, though often pilose on the back, are not ciliate or only slightly
and inconspicuously so at the very base. They are usually shorter
than the petals. This common form is, as indicated by Michaux's
description and his type locality, no doubt typical S. pubera.

At scattered stations nearly throughout the range of the species
occur larger plants in which the oblong-lanceolate to broadly oval
median leaves of the few-flowered fertile stems are 6-11 cm. long
and the sepals generally 5-6 mm. long. This is Alsine pubera ten-

170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

nesseensis Mohr, as shown by his description and his type specimen
(now in the U. S. Nat Herb.) collected at Sheffield Landing, Ala.,
June, 1893, and labelled “ v. tennesseensis" by him.

The status of this form is not wholly clear to me; but the specimens
at hand appear to be either luxuriant individuals or late, semi-sterile
shoots. The latter interpretation is borne out by the following facts.
Some of the specimens, including Mohr's type, were collected in June
and July, well past the usual flowering time of the species. A sheet
collected near Baltimore, Md., July 7, 1897 (U. S.), is labelled by the
collector, Adam Seitz, “Stellaria pubera Michx. in its second form."
A specimen collected at Waynesville, N. C., by T. G. Harbison in
May, 1897 (G), shows a large-leaved shoot in flower and two stems
of entirely typical S. pubera in immature fruit proceeding from the
same root. From the data at hand, I cannot see that this form de-
serves any taxonomic recognition,

West of the Alleghanies, ranging (so far as the specimens seen
indicate) from northern Alabama to southern Ohio and southeastern
Indiana, is found a much more marked variant. In it at least the
lower leaves of the flowering stems and all but the uppermost leaves
of the sterile ones have the oval to broadly ovate blades abruptly
contracted into margined petioles or petiolar bases 1-2 cm. long.
The sepals are 7.5-11 mm. long, acute or acuminate; they equal or
exceed the petals and at least the outer are conspicuously long-
ciliate on the lower half. This, as shown by the description and
collections cited, is Stellaria pubera, subsp. silvatica Béguinot. Small's
excellent diagnosis leaves no doubt that it is also his Alsine ten-
nesseensis, to which he has erroneously applied Mohr's name.

The characters of pubescence and leaf-form adduced by Béguinot
do not correlate in a large series of specimens; those of calyx and
leaves, however, are associated with a high degree of consistency.
The plant constitutes a well-marked geographie variety. Perhaps
it even deserves the specific rank accorded it by Small; but its char-
acters seem hardly positive enough for that. Occasional individuals
of otherwise typical S. pubera show a tendency to develop petiolar
leaf-bases; in a few cases the sepals are narrow, acute, and more or
less ciliate; and in length of sepals different specimens show an un-
broken progression from 5 to 11 mm. One plant in particular, col-
lected by A. H. Curtiss in Fairfax Co., Va. (G), and showing ovate,

1924] Blake,—The Name of the Spearmint 171

short-petioled leaves and broadly ovate, somewhat ciliate sepals 7
mm. long, is almost exactly intermediate between species and variety.
I have not been able to identify Béguinot's subsp. homotricha.

The conclusions here reached may be summarized as follows.
Prof. Fernald (Rnopona xxi. 7-9 [1919] ) has well set forth the reasons
why the generic name Stellaria is to be preferred to Alsine for the
species of this group.

* Median leaves of both sterile and flowering shoots rounded or narrowed
at the sessile or subsessile base, oblong-lanceolate to oval; sepals 4-6 mm.
long, obtuse or acutish, shorter than the petals, not at all or only inconspicu-
ously ciliate.

STELLARIA PUBERA Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 273 (1803). Alsine
pubera tennesseensis Mohr, Cont. Nat. Herb. vi. 499 (1901). Alsine
tennesseensis Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 422 (1903), as to name-bringing
synonym.—N. J. to Ind., south to Ga. and Ala.

** Median leaves of sterile shoots abruptly contracted into petioles 1-2
em. long, oval to broadly ovate; sepals 7.5-11 mm. long, acute or acuminate,

equalling or exceeding the petals, at least the outer conspicuously ciliate on
the lower half.

Var. silvatica (Béguinot), n. comb. S. pubera, subsp. silvatica
Bég. Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. n. s. xvii. 385 (1910). Alsine tennes-
seensis Small, l. c., as to plant described.—CoxNEcrICUT (where
introduced); dooryard, Wilton, April, 1923, Anna E. Carpenter
(G). Onto: Chillicothe, May, 1885, H. T. Safford (US); near Cin-
cinnati, April 27, 1879, C. G. Lloyd (US). INDIANA: wooded ravine
near Lawrenceburgh, Dearborn Co., May 10, 1910, Deam (herb.
C. C. Deam). Kentucky: cliffs of the Kentucky River, May, 1830,
H. H. Eaton (G). Tennessee: bluffs along the Tennessee River,
Knoxville, April, 1894, S. N. Bain (US); same locality, April, 1895,
Ruth (G).

Gray HERBARIUM.

THE NAME OF THE SPEARMINT.

S. F. BLAKE.

IN a recent paper in this journal, Mr. O. A. Farwell! has sought to
show that the name Mentha spicata L., in general use for the spear-
mint for many years, belongs to the horse mint of Europe, usually
called M. longifolia, and that the spearmint should be called M.
viridis. In this interpretation of the Linnaean name Farwell departs

1“ The correct name for the spearmint,” Ruopora 26: 19-22. 1924.

172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

not only from the usage of Hudson,! the first reviser of the complex
Linnaean species M. spicata, but also from that of such critical
modern students of the European flora as H. and J. Groves (Babing-
ton's Manual, ed. 9), Britten and Rendle (List of British Seed-plants,
1907), Schinz and Keller (Flora der Schweiz, ed. 4, 1923), and Wil-
mott (Babington's Manual, ed. 10), as well as from the practice of
all recent American authors.

In the first edition of the Species Plantarum (1753) Linnaeus
described Mentha spicata with three varieties—z. viridis, B. longifolia,
and vY. rotundifolia. Hudson (1762), the next author to deal with
these plants, raised the three varieties to specific rank. His species,
corresponding to the Linnaean varieties in the order named, were
called M. spicata, M. longifolia, and M. rotundifolia. In the second
edition of the Species Plantarum (1763), Linnaeus split his Mentha
spicatc of 1753 into three species, as Hudson had done, but dropped
the name spicata. Var. longifolia of 1753 became Mentha sylvestris,
var. viridis became M. viridis, and var. rotundifolia became M.
rotundifolia. As the pertinent descriptions in both editions of the
Species Plantarum are copied in full by Mr. Farwell, it is unnecessary
to reproduce them here.

Mr. Farwell evidently considers that the name Mentha spicata, as
used by Linnaeus, represented an entity different from the three
varieties included under it. His sole argument for the transfer of
the name to the plant called M. sylvestris in the second edition of the
Species Plantarum is given as follows: *of the eight citations under
M. sylvestris six are from the var. longifolia and one from M. spicata
the other being extraneous," while *of the seven citations under M.
viridis 5 are from var. viridis (none from M. spicata), the others
being extraneous.” The fact that, of the two references given under
M. spicata proper in 1753, the only one that is repeated in 1763 is
placed under M. sylvestris, is considered to show that “ M. spicata
formed a part of M. sylvestris and not at all of M. viridis."

The reference on which Mr. Farwell lays so much stress is that
from the Hortus Upsaliensis, “ Mentha floribus spicatis, foliis oblongis
serratis." Under this name Linnaeus combined, as var. z and var. 8,
two plants which he had previously treated as species in the Hortus
Cliffortianus. The Hortus Upsaliensis name, then, was merely a

!Fl. Angl. ed. 1, 221. 1762.

1924] Blake,—The Name of the Spearmint 173

descriptive phrase intended to cover the common characters of the
two varieties of which it was composed. The Mentha spicata of the
first edition of the Species Plantarum was made up of the same two
varieties and an additional one, and the Hortus Upsaliensis name was
properly taken by Linnaeus as his specific phrase, covering as it did
the two principal constituents of his species M. spicata. In this sense,
and in this sense only, is Mr. Farwell right in saying that “ M. spicata
was founded on Hort. Ups. 168 [sp. no. 2]." The other citation under
M. spicata proper, “ Mentha sylvestris, longioribus nigrioribus & minus
incanis foliis. Bauh. pin. 227,” was omitted in the second edition of
the Species Plantarum. W. Sole, in his “Menthae Brittanicae”’
(1798, p. 7), refers it to his M. sylvestris which, according to Baker
(Journ. Bot. 3: 235. 1865), is M. rotundifolia, Sole's M. rotundifolia
being M. alopecuroides Hull.

The explanation of Linnaeus’ course is thus sufficiently clear.
The name Mentha spicata of 1753 was simply a covering name for the
three varieties included under it, as is shown both by his division of
the species into vars. a, B, and y, and by his use as a specific phrase
of a polynomial under which he had previously combined two of
these three varieties. In 1763, realizing that his three varieties were
specifically distinct, he dropped the name spicata (in which course
he was followed by most botanists for about a century) and raised
the varieties to species under the names M. viridis, M. sylvestris, and
M. rotundifolia. The principal reference given under M. spicata in
1753 was placed under M. sylvestris (presumably because var. « of
the Hortus Upsaliensis reference represented this plant), but this
action can by no means be taken to indicate that Linnaeus considered
M. spicata referable in toto to M. sylvestris.

'The single argument advanced in support of the transfer of the
name M. spicata to the plant usually known as M. longifolia is thus
shown to be invalid, while the customary application of the name is
supported by two further points:—the fact that var. z of M. spicata,
which, other things being equal, would be considered to typify the
species, is var. viridis; and the fact that Hudson, the first reviser of
the complex Linnaean species, 1etained the name M. spicata for the
spearmint (M. spicata L. a. viridis L.).

It happens that the name of the spearmint is mentioned in the
International Rules of Nomenclature as an example under Art. 49,

174 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

but with an authority assigned that is not in accord with present
usage. The statement there made is as follows: “Mentha spicata
L. var. viridis L. Sp. Pl., ed. 1, p. 576 (1753) was raised to the rank
of a species by Hudson, and must be called Mentha spicata Huds.
Fl. Angl. ed. 1, 221 (1762) not Mentha viridis L. Sp. Pl., ed. 2, p. 804
(1763)." It is perhaps impossible to decide whether var. viridis
“was raised to the rank of a species by Hudson,” as his first reference
might indicate, or whether he considered the Linnaean M. spicata
to be typified by its var. a. viridis and adopted his specific name
accordingly. At any rate, it is certain that the plant can not be
called " Mentha spicata Huds.” under any code of nomenclature in
present use.

The customary citation of the accepted names of the two other
mints described as varieties of M. spicata by Linnaeus, as Mentha
longifolia (L.) Huds. and M. rotundifolia (L.) Huds., is based on the
natural inference that Hudson’s names were founded on those of
Linnaeus. It is by no means clear, however, that this method of
citation is correct. It is obvious that Hudson had the Species Plan-
tarum before him when writing his descriptions. The omission of
his customary reference to that work under these two species, how-
ever, involves the omission of anything that could be considered
a “name-bringing synonym,” since the citations from pre-Linnaean
authors common to the two works can certainly not be regarded in
that light. In neither the International Rules nor the American
Code is there any statement as to the definiteness of reference to the
earlier name required in nomenclatorial transfers in order to justify
the use of a parenthetical authority. The question is a minor one,
and very likely was not considered by the framers of either code.
The commonly used expression “name-bringing synonym” certainly
implies some sort of citation, and the fairly well established practice
of not reading into a work more than the author himself put there
points in the same direction. The mints described in the first edition
of the Species Plantarum as Mentha spicata, a. viridis, B. longifolia,
and Y. rotundifolia are then properly designated as follows:
MENTHA spicata L. Sp. Pl. 2: 576. 1753.

Mentha spicata «. viridis L. Sp. Pl. 2: 576. 1753.

Mentha viridis L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 2: 804. 1763.

1924] Knowlton,—Notes on the Plants of Hingham, Mass. 175

MENTHA LONGIFOLIA Huds. Fl. Angl. 221. 1762.
Mentha spicata 8. longifolia L. Sp. Pl. 2: 576. 1753.
Mentha sylvestris L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 2: 804. 1763.

MENTHA ROTUNDIFOLIA Huds. Fl. Angl. 221. 1762.
Mentha spicata Y. rotundifolia L. Sp. Pl. 2: 576. 1753.

BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, WASHINGTON, D. C.

NOTES ON THE PLANTS OF HINGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.

WHEN the History of Hingham was published by the town in 1893,
there was included in it “The Botany of Hingham," by Thomas
T. Bouvé, and “The Trees and Shrubs of Hingham,” by his son,
Edward T. Bouvé. Both of these men were long connected officially
with the Boston Society of Natural History. Charles J. Sprague,
the artist-botanist, coóperated with the elder Bouvé in the prepara-
tion of the Flora, and local botanists also assisted. The list is based
on the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual (1890).

No less than 877 plants are given, making it a very complete list
for an area of 12,973 acres. There seem to be very few errors, although
many of the species have subsequently had their names changed,
and there have been many new segregates since 1890. Since I came
to Hingham in 1908, and since Dr. C. A. Cheever came in 1917, each
of us has explored the town, and each of us has kept a check-list of
the local flora. There are still many species which we have not checked
off, but we have succeeded in finding many of the plants which were
reported as rare, and we have added several new species, not merely
segregates, to the known flora of the town.

Five of the plants in the flora, Asclepias verticillata, A. tuberosa,
Gentiana crinita, Sarracenia purpurea and Sporobolus asper are appar-
ently extinct, and three others, Phragmites communis, Kalmia lati-
folia and Epigaea repens are nearly gone, while Ilex opaca is making
a hard fight against being eliminated by the Christmas spirit.

Along the shore, in salt marsh openings, is an abundance of Sali-
cornia ambigua, the perennial, along with the two annual species of
the region. The young shoots of this plant, before they root into the
sand, are curved, forming almost perfect circles for a few weeks be-

176 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

fore they are fully developed. Atriplex arenarium is frequent, and
Aster tenuifolius, with its pretty daisy-like flowers, is in at least one
of the marshes. Last fall we were much pleased to find Bassia hir-
suta,! so common in South Boston, sparingly introduced close to the
salt water, and near by Euphorbia polygonifolia in the sand. "There
are also a few plants of the big mallow, Hibiscus Moscheutos. Just
back from salt water grows the pretty pink Strophostyles angulosa.

Near the salt marsh, not far from its two parents, there are plants
of the hybrid Solidago asperula, always an interesting find. At one
place, the cottage settlement of Wampatuck, there is an abundance
of the rare S. speciosa, growing among the low oaks and in the vacant
lots. Š. suaveolens is especially abundant in some places. In the
southern part of Hingham there is plenty of S. rugosa, var. sphagno-
phila, and one of the commonest species is S. Elliottii, which drops
out to the north, only to reappear again in Nova Scotia?

Asclepias phytolaccoides is frequent by wooded roadsides, a tall,
handsome plant. .4. quadrifolia is a rarer plant which is sometimes
found. A. verticillata, the rarest species around Boston, I found in
some abundance on ledges when I first came to town, but I have not
been able to find it recently. Triosteum perfoliatum we found last
summer, growing in a thicket on an esker. It was 120 cm. tall, and
isin many ways quite different from var. aurantiacum (Bickn.) Eames
& Wiegand which is commoner in eastern Massachusetts, though it
has not been found here. Ludvigia alternifolia is a queer plant, grow-
ing in two places, one beside a rivulet in dry open woods, the other
close to the railway track in the village, as if introduced there.

One of our friends, Mr. Cyril C. Smith, has called our attention to
the variation in the number of leaves in the whorls of Lysimachia
quadrifolia. This is exceedingly abundant in dry open woods, Al-
though the great majority of the plants have four leaves to each
whorl, there are numerous variants, having two, three, five, six, and
even seven leaves.

One of the best discoveries was Corallorhiza trifida, which Dr.
Cheever found near a cold spring, a sitiation similar to the place
where it grows in Norwood. Arethusa bulbosa was also found by him
in a small bog, and in the same bog is Rhododendron canadense, a rare

! Ruopona xi. 120, 1909; xvii. 176, 1915.
* Fernald, Ruopona xxiii. 144, 151, 157, 169, 292. 1921.

1924] Fassett,—A new Variety of Bidens heterodoxa 177

plant in Plymouth County. In this same bog Dr. Cheever has also
found Habenaria lacera and Calopogon pulchellus. Habenaria flava
is another rare orchid we have seen in town.

In one of the swamps is Carex riparia, frequent in western Vermont,
but not so well known in eastern Massachusetts. It has blue-green
leaves, and looks quite distinct from the abundant C. stricta and the
other sedges in the swamp. On one of the eskers, and in another
place in light pine woods, there are good colonies of C. laxiculmis.

There are twenty-three kinds of ferns known in town. Thelypteris
simulata, Woodwardia virginica and W. areolata are frequent, this
association of the three species being characteristic of low woods near
the coast as far north as New Hampshire. Thelypteris Boottii was for
some reason overlooked by the authors of the list in tneir survey of
the town. Dr. Cheever has found one good colony of Adiantum
pedatum, not on the list. Lycopodium inundatum is abundant at one
station. L. annotinum is on the Bouvé list, and after a careful search
was found in two stations a quarter of a mile apart, in deep woods.

All in all we have had a very good time checking up this old list,
and we hope to continue our explorations till we have as complete
a knowledge of the town flora as did Mr. Bouvé and his associates.

HINGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW VARIETY OF BIDENS HETERODOXA.
NorMAN C. FASSETT.

Tuz fresh-water tidal flats at the mouth of the Kennebec River,
in central Maine, extend from a mile above Bath to Augusta, a distance
of nearly thirty miles. The lower part of this estuary, and the mouths
of the rivers entering it, have been rather extensively explored.
Professor Fernald and Mr. Bayard Long have collected along the
tidal shores of the Cathance River at Bowdoinham, and the writer
has botanized most of the western shore of Merrymeeting Bay.
Large collections of Bidens made in these regions have consisted of
three entities: B. hyperborea Greene, varieties colpophila (Fernald
& St. John) Fernald and cathancensis Fernald, and B. Eatoni Fernald,
var. kennebecensis Fernald, the last two being endemic to this estuary
system.

178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Near the head of tide in the Kennebec River, however, in Gardi-
ner, there appears another Bidens, which has not been found in the
lower part of the estuary. The foliage of this plant resembles that of
B. Eatoni, var. kennebecensis, from which it differs conspicuously in
its broadly campanulate involucres and shorter and broader achenes.
Its affinities seem to lie rather with B. heterodoxa of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence region and southern Connecticut. This variety is inter-
mediate in its characters between var. monardaefolia of Pocotapaug
Lake, Connecticut, and var. orthodoxa of the Magdalen Islands,
Quebec. From the former it may be distinguished by its much shorter
involucral bracts, its smaller fruiting heads, and its consistently
retrorsely barbed achenes. From the latter it differs in its strictly
two-awned achenes, retrorsely barbed along the margins, and its
rarely divided leaves.

BIDENS HETERODOXA (Fernald) Fernald & St. John, var. interstes,
var. nov., planta 2-3 dm. alta; foliis simplicibus vel rare nonnihil
3-partitis grosse serratis petiolatis, petiolis anguste alatis 1-3 cm.
longis; capitulis terminalibus 1-1.3 em. latis; bracteis exterioribus
erectis 1.3-2 cm. longis; achaeniis 5.7-7 X 1.8-2.2 mm. strigosis
marginibus retrorse setosis, aristis 2 retrorse setosis.

Plant 2-3 dm. tall: leaves simple or rarely somewhat 3-cleft,
coarsely serrate, on narrowly winged petioles 1-3 em. long: terminal
heads 1-1.3 em. wide: outer involucral bracts ascending, 1.3-2 em.
long: achenes 5.7-7.0 X 1.8-2.2 mm., strigose, retrorsely barbed on
the margins; awns 2, retrorsely barbed.—MarNE: at high-tide level
along the shores of the Kennebec River, 14 mile below Gardiner,
Sept. 18, 1923, N. C. Fassett, no. 852 (rev& in Gray Herb.); tidal
shores, Kennebec River, Hatchs Corners, Dresden, Sept. 9, 1924, N.
C. Fassett, no. 2101.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

FLOWERING DATES FOR AMELANCHIER BARTRAMIANA— After
considerable experience in collecting other species of Amelanchier
in blossom, I began to think it would be necessary to climb a moun-
tain some spring in order to find A. Bartramiana in the right condition.
It was accordingly a pleasant surprise to me, when driving through
Warren, New Hampshire, May 22, 1923, to spy over in the swamp a
bush of this characteristic species with white star-like flowers, quite
different from A. laevis, which was everywhere in the woods and by
the roadsides.

1924] Fernald,—A Flora of Springfield, Mass. (Review) 179

The inflorescence consists of two or three flowers coming from a
single axil the pedicels sometimes branching. The leaves at this
season often have the same reddish tinge which characterizes A. laevis
and A. sanguinea, but the general effect of the shrub, with its snow-
white star-shaped flowers, is very different. It is frequently a
dense shrub, seldom very tall.

Later the same week I found A. Bartramiana in bloom in Barton,
Vermont, and still later, May 27, in Brome County, Quebec, rather
past its prime. This year I was again much pleased and surprised
to find it in bloom on the high sandplains between Ashburnham
and Winchendon, Massachusetts, at an elevation of perhaps 1200
feet, on May 21. Crossing the State line, I found it again in Fitz-
william, New Hampshire, at about the same elevation, and later
that week in Marlow, Lempster and Grantham, along the west side
highway of New Hampshire.

It is interesting to know that this species, so often associated with
mountains and the northern country, is abundant at moderate
elevations so far south as these stations. In summer the leaf is always
characteristic. The fruit is somewhat pyriform, one to three fruits on
long pedicels ripening at the upper axils. I have usually found it
after the middle of July.—Cr4AnENCE H. Kwowrrow, Hingham,
Massachusetts.

A FLORA OF SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS.—The results of active
collecting by the botanists of Springfield, Massachusetts, during the
last half-century have been published! by the Springfield Museum of
Natural History. The actual drawing together of the material was
chiefly in the hands of the late Luman Andrews, who unfortunately
died before the work could be put into final form; and the finishing
touches were given the manuscript by the experienced student of
the flora of the Connecticut Valley, Mr. C. A. Weatherby. The
Catalogue is in conventional and, therefore, thoroughly convenient
form. Itis accompanied by a detailed map and by ten plates, illustra-
ting noteworthy trees. The native flora of Springfield has naturally
suffered the fate of indigenous floras about any large city and the

1 Museum of Natural History, Springfield, Massachusetts, Bulletin No. 3. Cata-

logue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Springfield, Massachusetts. By Luman
Andrews and a Committee of the Springfield Botanical Society. 1924.

180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

number of plants of foreign origin is large, although, by what seems
an unfortunate lack of any differentiation in type or in statement,
they do not stand apart in the Catalogue from the truly native plants.
The latter form the element of greatest interest in the Springfield
flora, for upon the broad sand plains east of the densely populated
section of the city there are isolated stations of several coastal plain
or other southern types: Chamaecyparis, Sagittaria Engelmanniana,
Panicum verrucosum, P. albemarlense, Psilocarya scirpoides, Fuirena
squarrosa, Scleria reticularis, Orontium aquaticum, Xyris flexuosa,
Utricularia resupinala, ete. It is certainly to be hoped that land
values in Springfield will not become so great as to crowd out these
really interesting species of the sand plains and pond-margins.
However, should that dreaded result of urban development eventually
follow we have the satisfaction of knowing that specimens of all the
plants listed in the Catalogue are preserved in the herbaria either of
the Museum of Natural History at Springfield or of the New England
Botanical Club at Cambridge. For its care in thus preserving and
in putting on record the known flora of the region the Springfield
Museum is to be heartily commended.—M. L. F.

Vol. 26, no. 307, including pages 133 to 152 and plate 145, was issued 20
July, 1924.
Vol. 26, no. 308, including pages 153 to 168, was issued 4 August, 1924.

Farlow o . sor,

Hovdova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee

Vol. 26. October, 1924. No. 310.
CONTENTS:
The Flora of Penikese. Edited by I. F. Lewis................. 181
A new Species of Rhizopogon. D. H. Linder................ 195
Lepidium latifolium in New England. A. P. Mer... 1
Myriophyllum magdalenense; A Correction. M. L. Fernald... 198
Edward Lothrop Rand................. eee eere 198
Holosteum umbellatum in Connecticut. F. W. Hunnewell...... 199
Botanical Appendix to Franklin's Journey. E. B. Babcock...... 199

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

. 800 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordored
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass,

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
AD of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector/s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. P Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of N urserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of ú in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 8 months $2.50.

Rhbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. October, 1924. No. 310.

THE FLORA OF PENIKESE, FIFTY YEARS AFTER.

Edited by I. F. LEwrs.

(Plates 146 and 147.)
INTRODUCTION.

THE island of Penikese, lying in Buzzard’s Bay, twelve miles south
of New Bedford, is the westernmost of the Elizabeth Islands. It
is famous among American biologists as the first home of the Anderson
School of Natural History, better known as “ Agassiz's Laboratory,”
the sessions of which were held in 1873-1874. In 1873 a botanical
survey of the island was made by one of the brilliant members of the
group of students attracted by the Master. Itis not very generally
known that David Starr Jordan, distinguished as a zoologist and
author, began his scientific career with “The Flora of Penikese
Island," published in the American Naturalist, volume 8, April,
1874.

The fiftieth anniversary of the foundation of the Agassiz school at
Penikese was held in the summer of 1923. At the same time a biolog-
ical survey of the island was undertaken jointly by workers from the
United States Bureau of Fisheries Laboratory and the Marine Biologi-
cal Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. One day was devoted
to collection, July 24, and casual visits in August added a few obser-
vations. The following collectors undertook the botanical side of
the survey:

Marine Algae

Alice E. Brown Helen Duckworth
Annette Brown Janet P. Jamieson
Edward S. Castle James B. Lackey

Ralph E. Cleland Ivey F. Lewis

182 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Marine Algae (Continued)

Elizabeth L. Mackintosh Ethel G. Stiffler
Bertha E. Nute Wm. Randolph Taylor
Olga Osterhout Lora S. Weston
Radcliffe Pike William H. Weston, Jr.

Fresh-water Algae

Tracy E. Hazen

Diatoms

Paul S. Conger

Fungi
Helen 8. Harper Neil E. Stevens
Robert A. Harper William H. Weston, Jr.
Margaret Kemp Marguerite S. Wileox
Bryophytes

L. P. Blinks Edith G. Cook
Sherburne F. Cook

Pteridophytes

Alma G. Stokey

Phanerogams Ecology
Frederick H. Blodgett Paul Acquarone
Alice E. Clarke Elsie B. Overstreet
N. H. Cowdry Jacob R. Schramm
John M. Fogg, Jr. . Margaret F. Shaw
Anne Hof
O. L. Inman

Margaret Sumwalt

The island Penikese is a remnant of the terminal moraine now seen
in the Elizabeth Islands. It is about two thirds of a mile long and
half as broad, with a broadly spatulate point, for convenience of ref-
erence called Tub Point, extending further to the east for another
third of a mile. Its contour is dominated by low hills on the main
body of the island, with depressions here and there which may be
ponds of a rather temporary character (map).

The original vegetation, like that of neighboring islands, is said by
Jordan to have been of a forest type, with pitch pine, red cedar,
red maple, shagbark, shadbush, poplar birch, hornbeam, and two or
three species of sumach. In 1873 there was “no trace left save the
rotten roots of a solitary beech stump and a few branches of red cedar

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese 183

40°27" ozy N

Bes

Contour Lines 20 f:
S<k—, sucha 33g fr
HN inches» r mile

AMMOPHILA 10-002
Patcues of Rumex [7]
Bunt UP Swamp pm VOER
Denyoro ey Terns

Powos

PopucuS ALBA A ]

PENIKESE ISLAND Swame Area
RESULTS OF BRIEF ECOLOGICAL SURVEY, JULY 24, 1923 3
PuoroGRAPH STATIONS
Ecovocy ey J. R. SCHRAMM AND MARGARET F. SHaw
MAP By P AcQUARONE Burrowes Sorio Brace

Puotoorapny By J R Scuramm ano EtsiE B OVERSTREET

and red maple (?) found buried in the muck of a small swamp.”
Cutting of the original timber had been followed by the introduction
of sheep, which remained on the island until about 1910. From
1905 to 1921 Penikese was used by the State of Massachusetts as
the site of a leprosarium. After the removal of the lepers in 1921,
the island has been uninhabited except for the caretaker and his wife.

Jordan says that his “list may have a special interest to future
students, and also a general interest to botanists, as showing which
plants survive a prolonged struggle for existence against grass and
sheep." If the State retains possession of Penikese and establishes
a bird sanctuary there, the continued history of the development
and succession of plants and animals cannot fail to be of interest and
importance. Surveys at stated intervals will give precise information

184 Rhodora [OCTOBER

about natural succession under the prevailing climatic and edaphic
conditions, and will furnish data on the means of dispersal of species
in this region. |

ECOLOGY OF PENIKESE.!

The ecological survey of the island is here divided into three parts:
beaches, grassland, and ponds.

Beacues. The island is entirely surrounded by a beach of varying
width and character. There is a plantless zone between the marine
flora consisting almost entirely of algae, and the true beach flora of
seed plants. This plantless zone is determined by the tides, being
an area covered by water daily.

The zone of beach plants is the area between high daily tide and
the limit of storm tide. On Penikese this is indicated by piles of eel
grass often amounting to a foot or two in thickness on sheltered
beaches. On this eel grass and on sheltered beaches generally grows a
group of plants which are able to endure the severe conditions.
The following plants appear in this group:

Ambrosia artemisiifolia Lathyrus maritimus
Chenopodium album Ammodenia peploides
Cakile edentula Sonchus oleraceus
Rumex crispus Datura Stramonium
Ammophila breviligulata (on mud

flats)

These plants are found only on the beaches formed of fine sand in
sheltered positions (plate 146, upper and middle views). A second
type of beach is found on the exposed portions of the island on the
north and west shores. Here the fine part of the glacial till of which
the island is made has been washed away, leaving rounded stones of
varying sizes from huge boulders to small pebbles. This type of beach
supports practically no vegetation.

The tension line between the beach plants and the inland forms
extends all around the island. It is best shown on the neck where the
zone of the south shore merges with that of the north shore to form
a band the width of the neck. The dominant plant in this zone is
Achillea Millefolium, which with its associates shows a considerable
dwarfing on this exposed pebbly neck. Along with the Achillea occur
also:

?By Margaret F. Shaw.

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese 1 185

Ambrosia artemisiifolia Lepidium virginicum
Stellaria graminea Plantago major
Spergularia marina Plantago lanceolata
Rumex Acetosella Anagallis arvensis

Oenothera biennis

GRASSLAND. One of the most striking plant associations is that
dominated by Ammophila. This occupies the slopes on the west
shores of both the main island and Tub Point, where it begins at the
Achillea zone and ends sharply at the crest of the hill. In places it
forms lobes stretching up the depressions. Few other plants are found
with the Ammophila, which is two to three feet high. "These are:
Plantago lanceolata Polygonum Convolvulus

Achillea Millefolium Solidago sempervirens
Aster vimineus

The inland grassland extends over the main part of the island,
and is dominated by various species of grasses. These are not usually
mixed, but are found in more or less pure stands in intermingling
patches of different sizes. The most abundant of the inland grasses
are Agrostis alba, Agropyron repens, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Festuca
rubra, and Holcus lanatus. Somewhat less common are Dactylis
glomerata, Danthonia spicata, and Festuca elatior.

In places where the soil is of a poorer quality, Rumex Acetosella
is found in solid mats so thick that it gives a red tone to the slopes.
It seems likely that such patches mark the spots denuded of vegetation
in previous years by the nesting terns mentioned below.

The vegetation of the grassland, like that of the rest of the island,
has not advanced beyond the herbaceous stagein itsecological develop-
ment. While a number of herbaceous plants are found with the grass,
the only shrubs are a few plants of Rhus typhina, a few feet high,
on the east slopes, a few specimens of Sambucus canadensis on the
northern end of the island, one small plant of Myrica carolinensis
south of the dock, and one or two seedlings of Quercus rubra between
the reservoir and the eastern shore. The island has been overrun
by sheep in the past, but these have not been present for more than
ten years.

Among the more common plants of the grassland area are:

Agropyron repens Rubus procumbens
Agrostis capillaris Stellaria graminea
Anthoxanthum odoratum Hypericum perforatum

Festuca rubra Lepidium virginicum

186 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Festuca elatior Lychnis alba

Holcus lanatus Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum
Dactylis glomerata Aster undulatus
Danthonia spicata Trifolium arvense

Poa pratensis Trifolium pratense
Phleum pratense Trifolium agrarium
Rumex Acetosella Trifolium repens

Achillea Millefolium Sonchus arvensis

Daucus Carota Asparagus officinalis
Solidago sempervirens Rudbeckia hirta

Solidago rugosa Cirsium arvense
Verbascum Thapsus Cirsium lanceolatum
Potentilla argentea Dennstaedtia punctilobula
Oenothera biennis Linaria canadensis

Oxalis stricta

One interesting retrogression in the development of the vegetation
is due to the nesting habits of the terns. These occupy the bare ground
so thickly that large areas are denuded of vegetation (plate 147,
upper view). When these nesting areas are abandoned the first
results are similar to those of the abandonment of cultivated land,
running at once to weed forms such as:

Solanum nigrum Anagallis arvensis
Lepidium virginicum Erigeron canadensis
Chenopodium album Sonchus arvensis
Amaranthus retroflexus Capsella Bursa-pastoris

Powps. The ponds are of two types, first, low ponds quite near
the shore, tending to be brackish, second, higher ponds formed in kettle-
holes. The low ponds show nearly the same development. A center
of open water containing a scum of floating algae is surrounded by a
zone of sedge, a zone of Spartina patens, and an irregular zone of
Tris versicolor marking the line of tension between the pond vegetation
and the grassland. The filled marsh on the east of the island near the
neck shows the further development of the marsh stage. Here a larger
number of plants are found, of which the commonest are:

Rumex crispus Lycopus uniflorus
Convolvulus sepium Polygonum Convolvulus
Scutellaria epilobiifolia

The kettle-hole type of pond is entirely freshwater in character.
Typha Pond, on the east side of the island between the residence
and the neck, is in a deep depression, and has a Typha zone sur-
rounded by a band of Juncus, outside which comes the Scirpus zone.
The marsh stage here is well developed, containing:

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese 187

Typha latifolia Galium trifidum
Juncus acuminatus Lycopus uniflorus
Scirpus paludosus Scutellaria epilobiifolia

There are willows at both ends of this pond, indicating a natural
shrub stage, provided they were not planted (plate 146, lowest view).

The ponds on the northwestern part of the island are very shallow,
and show a rank growth of Bidens connata. The most northerly
pond (“Dry Pond’’) had contained water in the spring, as its surface
was cracked mud with no seed plants (plate 147, lower view). The
south pond of this group (“Tern Pond”) contains water buttercup,
a remnant of rushes, the Spartina zone, and a marsh zone with
Aspidium Thelypteris.

As the early records of the island mention trees belonging to
forests of an advanced type, it is possible that such a forest may again
develop, provided the island is neither pastured nor cultivated.
There are three possible ways, aside from human agency, for seeds to
reach the island, by means of birds, wind, or water. As the only
birds which live on the island are sea birds that eat fish, and small
birds of the sparrow type, with occasional erow or blackbird visitants,
the probable means of seed introduction by birds occurs only in time
of migration. The vegetation today indicates that it is isolated, as a
common form like poison ivy is not found on the island, while it is
one of the conspicuous features of the vegetation of neighboring
islands and mainland. In 1873 this species was recorded from Gull
Island, but it has disappeared completely.

GULL ISLAND.

Gull Island, which was included in Jordan's original survey, is
much smaller than Penikese, and lies nearly half a mile to the south-
east. The island is in two parts, the larger reaching an elevation of
ten feet with the vegetation mostly in the upper central zone. The
smaller portion, or bar, is bare of vegetation; it is connected with the
main island at dead low water by a narrow neck.

On the northwest end of the crest there is a grassy district with a
tall growth of Solidago, Achillea, Rumex, and Convolvulus. ‘This
area is extended toward the center by Ambrosia, Cakile, and Atri-
plex. A patch of Lathyrus lies on the eastern side. The southeast
end of the crest is covered with especially luxuriant Ambrosia, with
some Atriplex and a little grass. On the eastern side of the shore
an arm of marshy land extends some distance, and is covered with
Spartina alterniflora.

188 Rhodora [OCTOBER

The small size, the low elevation, and the free exposure render
it likely that the vegetation of Gull Island is now in its permanent
form, and not likely to tend toward the forest type which in time,
without interference by man, will probably dominate Penikese.

CHANGES IN THE FLORA.

Considerable changes in the flora have taken place since 1873.
In that year Jordan listed 114 species of ferns and seed plants, of
which 44 were not found in the present survey. Itis not possible to
be sure of the exact number, since the more detailed knowledge of
the present day has given a more precise definition of species, and it
is likely that in a few cases the same plant has been called by one
name in Jordan’s list and by another in the present paper. Although
synonymy has been taken into account, the possibility still remains,
for example, that Jordan's Cerastium viscosum is our C. vulgatum,
Archangelica Gmelini may be Ligusticum scothicum, Lycopus europaeus,
L. americanus; Polygonum Hydropiper, P. acre; Atriplex patula, A.
hastata: Festuca ovina, F. rubra. Making all possible allowances
for such corrections, it still remains obvious that many, perhaps
two score, species present on the island fifty years ago have disap-
peared, victims perhaps of the grazing that continued for many years.

On the other hand, the present list contains 166 species, no less
than 94 being new to the Penikese flora. The presence of such a large
number and proportion (57%) of invaders indicates that ecologically
the island is progressing rapidly, since it has not been free of sheep
for more than a dozen years. The record of its further changes should
be followed carefully by the botanists of this region as giving a clear
picture, very definitely outlined, of vegetational succession in a
circumscribed area.

The largest group of introduced species (30) have seeds which are
without special adaptation for dispersal. These, most of which would
be classed as weeds, were probably introduced accidentally along
with garden seeds or in hay or otherwise. Many of them are found
in the neighborhood of the hospital garden. Another considerable
block (20 species) has been introduced directly by man, and many
of these seem in a fair way to become thoroughly established. Of
the remaining species, fifteen have wind-borne seeds, thirteen are
found in or near ponds and may have been brought in among mud on
the feet of birds, eleven have berries or fruits which are adapted to
dispersal by seed-eating birds, two are beach plants which may have

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese 189

been brought ky currents, two are adapted to dispersal by animals,
and one (Quercus) does not belong in any of these categories.

It seems likely that man is the most efficient agent for the intro-
duction of new species, birds second, and wind third, while other
agencies are relatively unimportant.

MARINE ALGAE.

As might be expected, the marine algae of Penikese differ with
differing location and exposure. On the rocky northwest shore,
where deep water comes close to the land, the dominant species are
the larger tougher Phaeophyceae, such as Ascophyllum, Fucus,
Laminaria, Chordaria, and Dictyosiphon, with some Ectocarpus and
Elachistea. The only common green alga is Cladophora, while the
Florideae are represented especially by Cystoclonium and Corallina.
Noticeably absent are the Polysiphonias, Ceramiums, Mesogloia,
and other feathery species which are very abundant in the region
generally.

In the bay on the southwest shore there is distinctly less of the
rockweeds, while Polysiphonia fastigiata is abundant, with much small
Leathesia. Dictyosiphon is also common here, as are Ralfsia and
Corallina.

'The southern end of Tub Point was explored carefully as being
representative of the type of shore seen all around the island except
to the eastward. The rocky shore runs out southward to several
large boulders exposed at low water. Here are Fucus and Ascophyllum
in abundance, with Calothrix forming a dense turf on them, and
much Cladophora on the boulders. On the rocks nearer the shore
Ralfsia, Hildenbrandtia, Lithothamnion, and Protoderma are common.
On the Fucus are found Chondria, Polysiphonia, Ceramium, Leathesia,
and Elachistea. A little deeper occur Mesogloia, Chordaria, and
Dictyosiphon. At a depth of three feet or so are found Chorda,
Laminaria Agardhii and L. digitata, Scytosiphon, Punctaria, and
Corallina. In the deeper water, from four to six feet, the common
forms are Phyllophora, Chondrus, Ahnfeltia, and Laminaria Platy-
meris.

The eastern side of the island is fringed with eel grass, with fairly
shoal water extending out some distance. Here the algal flora is
relatively sparse, and quite different from that characteristic of the
more exposed and rocky shores. The representative forms here are

190 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Ulva, Enteromorpha, Cladophora, Rhizoclonium, Anabaena torulosa,
Oscillatoria margaritifera, Porphyra, and Ectocarpus.

On Gull Island the northwest and west sides are comparatively
bare of algae. Toward the northeast end large rocks are scattered
as far out as one large boulder. The flora here is largely composed
of rockweed, with Elachistea and Sphacelaria on the Fucus and
Polysiphonia fastigiata on the Ascophyllum. Much Punctaria is
present, bearing Isactis plana and Calothrix fuscoviolacea, with Poly-
siphonia nigrescens and Mesogloia also common. On the eel grass
is an abundance of Melobesia LeJolisii and Rhododermis Georgii.
On the large boulder is a fine growth of Prasiola stipitata, and in a
little pool on the top much Platymonas subcordiformis.

On the east side rocks extend out beyond a patch of Spartina on
the shore, and here, in addition to the species noted above, luxuriant
Polysiphonia urceolata formosa, Dictyosiphon, and Punctaria are
found.

On the bar at the southeast end of Gull Island few algae are to be
seen on the east side, where the bottom is covered with cobbles, with
a few tufts of rockweed on the larger stones. On the west side,
however, algae are abundant. The rockweeds bear Elachistea, Dictyo-
siphon, and Mesogloia abundantly. In the deeper water, especially
toward the northwest end, Melobesia is common on the eel grass,
and much Chorda is also found. Covering much of the bottom is
a heavy growth of Anabaena torulosa and Oscillatoria margaritifera.
The smaller algae, besides being fouled with these species, are covered
here and there with Calothrix confervicola.

A comparison of the marine algae found with those listed by Jordan
shows that there has been a considerable change in the marine flora
since 1873. Excluding species not now recognized by systematists,
Jordan listed 25 species which were not found in the course of the
survey. Of these 8 belonged to the Chlorophyceae, 2 to the Phaeo-
phyceae, and 15 to the Rhodophyceae. On the other hand the col-
lections of 1923 show 43 species and 9 varieties not represented on
Jordan’s list, of which 11 belong to the Myxophyceae, 9 to the Chloro-
phyceae, 13 to the Phaeophyceae, and 19 to the Rhodophyceae. Of
these, in addition to the Myxophyceae, which are very poorly repre-
sented in Jordan’s list, 9 species are either very small or parasitic
and likely to have been overlooked by Jordan at a time when know-
ledge of such forms, at least in this country, was little advanced.

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese 191

However, 14 species, now so abundant both at Penikese and in the
surrounding waters as to be fairly considered as representative species
of the present flora and by no means likely to be overlooked, were
missing in 1873. These are:

Anabaena torulosa Punctaria latifolia
Chaetomorpha Linum : Ralfsia verrucosa
Enteromorpha Linza Seytosiphon lomentarius
Chorda filum Chondria Baileyana
Desmarestia aculeata Nemalion multifidum
Ectocarpus confervoides Phyllophora membranifolia
Ectocarpus fasciculatus Polysiphonia fibrillosa

On the other hand, Jordan lists some species which are now abundant
in the general region, the absence of which at Penikese is surprising,
though it is perhaps to be explained by the short time devoted to the
survey. Such species as those included in the following list are
certainly to be expected at Penikese, even though the rich list of
Callithamnions and of the more delicate Polysiphonias given by
Jordan is not likely to be duplicated at the present time.

Cladophora gracilis Callithamnion Baileyi
Enteromorpha clathrata Dasya elegans
Sargassum filipendula Griffithsia globifera
Antithamnion americanum Polysiphonia variegata

DIATOMS.!

The island of Penikese has been inaccessible until recently because
of its use as a State leper colony, and this, together with its somewhat
isolated location, lends rather more than usual interest to the flora
found there. Its small size, isolated location, and the nature of its
topography form a rather severe set of factors in limiting the diatom
species found in this flora. The island has a number of small ponds,
and those which are not low enough to be subject to occasional in-
vasions by the waves and tides of the sea are replenished only by the
frequent rains which fall in that region, and hence are subject to
occasional drying-up in periods of extended drought. From the
former are excluded such diatoms as are not brackish in habitat or
else not hardy enough to stand changes in the salinity of the water.
Occasional drying-up of the other ponds may be somewhat of a factor
in their diatom life, although the humidity of the atmosphere and the
brevity of such dry periods probably allows the diatom life to go on

1! By Paul S. Conger, Carnegie Institution of Washington.

192 Rhodora [OCTOBER

without serious interruption. The isolation of the island, lack of
inflowing streams, etc., very greatly limit the chance of importation
of new diatom species to these ponds.

The map shows the locations where diatom samples were secured.
All of the ponds are very small and shallow. The samples were
dredged at a depth of about one foot, except in the cases of the marsh
and Dry Pond, both of which had dried to a condition of cracked
mud, and here some of the surface was collected. The diatom flora
of any of the ponds is, as intimated, rather meager, and in several
of them the conditions seem to have been favorable to the rapid
multiplication and growth of a certain single species. In Typha Pond
Navicula elegans W. S. is very abundant, in Tub Ponds Navicula
peregrina E., and in South Pond Navicula formosa Greg. is dominant.
The finding of a mixture of distinctly fresh- and salt-water forms
in several of the ponds is probably not difficult to understand. Dr.
H. W. Henshaw has suggested that the isolation of the island and the
small amount of fresh water on it places the latter at a high premium
with the terns and other aquatic birds which make their home and
nest there by the thousands. Hence it is easy to see how marine
diatoms would be carried by them to the fresh-water ponds where
they must necessarily go daily by thousands to drink. Overflow
by the sea in times of high tide or high winds would also help to
explain the presence of marine diatoms in those ponds of lower
elevation and in the marsh. |

Two species of Navicula have proved indeterminate thus far, and
the following fresh-water form is new.

Navicula nanella P. C. sp. n. Valve elliptical with broad obtuse
ends and straight taper from the center to the ends. Lunate thicken-
ing across extreme ends of valve from the terminal nodule to the
margin. Central area broadened laterally. Arrangement of costae
giving appearance of a double dark band across the valve near center
when dry. Raphe straight, slightly swelling at the center. Costae
widely spaced, heavy, smooth, and reaching nearly to the raphe,
radiate from the center half way to the end of the valve, and conver-
gent from thence on to the end. Length 0.023 mm. Width 0.008
mm. Striae 8% in 0.01 mm.

Fresh water.

This species presents some likeness to Navicula hungurica Grun.
(1860), see Cleve, Nav. Diat. II, p. 16, but if so, Cleve's interpretation
of the strongly marked costae on either side of the terminal nodule

must refer rather to an internal thickening of the valve at this point,

1924] Lewis,—The Flora of Penikese

as shown by a careful study of the girdle
view. Also Cleve’s figures show a strong
central dilation not present in this species.
He also implies that the costae are striate
which is certainly not the case here.

The identifications of the Penikesediatom
species were verified by Dr. Albert Mann,
Diatomist of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington. Following is a list of the
species, separate for each pond or sample, and a complete list of all
the species from the island.

Fig. 1.
P. G. sp; n, > 1000

Navicula nanella

PENIKESE IsLAND HARBOR—PLANKTON DIATOMS.

Achnanthes longipes Ag.
Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii Ralfs
Actinoptychus undulatus E.
Chaetoceros coarctatum Laud.
Chaetoceros decipiens Cl.
Chaetoceros didymum E.
Chaetoceros (Bacteriastrum) varians
Laud. forma furcata Grun.; Disc.
0.028 mm. diam.
Cocconeis scutellum E.
Coscinodiscus excentricus E.
Fragillaria hyalina K.
Grammatophora marina K.
Liemophora flabellata Ag.
Liemophora Lyngbyei K.

Licmophora tincta (Ag.) Grun.

Mastogloia exigua Lewis

Melosira Borreri Grev.

Melosira sulcata K.

Nitzschia closterium (E.) W. 8.

Nitzschia longissima (Bréb.) Ralfs

Nitzschia Sigma W. 8.

Pleurosigma elongatum W. S.

Rhabdonema Adriaticum K.

Rhizosolenia hebetata var. semispina
(Hensen) Gran.

Rhizosolenia setigera Brightw.

Striatella unipunctata Ag.

Synedra Hennedeyana Greg.

Tropidoneis Lepidoptera (Greg.) Cl.

PENIKESE ISLAND HarBor—Bottrom DIATOMS.
Dredging-depth 2 feet, near shore.

Achnanthes longipes Ag.
Actinocyclus crassus W. 8.
Actinoptychus undulatus E.
Amphora Grevilleana Greg.
Amphora obtusa Greg.
Auliseus caelatus var. strigillata A. S.
Biddulphia Favus (E.) V. H.
Campylodiscus Thuretii Bréb.
Cocconeis scutellum E.
Coscinodiseus excentricus E.
Coscinodiseus Oculus-Iridis var. Mor-
siana Grun.
Eupodiscus Argus E. ( 2 Aulacodiscus
Argus (E.) A. S3:

Grammatophora macilenta W. 8.

Grammatophora marina Grun.

Grammatophora serpentina E.

Hantzschia marina (Donk.) Grun.

Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.

Melosira sulcata K.

Navicula aspera E.

Navicula Bombus E.

Navicula clavata var. caribaea Cl.

Navicula didyma K. & E.

Navicula distans (W. S.) Cl.

Navicula exempta W. 8.

Navicula forcipata var. densistriata
A. 8.

194

Rhodora

[OCTOBER

PENIKESE ISLAND HARBOR—Borrom D1atoms.— (Continued.)

Navicula fusca Greg.

Navicula Hennedeyi W. 8.

Navicula humerosa Bréb.

Navicula interrupta K.

Navicula Lyra E.

Navicula Lyra var. dilatata A. 8.

Navicula Lyra var. elliptica A. S.—
Sch. At. 3:11.

Navicula Lyra var. elliptica A. S.—
Sch. At. 2:29.

Navicula maxima Greg.

Navicula notabilis var. expleta A. 8.

Navicula palpebralis var. angulosa
Greg.

Navicula quadratarea A. 8.

Navicula Smithii Bréb.

Navicula .suborbicularis Greg.

Navicula Yarrensis Grun.

Nitzschia longissima (Bréb.) Ralfs

Nitzschia Sigma W. S.

Pleurosigma aestuarii W. S.

Pleurosigma affine Grun.

Pleurosigma elongatum W. 8.

Podocystis Americana Bail. (= Podo-
cystis Adriatica K.).

Rhabdonema Adriaticum K.

Scoliopleura latestriata (Bréb.) Cl.

Surirella recedens A. S.

Synedra Gaillonii var. macilenta Grun.

Trigonium alternans (E.) Cl.

TERN Ponp.

Cyclotella comta (E.) K.
Navicula Brauni Grun.
Navicula dicephala (E.) W. 8.

Navicula major K.
Navicula viridis Nitzsch
Pseudo-eunotia doliolus (Wall.) Grun.

Dry Pond.

Grammatophora marina K.
Hantzschia amphioxys Grun.
Navicula borealis E.

Navicula Brauni K.

Navicula dicephala (E.) W. S.

Navicula major Grun.
Navicula peregrina E.
Navieula viridis Nitzsch
Nitzschia fonticola Grun.

MARSH.

Actinoptychus undulatus E.

Auliscus caelatus Bail.

Biddulphia favus (E.) V. H.

Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.

Melosira sulcata forma coronata
Grun.

Navicula elegans W. S.

Navicula major K.

Navicula peregrina E.

Nitzschia scalaris W. S.
variety).

(Wide

'TvrHA Ponp.

Cyclotella comta (E.) K.
Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.
Navicula ambigua Cl.

Navicula borealis E.

Navicula dicephala (E.) W. S:
Navicula elegans W. 8.

Navicula (Stauroneis) gracilis E.
Navicula Hantzschiana Rab.

Navicula major K.

Navicula nanella P. C. sp. n.

Navicula rhynchocephala K.

Navicula viridula K.

Nitzschia frustulum var. perminuta.
Grun.

Surirella Mölleriana Grun.

Tabellaria fenestrata (Lyngb.) K.

1924] Linder,—A New Species of Rhizopogon 195

Tus Ponp.
Coscinodiscus excentricus E. Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.
Coscinodiscus nodulifer A. 8. Navicula peregrina E.
Coscinodiscus radiatus E. Tropidoneis Lepidoptera (Greg.) Cl.

Soutu Ponp.

Coscinodiseus excentricus E. Navieula formosa Greg. (Dominant
Eupodiscus Argus E. ( = Aulacodiscus form here).

Argus (E.) A. S.). Navieula (Stauroneis) Gregorii Ralfs
Grammatophora macilenta W. 8. Navicula peregrina E.
Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail. Rhabdonema Adriaticum K.
Melosira sulcata K. Tropidoneis Lepidoptera (Greg.) Cl.

(To be continued.)

A NEW SPECIES OF RHIZOPOGON FROM NEW
HAMPSHIRE.

Davin H. LINDER.
(Plate 148.)

THE genus Rhizopogon, a member of the Hymenogastraceae, belongs
among the higher Basidiomycetes, and is a group of puffball-like
subterranean fungi. It differs from the puffballs in that the gleba
does not break down and leave a cavity filled with spores and capil-
litium, but retains the septa that divide the persisting gleba into
small cavities which at maturity are filled with spores and have no
capillitium.

It was the writer's good fortune while spending the summer at
Camp Algonquin in Holderness, New Hampshire, to find there in
moist woods consisting chiefly of white birch,— Betula alba var.
papyrifera (Marsh.) Spach,—but with here and there a group of
hemlock trees, a fungus resembling Rhizopogon occidentalis Z. & D.!
It was on an old, almost decayed stump in one of these groups of
hemlock trees that this hypogeous fungus was found where it had
been dug from near the base of the stump, presumably by a chip-
munk which had carried it up to eat at leisure, and there had left it
on being frightened by passers-by.

The fungus when fresh was bright lemon-yellow, subglobose, and
slightly lobed, measuring somewhat over three centimeters in diam-

1 Zeller, S. M., & Dodge, C. W.— ‘Rhizopogon in North America." Ann. Mo. Bot
Gard. 5: 1-36. 3 pls. 1918.

196 Rhodora [OCTOBER

eter. The fibrils at that time were inconspicuous. While drying,
the plant emitted a faint odor, resembling that of the Phalloids.

Now that the specimen is dry, the peridium is chamois to honey
yellow? in color and the fibrils have become conspicuous as mummy
brown filaments adhering to the peridium and ascending from the
base to near the summit. The peridium is composed of more or
less loosely interwoven hyphae and is 120 ü, thick; the gleba is cin-
namon buff and broken up into irregular rounded cavities; septa
narrow, 16-27 u broad, compact; basidia inconspicuous, borne at
an acute angle to the septa, hyaline, 13-15 X 7 w; sterigmata 3-4.5 y.
long; spores acrogenous, cream colored, broadly ellipsoidal, with
truncate base, 6.8-7.2 X 3-4.5 u, smooth.

This species, while externally resembling very closely R. occidentalis
Z. & D., differs in many respects. It has a thinner peridium, made up
of more loosely and irregularly interwoven hyphae, and has not the
dense and more deeply colored surface layer; the septa are narrower
and have not the specialized and deeply staining hyphae found in R.
occidentalis; the basidia are broader, more inconspicuous, and are
borne at an acute angle to the septa, while those of R. occidentalis
are perpendicular to the septa; the spores are broader, in proportion
to their length, than in the previously mentioned species and have a
truncate base. For these reasons, the New Hampshire fungus is
made a new species, as follows:

Rhizopogon truncatus sp. nov.—Fructificationes subglobosae et
irregulares, diametro 3 cm. metientes, citrinae recens lectae, odor
languidus, Phallo duplicato similis siccus, “chamois” vel “honey
yellow” (Ridgway); funiculi applicati, “mummy brown” (Ridgway)
siccati; peridium tenue, 120 üu crassitudine, simplex, byssoideum,
hyphis tenuibus contextum, “maize yellow” (Ridgway); gleba siccata
“cinnamon buff" (Ridgway); locelli globosi aut irregulares vacui;
septa 16-27 y crassitudine, hyphis hyalinis contexta; basidia late
clavata, 13-15 X 7 u, hyalina, sterigmatibus longis, 34.5 w; sporae
truncatae, late ellipsoidae, cremeae, 6.8-7.2 X 3-4.4 u, leves.

Habitat sub foliis. New Hampshire. Aestate.
Type in Farlow Herbarium.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Dr. C. W.
Dodge whose collection was placed at his disposal for purposes of
comparison.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

? Ridgway, R.—Color Standards and Nomenclature. Washington, D. C., 1912,
used throughout for comparison.

1924] Morse,—Lepidium latifolium in New England 197

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 148.

All drawings of this plate were made by the aid of a camera lucida
Scale = 10 u in each case. The magnifications given below are
merely approximate.

Fig. 1. Low power drawing to show the nature of the peridium of Rhizo-
pogon occidentalis. The compact and more deeply colored outer layer at the
left and the crowded, intertwining, almost parallel middle region contrast
strongly with the loosely interwoven hyphae of the peridium of R. truncatus.
Mounted in 10% glycerine. X 273.

Fig. 2. A group of spores ot R. occidentalis showing their narrow elliptical
form. Mounted in eosine-glycerine. X 1125. 3

Fig. 3. Spores of R. truncatus drawn to the same scale as Fig. 2 to illustrate
the ovoid-elliptical, truncate shape, and the dark deeply staining basal region.
Mounted in eosine-glycerine. X 1125.

Fig. 4. A typical basidium of R. occidentalis with its short sterigmata.
In eosine-glycerine. X $825.

Figs. 5-6. "Typical basidia of R. truncatus with their stouter and more
elongate sterigmata. Drawn from material crushed in 10% eosine and
glycerine. X 825.

Fig. 7. Low power drawing of the peridium of R. truncatus. Note the
. irregular outline of the peridium,—on the left,—and the loose tangled hyphae
of which it is composed. Bundles of hyphae may be seen running at right
angle to the plane of the section. Mounted in 10% glycerine. X 273.

LEPIDIUM LATIFOLIUM IN NEW ENGLAND.

ALBERT P. Morse.

In late July of this year Mr. R. B. Mackintosh of Danvers brought
in for the Peabody Museum flower-table specimens of a cruciferous
plant whose bushy habit of growth, with tough, branching stems
and spreading corymbose, fine white inflorescence, was suggestive of
that of our common Ceanothus americanus. The immature fruit
pointed to Lepidium or its proximity. Search in our local Essex
County herbarium and in the New England collection at the Boston
Society of Natural History failed to disclose the plant; nor was it to
be found in that of the New England Botanical Club at Cambridge.
Through the kind efforts of Dr. N. C. Hirschy of Berea College, who
was at the Gray Herbarium at the time, it was satisfactorily identified
as the Old World Lepidium latifolium L.

This is a widely distributed species, being found in many parts
of Europe except in high altitudes and latitudes, in North Africa,
and in southwestern Asia as far east as Turkestan and Thibet. It is
also common in Mexico, probably having been introduced from
Europe.

198 Rhodora [OCTOBER

It is a perennial, with strong rootstocks, tough, somewhat woody,
branching stems two to five feet high, succulent foliage with a sharp,
“horse-radish” taste and odor, and was at one time used in medicine.
The petioles of the basal leaves are very long, being sometimes as
much as nine inches in length. It is of vigorous growth and seems
thoroughly established at Peabody, Massachusetts, at and in the near
vicinity of the American Glue Company's works,—in the yard,
along the railroad tracks and embankments, and in moist ground
nearby. Itis believed from this distribution that it was accidentally
introduced with glue-stock (probably bones, the seeds adhering to
scraps of tissue or the burlap containers) from abroad, and that it
has been here for several years, but in its present station only since
1909 or 1910, when a spur track was built.

Of vigorous constitution, a heavy bearer of seed, perennial, some-
times sending up additional flowering branches from the base late in
the season, the plant seenis liable to become a hardy weed of undesir-
able character.

PrEABODY Museum, Salem, Massachusetts.

MYRIOPHYLLUM MAGDALENENSE; A Correction.—Having occa-
sion to look up the publication of the endemic Myriophyllum of the
Magdalen Islands I am chagrined to find that, with the aid of a copyist
and in the pressure of details at the close of a college year, the species
got published as Myriophyllum magdalense. The type-material and
duplicates of the collection were properly labeled and even at this
late date it seems desirable to correct the orthographic error so that
the name of the species shall have the proper form and shall agree
with the labels of the specimens. As corrected the name is

MyYRIOPHYLLUM magdalenense, nom. emend. M. magdalense
Fernald, Rnopona, xxi. 122 (1919), misspelled through orthographic
error.—M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Epwarp LorHrop RAND, a member of the RuopoRA Boarp since
its formation in 1898, died at his home in Cambridge, Massachusetts,
October 9, 1924. Mr. Rand was born in Dedham, Massachusetts,
August 22, 1859, the son of Edward S. and Jennie A. (Lathrop) Rand.
He was graduated from Harvard College in 1881 and from the Harvard

1924] Holosteum umbellatum in Connecticut 199

Law School in 1884. From this time and until incapacitated by
serious illness in 1921 he practised law in Boston. A close observer,
with keen interest in nature, he early took up botany as an avocation.
In collaboration with the late John Howard Redfield of the Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences he prepared a Flora of Mount
Desert Island, published in 1894, a work of unusual merit among
American local floras of its period. He was one of the founders of the
New England Botanical Club and was by annual election its Corre-
sponding Secretary from 1895 to 1921, performing the duties of the
position with conscientious care and great loyalty to the society. His
herbarium, chiefly of his own collection and representing the flora of
Mount Desert in much detail, was given by him to the New England
Botanical Club in 1914. It is hoped that a more extended notice of
his life and botanical activities may be published in this journal.

HoLOSTEUM UMBELLATUM IN CoNNEcTICUT.—Holosteum umbel-
latum L. was listed by Miss Emily J. Leonard in her “Catalogue of
the Phaenogamous and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants found growing
in Meriden, Connecticut" published in 1885, but was excluded in the
later “Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut"
issued in 1910, as no authentic specimens were to be found.

In Gray's Manual the range of this introduced plant is given as
“roadsides, fields, etc. New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Georgia."

On visiting the Hiti Nurseries at Pomfret, Connecticut on May 30,
1924, I found that there were three annual weeds abundant all through
the nursery, one of them being the Jagged Chickweed, Holosteum
umbellatum, the others Draba verna and Sisymbrium Thalium.—
Francis WELLES HUNNEWELL, Wellesley, Mass.

On CITING RicHarpson’s BOTANICAL APPENDIX TO FRANKLIN'S
First JouRNEY—lIn checking the date of publication of the original
description of Crepis nana Richards., I found that the Index Kewensis
cites Franklin’s Journey, App. ed. 2, p. 92, while W. J. Hooker (Fl.
Bor.-Am. 1: 297) cites ibid. p. 29, and the reprint of Richardson’s
Bot. App. to Franklin’s 1st Journey in the Library of Gray Herbarium
gives Crepis nana on p. 18. The explanation of this confusion is found,
first, in the fact that, within a year from the first printing, Richardson

200 Rhodora [OcroBER

expanded his botanical appendix, adding 15 pages and 24 numbers
to his list and revising his descriptions; second, that the Gray Herb-
arium reprint is from the first edition; and, third, that there is a
typographical error in the Index Kewensis citation, which should
read p. 29.

Most authors have probably followed Hooker in citing Richardson,
but some libraries have the reprint from the first edition and others
from the second while still others have only one or other of the
complete volumes of Franklin's Narrative, with the original paging
in the appendix. It would be advisable, therefore, in citing publi-
cation of those species listed in edition 1 of Franklin’s 1st Journey to
cite both editions with original page numbers and to include both
reprint page numbers also. For example, Crepis nana Richards.
Frankl. Journ. App. ed. 1 (1823) p. 746 (18 in rep.); ed. 2 (1823) p.
757 (29 in rep.).—E. B. Bascock.

Vol. 26, no. 309, including pages 169 to 180, was issued 30 September, 1924.

Rhodor: Plate 146

FLORA OF PENIKESE.

Upper view: Up the Neck, showing strand. MIDDLE VIEW: Same,
over tidal fat. Lower view: Typha Pond, looking southwest.

Rhodora Plate 147

FLORA or PENIKESE.

UPPER view: Looking southeast across area denuded by terns.
Lower view: Dry Pond, looking north.

Plate 148

Rhodora

RHIZOPOGON OCCIDENTALIS Zeller & Dodge.

RHIZOPOGON TRUNCATUS Linder, spec. nov.

2, 4.
ni

N A
n -
— 5
50 aQ
= .-
he rum
= —

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee

Vol. 26. November, 1924. No. 311.
CONTENTS:
Juncus triglumis and its American Representative.
P Wes OE a ea eon kk CE SASS de we kee ee 201
Supplementary Report on Desmids of Connecticut.
GT Pigplender i. 15.2 ASS Cae ee rei s 203
Flora of Penikese (continued). Edited by I. F. Lewis......... 211

Two Additions to the Flora of Rhode Island. J. F. Collins.... 220

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

RHODORA,—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will befurnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordored
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOES,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanieal activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. AA series of illustrated
quarto mx issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. November, 1924. No. 311.

JUNCUS TRIGLUMIS AND ITS AMERICAN
REPRESENTATIVE.

M. L. FERNALD.

ONE of the most attractive of arctic-alpine Junc? is the little plant
described by Linnaeus as Juncus triglumis. In Eurasia it is charact-
eristic of wet peaty or boggy spots in the arctic and alpine areas,
and in America the name J. triglumis is familiar to students of the
arctic flora and that of the Rocky Mountains south to New Mexico.

My first experiences with the American plant were with Professor
Wiegand on the limestone barrens of southeastern Labrador and
western Newfoundland in 1910, when the plant, which is quite like
the specimens from the Rocky Mountains, was labeled, like them,
J. triglumis. During the summer of 1924, with Messrs. Bayard Long
and Boyd Dunbar, I again collected the Newfoundland plant on the
limestone barrens bordering the Straits of Belle Isle. There the plant
showed such variation in stature and coloring that it has received
more than passing study; and the result of this study is a demon-
stration that the North American plant is a species distinct from that
of Eurasia.

The Eurasian plant, J. triglumis L., has, as accurately described
by Buchenau, the bracts of the inflorescence usually obtuse or the lower
mucronate, and ordinarily conspicuously shorter than the flowers. In
all the American material (including that from Greenland) seen the
lower bract is long-acuminate or long-awned and equal to or overtopping
the lowest flower. In J. triglumis the mature capsule is 6-7 mm. long,
conspicuously exserted from the perianth, firm, castaneous and conic to
rounded below the short beak. In the American plant the thinner and
usually paler capsule is included or barely exserted, 3-4 mm. long, and
rounded to subtruncate at summit. In J. triglumis the mature seeds

202 Rhodora [NovEMBER

(including the long white tails) are 2.3-3 mm. long, in the American
plant 1.3-2 mm. long.

Besides these fundamental characters which clearly mark the two
plants as distinct species there are tendencies which, though not
constant, are worth noting: especially the more delicate texture and
paler coloring of the bracts and perianths of the American plant,
and the weaker filaments of the latter. In J. triglumis mature fruiting `
specimens often have the filaments still firm and straight, the anthers
distinctly protruding from the top of the perianth; but in fruiting
specimens of the American plant the filaments become shriveled
and bent and the anthers turned to one side. Our plant is clearly
J. triglumis, var. albescens Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 123 (1880).
Lange's description was exactly to the point:

“Var. B. albescens! Caulibus gracilioribus minusque rigidis, glom-
erulo minore quam in forma typica, saepius bifloro, bracteis et perigonii
foliis pallidis, capsula vix exserta.”

Buchenau, however, both in his Monographia Juncearum and in
his treatment in Das Pflanzenreich, has discounted Lange's variety
as an unimportant form, saying: * Formae diversae.—Forma bracteis
et tepalis pallidis est var. albescens Lange, Conspectus fl. Grónland
(1880) 123.—Forma bracteis et tepalis nigricantibus: var. a nigricans
Regel . . . bracteis et tepalis fuscescentibus: var. B. fuscatus
Regel." In other words, Buchenau looked upon Lange’s plant
merely as a trivial color-form and ignored Lange's precise description
of the capsule. That the Greenland plant is the characteristic
American species is clear from the four Greenland collections at hand,
two in flower, two in fruit, and all with the long-acuminate lower
bract.

The American species should be called

Juncus albescens (Lange), n. comb. J. triglumis var. albescens
Lange, Conspect. Fl. Groenl. 123 (1880).

The following specimens have been examined. GREENLAND:
Klaushavn, 1870, Berggr (collection cited by Lange); Disco, July 22,
1871, T. M. Fries; Christianshaab, July 26, 1884, Warming & Holm;
Sermiliarsuk, August 4, 1889, Hartz. Arctic AMERICA: station
unknown, 1829-33, James Ross. LABRADOR: Square Island, August
16, 1882, J. A. Allen; wet moss by springs and open wet spots on
limestone tableland, Blane Sablon, August 1 and 6, 1910, Fernald &
Wiegand, nos. 3043, 3044, NEWFOUNDLAND: peaty margins of pools
in limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, August 1, 1924,

1 Buchenau in Engler, Das Pflanzenr., iv. Heft 36: 224 (1906).

1924] Hylander,—Report on Desmids of Connecticut 203

Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,496; peaty limestone barrens, Savage
Cove, August 1, 1924, no. 26,495; wet places, Flower Cove, July 3,
1921, Mary E. Priest; wet peaty limestone barrens, Flower Cove,
July 27-30, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 26,492-26,494; peaty
and turfy pockets in limestone barrens, Brig Bay, August 6, 1924,
Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,497; dried brook-bed, barrens at
base of serpentine tableland, Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910, Fernald
& Wiegand, no. 3047; wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens,
Ingornachoix Bay, August 1, 1910, Fernald & W iegand, no. 3045; in
damp marl, Table Mountain, Port à Port Bay, August 16, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3046, July 26, 1921, Mackenzie & Griscom,
no. 10,195. QureBec: Koksoak River, Ungava, August 23, 1896,
A. P. Low, no. 13,983; mossy turf, Longue Pointe, Brest, July 31,
1915, H. St. John, no. 90,303. KrrEwaTIN: Ranken Inlet, August
30, 1910, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,214; Fullerton, September 4, 1910,
J. M. Macoun, no. 79,213. MawrroBA: Churchill, July 30, 1910,
J. M. Macoun, no. 79,219. ALBERTA: Rocky Mountains, Drummond;
south of Wilcox Pass, August 1, 1908, S. Brown, no. 1402; Pipestone
Valley, July 7, 1906, S. Brown, no. 428; Lake Louise, J. M. Macoun
et al. CoronADo: head of Clear Creek, 1861, Parry, no. 359; Twin
Lakes, Wolf & Rothrock, no. 937; Seven Lakes, August 14, 1901,
Clements. British Cotumsta: Grizzly Creek, Prairie Hills, July 26,
1907, Butters & Holway, no. 236. ALASKA: wet banks, Coal Harbor,
Unga Island, Shumigan Islands, July 15, 1872, M. W. Harrington.

In some characters Juncus albescens is as near J. biglumis L. as
J. triglumis. In J. biglumis, however, the lower bract is erect and
more elongate; the perianth blackish; the anthers much smaller
than in J. albescens; the capsules retuse and with purple-margined
valves; and the seeds about 1 mm. long and with much shorter tails
than in J. albescens.

Gray HERBARIUM.

SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT ON DESMIDS
OF CONNECTICUT.

C. J. HYLANDER.

In a previous report (see RHopora 24: 213-224, 236-241) I noted
some 266 species and varieties of desmids from Connecticut. These
were collected in 22 townships. Since the publication of that report,
it has been possible to visit 58 additional townships, covering 3 new
counties, and thus adding considerably to the number of desmid
stations for the state. A complete list of the townships in which

204 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

there are now recorded desmid stations, includes every county in
Connecticut. In detail, they are as follows:

LrrcHuFIELD County: Bethlehem, Canaan, Cornwall, Kent,
Litchfield, Morris, Plymouth, Salisbury, Thomaston, Warren, Wash-
ington, Watertown.

Hanrronp County: Bristol, Glastonbury, Plainville, New Britain,
Southington, Suffield.

TorrANp County: Andover, Bolton, Coventry, Ellington, Somers,
Tolland, Union.

WINDHAM County: Ashford, Brooklyn, Canterbury, Chaplin,
Eastford, Killingly, Plainfield, Pomfret, Putnam, Sterling, Thompson,
Windham, Woodstock.

FarnrrELD County: Greenwich, Monroe, Newtown.

New Haven Country: Ansonia, Bethany, Branford, Cheshire,
Derby, Guilford, Hamden, Madison, Middlebury, Meriden, Nauga-
tuck, New Haven, North Branford, North Haven, Orange, Oxford,
Seymour, Southbury, Wallingford, Waterbury, Woodbridge.

MIDƏDLESEX County: Clinton, Essex, East Haddam, Haddam,
Killingworth, Saybrook.

New LowpoN County: Bozrah, Griswold, Groton, Lebanon,
Ledyard, Lisbon, Montville, North Stonington, Old Lyme, Preston,
Salem, Voluntown.

In addition to recording new stations for desmids reported in the
previous paper, this report includes 35 additional species, varieties
and forms, for Connecticut. They are distributed among the different
genera as follows: 12, Staurastrum; 8, Cosmarium; 3, Closterium; 3,
Micrasterias; 3, Euastrum; 2, Penium; and one each of Sphaero-
zosma, Arthrodesmus, Cylindrocystis and Hyalotheca.

As in the previous report, an asterisk indicates that the plant is
new to Connecticut; two asterisks, that it is new to North America;
and a dagger, that it is known only from North America.

SPIROTAENIA Bréb.

S. CONDENSATA Bréb. Ledyard.
MESOTAENIUM Nig.

M. macrococcum (Kütz.) Roy & Biss. Salem.

CYLINDROCYSTIS Menegh.
*C. crassa DeBary. Haddam.

1924] Hylander,—Report on Desmids of Connecticut 205

NETRIUM Nag.

N. Drerrus (Ehrenb.) Itzigs. & Rothe. Derby, Griswold, Kent,
Lebanon, Ledyard, Oxford, Plainfield, Salem, Somers, Wallingford,
Woodstock.

N. Diairus var. constricrum W. & G. S. West. Tolland.

PENIUM Bréb.

*P. CucuRBITINUM Biss. Salem.

*P. crucIFERUM (DeBary) Wittr. Salem.

P. MARGARITACEUM (Ehrenb.) Bréb. Salisbury, Tolland.

P. NavicuLA Bréb. Ashford, East Haddam, Griswold, Killingly,
Voluntown, Woodbridge.

CLOSTERIUM Nitzsch.

C. ABRUPTUM West. Woodstock.

*C. ARCHERIANUM Cleve. Union.

C. cosrATUM Corda. Ledyard.

C. CYNTHIA DeNot. Bozrah.

C. DIANAE Ehrenb. Ansonia, Canaan, Cheshire, Cornwall,
Montville, North Haven, Oxford, Old Lyme, Plainfield, Saybrook,
Voluntown, Wallingford.

C. DIDYMOTOCUM Corda. Woodstock.

C. EHRENBERGII Menegh. Union, Voluntown.

C. INTERMEDIUM Ralfs. Ansonia, Bolton, East Haddam, New
Britain, Saybrook, Tolland.

C. rncurvuM Bréb. Southbury.

C. Jenner Ralfs. Griswold.

*C. GRACILE V. ELONGATUM W. & G. S. West. Preston.

C. Kurzincu Bréb. Bolton, Cheshire, Montville, Salem, Volun-
town, Waterbury.

C. LEIBLEINII Kütz. Cornwall, Ledyard.

C. LIBELLULA Focke. Ashford, Union, Waterbury.

C. LINEATUM Ehrenb. Bolton, Groton, Lisbon, Woodstock.

C. Lunuta (Müll.) Nitzsch. Cheshire, Old Lyme.

C. MONILIFERUM (Bory) Ehrenb. Ansonia, Brooklyn, Cheshire,
Derby, East Haddam, Groton, Glastonbury, Kent, Ledyard, Lisbon,
Meriden, Montville, New Britain, Naugatuck, Saybrook, Southbury,
Thompson.

C. PsgupoptANAE Roy. Lebanon, Griswold.

206 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

*C. PARVULUM var. ANGUSTATUM W. & G. S. West. Southbury.
. PRONUM Bréb. Cheshire, Southbury.

. PARVULUM Nag. Greenwich, Putnam, Wallingford.

. RALFSII var. HyBRIDUM Rabenh. Cheshire, Putnam.

. ROSTRATUM Ehrenb. Bozrah, Cheshire, East Haddam.

. SETACEUM Ehrenb. Haddam, Plainfield, Voluntown.

. TOXON West. Ashford, Ellington, Voluntown.

. Urna Focke. Old Lyme, Oxford, Waterbury.

. Venus Kütz. Ansonia, Ashford, Bolton, Glastonbury, Haddam,
North Haven, Plainfield, Lisbon, Lebanon, Salem, Sterling, Seymour,
Southbury, Tolland, Union, Voluntown, Waterbury, Wallingford,
Woodstock.

AAQAAAARAAA

DOCIDIUM Bréb.
D. BACULUM (Bréb.) DeBary. Waterbury.

PLEUROTAENIUM Nig.

P. coronarum (Bréb.) Rabenh. Voluntown.

P. noposcm (Bailey) Lund. Lebanon, Mountville, Tolland.

P. TRABECULA (Ehrenb.) Näg. Ansonia, Bolton, Canterbury,
Cheshire, Eastford, Groton, Haddam, Ledyard, Meriden, New Britain,
North Stonington, Old Lyme, Plainfield, Somers, Sterling, Southbury,
Tolland.

TRIPLOCERAS Bailey.

T. GRACILE Bailey. Ledyard, North Stonington, Union.

TETMEMORUS Ralfs.
T. Bresissonn (Menegh.) Ralfs. Union.

EUASTRUM Ehrenb.

E. ANSATUM Ralfs. Ashford, Oxford.

E. BIDENTATUM Nüg. Bolton, Brooklyn, East Haddam, Green-
wich, Ledyard, Lebanon, Plainfield, Putnam, Salem, Sterling, Tol-
land, Voluntown, Woodstock.

E. BINALE (Turp.) Ehrenb. Bozrah, Cheshire, Kastford, East
Haddam, Essex, Lisbon, Plainfield, North Stonington, Seymour,
Waterbury, Woodbury.

E. BINALE F. GUTWINSKII Schmidle. Bolton, Canterbury.

*E. BINALE var. RETUSUM West. Sterling.

*E. cRASsUM (Bréb.) Kütz. Ashford, Lebanon, Plainfield, Salem.

1924] Hylander,—Report on Desmids of Connecticut 207

E. EVOLUTUM var. INTEGRIUS W. & G. S. West. Plainfield.

E. GEMMATUM Ralfs. Ashford.

E. INSULARE (Wittr.) Roy. Plainfield, Salem, Waterbury.

E. oBLoNGUM (Grev.) Ralfs. Ledyard, Lebanon, Tolland.

E. prcrum Borg. Ashford, Ellington, Griswold, Oxford, Putnam,
Seymour, Tolland.

*E. SINUOSUM var. REDUCTUM W. & G. S. West. Lebanon.

E. vERRUCOSUM Ehrenb. Bolton, Woodstock.

MICRASTERIAS Ag.

M. AMERICANA (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Groton, Woodstock, Voluntown

M. AMERICANA var. Borpru Gutw. Old Lyme, Wallingford.

M. APICULATA (Ehrenb.) Menegh. Voluntown.

*M. APICULATA var. FIMBRIATA (Ralfs) Nordst. Eastford.

M. Cnux-MzuiTENSIS (Ehrenb.) Hass. Wallingford.

M. pENTICULATA Bréb. Bolton, Ledyard, Tolland.

M. rATICEPS Nordst. East Haddam, Lebanon, Union, Voluntown,
Waterbury, Woodbury.

M. muricata (Bailey) Ralfs. Ashford.

*M. MAHABULESHWARENSIS Hobs. North Stonington.

*M. PINNATIFIDA (Kütz.) Ralfs. Bolton, Union.

M. rapiata Hass. Bolton, Lisbon, Somers, Woodstock.

M. rotata (Grev.) Ralfs. Griswoid, Lebanon, Salem.

M. Sor (Ehrenb.) Kütz. Eastford, Ledyard, Southbury, Water-
bury.

M. truncata (Corda) Bréb. Bolton, Salem, Tolland.

COSMARIUM Corda.

C. Botrytis Menegh. East Haddam, North Haven.

*C. Bresissonit Menegh. Ashford, North Stonington.

C. coNTRACTUM Kirch. Ansonia, Bolton, Warren, Waterbury.

C. Broome! Thwaites. Derby.

C. Cucumis Corda. Ledyard.

*C. cycticum Lund. Union.

C. DENTATUM Wolle, North Stonington.

*C. DEPRESSUM V. ACHONDRUM (Boldt) W. & G. S. West. Ashford,
Waterbury.

C. GALERITUM Nordst. Waterbury.

C. GRANATUM Bréb. Greenwich, Warren.

208 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

1*C. ELOISIANUM V. DEPRESSUM W. & G. S. West. Voluntown.

C. HAMMERI Reinsch. Bolton, Cornwall, North Haven, Somers.

C. MENEGniINH Bréb. Waterbury.

*C. MARGARITATUM (Lund.) Roy & Biss. Oxford, Union.

C. MONILIFORME Ralfs. Ledyard.

C. ovate Ralfs. Ansonia, Derby, Lebanon, Preston, Tolland,
Union, Waterbury.

C. ornatum Ralfs. Ashford, Ellington, Eastford, Haddam,
Ledyard, Salem, Thompson, Tolland.

*C. OBSOLETUM (Hantzsch) Reinsch. Salem.

C. PYRAMIDATUM Bréb. Bolton, Ledyard.

C. pSEUDOCONNATUM Nordst. Ashford, Bolton, Derby, Lebanon,
Old Lyme, Preston, Salem, Tolland, Union, Waterbury.

C. PonriANUM Arch. Ellington, East Haddam, Lisbon, Ledyard,
North Haven, Salem, Tolland, Waterbury.

C. PSEUDOPYRAMIDATUM Lund. Cornwall, Ledyard, Oxford,
Old Lyme.

C. ruNcTULATUM Bréb. Bolton, Cornwall, Essex, Glastonbury,
Haddam, Ledyard, Salem, Waterbury.

C. PYGMAEUM Arch. Bolton.

C. PSEUDOBROOME! Wolle. Eastford.

*C. PSEUDONITIDULUM V. VALIDUM W. & G. S. West. East Haddam.

C. QUADRUM Lund. Bozrah.

*C. Recnesu Reinsch. Oxford.

C. TUMIDUM Lund. ‘Tolland.

C. Tureni Bréb. Warren, Wallingford.

C. uNDULATUM Corda. Ashford, Bolton, Glastonbury, Lebanon,
Salem, Thompson, Waterbury, Woodstock.

XANTHIDIUM Ehrenb.

X. ANTILOPAEUM (Bréb.) Kütz. Chaplin, Ellington, Griswold,
Seymour, Tolland, Voluntown, Waterbury, Woodstock.

X. ANTILOPAEUM var. POLYMAZUM Nordst. Salem, Lisbon.

X. ANTILOPAEUM var. MINNEAPOLIENSE Wolle. Woodstock.

X. cristatum Bréb. Bolton, Griswold, Plainfield, Southbury,
Tolland, Waterbury.

ARTHRODESMUS Ehrenb.

A. CONVERGENS Ehrenb. Bolton, Lisbon, Wallingford, Waterbury,
Windham, Woodstock.

1924] Hylander,—Report on Desmids of Connecticut 209

*A. Incus (Bréb.) Hass. Waterbury.
A. octocornis Ehrenb. Lisbon, Salem, Somers, Waterbury.

STAURASTRUM Meyen.

S. ACICULIFERUM (Borge) West. Bolton.

Š. Arctiscon (Ehrenb.) Lund. Bolton.

S. AVICULA Bréb. Bolton, Chaplin, Pomfret, Wallingford, Wood-
stock.

*S. ALTERNANS Bréb. Glastonbury, Southbury, Somers, Walling-
ford.

**S. BREVISPINUM F. MAJUS. W. & G. S. West. Bolton.

S. CRENULATUM Nig. Canterbury, Derby, North Haven, Seymour,
Sterling, Tolland, Union, Waterbury, Warren.

S. CUSPIDATUM Bréb. Warren, Woodstock.

Š. CYRTOCERUM Bréb. Bolton, East Haddam, Wallingford.

Š. coRoNULATUM Wolle. Tolland.

*S. CERASTES Lund. Oxford.

S. DILATATUM Ehrenb. North Haven, Ledyard.

*S. DICKIEI var. CIRCULARE Turn. Bolton, Warren.

Š. DEJECTUM Bréb. Bolton, Lebanon, Somers, Voluntown, Water-
bury.

S. EUSTEPHANUM (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Bolton, Wallingford, Woodstock.

Š. ruRCIGERUM Bréb. Bolton.

S. GRANDE Bulph. Chaplin, Union.

*S. gGLADIOSUM Turn. Lebanon, Salem, Waterbury, Woodstock.

S. GRACILE Ralfs. Ledyard, Woodbury.

*S. GRACILE var. BILBOSUM West. Putnam.

*S. GRACILE var. CYATHIFORME W. & G. S. West. Bolton.

*S. LACONIENSE W. & G. S. West. Lisbon.

S. LEPTOCLADUM Nordst. Groton.

*S. MAAMENSE Arch. Waterbury.

S. MUTICUM Bréb. Seymour.

*S. ORBICULARE Ralfs. Tolland.

S. OPHIURA Lund. Ledyard, Tolland.

S. PUNCTULATUM Bréb. Cornwall, Greenwich, Glastonbury, Lisbon,
Lebanon, Plainville, Tolland.

*S. PILOSUM (Nag.) Arch. Oxford.

*S. PSEUDOTETRACERUM (Nordst.) W. & G. S. West. Bolton.

S. SEBALDI Reinsch. Wallingford.

210 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

S. sPONGIOSUM Bréb. Bolton.
S. TETRACERUM (Kütz.) Ralfs. Montville, Plainfield, Salem.
S. TUMIDUM Bréb. Ashford, Voluntown.

SPHAEROZOSMA Corda.

*S. EXCAVATUM Var. SUBQUADRATUM W. & G. S. West. Waterbury.

ONYCHONEMA Wallich.

O. FILIFORME (Ehrenb.) Roy & Biss. Bolton, Union.
O. rAEvE Nordst. Bolton, Plainfield, Woodstock.

SPONDYLOSIUM Bréb.

S. PAPILLOSUM W. & G. S. West. Lebanon, Lisbon, Plainville,
Plainfield, Somers, Southbury, Waterbury, Wallingford, Windham.

S. PYGMAEUM (Cooke) West. Ashford, Bolton, Eastford, Plain-
field, Salem, Woodstock.

HYALOTHECA Ehrenb.

H. pissrLIENS (Smith) Bréb. Ansonia, Andover, Bolton, Coventry,
East Haddam, Glastonbury, Griswold, Lisbon, Ledyard, New
Britain, Old Lyme, Preston, Plainfield, Voluntown, Windham.

*H. mucosa (Mert.) Ehrenb. Windham.

DESMIDIUM Ag.

D. aproconum Bréb. Bolton, Ledyard.

D. BAILEYI (Ralfs) Wolle. Ledyard, Lisbon, Plainfield, Somers,
Tolland.

D. CYLINDRICUM Grev. Ellington, Preston, Windham.

D. Swartz Ag. Bolton, Ellington, Canterbury, Lebanon, Lisbon.
Old Lyme, Preston, Plainfield, Tolland, Voluntown, Wallingford.

OSBORN BOTANICAL LABORATORY, Yale University.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 211

FLORA OF PENIKESE, FIFTY YEARS AFTER.

Edited by I. F. Lewis.
(Continued from page 196.)
LIST OF SPECIES.
ALGAE.
A. ALGAE or FRESH WATER (BY Tracy E. Hazen).
M yxophyceae

Anabaena oscillarioides Bory, var. stenospora Born. et Flah.
Calothrix epiphytica W. et G. S. West.

Cylindrospermum majus Kuetz.

Microcystis sp.

Nodularia paludosa Wolle.

Nostoc sp.

Oscillatoria splendida Grev.

Oscillatoria tenuis Ag.

Oscillatoria sp.

Phormidium tenue (Menegh.) Gom.

H cterokontae

Botryococcus Braunii Kuetz.
Tribonema bombycinum (Ag.) Derb. et Sol.
Tribonema utriculosum (Kuetz.) Hazen.

Chlorophyceae

Ankistrodesmus falcatus Ralfs.
Asterococcus limneticus G. M. Smith.
Botrydium granulatum Grev.
Bulbochaete sp. (sterile).

Characium ambiguum Herm.
Chlamydomonas (three undetermined species).
Chlorella vulgaris Beyer.

Closterium Ehrenbergii Menegh.
Closterium sp.

Cosmarium (two species).

Elakatothrix gelatinosa Wille.

212 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Glaucocystis nostochinearum Itzigs.
Herposteiron confervicola Naeg.
Keratococcus caudatus Pascher.
Micrasterias sp.

Microthamnion Kuetzingianum Naeg.
Microspora Willeana Lagerh.
Mougeotia sp.

Myxonema sp. (juvenile).
Oedogonium sp.

Oocystis sp.

Palmodictyon varium Lemm.
Pandorina morum Bory.

Platymonas subcordiformis (Wille) Hazen.
Pleurococcus vulgaris Naeg.
Protosiphon botryoides (Kuetz.) Klebs.
Scenedesmus brasiliensis Bohlin.
Sphaerella lacustris (Girod.) Wittr.
Spirogyra sp.

Staurastrum sp.

Stichococcus bacillaris Naeg.
Stichococcus flaccidus (Kuetz.) Gay.
Vaucheria sessilis (Vauch.) DC.
Zygnema sp. (sterile).

D. MARINE Acar! (By W. R. TAYLOR).

M yxophyceae

*Anabaena torulosa (Carm.) Lagerh.
Calothrix confervicola (Dillw.) Ag.
*Calothrix crustacea Thurct.
*Calothrix fusco-violacea Crouan.
*Calothrix parasitica (Chauv.) Thuret.
Calothrix scopulorum (Web. et Mohr) Ag.
*Hyella caespitosa Born. et Flah.
*Tsactis plana (Harv.) Thuret.
*Lyngbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm.
*Mastigocoleus testarum Lagerh.
*Oscillatoria margaritifera Kuetz.
*Phormidium papyraceum (Ag.) Gom.
*Rivularia atra Roth.

t Species marked with an asterisk were not found by Jordan.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 213

Chlorophyceae

*Chaetomorpha Linum (Fl. Dan.) Kuetz.
Chaetomorpha Melagonium (Web. et Mohr) Kuetz.
Cladophora albida (Huds.) Kuetz.

*Cladophora albida var. refracta "Thuret.
Cladophora expansa (Mert.) Kuetz.

*Endoderma Wittrockii (Wille) Lagerh.
Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev.

Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Link. i

*Enteromorpha Linza (L.) J. Ag.

*Enteromorpha minima Naeg.

Enteromorpha plumosa Kuetz.

*Gomontia polyrhiza (Lagerh.) Born. et Thuret.

*Prasiola stipitata Suhr.

*Protoderma marinum Reinke.

*Rhizoclonium Kerneri Stockm.

Spongomorpha lanosa (Roth.) Kuetz. var. uncialis (Fl. Dan.) Kjell.
Ulva Lactuca (L.) LeJolis.

ae

Phaeophyceae

Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) LeJolis.
Asperococcus echinatus (Mert.) Grev.
*Castagnea virescens (Carm.) Thuret.
*Castagnea Zosterae (Mohr) Thuret.
*Chorda Filum (L.) Stackh.

Chordaria flagelliformis (Fl. Dan.) Ag.
*Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour.
Desmarestia viridis (Fl. Dan.) Lamour.
Desmotrichum undulatum (J. Ag.) Reinke.
Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus (Huds.) Grev.
*Ectocarpus confervoides (Roth) LeJolis.
*Ectocarpus confervoides var. hiemalis (Crouan) Kuckuck.
*Ectocarpus fasciculatus Harv.

Ectocarpus siliculosus (Dillw.) Ag.
*Ectocarpus tomentosus (Huds.) Lyngb.
Elachistea fucicola (Velley) Fries.

Fucus vesiculosus L.

Laminaria Agardhii Kjellm.

Laminaria digitata (L.) Lamx.

214 Rhodora l [NOVEMBER

*Laminaria Platymeris De La Pyl.
Leathesia difformis (L.) Aresch.
Mesogloia divaricata (Ag.) Kuetz.
*Myrionema Leclancheri (Chauv.) Harv.
Petalonia fascia (Mueller) Kuntze.
*Petalonia fascia var. caespitosa (LeJolis) Hauck et Richt.
*Punctaria latifolia Grev.

Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellm.

*Ralfsia verrucosa Aresch.
*Scytosiphon lomentarius (L.) Lyngb.
Sphacelaria cirrhosa (Roth) O. Ag.

Rhodophyceae

Acrochaetium virgatulum (Harv.) J. Ag.
*Actinococcus subcutaneus (Lyngb.) Schmitz.

Annfeldtia plicata (Turn.) Fries.
*Antithamnion cruciatum (Ag.) Naeg.

Callithamnion corymbosum (Eng. Bot.) Ag.

Ceramium fastigiatum Harv.

Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) Ag.

*Ceramium strictum (Kuetz.) Harv.
Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv.
*Chondria tenuissima (Good. et Wood) Ag. var. Baileyana (Mont.)
Farlow.
Chondrus crispus (L.) Stackh.
*Choreocolax Polysiphoniae Reinsch.

Corallina officinalis L.

Cystoclonium purpurascens (Huds.) Kuetz.
*Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosa Harv.
*Cystoclonium purpurascens var. stellata Collins.

Delesseria sinuosa (Good. et Woodw.) Lamour.
*Erythrotrichia ceramicola (Lyngb.) Aresch.

Grinnellia americana (Ag.) Harv.
*Hildenbrandtia Prototypus Nardo.
Lithothamnion Lenormandi (Aresch.) Foslie (?).
*Melobesia LeJolisii Rosanoff.

*Melobesia pustulata Lamour.
*Nemalion multifidum (Web. et Mohr) J. Ag.

Phyllophora Brodaei (Turn.) J. Ag.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 215

*Phyllophora membranifolia (Good. et Woodw.) J. Ag.
Plumaria elegans (Bonnem.) Schmitz.

Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.) Harv.

Polysiphonia fastigiata (Roth) Grev.

*Polysiphonia fibrillosa (Dillw.) Grev.

Polysiphonia nigrescens (Dillw.) Grev.

*Polysiphonia nigrescens var. Durkeei Harv.
*Polysiphonia nigrescens var. fucoides Harv.
Polysiphonia urceolata (Dillw.) Grev. var. formosa (Suhr.) Ag.
*Polysiphonia urceolata var. patens (Dillw.) Grev.
Polysiphonia violacea (Roth) Grev.

*Polysiphonia violacea var. flexicaulis Harv.

Porphyra laciniata (Lightf.) Ag.

*Rhododermis Georgii (Batters) Collins.

Rhodomela subfusca (Woodw.) Ag.

Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev.

Seirospora Griffithsiana Harv.

Spermothamnion Turneri (Mart.) Aresch.

Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harv.

B. Atcar or Brackish WATER (nv Tracy E. Hazen).

Arthrospira Gomontiana Setchell.
Chlorella vulgaris Beyer.

Enteromorpha intestinalis (L.) Link.
Lyngbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm.
Oscillatoria amphibia Ag.

Oscillatoria margaritifera (Kuetz.) Gom.
Oscillatoria subuliformis (Thw.) Gom.
Oscillatoria sp.

Spirulina tenuissima Kuetz.

\
(In addition to the algae listed, certain alga-like bacteria are
common in the brackish ponds, such as Beggiatoa mirabilis, Beggiatoa
alba marina, and Lamprocystis roseo-persicina.)

C. Diarows (BY PAUL S. Concer).

Achnanthes longipes Ag.
Actinocyclus crassus W. S.
Actinocyclus Ehrenbergii Ralfs.
Actinoptychus undulatus E.

216 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Amphora Grevilleana Greg.

Amphora obtusa Greg.

Auliscus caelatus Bail.

Auliscus caelatus var. strigillata A. S.
Biddulphia Favus (E.) V. H.

Campylodiscus Thuretii Bréb.

Chaetoceros coarctatum Laud.

Chaetoceros decipiens Cl.

Chaetoceros didymum E.

Chaetoceros (Bacteriastrum) varians Laud. forma furcata Grun.
Cocconeis scutellum E.

Coscinodiscus excentricus E.

Coscinodiscus Oculus-Iridis var. Morsiana Grun.
Coscinodiscus nodulifer A. S. (Wide Variety).
Coscinodiscus radiatus F.

Cyclotella comta (E.) K.

Eupodiscus Argus E. (= Aulacodiscus Argus (E.) A. S.).
Fragillaria hyalina K.

Grammatophora macilenta W. S.
Grammatophora marina Grun.
Grammatophora serpentina E.

Hantzschia amphioxys Grun.

Hantzschia marina (Donk.) Grun.
Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.

Licmophora flabellata Ag.

Licmophora Lyngbyei K.

Licmophora tincta (Ag.) Grun.

Mastogloia exigua Lewis.

Melosira Borreri Grev.

Melosira sulcata K.

Melosira sulcata forma coronata Grun.
Navicula ambigua Cl.

Navicula aspera F.

Navicula Bombus E.

Navicula borealis E.

Navicula Brauni Grun.

Navicula clavata var. caribaea Cl.

Navicula dicephala (E.) W. S.

Navicula didyma K. & E.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 217

Navicula (Pinnularia) distans W. S.

Navicula elegans W. S.

Navicula exempta W. S.

Navicula forcipata var. densistriata A. S.

Navicula formosa Greg.

Navicula fusca Greg.

Navicula (Stauroneis) gracilis E.

Navicula (Stauroneis) Gregorii Ralfs.

Navicula Hantzschiana Rab.

Navicula Hennedeyi W. S.

Navicula humerosa Bréb.

Navicula interrupta K.

Navicula Lyra E.

Navicula Lyra var. dilatata A. S.

Navicula Lyra var. elliptica A. S.

Navicula maxima Greg.

Navicula major K.

Navicula nanella P. C. sp. n.

Navicula notabilis var. expleta A. S.

Navicula palpebralis var. angulosa Greg.

Navicula peregrina F.

Navicula quadratarea A. S.

Navicula rhynchocephala K.

Navicula Smithii Bréb.

Navicula suborbicularis Greg.

Navicula viridis Nitzsch.

Navicula viridula K.

Navicula Yarrensis Grun.

Navicula sp. indet.

Navicula sp. indet.

Nitzschia closterium (E.) W. S.

Nitzschia fonticola Grun.

Nitzschia frustulum var. perminuta Grun.

Nitzschia longissima (Bréb.) Ralfs.

Nitzschia Sigma (K.) W. S.

Nitzschia scalaris W. S.—(wide variety).
° Pleurosigma aestuarii W. S.

Pleurosigma affine Grun.

Pleurosigma elongatum W. S.

218 Rhodora [NovEMBER

Podocystis Americana Bail. (=Podocystis Adriatica K.).
Pseudo-eunotia doliolus (Wall.) Grun.

Rhabdonema Adriaticum K.

Rhizosolenia hebetata forma semispina (Hensen) Gran.
Rhizosolenia setigera Brightw.

Scoliopleura latestriata (Bréb.) Cl.

Striatella unipunctata Ag.

Surirella Mólleriana Grun.

Surirella recedens A. S.

Synedra Gaillonii var. macilenta Grun.

Synedra Hennedeyana Greg.

Tabellaria fenestrata (Lyngb.) K.

Trigonium alternans E.

Tropidoneis Lepidoptera (Greg.) Cl.

Number of genera—34; Number of species— 96.

E. Funai!
Achlya sp.
Cystopus candidus (Pers.) Lev.
Daedalea quercina (L.) Pers.
Empusa sp.
Erysiphe cichoracearum D. C.
Erysiphe communis (Wallr.) Fr.
Exoascus Pruni Fuck.
Fomes applanatus (Pers.) Gillet.
Fuligo septica Gmel.
Hypoxylon sp.
Irpex sp.
Naucoria sp.
Ovularia obliqua (Cke.) Oud.
Phyllosticta labruscae Thuem.
Plasmopara viticola (Berk. et Curt.) Berl. et DeToni.
Polystictus versicolor (L.) Fr.
Puccinia malvacearum Mont.
Puccinia Phlei-pratensis Erikss. et Henn.
Puccinia triticina Erikss.
Puccinia sp. (on Taraxacum).
Puccinia sp. (on Cirsium).

1 The list of fungi here given is known to be incomplete, but offers some indication
of the fungous vegetation found on the island.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 219

Septoria oenotherae West.
Uromyces trifolii (Hedw. f.) Lev.

F. Bryopnyta (Bv S. F. Cook).

Aulacomnium palustre Schwaegr. Small quantity mixed with
Brachythecium.

Brachythecium acutum Sulliv. Typha and Tern Ponds.

Bryum argenteum L. General in sandy spots.

Catherinea angustata Brid. Fairly common on damp soil.

Ceratodon purpureus Brid. Universal on sandy, exposed spots.

Dicranum flagellare Hedw. Fairly common on damp soil.

Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe. Fairly common on damp
soil.

Lophocolea heterophylla. One spot, under a moist bank, northeast
corner of island.

Mnium punctatum Hedw. Small quantity mixed with Brachythe-
cium.

Polytrichum commune L. General in open spots.

Polytrichum juniperinum Willd. Same.

Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. Same.

G. PTERIDOPHYTA (BY ALMA G. STOKEY).

*Athyrium Filix-femina (L.) Roth. South end of island.
*Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Sw. Low wet places, Typha and Tub
Ponds.

Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore [Dicksonia punctilobula
(Michx.) Gray]. Around reservoir.

H. SPERMATOPHYTA.
Pinaceae

*Pinus sylvestris L. Hospital grounds.
Typhaceae

*Typha latifolia L. Typha and South Ponds.

Najadaceae
Zostera marina L. Harbor and elsewhere in shallow water.
(To be continued.)

1 By John M. Fogg, Jr. Synonyms used by Jordan in brackets. Species marked
with an asterisk not tound by Jordan.

220 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Two ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA or Ruopg IsLAND.—In October,
1924, the writer collected in Rhode Island two plants that apparently
have not been reported as occurring in the state. One of these,
Tridens flavus (L.) Hitche., was found on the slope of Neutaconkanut
Hill, Providence, under conditions strongly suggesting that the
plant had not been introduced. Gray’s Manual (1908) gives the
range as " Ct. to Mo. and southw." Since then this grass has been
reported from Nantucket, Martha's Vineyard and Southboro,
Massachusetts (see RHopora 16: 82, May, 1914), and it has been
collected elsewhere in Massachusetts.

The other plant is Polygonum puritanorum Fernald. This was
collected in a sandy cart-path through a salt marsh near Point Judith,
South Kingstown. It has been reported from various stations on
Cape Cod, Massachusetts (Fernald in RHODORA 21: 141, August,
1919).—J. FRANKLIN CoLLINs, Providence, Rhode Island.

Vol. 26, no. 310, including pages 181 to 200 and plates 146 to 148, was issued
15 December, 1924.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief

MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE

WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee

Vol. 26. December, 1924. No. 312.
CONTENTS:
Some Plants of eastern New York. H. K. Svenson........... 221
Flora of Penikese (concluded.) Edited by I. F. Lewis......... 222
Double-headed Generic Names. K. K. Mackenzie............ 229
A Yellow-fruited Form of Ilex myrtifolia. S. F. Blake. ........ 231
Eee es Ero CMM Seen 232
SE T... si a... Tee ee PS A y SD. o. Cen 233

300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. 3.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass,

Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.

Entered at Boston, Maas., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.

BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.

CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.

For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000

B.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.

CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.

MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.

Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 26. December, 1924. No. 312.

NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF EASTERN NEW YORK.
H. K. Svenson.

Tue following account is concerned with some noteworthy plants
of eastern New York, at least two of them being new to the State.
Unfortunately these records were not communicated to Dr. House
in time for publication in the recent list of the plants of New York
State.

BIDENS BIDENTOIDES (Nutt.) Britton. A single specimen of this
characteristic species, known previously only from the region of
Delaware Bay, was collected by Mr. N. C. Fassett of Harvard Uni-
versity, on the shore of the Hudson River at Glenmont, in September
1922. A visit by the writer to this locality in October 1922, revealed
no further material, but across the river in Rensselaer the plant was
found in abundance in shallow water, partially submersed at high
tide. At Hudson, some thirty miles below Glenmont, in October
1923, it appeared commonly on tidal shores. It is therefore to be
looked for throughout the Hudson estuary.

ELATINE AMERICANA (Pursh) Arnott. Described by Fernald?
as occurring “on tidal flats of Cathance River in Maine and on the
tidal flats of the Delaware, as well as at a few other stations along the
Atlantic coast.” This plant was collected on tidal mud at Hudson,
N. Y. in October 1923, and is probably the first true record from New
York State. Two additional records for this rare plant are from
New Brunswick: tidal shores of Kennebecasis River, Lakeside, August
25, 1923, Fassett & Svenson, no. 2015; tidal shores, Mirimichi River,
five miles above Newcastle, August 19, 1923, Fassett & Svenson,
no. 2016.

1 House, H. D.; N. Y. State Mus. Bull. no, 254 (1924).
2 Fernald, M. L., RHODORA xix. 11 (1917).

222 Rhodora [DECEMBER

ALCHEMILLA VULGARIS L.; Fernald & Weigand, Ruopora xiv. 232
(1912). First noted in the fall of 1923, growing in a cool, shady
spot on the campus of Union College, but may have existed there
previously. It has persisted in flowering state through the summer
of 1924 and may be said to be well established. From the United
States the lady’s mantle has been previously reported only as casual
at Westford, Massachusetts. It is a well-known weed in Nova
Scotia.

Eleocharis diandra C. Wright. This occurs with Elatine americana
on tidal mud at Hudson, N. Y.

Scirpus Smithit Gray. On tidal mud at Coeymans, N. Y., October
1923, accompanied by Limosella subulata lves. These are stations
additional to those given by House in the list previously mentioned.

The writer is indebted to Mr. Fassett for comparing specimens of
most of the preceding plants with typical specmens in the Gray
Herbarium.

Union CoLLEGE, Schenectady.

FLORA OF PENIKESE, FIFTY YEARS AFTER.
Edited by I. F. Lewis.
(Continued from page 219.)
Gramineae

Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. [Triticum repens L.]. Common.

Agrostis capillaris L. [A. vulgaris With.]. Common, hills and

beaches.

Ammophila breviligulata Fernald [Calamogrostis arenaria Roth].

Beaches.

Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Common over entire island.
*Avena sativa L. Behind cottages and on Tub Point.
*Bromus secalinus L. Waste ground, east; rare.

Chaetochloa sp. [Setaria sp.]. Dry Pond.

*Dactylis glomerata L. Fairly common, beaches and hillsides.
*Danthonia spicata L. (Beauv.). Grassland everywhere.

Elymus virginicus L. Low wet places, west; also Gull Island.

Festuca elatior L. Fairly common, dry soil.

! For nomenclature see Fernald, M. L., RHODORA xx. 164 (1918),

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 223

*Festuca rubra L. Common in dry soil.

Holcus lanatus L. Common everywhere.

*Panicum Lindheimeri Nash var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Fernald.
Dry sandy soil.

*Panicum oricola Hitch. & Chase. Fairly common, dry soil.

Phleum pratense L. Fairly common.

Poa pratensis L. Fairly common.

Spartina alterniflora Loisel. [S. stricta Roth var. alterniflora Gray].
Moist ground, eastern shore; Gull Island.

Spartina patens (Ait.) Muhl. [S. juncea Willd.]. Low marshy
ground, Tub Point.

Cyperaceae

*Carex albolutescens Schwein. (C. Longa Mack.) Dry soil on
Neck and elsewhere.

*Carex muricata L. Barren ground, rare.

*Eleocharis obtusa (Willd.) Schultes. Edge of ponds.

Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S. Leper Pond.

Scirpus americanus Pers. [S. pungens Vahl]. Typha and South
Ponds.

Scirpus paludosus A. Nelson [S. maritimus L.]. Ponds and swamp.

*Scirpus validus Vahl. Tern Pond.

Juncaceae

*Juncus acuminatus Michx. Typha Pond.

*Juncus debilis Gray. Dry sandy ground.

*Juncus effusus L. Leper Pond.

*Juncus Greenei Oakes & Tuck. Common on grassy uplands.
Juncus tenuis Willd. Sandy and gravelly places near beaches.

Liliaceae
* Asparagus officinalis L. Eastern shore and behind cottages.

*Lilium tigrinum Ker. Behind cottages.
*Smilax rotundifolia L. Dry hillside above hospital.

Tridaceae
Iris versicolor L. Typha and South Ponds; elsewhere in moist

places.
Sisyrhinchium angustifolium Mill. [S. Bermudianum L.]. South
Pond.

224 Rhodora [DECEMBER

M yricaceae

*Myrica carolinensis Mill. One patch near south shore.

Salicaceae

*Populus alba L. Hospital grounds.

*Populus deltoides Marsh. Hospital grounds.

*Salix alba X fragilis. Typha Pond and elsewhere.

*Salix pentandra L. Typha Pond and along eastern shore.

Fagaceae

*Quercus rubra L. West of hospital and along path near wharf.

Polygonaceae

*Polygonum acre HBK. Moist edges of ponds.

Polygonum aviculare L. Sandy soil; beach; garden.
*Polygonum Convolvulus L. Tub Point.

Polygonum Persicaria L. Dry Pond.

Rumex Acetosella L. Common in dry barren soil.

Rumex crispus L. Common in dry ground; Gull Island.
*Rumex maritimus L. var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusen. Edge of Typha
Pond.

Chenopodiaceae
*Atriplex hastata L. Very common on beaches; Gull Island.
Chenopodium album L. Fairly common on beaches.
Amaranthaceae

Amaranthus retroflexus L. Tern nesting ground; Tub Point.

Aizoaceae

Mollugo verticillata L. In sand near garden.

Caryophyllaceae

Ammodenia peploides Rupr. [Arenaria peploides L.]. Occasional,
beaches.

*Cerastium vulgatum L. Abundant in dry barren ground.
*Dianthus barbatus L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.
*Gypsophila paniculata L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.
*Lychnis alba Mill. Tub Point.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 225

Sagina procumbens L. Stony soil on Neck.

Spergularia marina (L.) Griseb. [S. salina Presl.]. Rare, beach
on eastern side.

*Spergularia rubra (L.) Presl. Common in stony barren ground.
*Stellaria graminea L. Dry grassland, not common.

Stellaria media (L.) Cyrill. [S. media Smith]. Behind cottages
and near hospital.

Portulacaceae

Portulaca oleracea L. Garden.

Ranunculuceae

*Ranunculus acris L. Behind cottages and occasional in grassland.
Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh. Tern Pond.
*Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr. Tern Pond.

Cruciferae
*Brassica juncea (L.) Cosson. High ground, Tub Point.
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook [C. americana Nutt.]. Beaches;
Gull Island.
Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. Near hospital.
Lepidium virginicum L. Dry soil, common.
Raphanus Raphanistrum L. Tub Point.
*Raphanus sativus L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.
*Sisymbrium altissimum L. Tub Point and east shore.
Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop. Fairly common, beaches and
near hospital.
Rosaceae

*Amelanchier oblongifolia (T. & G.) Roem. South end of island.
Fragaria virginiana Duchesne. West of hospital.
Potentilla argentea L. Behind cottages and on dry soil near beaches.
*Potentilla monspeliensis L.
*Potentilla pumila Poir. Fairly common on dry hillsides.
*Rosa carolina L.
*Rosa rugosa Thunb. (Escaped.) Occasional.
*Rubus frondosus Bigel. Dense thicket, Tub Point.
*Rubus laciniatus Willd. Tub Point.
Rubus procumbens Muhl. [R. villosus Ait.]. Common locally, in
patches.
*Prunus serotina Ehrb. South end of island.

226 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Leguminosae

Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel. Edge of beaches; Gull Island.
*Trifolium agrarium L. Hillside west of hospital.

Trifolium arvense L. Fairly common, dry fields.

"Trifolium pratense L. Along walk near wharf.

Trifolium repens L. Dry fields.

*Vicia Cracca L. East shore.

*Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench.

Oxalidaceae
Oxalis stricta L. Dry barren ground; near hospital.

Geraniaceae

*Geranium carolinianum L. Burnt-over place near hospital.

Callitrichaceae
*Callitriche heterophylla Pursh. Typha Pond.

Anacardiaceae
*Rhus typhina L. Hillside west of hospital.

Vitaceae
*Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene. Over old sheds near hospital.

Malvaceae
Malva rotundifolia L. Behind cottages.

Aceraceae

*Acer platanoides L. Established on slope above hospital.

Violaceae
Viola fimbriatula Sm. [V. sagittata Ait. (?)]. Dry hills, south end
of island.
| Hypericaceae
*Hypericum perforatum L. Occasional in grassland.

Onagraceae
Isnardia palustris L. [Ludwigia palustris L.]. Typha Pond.
*Oenothera biennis L. Occasional in grassland and near beaches.
*Oenothera grandiflora Ait. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.

1924] Lewis,—Flora of Penikese 227

Haloragidaceae

Myriophyllum pinnatum (Walt.) B. S. P. [M. scabratum Mx.].
'Typha and Tern Ponds.
Umbelliferae

*Daucus Carota L. Dry soil throughout.
*Ligusticum scothicum L. Beaches.

Primulaceae

Anagallis arvensis L. Behind cottages and near wharf.

Oleaceae

*Ligustrum vulgare L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.

Asclepiadaceae

*Asclepias syriaca L. Rare.

Convolvulaceae

*Convolvulus arvensis L. Dry stony soil on Neck.
Convolvulus sepium L. var. pubescens (Gray) Fernald [Calystegia
sepium R. Br.]. Fairly common; Gull Island.

Labiatae

Leonurus Cardiaca L. Locally abundant; Tub Point and Neck.
*Lycopus americanus Muhl. Typha Pond.
*Lycopus uniflorus Michx. Low wet places.
Nepeta Cataria L. Patches near reservoir and hospital.
Scutellaria epilobiifolia Hamilton [S. galericulata L.]. Typha Pond.
Teucrium canadense L. var. littorale (Bick.) Fernald. Gull Island
only.
Solanaceae

*Datura Stramonium L. Beach south of wharf.
Solanum nigrum L. Common, edges of Dry Pond.

Scrophulariaceae
*Digitalis purpurea L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.
*Iysanthes inequalis (Walt.) Pennell. Typha Pond.
Linaria canadensis (L. Dumont. Common, dry sandy soil.
*Linaria vulgaris Hill. Behind cottages.
Verbascum Thapsus L. Fairly common around east shore.

228 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Plantaginaceae
Plantago lanceolata L. Abundant, especially near shore.
Plantago major L. Abundant, south and east shore.

Rubiaceae
*Galium trifidum L. Fairly common on hills, south end.

Caprifoliaceae
*Lonicera japonica Thunb. Established locally, Tub Point and
elsewhere.
*Sambucus canadensis L. North end of island near Dry Pond.

Cucurbitaceae

*Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. (Escaped.) Behind cottages and on

Neck.

Compositae

Achillea Millefolium L. Common; also Gull Island.
Ambrosia artemisiifolia L. Common; also Gull Island.
Anthemis Cotula L. [Maruta Cotula DC.]. Near hospital.
*Aster undulatus L. Dry soil.
*Aster vimineus Lam. Dry soil.
*Bidens connata Muhl. var.? Dry Pond.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L. [Leucanthemum vulgare Lam.].
Common throughout.
Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. South end of island.
Cirsium lanceolatum (L.) Hill. Hills, not common.
*Coreopsis lanceolata L. (Escaped.) Behind cottages.
Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. Beaches, common.
"Euthamia tenuifolia (Pursh) Greene. Western slopes.
*Gnaphalium polycephalium Michx. Dry hillsides.
*Helianthus annuus L. Tub Point.
."Leontodon autumnalis L. var. pratensis (Link) Koch. Behind
cottages. |
Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton [Erigeron canadense L.]. Near
hospital.
*Leptilon pusillum (Nutt.) Britton. Near hospital.
*Rudbeckia hirta L. Hills on east side.
*Solidago canadensis L. Southwest slopes.
*Solidago juncea Ait. Dry bank, S. W.

1924] Mackenzie,—Double-headed Generic Names 229

*Solidago nemoralis Ait. Hillsides, south end.
*Solidago rugosa Mill var.? Hillsides, east end.

Solidago sempervirens L. Common on beaches; also Gull Island.
*Sonchus arvensis L. Hill west of hospital.

*Sonchus asper (L.) Hill. Near wharf.

*Sonchus oleraceus L. Near beaches.

Taraxacum officinale Weber [T. Dens-Leonis Desf.]. Not common.
Xanthium sp. Typha Pond.

A complete set of exsiccatae of marine algae and land plants (except
fungi) has been deposited in the herbarium of the Marine Biological
Laboratory, and duplicates at the herbarium of the University of
Pennsylvania and at the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 146 AND 147.

The five views reproduced on plates 146 and 147 correspond to photo-
graphs numbered 1, 2, 4, 11 and 12, respectively, in a series of fifteen views
taken for the purpose of record and to be preserved at the Marine Biological
Laboratory at Woods Hole. The points from which these views were taken
are indicated on the map.

PLATE 146. Upper view: Looking up the Neck, showing strand (phot. no.
1). Middle view: Same, looking over tidal flat toward hospital (phot. no. 2).
Lower view: Typha Pond, looking southwest toward outbuildings in hospital
grounds (phot. no. 4).

PLATE 147. Upper view: Looking southeast across area denuded by nest-
ing terns (phot. no. 11). Lower view: Dry Pond, looking north (from phot. no.
12).

DOUBLE-HEADED GENERIC NAMES.
KENNETH K. MACKENZIE.

HiLv's British Herbal published in 1756 is a most excellent piece
of work. The various genera and species are fully described, and all
of the genera are carefully and well illustrated. Unfortunately
Hill, in company with some other writers of his time, had ideas of his
own about generic names. Most of the genera recognized by him
were given by him under generic names consisting of but one word,
and, of course, as to these there is no trouble. But in addition to
such generic names he had some fifty-one other genera, to which he
gave generic names consisting of two separate words. He never used
a hyphen connecting the two words so used by him in order to form

230 Rhodora [DECEMBER

a compound word but he always wrote them as two separate words.
Under genera so named he listed various species. For example he
had a genus (p. 409) Pimpinella saxifraga and under it three species
Pimpinella saxifraga foliis variis; Pimpinella saxifraga minor; and
Pimpinella saxifraga foliis laciniatis. Sometimes, however, the
specific name would not entirely follow the generic name. For
example, he had a genus Lactuca Hortensis (p. 444) but the only
species under it was named Lactuca vulgaris. Hill's ideas on nomen-
clature are indeed very hard to follow, for he even had two genera of
the same name, Lunaria, one belonging to the Cruciferae (p. 258)
and the other (p. 530) being Botrychium.
Most of Hill's double-headed generic names apply to genera which
were given other generic names by Linnaeus, but there are a very
considerable number of such names which are the earliest generic
names for the genera involved published after 1753. If we use one
of these names they all should be used. If we reject some we should
reject them all. If weinsert a hyphen with some, so as to make them
. compound words, we should insert a hyphen with them all.
My own view is that all such names should be entirely rejected and
that the rule promulgated by Linnaeus should be followed “ Nomina
generica ex duobus vocabulis integris, ac distinctis facta, e Republica
Botanica releganda sunt" (Philosophia Botanica Sec. 221). This
is the rule whch has almost invariably been followed by botanists in
practice.
How important is the question involved, is shown by the following
examples taken from Hill's work:
(1) Speculum Veneris (p. 75) antedates Specularia Heist. (1763).
(2) Bursa pastoris (p. 260) antedates Bursa Weber (1780) and
Capsella Medic. (1792).

(3) Raphanus rusticanus (p. 260) antedates Armoracia Ludwig
(1757).

(4) Gramen caninum (p. 496) antedates Agropyron J. Gaertn.
(1770).

(5) Gramen nemorosum (p. 502) antedates Juncoides Adans. (1763)
and Luzula D.C. (1805).

(6) Filix mas (p. 527) antedates Thelypteris Schmidel (1762):
Dryopteris Adans. (1763); and Aspidium Sw. (1801).

(7) Filix foemina (p. 528) antedates Pteridium Scop. (1760).

One of Hill's double-headed genera, described by him on page 516

1924] Blake,—A Yellow-fruited Form of Ilex myrtifolia 231

is Vitis idea (Vitis idaea in his Index). This has been taken up as
Vitis-idaea. It seems to me that the use of this name should be given
up.

A similar double-headed generic name is Uva Ursi. This was used
by Miller (Gard. Dict. Abr. Ed. 4) in 1754, and as Uva-Ursi has been
taken up in place of Arctostaphylos Adans. (1763). It seems to me
that the use of this name should also be abandoned. The alternative
would be to retain Vitis-idaea and Uva-Ursi and also take up
Speculum-Veneris, Bursa-pastoris, Raphanus-rusticanus, | Gramen-
caninum, Gramen-nemorosum, Filix-mas, and Filiz-foemina.

MAPLEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.

A YELLOW-FRUITED FORM OF [LEX MYRTIFOLIA.— The fruit of all
our native species of Ilex, except I. glabra, I. lucida, and I. Krugiana,
is normally some shade of red or orange. Yellow-fruited forms have
been described in I. opaca (f. xanthocarpa Rehder), I. laevigata (f.
Herveyi Robinson), and I. verticillata (f. chrysocarpa Robinson).
A form of Ilex cassine with yellow fruit is mentioned in the manuals,
but seems never to have received a name. Yellow-fruited specimens of
Ilex myrtifolia Walt., a species closely related to I. cassine but ap-
parently distinct, were received at the Bureau of Plant Industry in
December, 1922, from Mr. George D. Lowe, who had collected them
at Baxley, Georgia. More ample specimens have recently been sent
by Mr. Lowe, who comments on the attractive appearance of the yel-
low-fruited shrub, and states that it is known to him only from a small
area in the vicinity of Baxley, usually occurring singly at widely
separated points, but at one locality about a cypress pond forming
about half of the stand, and amounting probably to a thousand plants
in a quarter-mile radius. The yellow form has been observed at this
last spot for thirty years or more. In view of the possibility of the
introduction of this plant into the nursery trade, it may well be dis-
tinguished by a formal name.

ILEX MYRTIFOLIA forma Lowei, forma nova.—Fruit golden yellow;
leaves linear-elliptic or elliptic, 8-21 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide.—
Grorcia: Vicinity of Baxley, November, 1923, George D. Lowe
(type no. 1, 189, 988, U. S. Nat. Herb.; dupls. in herb. Arnold Arb.,
Gray Herb., N. Y. Bot. Gard.).—3. F. BraAKE, Bureau of Plant
Industry, Washington, D. C.

Vol. 26, no. 311, including pages 201 to 220 was issued 5 January, 1925.

t2
AY
bo

Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA

10, line 23, for CALYPHOGEIA read CALYPOGEIA.

17,
18,
19,
34,
50,
54,
56,
60,
70,
71,
80,
106,
107,
109,
109,

éé

10, for Dipsaceae read Dipsacaceae.
" 5, for D. MELo read C. MELo.
“ — 7, for perfoliata read perfoliata.
" 21, for ACHILLAEA read ACHILLEA.
" — 2, for rejicienda read rejicienda.
" 31, for Mason read Maxon.
“ 20, for (Lindh.) read (Lindl.).
" 18, for 56 read lvi.
“ 45, for Austineae read Austinae.
12, for canescens read CANESCENS.
36, for 7 cm. read 1 cm.
5, for ci latis read ciliatis.
" 81, for (DC) read (DC.).
" 13. After this line insert lines 13-15 from page 110.
* 119, for (DC) read (DC.).

110, dele lines 13-15.
125, line 6, for L. read H.

149,
159,
175,
199,
214,

€

“ 6, for tubuliforme read tubuliformis.
" 18, for HEXANDRAS read HEXANDRA.

“ 14, dele the artist-botanist.

26, for Thalium read Thalianum.

" 14, for Annfeldtia read Ahnfeldtia.

1924] Index

INDEX TO VOLUME 26.

New scientific names are printed in full-face type.

Acanthospermum, 34; australe, 34.
ET platanoides, 226; saccharum,
128

Aceraceae, 226.

Achillea, 34, 185, 187, 232; lanulosa,
34; Millefolium, 34, 184, 185, 186,
228; ptarmica, 34; tomentosa, 34.

Achlya, 218.

Achnanthes longipes, 193, 215.

Acrochaetium virgatulum, 214.

Actinococcus subcutaneus, 214.

Actinocyclus crassus, 193, 215;
Ehrenbergii, 193, 215.

Actinoptychus undulatus, 193, 194,
215.

Adiantum pedatum, 177.

Ageratum, 34; Houstonianum, 34;
mexicanum, 34.

Agoseris, 126, 127; gaspensis, 125;
gracilens, 125.

Agrimonia Eupatoria, 39; grypo-
sepala, 39.

Agropyron, 230; repens, 185, 222.

Agrostis alba, 2, 185; var. aristata,
2; capillaris, 2, 185, 222; pal-
ustris, 139; tenuis, 2; f. aristata,
2; vulgaris, 2, 222; vulgaris
aristata, 2.

Ahnfeldtia, 189, 232; plicata, 214.

Aizoaceae, 224.

Alchemilla vulgaris, 222.

Algae of British Columbia, Further
Notes on, 160.

Alsine, 171; pubera tennesseensis,
169, 171; pubera, var. tennes-
seensis, 170; tennesseensis, 170,

71

H

Amaranthaceae, 224.

Amaranthus retroflexus, 186, 224.

Ambrosia, 35, 187; aptera, 35;
artemisiifolia, 35, 184, 185, 228;
trifida, 35; var. integrifolia, 35.

Amelanchier, 178; Bartramiana,
178, 179; Flowering Dates for,
178; laevis, 178, 179; oblongi-
folia, 225; sanguinea, 179.

America, The Dwarf Antennarias of
Northeastern, 05; New or re-
cently restudied Plants of East-
ern, 122.

American Lespedezas, Notes on, 25.

Ammodenia peploides, 184, 224.

Ammophila, 185; breviligulata, 184,
222

Amphithrix, 161, 162; janthina, 162.

Amphora Grevilleana, 193, 216;
obtusa, 193, 216.

Anabaena affinis holsatica, 162;
flos-aquae, 162; inaequalis, 162;
oscillarioides, 162; var. steno-
spora, 211; torulosa, 190, 191, 212.

Anacardiaceae, 226.

Anagallis arvensis, 185, 186, 227.

Anaphalis, 35; margaritacea, 35.

Andean plants in the northern
Hemisphere, 89.

Andrews, Luman [notice of work],

9.

Aneura palmata, 7.

Ankistrodesmus falcatus, 164, 211.

Antennaria, 35; albicans, 97, 100,
101, 102; alpina, 95, 96, 97,
98, 99, 102; var. cana, 98, 99; var.
canescens, 98; var. typica, 98;
var. ungavensis, 98; angustata,
98; appendiculata, 97; arida
viscidula, 101; Brainerdii, 97;
cana, 96, 98, 99, 102; canadensis,
35, 97; carpathica, 100; eucosma,
96, 100; fallax, 35, 97; glabri-
folia, 97; isolepis, 97, 102; lanata,
100; neglecta, 35, 97; neodioica,
35, 97; var. grandis, 35; nitida,
96, 97, 101, 102; occidentalis, 35,
97; Parlinii, 35, 97; Peasei, 97,
101, 102; petaloidea, 35, 97;
plantaginifolia, 35, 97; var. petio-
lata, 35; pulcherrima, 96, 100;
pulvinata, 102; pygmaea, 96, 99,
100, 102; solitaria, 97; Sorn-
borgeri, 96, 98, 102; spathulata,
97; straminea, 96, 100, 102;
subviscosa, 97, 101, 102; umbrin-
ella, 102; vexillifera, 96, 99, 102;
viscidula, 101.

Antennarias of Northeastern
America, The Dwarf, 95.

Anthemis, 36; arvensis, 36; var.
agrestis, 36; Cotula, 36, 228;
tinctoria, 36.

Anthoceros laevis, 13.

Anthocerotaceae, 13.

Anthoxanthum odoratum, 185, 222.

Anthrodesmus octocornis, 209.

234 | Rhodora

Antithamnion americanum, 191;
cruciatum, 214.

Aphanocapsa Grevillei, 162.

Aphanotheca pallida, 162; saxicola,
162.

Archangelica Gmelini, 188.

Arctium, 36; Lappa. 5, 36; minus, 5,
36; var. corymbosum, 5; var.
paniculatum, 5; nemorosum, 5,
36; tomentosum, 36.

Arctostaphylos, 231.

Arenaria peploides, 224.

Arethusa bulbosa, 176.

Armoracia, 230.

Arnica, 103; alpina, 103, 104, 105,
106, 107; The eastern American
Representatives of, 103; alpina,
var. Lessingii, 105; angustifolia,
104, 105; arnoglossa, 106, 107;
chionopappa, 104, 105, 106, 107;
gaspensis, 104, 105, 106, 107;
Griscomi, 104, 105, 106, 107;
mollis, 103, 104; montana ñ
alpina, 104; plataginea, 103, 104,
106, 107; pulchella, 103, 104, 107;
Sornborgeri, 104, 105 107.

Artemisia, 36; Absinthium, 36;
annua. 36; biennis, 36; caudata,
36; ludoviciana, 36; pontica, 36;
Stelleriana, 36; vulgaris, 36.

Arthrodesmus, 204, 208; conver-
gens, 208; Incus, 209.

Arthrospira Gomontiana, 215.

Asclepiadaceae, 227.

Asclepias phytolaccoides, 176; qua-
drifolia, 176; syriaca, 227; tuber-
osa, 175; verticillata, 175, 176.

Ain, 189, 190; nodosum,

3.

Asparagus officinalis, 186, 223.

Asperococcus echinatus, 213.

Asperula, 13; odorata, 13.

Aspidium, 230; aculeatum, 90; var.
scopulinum, 89, 90; mohrioides,
50, 89, 90, 92; simulatum, 49;
Thelypteris, 187, 219.

Asplenium Pringlei, 50.

Aster, 55; acuminatus, 55; amethy-
stinus, 55; commutatus, 55; cordi-
folius, 55; var. polycephalus, 55;
divaricatus, 55; dumosus, 55;
var. coridifolius, 55; var. strictior,
55; ericoides, 56; var. villosus, 56;
Herveyi, 56; infirmus, 56; laevis,
56; var. amplifolius, 56; lateri-
florus, 56; var. hirsuticaulis, 56;
linariifolius, 56; longifolius, 56;
lucidulus, 4; lucidus, 5; macro-

[DECEMBER

phyllus, 56; var. ianthinus, 56;
multiflorus, 56; var. exiguus, 56;
nemoralis, 57; var. Blakei, 57;
novae-angliae, 57; f. roseus, 57;
novi-belgii, 57; var. atlanticus,
57; var. Brittonii, 57; var.
laevigatus, 57; var. litoreus, 57;
f. roseus, 57; paniculatus, 57; var.
acutidens, 57; var. simplex, 58;
patens, 58; polyphyllus, 58; puni-
ceus, 4, 58; var. compactus, 58;
var. demissus, 58; var. firmus,
58; var. lucidulus, 4; var. lucidus,
4; radula, 58; salicifolius, 58;
spectabilis, 58; subulatus, 58,
tardiflorus, 58; tenuifolius, 58;
176; Tradescanti, 58; umbel-
latus, 58; undulatus, 58, 186, 228;
X novi-belgii, 50; vimineus, 58,
185, 228; var. foliolosus, 58; var.
saxatilis, 58.

Asterella tenella, 7.

Asterococcus limneticus, 211; super-
bus, 164.

Athyrium Filix-femina, 219.
Atriplex, 187; arenarium, 176;
hastata, 188, 224; patula, 188.
Aulacodiscus Argus, 193, 195, 216

Aulacomnium palustre, 219.

Auliscus caelatus, 194, 216; var.
strigillata, 193, 216.

Avena sativa, 222.

Azalea prinophylla, 4; rosea, 4.

Babcock, E. B., On citing Richard-
son's Botanical Appendix to
Franklin's first Journev, 199.

Baccharis, 59; halimifolia, 59.

Baeria, 59; gracilis, var. tenerrima,
59; uliginosa, 59.

Ball, C. R., Extensions of Range
and a new Variety in Salix, 135.

Basidiomycetes, 195.

Bassia hirsuta, 176.

Batrachospermum moniliforme,
162; vagum keratophytum, 162.

Bazzania denudata, 10; trilobata,
10.

Beggiatoa alba marina, 215; mira-
bilis, 215.

Bellis, 59; perennis, 59.

Betula alba, var. papyrifera, 195.

Biddulphia Favus, 193, 194, 216.

Bidens, 59, 82; aristosa, 59; var.
Fritcheyi, 59; var. mutica, 59;
Beckii, 59, 131; bidentoides, 221;
bipinnata, 59; cernua, 60; var.
elliptica, 60; var. oligodonta, 60;

1924; Index 235

comosa, 60; connata, 60, 187, 228;
var. fultior, 60; var. petiolata, 60;
coronata, 60; discoidea, 82;
Eatoni, 82; var. fallax, 82; var.
kennebecensis, 177, 178; frondosa,
82; var. pallida, 5; heterodoxa,
177, 178; A new Variety of, 177;
heterodoxa, var. interstes, 178;
var. monardaefolia, 178; var.
orthodoxa, 178; hyperborea, var.
cathancensis, 177; var. colpophila,
82, 177; laevis, 82; melanocarpa
pallida, 5; trichosperma, 60; var.
tenuiloba, 60; vulgata, 82; var.
puberula, 82.

Birch, White, 195.

Blake, S. F., Erucastrum Pollichii
in West Virginia, 22; The Name
of the Spearmint, 171; Notes on
American Lespedezas, 25; A
yellow-fruited Form of Ilex myrti-
folia, 231.

Blasia pusilla, 7.

Blechnum magellanicum, 92.

Blepharostoma trichophyllum, 11.

Boltonia, 82; asteroides, 82; lati-
squama, 82.

Boston District, Reports on the
Flora of, XLII, 13; XLIII, 34;
XLIV, 55; XLV, 82; XLVI, 107;
XLVII, 130; XLVIII, 149; XLIX,
166.

Botrychium, 230;
folium, 50.

Botrydium granulatum, 211.

Botryococcus Braunii, 211.

Brachythecium acutum, 219.

Brassica juncea, 225.

Brauneria, 82; pallida, 82.

British Columbia Algae, Further
Notes on, 160.

Bromus secalinus, 222.

Bryum argenteum, 219.

Bulbochaete, 211.

Bursa, 230.

Bursa pastoris, 280, 231.

Buttercup, Water, 187.

matricariae-

Cacalia, 83; atriplicifolia, 83;
suaveolens, 83

Cakile, 187; americana, 225; eden-
tula, 184, 225.

Calamagrostis arenaria, 222.

Callithamnion, 191; Baileyi, 191;
corymbosum, 214.

Callitrichaceae, 226.

Callitriche heterophylla, 226.

Calomelissa (sect. Satureja), 81.

Calopogon pulchellus, 177.

Calothrix, 189; confervicola, 190,
212; crustacea, 212; epiphytica,
211; fuscoviolacea, 190, 212;
parasitica, 212; parietina, 162;
scopulorum, 212.

Calypogeia, 232; fissa, 6, 10; Neesi-
ana, 10; sphagnicola, 6, 10;suecica,
10; Sullivantii, 6, 10; Trichomanis,
10.

Calystegia sepium, 227.

Campanula, 18; aparinoides, 18;
glomerata, 18; persicifolia, 18;
rapunculoides, 18; rotundifolia,
18; Trachelium, 18; uliginosa,
18.

Campanulaceae, 18.

Campylodiseus Thuretii, 193, 216

Cannabis sativa, 133.

Caprifoliaceae, 15, 228.

Capsella, 230; Bursa-pastoris, 186,

25.

Carex, 144; albolutescens, 223;
Cooleyi, 2; communis, 2; fulva,
122; fulvescens, 122; Hornschuch-
iana, 122; var. laurentiana, 122;
Hosteana, 122; Hostiana, 122;
var. laurentiana, 122; hysteri-
cina, 3; var. Cooleyi, 2; f.
Dudleyi, 2; hystricina, 2; var.
Dudleyi, 2; laxiculmis, 177;
Longii, 223; muricata, 223;
Pseudo-Cyperus X hystricina, 2;
riparia, 177; straminea, 2; var.
echinodes, 2; stricta, 177; tenera,
2; var. echinodes, 2; umbellata,
2; f. vicina, 2; var. vicina, 2.

Caryophyllaceae, 224.

Castagnea virescens, 213; Zosterae,
213.

Catherinea angustata, 219.

Ceanothus americanus, 197.

Celtis occidentalis, 128; var. cras-
sifolia, 128.

Centaurea, $83; adulterina, 83;
Cyanus, 83; diffusa, 83; Jacea, 83;
var. lacera, 83; maculosa, 83;
melitensis, 83; nigra, 83; var.
radiata, 83; solstitialis, 83; vochi-
nensis, 83.

Cephalanthus, 13; occidentalis, 13.

Cephalozia bicuspidata, 10; cate-
nulata, 11; connivens, 11; curvi-
folia, 11; fluitans, 11; macro-
stachya, 11; media, 11; multi-
flora, 11; virginiana, 11.

Cephaloziaceae, 10.

Cephaloziella bifida, 10; byssacea,

236 Rhodora

10; divaricata, 10; elachista, 10;
Hampeana, 10.
Cephaloziellaceae, 10.
Ceramium fastigiatum, 214; rub-
rum, 214; strictum, 214.
Ceramiums, 189.

Cerastium viscosum, 188; vulgatum, |

188, 224.
Ceratodon purpurascens, 219.
Chaenactis, 83; glabriuscula, 83.
Chaetoceros coaretatum, 193, 216;
decipiens, 193, 216; didymum,
193, 216.
Chaetochloa, 222.
Chaetococcus varians, f. furcata,
193, 216. .
Chaetomorpha Linum, 191, 213;
melagonium, 213.
Chaetophora elegans, 164.
Chaetosphaeridium globosum, 164.
Chamaecyparis, 180.
Chamaesiphon fuseum, 162.
Champia parvula, 214.
Characium ambiguum, 111.
Cheilanthes Covillei, 53; Fendleri,
53; fibrillosa, 49, 50; intertexta,
54; lanosa, 52; myriophylla, 54;
Parishii, 49, 50; Pringlei, 49;
villosa, 49, 53; viscida, 49;
Wootoni, 54.
Chenopodiaceae, 224.
Chenopodium album, 184, 186, 224.
Chiloscyphus fragilis, 8; pallescens,
8; polyanthus, 8; var. rivularis,
8; rivularis, 8.
Chlamydomonas, 211; nivalis, 164.
Chlorella vulgaris, 211, 215.
Chlorophyceae, 164, 190, 211, 213.
Chondria, 189; Baileyana, 191;
tenuissima, var. Baileyana, 214.
Chondrus, 189; crispus, 214.
Chroococcus macrococcus, 162;
minutus, 162; turgidus, 162.
Chorda, 189, 190; Filum, 191,
213.

Chordaria, 189; flagelliformis, 213.

Choreocolax Polysiphoniae, 214.

Chrysanthemum, 84; Balsamita,
var. tanacetoides, 84; carinatum,
84; Leucanthemum, 84, 186,
228, var. pinnatifidum, 84; Par-
thenium, 84.

Cichorium, 84; Intybus, 84.

Cineraria lyrata, 113, 115.

Cirsium, 84, 218; altissimum, 84;
arvense, 84, 186, 228; canum, 84;
discolor, 84; horridulum, 84;
lanceolatum, 84, 186, 228; muti-

[DECEMBER

cum, 84; var. subpinnatifidum,
84; palustre, 84; pumilum, 84.

Citrullus, 17; vulgaris, 17.

Cladonia alcicornis, 148; alpicola,
var. Karelica, 145, 146; caras-
sensis, 146; digressa, 146;
m. digressa, 146; f. irregularis,
146; f. obliqua, 147; f. regularis,
146; m. regularis, 146; f. subre-
gularis, 146; m. spectabilis,
147; cariosa, 148; var. corticata,
145, 146; clavulifera, 145, 146;
m. subvestita, 146; crispata,
147; furcata, var. racemosa, 147;
m. subclausa, 147; m. subulata,
147; mitrulae, 145; pityrea, var.
Zwackhii, m. hololepis, 148; f.
subacuta, 148; squamosa, 147,
148; f. botryoides, 148; strepsilis,
148; var. corraloidea, 148; f.
glabrata, 148; subcariosa, 145,
147; m. squamulosa, 147; sub-
squamosa, 147; sylvatica, 148;
m. sorediata, 148; symphvearpa,
s uncialis, 147; m. soraligera,
1

Cladonias, Some new, 145.

Cladophora, 161, 189, 190; albida,
213; var. refracta, 213; expansa,
213; gracilis, 191.

Closterium 204 205, 211; abrup-
tum, 205; Archerianum, 205;
costatum, 205; Cynthia, 205;
Dianae, 205; didymotocum, 205;
Ehrenbergii, 205, 211; gracile,
var. elongatum, 205; incurvum,
205; intermedium, 205; Jenneri,
205; Kutzingii, 205; Leibleinii,
205; Libellula, 205; lineatum, 205;
Lunula, 205; moniliferum, 205;
parvulum, 206; var. angustatum,
206; pronum, 206; Pseudodianae,
205; Ralfsii, var. hybridum, 206;
rostratum, 206; setaceum, 206;
toxon, 206; Ulna, 206; Venus,
206.

Cnicus, 84; benedictus, 84.

Coburn, L. H., Gentiana linearis
var. latifolia in Maine, 40.

Coccineae (subsect. Satureja), 81.

Cocconeis scutellum, 193, 216.

Coelastrum proboscidium, 165.

Coelosphaerium Kutzingianum,
163; Naegelianum, 163.

Coleanthus subtilis, 159.

Coleochaete orbicularis, 165.

Coleus, 133, 134, 135; Orobanche
ramosa on a, 133; Blumei, 133.

1924] Index 237

Collins, J. F., Two Additions to the
Flora of Rhode Island, 220.
Compositae, 34, 55, 82, 107, 130,

149, 166, 228.

Conger, P. S., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (Desmids), 191,
215.

Connecticut, Holosteum umbel-
latum in, 199; Supplementary
Report on Desmids of, 203.

Conocephalum conicum, 7. :

Conopholis americana, 128.

Conradina canescens, 81.

Convolvulaceae, 227.

Convolvulus, 187; arvensis, 227;
sepium, 186; var. pubescens, 227.

Cook, S. F., Flora of Penikese
abe: Years after (Bryophyta),

9.

Corallina, 189; officinalis, 214.

Corallorhiza trifida, 176.

Coreopsis, 85; lanceolata, 85, 228;
"an 85; tinctoria, 85; tripteris,

5.

Cornus stolonifera, 139, 144.

Gorrect Name for the Spearmint,
The, 19, 171.

Coscinodiscus excentricus, 193, 195,
216; nodulifer, 195, 216; Oculus-
Iridis, var. Morsiana, 193, 216;
radiatus, 195, 216.

Cosmarium, 204, 207, 211; Botrytis,
207; Brebissonii, 207; Broomei,
207; contractum, 207; Cucumis,
207; cyclieum, 207; dentatum,
207; depressum, var. achondrum,
207; Eloisianum, var. depressum,
208; galeritum, 207; granatum,
207; Hammeri, 208; margarita-
tum, 208; Meneghinii, 208; moni-
liforme, 208; obsoletum, 208;
ornatum, 208; ovale, 208; Portia-
num, 208; pseudobroomei, 208;
pseudoconnatum, 208; pseudo-
nitidulum, var. validum, 208;
pseudopyramidatum, 208; punc-
tulatum, 208; pygmaeum, 208;
pyramidatum, 208; quadrum,
208; Regnesii, 208; tumidum,
rr Turpinii, 208; undulatum,

08.

Cosmos. 85; bipinnatus, 85.

Cotula, 85; coronopifolia, 85.

Crantzia, 93; attenuata, 94; lineata,
93, 94.

Crepis, 85; capillaris, 85; foetida,
85; nana, 199, 200; tectorum, 85;
vulgaris, 85.

Cruciferae, 225, 230.

Cucumis, 18; Anguria, 18; Melo, 18;
sativus, 18.

Cucurbita, 18; maxima, 18, 228;
Pepo, 18.

Cucurbitaceae, 17, 228.

Cyclotella comta, 194, 216.

Cylindroeystis, 204; crassa, 204.

Cylindrospermum majus, 211.

Cynthia, 126, 127.

Cyperaceae, 223.

Cyperus dentatus, 37.

Cystoclonium, 189; purpurascens,
214; var. cirrhosa, 214; var.
stellata, 214.

Cystopteris fragilis, var. laciniata,
9

Cystopus candidus, 218.

Dactylis glomerata, 185, 186, 222.
Daedalea quercina, 218.
Danthonia spicata, 185, 186, 222.
Dasya elegans, 191.

Datura Stramonium, 184, 227.

Daucus Carota, 186, 227.

Davenport Fern Herbarium, 49.

Davenport, George E., 49, 52, 53,
54.

Day, M. A., (obituary notice of), 41.

Deane, Walter., Reports on the
Flora of the Boston District,
XLII, 13; XLIII, 34; XLIV, 55;
XLV, 82; XLVI, 107; XLVII,
130; XLVIII, 149; XLIX, 166.

Delesseria sinuosa, 214.

Dennstaedtia punctilobula, 186,
219.

Desmarestia aculeata, 191, 213;
viridis, 213.

Desmidium, 210; aptogonum, 210;
Baileyi, 210; cylindricum, 210;
Swartzil, 210.

Desmids of Connecticut, Supple-
mentary Report on, 203.

Desmotrichum undulatum, 213.

Dianthus barbatus, 224.

Dichothrix, 161; gypsophila, 161,
163; Orsiniana, 163.

Dicksonia punctilobula, 219.

Dicranum flagellare, 219.

Dictyosiphon, 189, 190; foenic-
ulaceus, 213.

Diervilla, 15; florida, 15; Lonicera,
15.

Digitalis purpurea, 227.

Dimorphococcus cordatus, 165.

Diplophyllum albicans, 6, 11; Dick-
sonii, 10; taxifolium, 12.

238 Rhodora

Dipsacaceae, 17, 232.

Dipsacus, 17; sylvestris, 17.

Ditrichum pallidum, 219.

Docidium, 206; baculum, 206.

Double-headed Generic Names, 229.

Draba verna, 199.

Dryas Drummondii, 125.

Dryopteris, 230.

Dwarf Antennarias of northeastern
America, 95.

Dyssodia, 85; tenuiloba, 85.

Eastern American Representatives
of Arnica alpina, 103; New York,
Notes of some Plants of, 221.

Eaton, D. C., 52.

Echinacea purpurea, 82.

Echinocystis, 18; lobata,18.

Echinopanax, 124; horridulum, 123.

Echinops, 86; sphaerocephalus, 86.

Echinospermum — deflexum, var.
americanum, 124.

Eclipta, 86; alba, 86.

Ectocarpus, 189, 190; confervoides,
191, 213; var. hiemalis, 213; fas-
eiculatus, 191, 213; siliculosus,
213; tomentosus, 213.

Eel grass, 184. 190.

Elachistea, 189, 190; fucicola, 213.

Elakatothrix gelatinosa, 211.

Elatine americana, 221, 222; mini-
ma, 37.

Eleocharis diandra, 37, 222; ob-
tusa, 223; palustris, 223; tuber-
culosa 37; in New Hampshire, 37.

Elymus virginicus, 222.

Empetrum atropurpureum, 93;
Eamesii, 93; nigrum, 93; rubrum,

Empusa, 218.

Endoderma Wittrockii, 213.

Enteromorpha. 190; clathrata, 191;
compressa, 213; intestinalis, 213,
215; Linza, 191, 213; minima,
213; plumosa, 213.

Epigaea repens, 175.

Epilobieae, 48.

Epilobium, 48; under estuarine
Conditions, An, 48; glandulosum,
var. adenocaulon 48; var.
ecomosum, 48; hirsutum, 48.

Erechtites, 86; hieracifolia, 86, 228;
var. intermedia, 86; var. prae-
alta, 86

Erigeron, 86; annuus, 86; cana-
dense, 228; canadensis, 86. 186;
philadelphicus, 86; pulchellus, 86;
pusillus, 86; ramosus, 86; var.

[DECEMBER

discoideus, 86; var. septentriona-
lis, 87.

Eriophorum virginicum, f. album,
2; var. album, 2

Errata, 232.

Erucastrum Pollichii, 22; in West
Virginia, 22.

Erysiphe cichoracearum, 218; com-
munis, 218.

Erythrotrichia ceramicola, 214.

Euastrum, 204, 206; ansatum, 206;
bidentatum, 206; binale, 206; f.
Gutwinskii, 206; var. retusum,
206; crassum, 206; evolutum,
var. integrius, 207; gemmatum,
207; insulare, 207; oblongum,
207; pictum, 207; sinuosum, var.
reductum, 207; verrucosum, 207.

Eulespedeza (sect. Lespedeza), 33.

Eupatorium, 87; aromaticum, 87;
faleatum 87; perfoliatum, 87; f.
purpureum, 87; var. truncatum,
87; pubescens, 87; purpureum, 87;
rotundifolium, $87; sessilifolium,
87; urticaefolium. 87; verbenae-
folium, 87; verticillatum, 87.

Euphorbia polygonifolia, 176

Eupodiscus Argus, 193, 195, 216.

Euthamia tenuifolia, 228.

Exoascus Pruni, 218.

Extensions of Range and a New
Variety in Salix, 135.

Fagaceae. 224.

Farwell, O. A., The correct Name
for the Spearmint, 19.

Fassett, N. C., An Epilobium under
estuarine Conditions, 48; A new
Variety of Bidens heterodoxa,
177; A Study of the Genus Ziza-
nia, 153.

Fatsia, 124; horrida, 123.

Fern Herbarium, Another Daven-
port, 49.

Fernald, M. L., The Dwarf Anten-
narias of Northeastern America,
95; The Eastern American Repre-
sentatives of Arnica alpina, 103;
A Flora of Springfield, Mass., 179;
Juneus triglumis and its Ameri-
can Representative, 201; Myrio-
phyllum magdalenense, a Cor-
rection, 198; New or recently
restudied Plants of Eastern
America, 122; Polystichum mohr-
ioides and some other Sub-
antarctic or Andean Plants in the
Northern Hemisphere, 89; Some

1924]

Senecios of Eastern Quebec and
Newfoundland, 113.

Festuca elatior, 185, 186, 222;
ovina, 188; rubra, 185, 188, 223.

Filago, 88; minima, 88.

Filix foemina, 230, 231.

Filix mas, 230, 231.

Flagellatae, 166.

Flaveria, 107; bidentis, 107.

Flora of the Boston District, Re-
ports on, XLII, 13; XLIII, 34;
XLIV, 55; XLV, 82; XLVI, 107;
XLVII, 130; XLVIII, 149;
XLIX, 166; of Penikese Fifty
Years after, 181, 211, 222; of
Springfield, Mass., 179.

Florida, A new Satureja from, 80.

Florideae, 189.

Flowering Dates for Amelanchier
Bartramiana, 178.

Fogg, J. M., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (Spermato-
phyta), 219.

Fomes applanatus, 218.

Fossombronia Dumortieri, 8; foveo-
lata, 8.

Flagellaria hyalina, 193, 216.

Fragaria virginiana, 225.

Franklin's First Journey, Botanical
Appendix to, 199.

Frullania Asagrayana, 12; Brit-
toniae, 13; eboracensis, 12, 13.
Fucus, 189, 190; vesiculosus, 213.

Fuirena squarrosa, 180.

Fuligo septica, 218.

Galinsoga, 107; aristulata, 107;
bicolorata, 107; caracasana, 107;
ciliata, 107; parviflora, 107; var.
hispida, 107.

Galium, 13; Aparine, 13; asprellum,
13; boreale, 14; circaezans, 14;
Claytoni, 14; erectum, 14; lanceo-
latum, 14; Mollugo, 14; palustre,
14; pilosum, 14; sylvaticum, 14;
tinctorium, 14; trifidum, 14, 187,
228; triflorum, 14; verum, 14.

Generic Names, Double-headed, 229.

Gentiana crinita, 175; linearis, var.

latifolia, 40; in Maine, 40.

Geocalyx graveolens, 8.

Geraniaceae, 226.

Geranium carolinianum, 226.

Glaucium flavum, 127; luteum, 127.

Glaucocystis nostochinearum, 212.

Gloeocapsa alpina, 163; magna, 162,
ii montana, 163; sanguinea,
162.

Index 239

Gloeothece Fusco-lutea, 163.

Gnaphalium, 108; alpinum, 98;
decurrens, 108; obtusifolium, 108;
polycephalum, 108, 228; pur-
pureum, 108; uliginosum, 108.

Gomontia polyrhiza, 213.

Gramen caninum, 230, 231.

Gramen nemorosum, 230, 231.

Gramineae, 222.

Grammatophora macilenta, 193,
195, 216; marina, 193, 194, 216;
serpentina, 193, 216.

Gratiola aurea, 37; f. helveola, 37.

Gray Herbarium, Contributions
from, n. s., No. LXXII, 89, 113.

Griffithsia globifera, 191.

Grindelia, 108; robusta, 108.

Grinellia americana, 214.

Gypsophila paniculata, 224.

Habenaria flava, 177; lacera, 177.

Hackelia, 124; deflexa, var. ameri-
cana, 124, 125.

Haloragidaceae, 227.

Hantzschia amphioxys, 194, 216;
marina, 193, 216.

Hapalosiphon delicatulum, 163.

Hazen, T. E., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (Algae of
fresh and of brackish water),
211, 215.

Hedysarum frutescens, 29, 31;
junceum, 30.

Helenium, 108; autumnale, 108;
nudiflorum, 108; tenuifolium, 108.

Helianthus, 108; annuus, 108, 228;
debilis, var. cucumerifolius, 108;
decapetalus, 108; divaricatus,
108; giganteus, 108; grosseser-
ratus, 108; laetiflorus, 109; Maxi-
miliani, 109; mollis, 128; petio-
laris, 109; scaberrimus, 109;
strumosus, 109; subrhomboideus,
110; tuberosus, 109.

Heliopsis, 109; scabra, 109.

Hemicarpha micrantha, 37.

Hemizonia, 109; fasciculata, 109.

Hemlock, 195.

Herposteiron confervicola, 212; Ver-
miculoides, 165.

Heterokontae, 165, 211.

Hibiscus Moscheutos, 88, 176;
oculiroseus, 88; in Rhode Island,

Hieracium, 109; aurantiacum, 109;
canadense, 109; florentinum, 109,
129; Gronovii, 109; marianum,
109; paniculatum, 109; f. glandu-

240 Rhodora

losum, 109; Pilosella, 110; var.
viride, 110; praealtum, var. de-
cipiens, 110; scabrum, 109, 110;
venosum, 110; var. subcaules-
cens, 110; vulgatum, 110.

Hingham, Mass., Notes on the
Plants of, 175.

races 189; Prototypus,

14.

Holcus lanatus, 185, 186, 223.

Holosteum umbellatum, 199; in
Connecticut, 199.

Hormotila mucigera, 165.

Hornbeam, 182.

Horse radish, 198.

Houstonia, 14; caerulea, 14; lanceo-
lata, 14; longifolia, 14.

Hunnewel, F. W., Holosteum
umbellatum in Connecticut, 199.

Hyalodiscus stelliger, 193, 194,
195, 216.

Hyalotheca, 204, 210; dissiliens,
210; mucosa, 210.

Hydrochloa carolinensis, 159; flui-
tans, 159.

Hydrocotyle chinensis, 93.

Hydropyrum esculentum, 156, 157;
latifolium, 158.

Hydrurus, 161; foetidus, 162, 166.

Hyella caespitosa, 212

Hygrorvza aristata, 159.

Hylander, C. J., Supplementary
Report on Desmids of Connecti-
eut, 203.

Hymenogastraceae, 195.

Hypericaceae, 226.

Hypericum perforatum, 185, 226.

Hypheothrix calcicola, 163.

Hypochaeris, 110; glabra, 110.

Hypoxylon, 218.

Ilex, 231; cassine, 231; glabra, 231;
Krugiana, 231; laevigata, 231; f.
Herveyi, 231; lucida, 231; myrti-
folia, 231; Yellow-fruited Form of,
231; f. Lowei, 231; opaca, 129,
175, 231; f. xanthocarpa, 231;
MN 231; f. chrysocarpa,

Ilysanthes inaequalis, 227.

E 110; Helenium, 110; salicina,

Iridaceae, 223.

Iris versicolor, 186, 223.

Irpex, 218.

Isactis plana, 190, 212.

Isoetes Tuckermani, 37.

Isnardia palustris, 226.

[DECEMBER
Iva, 110; oraria, 110; xanthifolia,
110.

Jamesoniella autumnalis, 8; Schrad-
eri, 8

Jasione, 19; montana, 19.

Josselyn. Botanical Society, annual
Field Meeting, 112.

Jubula Hutchinsiae, var. Sulli-
vantii, 13; pennsylvanica, 13.

Juncaceae, 223.

Juncoides, 230.

Juncus, 186; acuminatus, 187, 223;
albescens, 202, 203; biglumis,
203; debilis, 223; effusus, 223;
Greenei, 223; tenuis, 223; triglu-
mis, 201, 202, 203; and its Ameri-
can Representative, 201; var.
albescens, 202; var. fuscatus,
202; var. nigricans, 202.

Jungermannia barbata, 8; inflata,
8; incisa, 8; lanceolata, 8; mar-
chica, 9; pumila, 8; ventricosa, 9.

Kalmia latifolia, 175.

Kantia Trichomanis, 10.

Keratococcus caudatus, 212.

Knautia, 17; arvensis, 17.

Knowlton, C. H. Flowering Dates
for Amelanchier Bartramiana,
178; Notes on the Plants of
Hingham, Mass., 175; Reports
on the Flora of the Boston
District, XLII, 13; XLIII, 34;
XLIV, 55; XLV, 82; XLVI, 107;
XLVII, 130; XLVIII, 149;
XLIX, 160.

Krigia, 111, 126; amplexicaulis, 111;
virginica, 111.

Labiatae, 64, 227.

Lactuca, 111; canadensis, 111;
f. angustipes, 111; var. integri-
folia, 111; f. angustata, 111; var.
latifolia, 111; f. exauriculata, 111;
var. obovata, 111; f. stenopoda,
111; hirsuta, 111; Morssii, 111;
Scariola, 111; var. integrata, 111;
spicata, 111; vulgaris, 230.

Lactuca Hortensis, 230.

Lagenaria, 18; vulgaris, 18.

Laminaria, 189; Agardhii, 189, 213;
digitata, 189, 213; Platymeris,
189, 214.

Lamprocystis roseo-persicina, 215.

Lappa intermedia, 5; vulgaris, 5.

Lappula americana, 124; deflexa,
125; var. americana, 124.

1924] Index 241 |

Lapsana, 130; communis, 130.
Lathyrus, 187; maritimus, 184, 226.
Layia, 130; platyglossa, 130.
Leathesia, 189; difformis, 214.
Leersia hexandra, 159, 232; oryzoi-
des, f. glabra, 48.
Leguminosae, 226.
Lejeunea cavifolia, 13; patens, 6,
13

Lejeuneaceae, 12.

Lemanea fucina, 166.

Leontodon, 130; autumnalis, 130;
var. pratensis, 130, 228.

Leonurus Cardiaca, 227.

Lepachys, 130; columnaris, 130;
pinnata, 130.

Lepidium latifolium, 197; in New
England, 197; virginicum, 185,
186, 225.

Lepidozia reptans, 11; setacea, 11.

Leptilon canadense, 228; pusillum,
228.

Lespedeza, 25; acuticarpa, 27;
angustifolia, 26, 29, 32, 33; var.
brevifolia, 32; capitata, 26, 31,
32, 33; var. angustifolia, 25;
frutescens, 26, 29, 30, 31; hirta,
25, 26, 32, 33, 34; var. appres-
sipilis, 32; intermedia, 26, 27,
29, 31, 32; var. Hahnii, 32;
juncea, 31; leptostachya, 26, 33,
34; Manniana, 33; neglecta, 29;
prairea, 27, 28; procumbens, 25,
27; var. elliptica, 26, 27; repens,
25; reticulata, 25, 31; sessiliflora,
30, 31; simulata, 33; Stuevei, 28,
29; var. angustifolia, 29; Stiivei,
28; Stuvei, 28; var. intermedia,
29, 31; Stuvei neglecta, 29;
violacea, 25, 28, 30, 31; violacea
prairea, 28; var. prairea, 27, 28;
virginica, 25, 29, 30, 31; var.
sessiliflora, 30; var. typica, 30, 31.

Lespedezaria (sect. Lespedeza), 33.

Lespedezas, Notes on American, 25.

Leucanthemum vulgare, 228.

Lewis, I. F. Editor, Flora of
Penikese Fifty Years after, 181,
211, 222.

Liatris, 130; pyenostachya, 130;
seariosa, 130; spicata, 130.

Liemophora flabellata, 193, 216;
Lyngbyei, 193, 216; tincta, 193,
210.

Ligusticum scothicum, 188, 227;
vulgare, 227.

Lilaeopsis, 93, 94; attenuata, 94;
carolinensis, 94; chinensis, 93;

lineata, 98, 94; occidentalis, 94;
Schaffneriana, 94.

Liliaceae, 223.

Lilium tigrinum, 223.

Limnochloa cauduciflora, 158.

Limosella subulata, 222.

Linaria canadensis, 186, 227; vul-
garis, 227.

Linder, D. H., A new Species of
Rhizopogon from New Hamp-
shire, 195.

Linnaea, 15; borealis, var. ameri-
cana, 15.

Lithothamnion, 189; Lenormandi,
214.

Lobelia, 19; cardinalis, 19; f. alba,
19; Dortmanna, 19; inflata, 19;
Kalmii, 19; siphilitica, 19;
spicata, 19.

Lobeliaceae, 19.

Lonicera, 15; caerulea, var. calves-
cens, 15; var. villosa, 15; cana-
densis, 15; hirsuta, 15; involu-
crata, 125; japonica, 15, 228;
Morrowi, 15; prolifera, 16; sem-
pervirens, 16; var. flava, 16;
Sullivantii, 16;tatarica, 16; Xylo-
steum, 16.

Lophocolea bidentata, 8; hetero-
phylla, 8, 219.

Lophozia alpestris, 8; attenuata, 8;
barbata, 8; bicrenata, 8; conferti-
folia, 8; excisa, 8; incisa, 8;
inflata, 8, 9; Kunzeana, 9; longi-
dens, 9; longiflora, 9; marchica,
9; porphyroleuca, 9; ventricosa, 9.

Lophoziaceae, 8

Lorenz, A., A Revision of the Mt.
Desert Hepatic List, 6.

Lowe, R. L., Saxifraga Aizoon on
Mt. Ktaadn, 168.

Ludvigia alternifolia, 176.

Ludwigia palustris, 226.

Lunaria, 230

Lunularia cruciata, 6, 7.

Luzula, 230.

Lychnis alba, 186, 224.

Lycopersicum esculentum, 133.

Lycopodium annotinum, 177; inun-
datum, 177.

Lycopus americanus, 188, 227;
europaeus, 188; uniflorus, 186,
187, 227.

Lyngbya aestuarii, 212, 215.

Lysimachia quadrifolia, 176.

Mackenzie, K. K., Double-headed
Generic Names, 229.

242 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Maine, Gentiana linearis, var. lati-
folia in, 40.

Malva rotundifolia, 226.

Malvaceae, 226.

Marchantia polymorpha, 7.

Marchantiaceae, 7.

Marsupella adusta, 9; aquatica, 9;
emarginata, 9; Sullivantii, 9.

Maruta Cotula, 228.

Maryland, Pseudotaenidia in, 23.

Massachusetts, Notes on some
Plants of southeastern, 127.

Mastigocoleus testarum, 212.

Mastogloia exigua, 198, 216.

Matricaria, 130; Chamomilla, 130;
inodora, 130; var. salina, 130;
suaveolens, 131.

Medicago virginica, 30.

Megalodonta, 59, 131; Beckii, 131.

Melinum palustre, 157.

Melobesia, 190; LeJolisii, 190, 214;
pustulata, 214.

Melosira Borreri, 193, 216; sulcata,
193, 195, 216; f. coronata, 194,
216.

Mentha alopecuroides, 173; longi-
folia, 20, 22, 171, 172, 173, 174,
175; rotundifolia, 21, 172, 173,
174, 175; spicata, 19, 20, 21, 22,
171, 172, 173, 174, 175; 8 longi-
folia, 20, 21, 22, 172, 174, 175;
Y rotundifolia, 20, 22, 172, 174,
175; a viridis, 20, 21, 22, 172,
173, 174; sylvestris, 20, 21, 22,
172, 173, 175; viridis, 19, 20, 21,
22, 171, 172, 173, 174.

Merismopedia glauca, 162, 163;
punctata, 163.

Mesogloia, 189, 190; divaricata, 214.

Mesotaenium, 204; macrococcum,
204.

Metzgeria furcata, 7.

Mierasterias, 204, 207, 212; ameri-
cana, 207; var. Boldtii, 207;
apiculata, 207; var. fimbriata,
207; Crux-Melitensis, 207; denti-
culata, 207; laticeps, 207; maha-
buleshwarensis, 207; muricata,
207; pinnatifida, 207; radiata,
207; rotata, 207; Sol, 207; trun-
cata, 207.

Microcystis, 211.

Microseris, 131; Douglasii, 131.

Microspora Willeana, 212.

— amnion . Kuetzingianum,
212.

Mikania, 131; scandens, 131.

Mitchella, 14; repens, 14.

Mnium punctatum, 219.
Mohrioides (sect. Polystichum), 91.
Mollugo verticillata, 224.

Morse, A. P., Lepidium latifolium
in New England, 197.

Mougeotia, 161, 212.

Mt. Desert Hepatic List, Revision
of, 6; Ktaadn, Saxifraga Aizoon
on, 168.

Muenscher, W. C., Orobanche
ramosa on a Coleus, 133.

Muhlenbergia ambigua, 1; foliosa,
f. ambigua, 1; subsp. ambigua,
1; mexicana, f. commutata, 1;
subsp. commutata, 1; var. com-
mutata, 1.

Mylia anomala, 9; Taylori, 9.

Myrica carolinensis, 185, 224.

Myricaceae, 224.

Myrionema Leclancheri, 214.

Myriophyllum elatinoides, 93, 94;
magdalenense, 198; magdal-
ense, 198; pinnatum, 227; scab-
ratum, 227; tenellum, 37, 38.

Myxonema, 212.

Myxophyceae, 162, 190, 211, 212.

Najadaceae, 219.

Name of the Spearmint, The, 19,
171.

Naucoria, 218.

Navicula, 217; ambigua, 194, 216;
aspera, 193, 216; Bombus, 193,
216; borealis, 194, 216; Braunii,
194, 216; clavata, var. caribaea,
193, 216; dicephala, 194, 216;
didyma, 193, 216; distans, 193,
217; elegans, 192, 194, 217;
exempta, 193, 217; forcipata,
var. densistriata, 193, 217; for-
mosa, 192, 195, 217; fusca, 194,
217; gracilis, 194, 217; Gregorii,
195, 217; Hantzschiana, 194,
217; Hennedeyi, 194, 217; hum-
erosa, 194, 217; hungarica, 192;
interrupta, 194, 217; Lyra, 194,
217; var. dilatata, 194, 217; var.
elliptica, 194, 217; major, 194,
217; maxima, 194, 217; nanella,
192, 193, 217; notabilis, var.
expleta, 194, 217; palpebralis, var.
angulosa, 194, 217; peregrina,
192, 194, 195, 217; quadratarea,
194, 217; rhynchocephala, 194,
217; Smithii, 194, 217; suborbi-
eularis, 194, 217; viridis, 194,
217; viridula, 194, 217; Yanensis,
194, 217.

204 — Index 243

Nardia crenulata, 9; Geoscyphus,
9; obscura, 9.

Nemalion multifidum, 191, 214.

Nepeta Cataria, 227.

Netrium, 205; Digitus, 205; var.
constrictum, 205.

New England, Lepidium latifolium
in 107;

Newfoundland, Some Senecios of,

New Hampshire, Eleocharis tuber-
culosa in, 37; A new Species of
Rhizopogon from, 195.

New Satureja from Florida, A, 80;
Variety of Bidens heterodoxa,
177.

Nicotiana Tabacum, 133.

Nitzschia Closterium, 193, 217;
fonticola, 194, 217; frustulum,
var. perminuta, 194, 217; longis-
sima, 193, 194, 217; scalaris, 194,
217; Sigma, 193, 194, 217.

Nodularia Harveyana, 163; palu-
dosa, 211.

Nomenclature, Some Changes in,

North American Scutellarias, Notes
on, 61

Northern Hemisphere, Polystichum
mohrioides and some other sub-
antarctic or Andean Plants in, 89.

Nostoc, 161, 211; caeruleum, 163;
commune, 162, 163; macro-
sporum, 163; microscopicum, 163;
punctiforme, 163.

Note on Stellaria pubera, A, 169.

Notes on American Lespedezas, 25;
on North American Scutellarias,
61; on some Plants of eastern
New York, 221.

Notholaena Grayi, 49; Schaffneri,
var. mexicana, 49.

Notothylas orbicularis, 13.

Nyssa sylvatica, 129.

Odontoschisma
elongatum, 11.

Oedogonium, 212; longatum, 165.

Oenothera angustissima, 3; biennis
3, 4, 185, 186, 226; var. nutans,
3: var. pycnocarpa, 3; grandi-
flora, 3, 226; Lamarckiana, 3;
muricata, 3, 4; nutans, 3; parvi-
flora, 4; var. angustissima, di
pycnocarpa, 3.

Oleaceae, 227.

Onagraceae, 226.

Onopordum, 131; Acanthium, 131.

denudatum, 11;

Onychonema, 210; filiforme, 210;
laeve, 210.

Oocystis, 212; solitaria, 165; soli-
taria major, 165.

Ophiocytium parvulum, 165.

Oplopanax, 124; horridum, 123, 124.

Orobanche, 133; ramosa, 133, 134,
135; on a Coleus, 133.

Orontium aquaticum, 180.

Oscillatoria, 211, 215; amoena, 163,
amphibia, 215; chalybea, 164:
formosa, 164; margaritifera, 190;
212, 215; princeps, 164; splendida,
164, 211; subuliformis, 215;
tenuis, 211.

Ovularia obliqua, 218.

Oxalidaceae, 226.

Oxalis stricta, 186, 226.

Palafoxia, 131; texana, 131.

Pallavicinia Flotowiana, 7; Lyellii,
7.

Palmodictyon varium, 212.

Panax horridum, 124.

Pandorina Morum, 212.

Panicularia nervata, 139.

Panicum albemarlense, 180; Lind-
heimeri, var. fasciculatum, 223;
oricola, 223; spretum, 37; ver-
rucosum, 180.

Parthenium, 131;
131.

Pastinaca, 23.

Pease, A. S., Eleocharis tuberculosa
in New Hampshire, 37.

Pediastrum Boryanum, 165; Borya-
num longicorne, 165; tricornutum
alpinum, 162, 165.

Pellaea Wrightiana, var. compacta,
49

Hysterophorus,

Pellia epiphylla, 8.

Pelliaceae, 7.

Penikese, The Flora of Fifty Years
after, 181, 211, 222.

Penium, 204, 205; cruciferum, 205;
cucurbitinum, 205; margarita-
ceum, 205; Navicula, 205.

Penland, C. W., Notes on North
American Scutellarias, 61.

Perilomia, 61, 62, 63; ocymoides, 63.

Petalonia fascia, 214; var. caespi-
tosa, 214.

Petasites, 131; palmatus, 131; vul-
garis, 131.

Phaeophyceae 189, 190, 213.

Phalaris arundinacea, 144.

Phallus duplicatus, 196.

Phleum pratense, 186, 223.

244 Rhodora

Phormidium papyraceum, 212;
tenue, 211.

Phragmites communis, 154, 156,
159, 175.

Phyllophora, 189; Brodaei, 214;
membranifolia, 191, 215.

Phyllosticta labruscae, 218.

Picris, 132; hieracioides, 132.

Pimpinella Saxifraga, 230.

Pinaceae, 219.

Pinus sylvestris, 219.

Pitch pine, 182.

Plagiochila asplenioides, 9.

Plantaginaceae, 228.

Plantago lanceolata, 185, 228;
major, 185, 228.

Plants of eastern America, new or
recently restudied, 122; of Hing-
ham, Mass., Notes on, 175; of
Rhode Island and southeastern
Massachusetts, Notes on, 127.

Plasmopara viticola, 218.

NM subeordiformis, 190,

12

Pleurococcus vulgaris, 212.

Pleurosigma aestuarii, 194, 217;
affine, 194, 217; elongatum, 193,
194, 217.

Pluchea, 132; camphorata, 132.

Pleurotaenium, 206; coronatum,
206; nodosum, 206; Trabecula,
206.

Plumaria elegans, 215.

Poa Bree 139; pratensis, 186,

22

Podoeystis Adriatica, 194, 218;
Americana, 194, 218.

Polygonaceae, 224.

Polygonum, 144; acre, 188, 224;
amphibium, 3; f. Hartwrightii, 3;
f. terrestre, 3; aviculare, 224;
Convolvulus, 185, 186, 224; Hy-
dropiper, 188; Muhlenbergii, 3;
f. natans, 3; Persicaria, 224;
puritanorum, 220; virginianum,
129.

Polysiphonia, 189, 191; elongata,
215; fastigiata, 189, 190, 215;
fibrillosa, 191, 215; nigrescens,
190, 215; var. Durkeei, 215; var.
fucoides, 215; urceolata formosa,
190; urceolata, var. formosa, 215;
var. patens, 215; variegata, 191;
violacea, 215; var. flexicaulis, 216.

Polystichum, 89; aculeatum, 91;
aculeatum scopulinum, 89; andi-
num, 90; elegans, 90; Lemmoni,
90, 91, 92; Lonchitis, 89; var.

[DECEMBER

scopulinum, 89; mohrioides, 89,
90, 91, 92, 93, 94; and some
other subantarctie or Andean
Plants in the northern Hemis-
phere, 89; var. elegans, 90, 91, 92;
var. Lemmoni, 92; var. plica-
tum, 90, 91, 92; var. scopuli-
num, 89, 92, 93, 125; var.
typicum, 91; scopulinum, 89, 90,
91.

Polystictus versicolor, 218.

Polytrichum commune, 219; junip-
erinum, 219; piliferum, 219.

Poplar birch, 182.

Populus alba, 224; deltoides, 224.

Porella platyphylla, 12; platy-
phylloidea, 12.

Porellaceae, 12.

Porphyra, 190; laciniata, 215.

Portulaca oleracea, 225.

Portulacaceae, 225.

Potentilla argentea, 186, 225; mon-
speliensis, 225; pumila, 225.

Prasiola fluviatilis, 162; stipitata,
190, 213.

Prenanthes, 132; alba, 132; altis-
sima, 132; f. hispidula, 132;
serpentaria, 132; trifoliolata, 132.

Primulaceae, 227.

Pringle, C. G., 52.

Protoderma, 189; marinum, 213.

Protosiphon botryoides, 212.

Prunus serotina, 225.

Psedera quinquefolia, 226.

Pseudo-eunotia doliolus, 194, 218.

Pseudotaenidia, 23, 24; in Mary-
land, 23.

Psilocarya scirpoides, 180.

Pteridium, 230.

Ptilidiaceae, 11.

Ptilidium ciliare, 11; pulcherrimum,
11.

Puccinia, 218; malvacearum, 218;
Dip 218; triticina,

Punctaria, 189, 190; latifolia, 191,

214.
Pylaeiella littoralis, 214.
Quebec, Some Senecios of eastern,
Quereus rubra, 185, 224.
Radula complanata, 12; obconica,
Radulaceae, 12.

Ralfsia, 189; verrucosa, 191, 214.
Rand, E. L., obituary notice of. 198.

1924] Index 245

Ranunculaceae, 225.

Ranunculus abortivus, 128; acris,
225; allegheniensis, 128; Cym-
balaria, 225; delphinifolius, 225.

Raphanus Raphanistrum, 225; sati-
vus, 225.

Raphanus rusticanus, 230, 231.

Rebouliaceae, 7.

Red cedar, 182; maple, 182, 183.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District, XLII, 13; XLIII, 34;
XLIV, 55; XLV, 82; XLVI, 107;
XLVII, 130; XLVIII, 149;
XLIX, 166.

Revision of the Mt. Desert Hepatic
List, 6.

Rhabdonema Adriaticum, 193, 194,
195, 218.

Rhizoclonium, 190; Kerneri, 213.

Rhizopogon, 195; A new Species of,
from New Hampshire, 195; occi-
dentalis, 195, 196, 197; trun-
catus, 196, 197.

Rhizosolenia hebetata, f. semispina,
218; var. semispina, 193; setigera,
193, 218.

Rhode Island, Hibiscus oculiroseus
in, 88; Notes on some Plants of,
127; Two Additions to the Flora
of, 220.

Rhododendron canadense, 176;
nudiflorum, 4; var. roseum, 4;
roseum, 4.

Rhododermis Georgii, 190, 215.

Rhodomela subfusca, 215.

Rhodophyceae, 166, 190, 214.

Rhodymenia palmata, 215.

Rhus typhina, 185, 226.

Riccardia latifrons, 7; multifida, 7;
palmata, 7; pinguis, 7.

Riccardiaceae, 7

Riccia Sullivantii, 7.

Ricciaceae, 7.

Richardson, Botanical Appendix to
Franklin’s First Journey, 199.
Ricinophyllum, 124; horridum, 124.

Rivularia atra, 212.

Robbins, C. A., Some new Cladon-
ias, 145.

Robinson, B. L., Miss Day, 41.

Robinson, John, 52.

Rockweeds, 190.

Rosa carolina, 225; rugosa, 225.

Rosaceae, 225.

Rubiaceae, 13, 228.

Rubus frondosus, 225; laciniatus,
225; procumbens, 185, 225; vil-
losus, 225.

Rudbeckia, 149; hirta, 149, 186,
228; var. tubuliformis, 149, 232;
laciniata, 149; speciosa, 149.

Rumex, 187; Acetosella, 185, 186,
224; crispus, 184, 186, 224; mari-
timus, var. fueginus, 224.

Rushes, 187.

Sagina procumbens, 225.
Sagittaria Engelmanniana, 180.
Salazaria, 62.

Salicaceae, 224.

Salicornia ambigua, 175.

Salix, Extensionsof Rangeandanew
Variety in, 135; alba X fragilis,
224; amygdaloides, 137; Beb-
biana, 122, 123, 137, 143; var.
capreifolia, 123; f. luxurians,
122; var. luxurians, 122, 123;
var. perrostrata, 123; brachy-
carpa, 125; candida, 135, 142,
143; in South Dakota, 142;
candida denudata, 142; cordata,
135, 137, 139, 140; cordata
vestita, 139; discolor, 135, 136,
138; A new Variety of from South
Dakota, 136; discolor overi, 137;
fluviatilis, 135; fuscescens, 123;
var. hebecarpa, 123; hebecarpa,
123; interior, 135, 137; lucida,
144; lutea, 137, 140; lutea platy-
phylla, 137; missouriensis, 135,
137, 138, 139, 140, 141; in South
Dakota, 139; pedicellaris, 123;
pellita, 143, 144; in Michigan,
143; pentandra, 224; petiolaris,
135, 141, 143, 144; inthe Dakotas,
141; repens, 122; rostrata, 122;
var. capreifolia, 123; var. luxuri-
ans, 122.

Sambucus, 16; canadensis, 16, 185,
228; racemosa, 16.

Sanford, S. N. F., Hibiscus oculiro-
seusin Rhodelsland, 88; Notes on
some Rhode Island and south-
eastern Massachusetts Plants,
127.

Santolina, 149; Chamaecyparissias,
149.

Sargassum filipendula, 191.

Sarracenia purpurea, 175.

Satureja, 80; A new Species of from
Florida, 80; Ashei, 80, 81; caro-
liniana, 81; coccinea, 81; dentata,
81.

Saxifraga Aizoon, 168; on Mt.
Ktaadn, 168; stellaris, var.
comosa, 168.

246 Rhodora

Scabiosa, 17; Columbaria, 17.

Scapania curta, 12; dentata, 12;
irrigua, 12; nemorosa, 12; paludi-
cola, 12; paludosa, 6, 12; um-
brosa, 12; undulata, 12.

Scapaniaceae, 11.

Scenedesmus abundans, 165; arcua-
tus, 165; bijuga, 165; brasiliensis,
212; quadricauda, 165.

Schizochlamys delicatula, 165.

Schizothrix, 161, 164.

Scirpus, 186; americanus, 223;
cyperinus, 144; maritimus, 223;
paludosus, 187, 223; pungens,
223; Smithii, 38, 223; validus,
223

Scleria elata, 159, 160; var. de-
colorans, 160; var. latior, 160;
reticularis, 180; terrestris, 159;
var. decolorans, 160; var. latior,
160.

Scoliopleura latestriata, 194, 218.

Scorzonera, 126, 127.

Scrophulariaceae, 227.

Seutellaria, 61, 62, 63; altamaha,
74; ambigua, 69; angustifolia, 64,
70, 79; var. canescens, 71; antir-
rhinoides, 65, 68, 71, 79; areni-
cola, 75; arguta, 79; Austinae, 70;
Bolanderi, 66, 68; var. califor-
nica, 68; brevifolia, 72, 73; Brit-
tonii, 66, 71; Bushii, 66, 76, 79;
californica, 68; campestris, 69;
canescens, 66, 76, 79; canescens,
var. punctata, 77; cardiophylla,
66, 73; caroliniana, 74; Churchil-
liana, 67; cordifolia, 78; var.
pilosissima, 78; Drummondii, 66,
73, 79; epilobiifolia, 64, 65, 66, 67,
79, 186, 187, 227; f. albiflora, 67;
f. rosea, 67; floridana, 76; Foote-
ana, 72; galericulata, 61, 64, 65,
66, 227; f. albiflora, 67; f. rosea,
67; glabriuscula, 76; gracilis, 70;
Helleri, 73; hirsuta, 74; hyssopi-
folia, 75, 76; incana, 76; integri-
folia, 66, 73, 75, 79; var. brevi-
folia, 72; var. floridana, 76; var.
glabriuscula, 76; var. hispida,
73, 75, 76; var. major, 75; var.
multiglandulosa, 76; laevigata,
77; lateriflora, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67,
79; f. albiflora, 68; var. albiflora,
68; f. rhodantha, 68; linearifolia,
70; Mellichampii, 77; Mociniana,
62; montana, 77; nana, 65, 72,
79; nervosa, 61, 64, 65, 69, 70, 71,
73, 79; f. ternata, 70; nevadensis,

[DECEMBER

71; ovalifolia, 74; parvula, 61,
64, 65, 69, 71, 73, 79; var. ambig-
ua, 69; var. mollis, 69; pilosa,
66, 74; var. hirsuta, 74; poly-
morpha, 75; resinosa, 66, 72, 73
79; var. brevifolia, 72, 73;
rugosa, 78, 79; sanhedrensis, 71;
saxatilis, 66, 78, 79; var. arguta,
79; serrata, 66, 74, 76, 77, 79; var.
montana, 77; siphocampyloides,
71; tuberosa, 66, 68, 79; versi-
color, 66, 78, 79; var. bracteata,
78; var. minor, 78; viarum, 68;
Wrightii, 72.

Scutellarias, Notes on North Ameri-
can, 61.

Scutellarieae, 62.

Scutellarioideae, 62.

Scutellariopsis (sect. Scutellaria),
4

Seytonema, 161; mirabile, 162;
myochrous, 162, 164.

Scytosiphon, 189; lomentarius, 214.

Sedge, 186.

Seirospora Griffithsiana, 215.

Senecio, 149; aureus, 117, 118, 119,
149; y borealis, 119; 8 discoideus,
117, 118, 119, 120; aureus pauci-
florus, 119; Balsamitae, 149; var.
pauperculus, 149; var. praelongus,
149; Burkei, 118, 120, 121; dis-
coideus, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121;
Fernaldii, 114, 115, 122; idahoen-
sis, 118, 120, 121; indecorus, 116,
117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122;
Jacobaea, 149; Lemberti, 119;
lyratus, 113; MacDougalii, 149;
obovatus, 117, 149; pauciflorus,
110, 117, 118, 119, 121, 122:
pauperculus, 117, 118, 149; re-
sedifolius, 113, 114, 115, 116,
117, 118, 122; var. columbiensis,
115, 116; var. lyratus, 115; var.
multicaulis, 116; Robbinsii, 117;
viscosus, 149; vulgaris, 149.

Senecios of eastern Quebec and
Newfoundland, Some, 113.

Septoria oenotherae, 219.

Sericocarpus, 150; asteroides, 150;
linifolius, 150.

Setaria, 222.

Shadbush, 182.

Shagbark, 182.

Shaw, M. F., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (ecology), 184.

Sherardia, 15; arvensis, 15.

Sicyos, 18; angulatus, 18.

Silphium, 150; perfoliatum, 150.

1924, Index 247

Silybum, 150; marianum, 150.

Sisymbrium altissimum, 225; offici-
nale, 225; Thalianum, 199, 232.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium, 223;
bermudianum, 223.

Sium suave, f. fasciculatum, 48.

Smilax rotundifolia, 223.

Smith, C. P., Pseudotaenidia in
Maryland, 23.

Solanaceae, 227.

Solanum nigrum, 186, 227.

Solidago, 150, 187; altissima, 150;
arguta, 150; asperula, 150, 176;
bicolor, 150; caesia, 150; var.
axillaris, 150; var. paniculata,
150; canadensis, 150, 228; var.
Hargeri, 150; Elliottii, 150, 176;
graminifolia, 150; var. Nuttallii,
150; humilis, 150; juncea, 151,
228; latifolia, 151; nemoralis, 151,
229; odora, 151; puberula, 151;
rigida, 151; rugosa, 151, 186, 229;
var. aspera, 151; var. sphagno-
phila, 151, 176; var. villosa, 151;
sempervirens, 151, 185, 186, 229;
serotina, 151; var. gigantea,
151; speciosa, 151, 176; squar-
rosa, 151; suaveolens, 151, 176;
x rugosa, 152; tenuifolia, 37, 38,
151; uliginosa, 150; ulmifolia,
151; uniligulata, 151; var.. neg-
lecta, 151.

Some Changes in Nomenclature, 1.

Sonchus, 166; arvensis, 166, 1806,
229; var. glabrescens, 166; asper,
166, 229; oleraceus, 166, 184,
229; f. lacerus, 166.

Spartina, 187, 190; alterniflora, 187,
223; juncea, 223; patens, 186,
223; stricta, var. alterniflora, 223.

Spearmint, The Correct Name for,
19, 171.

Specularia, 19, 230; perfoliata, 19.

Speculum Veneris, 230, 231.

Spergularia marina, 185, 225; rubra,
225; salina, 225.

Spermothamnion Turneri, 215.

Sphacelaria, 190; cirrhosa, 214.

Sphaerella lacustris, 212.

Sphaerozosma, 204, 210; excava-
tum, var. subquadratum, 210.

Sphagnum Russowii, 9.

Sphenolobus exsectaeformis, 9; ex-
sectus, 9; Hellerianus, 10;
Michauxii, 10; minutus, 10.

Spirogyra, 212.

Spirotaenia, 204; condensata, 204.

Spirulina tenuissima, 215.

Spondylosium, 210; papillosum,

. 210; pygmaeum, 210.

Spongomorpha lanosa, var. uncialis,
213.

Sporobolus asper, 175.

Springfield, Mass., Flora of, 179.

Spyridia filamentosa, 215.

Stachydeae, 62.

Stachyoideae, 62.

Staurastrum, 204, 209, 212; aciculi-
ferum, 209; alternans, 209; Arctis-
con, 209; avicula, 209; brevispi-
num, f. majus, 209; Cerastes, 209;
coronulatum, 209; crenulatum,
209; cuspidatum, 209; cyrto-
cerum, 209; dejectum, 209; Dick-
iei, var. circulare, 209; dilatatum,
209; eustephanum, 209; furcig-
erum, 209; gladiosum, 209;
gracile, 209; var. bilbosum, 209;
var. cyathiforme, 209; grande,
209; laconiense, 209; lepto-
cladum, 209; maamense, 209;
muticum, 209; pilosum, 209;
Ophiura, 209; orbiculare, 209;
pseudotetracerum, 209; punctu-
latum, 209; Sebaldi, 209; spongio-
sum, 210; tetracerum, 210; tumi-
dum, 210.

Stellaria, 169, 171; graminea, 185,
225; media, 225; pubera, 169, 170,
171; Note on, 169; subsp. homo-
tricha, 171; subsp. silvatica, 170,
171; var. silvatica, 171.

Stichococcus bacillaris, 212; flac-
cidus, 212.

Stigonema informe, 164; ocellatum,
164.

Stokey, A. G., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (Pteridophyta)
219.

Stout, William, 50, 52, 53, 54, 55.

Striatella unipunctata, 193, 218.

Strophostyles angulosa, 176.

Study of the Genus Zizania, A,
153.

Subularia aquatica, 38.

Succisa, 17; pratensis, 17.

Sumac, 182.

Surirella Molleriana, 194, 218;
recedens, 194, 218.

Svenson, H. K., Notes on some
Plants of eastern New York, 221.

Symphoricarpos, 16; albus, var.
laevigatus, 16; orbiculatus, 16;
racemosus, var. laevigatus, 16.

Synechococcus aeruginosus, 162,
164.

248 Rhodora

Synedra Gaillonii, var. macilenta,
194, 218; Hennedeyana, 193, 218.
Systosiphon lomentarius, 191.

Tabellaria fenestrata, 194, 218.

Taenidia, 23; integerrima, 23.

Tanacetum, 166; vulgare, 166; var.
crispum, 166.

Taraxacum, 166, 218; Dens-leonis,
229; erythrospermum, 167; lae-
vigatum, 167; officinale, 167, 229;
var. palustre, 167; vulgare, 167.

Taylor, W. R., Flora of Penikese
Fifty Years after (marine algae),
212; Further Notes on British
Columbia Algae, 160.

Tetmemorus, 206; Brebissonii, 206.

rium canadense, var. littorale,

Thelypteris, 230; Boottii, 177;
cristata X marginalis, 50; simu-
lata, 50, 177.

Thuja, 12, 13.

Tolypothrix lanata, 162, 164; peni-
cillata, 164.

Tragopogon, 126, 167; Dandelion,
126; lanatum, 126; porrifolius,
167; pratensis, 167; virginicum,
126.

Trentepohlia aurea, 165.

Tribonema bombycina tenuis, 166;
bombycinum, 211; utriculosum,
211.

Trichocolea tomentella, 11.

Tridens flavus, 220.

Trifolium agrarium, 186, 226;
arvense, 186, 226; pratense, 186,
226; repens, 186, 226.

Trigonium alternans, 194, 218.

Triosteum, 16; aurantiacum, 16;
perfoliatum, 16, 176.

Triploceras, 206; gracile, 206.

Triticum repens, 222.

Tropidoneis Lepidoptera, 193, 195,
218.

Troximon, 126, 127; ciliatum, 127;
Dandelion, 126; 'glaucum, 126,
127; gracilens, 125; lanatum, 126,
127; virginicum, 126, 127.

Tussilago, 167; Farfara, 167.

Two Additions to the Flora of
Rhode Island, 220; more Wool-
waste Plants from Westford,
Mass.,

Typha, 186; angustifolia, 1; var.
elongata, 1; var. longispicata, 1;
var. virginica, 1; latifolia, 187,
219; latifolia, var. elongata, 1.

[DECEMBER

Typhaceae, 219.

Ulva, 190; Lactuca, 213.
Umbelliferae, 93, 227.
Uromyces trifolii, 219.
Utricularia resupinata, 180.
Uva Ursi, 231.

Valeriana, 17; officinalis, 17.

Valerianaceae, 17.

Vaucheria longipes, 165; sessilis,
212.

Verbascum phlomoides, 39; thapsi-
forme, 39; Thapsus, 39, 186, 227.

Verbesina, 167; encelioides, var.
exauriculata, 167.

Vernonia, 167; fasciculata, 167;
noveboracensis, 167.

Viburnum, 16; acerifolium, 16;
alnifolium, 16; cassinoides, 16;
dentatum, 16; Lentago, 17; Opu-
lus, 17; var. americanum, 17.

Vicia Cracca, 226; tetrasperma, 226.

Viola fimbriatula, 226; sagittata,
226.

Violaceae, 226.

Vitaceae, 226.

Vitis-idaea, 231.

Vitis idea, 231.

Weatherby, C. A., Another Daven-
port Fern Herbarium, 49; A new
Satureja from Florida, 80; A
Note on Stellaria pubera Michx.,
169; Two more Wool-waste Plants
from Westford, Mass., 38.

Westford, Mass., Two more Wool-
waste Plants from, 38.

West Virginia, Erucastrum Pol-
lichii in, 22.

Wiegand, K. M. , Some Changes in
Nomenclature, 1l.

Wild tobaeco, 39.

Willis, Lena, Annual Field Meet-
ing of the Josselyn Botanical
Society, 112.

Willows, 187.

Woodwardia areolata, 177; vir-
ginica, 177.

Wool-waste Plants from Westford,
Mass., Two more, 38.

Xanthidium, 208; antilopaeum, 208;
var. minneapoliense, 208; var.
polymazum, 208; cristatum, 208.

Xanthium, 167, 229; ambrosioides,
167; canadense, 167; chinense,
167; commune, 167; echinatum,

ACT

1924] Index

167; italicum, 167; pennsylvani-

cum, 167; spinosum, 168; stru-

marium, 168; Wootoni, 168.
Xyris caroliniana, 37; flexuosa, 180.

Zizania, 153, 154, 155; A Study of
the Genus, 153; aquatica, 153,
154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159; var.

462
249

clavulosa, 156; dahurica, 158;
effusa, 156; fluitans, 159; lati-
folia, 156, 158, 159; lenticularis,
159; microstachya, 159; miliacea,
159; natans, 159; nutans, 159;
palustris, 153, 154, 155, 156,
157, 158, 159; Retzii, 159; sub-
tilis, 159; terrestris, 159.

angustifolia, 156, 157; var. brevis, Zizaniopsis bonariensis, 159; mic-

156, 157; var. interior, 156, 158;

rostachya, 159; miliacea, 159.

var. latifolia, 159; aristata, 159; Zostera marina, 219.
bonariensis, 159; ciliata, 159; Zygnema, 161, 212.